2 m
1 m
6 1
6 ^
— ^ ^H
i
It
THE LIBRARY
OF
THE UNIVERSITY
OF CALIFORNIA
LOS ANGELES
GIFT OF
WILLIAM A. NITZE
©ifor^ jfrcncb Series
BY AMERICAN SCHOLARS
General Editor: RAYMOND T\1EEKS, Ph.D.
PROFESSOR OF ROMANCE LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITr
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE AND A SUMMARY OF
USAGE IN SUITING AND PRINTING
BY
JAMES GEDDES, Jr., Ph.D.
PROFESSOR OF ROMAJ4CE LA1«GUAGES IN BOSTON UNIVERSITT
NEW YORK
OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS
AMRRICAN BRANCH: 35 West 32nd Street
LONDON, TORONTO. MRLBOURNR. AND BOMBAY
HUMPHREY MILKORD
1913
ALL RIO TITS RESERVED
Copyright, 1913
BY Oxford University Press
AMERICAN BRANCH
THE TTNIVERBITT PREB8, CAMBRIDGE, U.S.A.
.i^-^. 13
Pr
w
PREFACE
The path of any one undertaking to furnish a guide to
French pronunciation is a thorny one. Nevertheless,
despite this fact and the thanklessness of the task, the
subject receives, in a variety of forms, some attention
annually. Most of this attention is of the obligatory
kind and is found in the opening chapter of almost every
French granunar that appears. Such treatment, while
necessarily concise and brief and generally well adapted
to the purpose in view, of introducing the student to the
subject, hardly ever goes beyond that goal. Besides the
grammars, there are quite a few manuals, or treatises, on
pronunciation that appear from time to time, and in their
way are helpful to the serious student of the subject, no
matter how objectionable he may consider many features
in such works. Lastly there are the recent dictionaries,
in most of which the most cursory examination reveals an
amount of attention given to the subject of pronuncia-
tion proportionate to the very considerable interest there-
in manifested of late years.
During this period the above sources have been quite
fully drawn upon by the writer in giving the course on
French pronunciation to the students of advanced courses
in French in Boston University and in the course on pho-
netics given among the courses for teachers at the same
institution. The need, however, of something more tan-
iii
9414^-^
IV PREFACE
gible, particularly in the way of drill exercises illustrating
the principles involved, has yearly made itself more sen-
sibly felt. The present treatise is an attempt to supply
this want. The system of indicating pronunciation of the
International Phonetic Association has been adopted be-
cause it is the system now most universally in use for in-
dicating pronunciation in dictionaries and standard works
of reference. For that reason it is better known than any
other system. Moreover, it is well adapted for indicating
the sounds of French, and in itself may be made to do ex-
cellent service in introducing the student to the subject
of general phonetics, a most valuable asset in the study
of language.
Quite a number and variety of books of reference, more
or less "authoritative," have been in use constantly dur-
ing the preparation of this treatise. From many of them,
simply a word, a sentence, an idea, a suggestion has been
taken. Others have served continually as a vade-mecum,
particularly in noting pronunciation. The difference of
opinion among educated French people as regards the pro-
nunciation of some words is, in many instances, consider-
able. In view of this lack of agreement, the writer's aim,
in justice to all concerned, has been simply to record what
he believes from printed data to be the facts. The stu-
dent may be absolutely certain that, barring mistakes,
every indicated pronunciation in the treatise has more
or less endorsement as vouched for in the French sources
of information. This testimony serves as an affidavit to
which any one can turn at any time. The opinion of the
educated Frenchman or of the experienced teacher is un-
doubtedly most helpful in such cases. It has the disad-
PREFACE V
vantage, however, of being verbatim testimony, as over
against written statement, and for that reason its weight
is less enduring. Investigation of the records ^\^ll very
rarely result in other than additional proof verifying the
correctness of any one particular pronunciation noted.
Undoubtedly many a scholar ^\^ll condemn roundly a
number of the books of reference cited in the appended
list. The subject is many-sided. What appeals to one
will shock another. It will be remembered, however, that
it is hardly possible to produce a work of any kind what-
ever on the subject that may not in some way contain at
least a suggestion, if not more, that may be of practical
use to somebody. Therefore, such as it is, and containing
most of the publications consulted in the preparation of
the present treatise, the list is herewith offered as a bib-
liographical guide to others working up the subject of
French pronunciation.
The l)riof portion of the treatise following that on the
"spoken word" has been suggested by the many ques-
tions of teachers in regard to the "written word": "Is a
hyphen used between the parts of such and such a word?"
"Do you alibreviate the first part?" "Is it written with
a capital?" "What corresponds to 'Sincerely Yours'?"
etc. The answers to such questions are not readily found
in the ordinary grammar and composition book, although
it is possible to locate; them in a very few of such works.
Therefore it is hoped that the treatment here of this part
of the subject embraced in the Summary will help to make
more complete and accessible the information already
available.
It only remains for the writer to thank his friend Pro-
VI PREFACE
fessor Weeks, the editor of the series, for reading the manu-
script and for making a number of valuable suggestions
which have been carefully carried out.
James Geddes, Jr.
Boston University, May 1, 1913.
CONTENTS
PAGE
Bibliography ix
I Introduction 1
Key to pronunciation 1
Symbols to be noted 1
Table of French sounds 3
Vowel differences ' 4
Consonant differences 5
Stress 6
Quantity 7
French alphabet 9
Orthographic marks 11
Division of syllables 13
Double consonants 16
Written and spoken forms 17
PAGE
II Oral vowels 19
a = [a] 19 i = [i] 36
a = [u] 21 o = [o] 37
e = M 25 • ' o = [o] ■ . . 40
e silent 26 eu = [o] 43 iX
. e = (el 30 eu = [ce] 44 i/~
' e = [t] 33 ou = [u] 45
e without accent . . 36 ' u = [y] 46
III Vowel combinations 47
ai, ei, au, eu, ou, etc 47, 123
rV Nasal vowels 49
an, am, en, em . . . 50 on, cm 54
in, im, etc 52 im, um 55
vii
Vlll CONTENTS
PAGE PAGE
V Semi-vowels 57
i + vowel »= [jl . 57 u + vowel = [q] . . . 62
o + vowel = [w] 60 Semi-vowels + nasals . 64
VI Consonants 65
Distinctions between French and English consonants. 65
General principles 65
b, c 68 m, n 93, 95
ch, sch 71 P) q, qu 96, 98
d, f 73 r, s 101, 104
g, gn 76 so, sch 108
gn = [ji] . . . . 78 t, th 109
h, j 81,85 ti+ vowel 112
k, I 86 v, w 118
ImouiUe .... 87 wh, x, z 119,122
VII Review. Resume of vowel combinations 123
VIII Review. Consonant combinations . . i 125
IX Liaison 126
b, c, f, k, 1 . . . 128 z 133
p, q, r, t . . . . 130 d, g, s, X 134
t in -act, etc. . . 131 m, n 138
Special cases, exceptions, etc 140
X Elision 142
XI Capitals 145
XII Punctuation 154
XIII Conventional forms used in letter-writing . . . 157
XIV Abbreviations 161
Index 165
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Alvergnat, v. The modern class-book of French pronunciation,
containing all the rules with theii' exceptions which govern the
pronunciation of the French language. Boston (Schoenhof),
1891. (Particularly useful and suggestive as regards the syllabi-
cation of the written and spoken forms of many difficult words.)
Beasley, H. R. Sure steps to intelligent French. London (Swan,
Sonnenschein & Co.), 1905. (An elementary treatise employ-
ing the system of the International Phonetic Association to in-
dicate the pronunciation.)
Bernard, C. H. L. N., and Leon E. Bernard. Visible French
pronunciation. Boston, 1899. (The authors employ a phonetic
transcription of their own, silent letters appearing in red.)
Bernard, Victor F. Les fautes de langage on le fran^ais comme on
le parle. New York (Jenkins), 1900. (Pp. 59-69 contain a list
of common words likely to be mispronounced.)
Bescherelle aln6. L'art de conjv^v^r. Paris (Fouraut et fils), s. d.
(Few more handy works of the kind have ever been devised
in order to locate at once a peculiar verb-form than this "old
standard.")
Bevier, Louis, Jr. A French grammar, with exercises by Thomas
Logie. New York (Holt), 1896. (The Phonology (pp. 9-46) is
unusually complete.)
Beyer, Franz. Franzosische Phonelik. 2d ed. Cothen (Schulze),
1908. (Pp. 136-153 contain instructive Textproben. A few
characters indicating sounds dilTer from those now u.sed by the
J. P. A.)
. Idem. Dritte Auflage im Auftrage dee Verfassers, neu be-
arbeitet von H. Klinghardt. Cothen (Schulze), 1908. (Of inter-
est a.s compared with tlie first etlition becau.se of the progress
made in the subject of phonetics during the; twenty years be-
tween the two editions and the additions to its Literatur, pp. 224-
230.)
ix
X BIBLIOGKAPHY
Beyer und Passy. Da^ gesprochene Franzosisch. Cothen (Schulze),
1893. {Grammatik: pp. 77-170; Specimens of pronunciation:
pp. 1-76; Useful phonetic glossary: pp. 174-218.)
B6cher's Otto's French grammar. New York (Holt), 1884. (Pro-
nunciation: pp. 13-27.)
BoNAME, L. Stiidy and practice of French. Philadelphia (1930 Chest-
nut St.). Part I, 1899; Part II, 1908; Part III, 1899. (Con-
siderable attention is paid, particularly in Parts, I and II, which
are of an elementary character, to the subject of pronunciation.
Useful simple examples abound.)
. Idem. A handbook of prommciation. Ibidem, 1900. (Par-
ticularly useful for those who do not care for phonetic transcrip-
tions and desire the subject stated along ordinary lines in the
simplest and most direct form.)
Bracket and Toynbee. A histoncal grammar" of the French lan-
guage. Oxford (Clarendon Press), 1896. (Good common ex-
amples and very clear statements.)
Brittain, Margaret. Historical primer of French phonetics, with
introductory note by Paget Toynbee. Oxford (Clarendon
Press), 1900. (One of the few books of the kind in English
showing up-to-date scholarship.)
Brunot, F. Precis de grammaire historique de la langue frangaise.
Paris (Masson), 1887. (A standard work.)
Cameron, J. H. The elements of French composition. New York
(Holt), 1901. (Useful hints to students on capitals, punctu-
ation, etc.: pp. 103-116.)
Cauvet, Alfred. La prononciation fran^aise et la diction, a I'usage
des ecoles, de gens du monde et des etrangers. Dixieme edition
accompagnee de lettres adressees a I'auteur par MM. Delaunay,
Got et Massenet. Paris (Ollendorff), 1889. (Offers many useful
suggestions passim throughout.)
Chardenal's Complete French course, revised by Maro Brooks.
Boston (Allyn & Bacon), 1907. (Pronunciation: pp. 1-16.)
Churchman, P. H. An introduction to the pronunciation of French.
Cambridge, Mass., 1907.
. Exercises on French sounds. New York (Jenkins), 1911.
(A revised edition of the preceding Introduction, etc. Both of
BIBLIOGRAPHY XI
these manuals are among the best of the kind pubhshed in the
United States.)
Cledat, L. Grammaire eUmenlaire de la vieille langue frangaise.
Paris (Gamier freres), 1887. (A standard work.)
. Grammaire raisonnee de la langtie frangaise. Paris (Soudier),
1894. (A standard work.)
Colin and Serafon. Practical lessons in French grammar. Boston
(Sanborn), 1910. (Pronunciation: pp. xxix-xxxv.)
Delahaye, Victor. Dictionnaire de la prononciaiion modeme de la
langue frangaise. Montreal (Beauchemin), 1901. Seul ouvrage
portatif donnant la prononciation figuree de tous les mots de la
langue fran^aise. Precede d'une lettre a I'auteur de Louis Fre-
chette. (A simple system of indicating pronunciation is em-
ployed. The syllabication of every word receives more thorough
treatment than can perhaps be found in any other similar work.)
Dumais, Joseph. Parians Jranqais. Montreal, 1905. (Particularly
adapted to the needs of the French-speaking inhabitants of
Canada.)
Eve and de Baudier. The Wellington College French grammar.
16th edition. London (David Nutt), 1904. (One of the best
grammars of the kind published in England. Hints on pro-
nunciation: pp. 324-339; phonetic transcription: pp. 363-365.)
Eraser and Squair. A French grammar for schools and colleges.
Boston (Heath), 1908. (Many editions; widely used in Canada
and the United States. Phonetic introduction: pp. 1-12.)
Grandgent, C. H. a short French grammar. Boston (Heath), 1894.
(Pronunciation and spelling: pp. 1-11.)
. The essentials of French grainmar. Ibidem., 1900. (The first
fifteen chapters (pp. 1-44) are devoted to a detailed study and
analysis of the essential features of French pronunciation.
Both this work and the preceding, because of the marked ori-
ginality of treatment of the entire subject of French grammar,
are highly suggestive.)
Selections for French composition. Ibidem. (Pp. v-vi and
53-54 et seq. contain the most complete guidance for the con-
ventional usage in leUer-wriling that has yet appeared.)
IIatzfeld, Dar.me.steter et Thomas. Dictionnaire general de la
Xll BIBLIOGRAPHY
lnngv£ frangaise dii commencement du xvii siccle jusqu'a noa
jours. Paris, s. d. [Public en fascicules en 1893-4-5]. (A stand-
ard work very generally considered the most authoritative work
of the kind.)
Jespersen, Otto. Lehrbuch der Phonetik. Autorisierte tJbersetzung
von Hermann Davidsen. Leipzig und Berlin, 1904. (This
author's works are among the most authoritative of the kind.)
Knowles-Favard. Perfect French -possible. Boston (Heath), 1910.
(French sentences expressed in Enghsh words.) j
KoscHWiTZ, Edward. Les parlers parisiens. Paris (Welter), 1896.
("Anthologie phonetique" made up of records taken of the
speech of a number of well-known educated Frenchmen and
transcribed according to the system of the I. P. A.)
KuHN, Maurice N. Elements of spoken French. New York (Ameri-
can Book Co.), 1900. (Twenty lessons, French on one side of
the page, English on the other, studying the individual sounds,
with exercises on them and a good many examples.)
Lesaint, M. a. Traiie complet de la prononciaiion frangaise dans la
seconde moitie du xix'' siecle. 3^ ed. Halle (Gesenius), 1890.
(One of the best and most useful works of the kind ever pub-
lished. It has been reprinted several times but not revised; or
if any revision has been made, it has been very shght.)
LiET, Albert. Traite de prononciation frangaise. Theorie et pra-
tique. Paris, 1900. (Very useful in indicating both syllable
division and pronunciation.)
Larousse, Pierre. Graiid dictionnaire universel du Xixe siecle.
Paris, 1865. (The fifteen-volume work with the two supple-
ments, as an encyclopedia, is even to-day unsurpassed, except,
of course, in matter that is modern and made possible since the
pubUcation of the Larousse.)
LiTTRE, E. Dictionnaire de la langue frangaise. Paris (Hachette),
1889. (The four volumes and the supplement, hke the preceding
work, in its way is even to-day a most valuable work. The small
Larousse and Litir^ dictionaries generally furnish pronunciation
only in particular cases where without it the difficulty is appar-
ent at once.)
Maitre phonetique, organe de I'Association phonetique internatio-
JM"^^
BIBLIOGRAPHY Xlll
nale. Bourg-Ia-Keine, Seine. (A monthly review devoted to
sounds and their expression according to the I. P. A. system.)
Matzke, J. E. A primer of French jyroiiuncialion. 3d edition. New
York (Holt), 1900. (An excellent brief and concise treatise of
the subject, employing the I. P. A. system throughout.)
Michaelis-Passy. Didionnaire phonetique de la langue frangaise.
Hanovre, 1897. (A unique work and perhaps the only one of
the kind. Many "popular" pronunciations not considered
"standard" by scholars are given. That they are heard cannot
be doubted. This in itself gives a pecuUar value to the diction-
ary.)
Mt'LLER, August. Allgemeines Worlerbuch der Avssprache ausldndi-
scher Eigennamen. 7th edition, in collaboration with G. A. Saal-
feld and H. Michaehs. Leipzig (Haberland), 1903. (The diffi-
culty of finding the pronunciation indicated of proper names is
very real. This work, as a book of reference, may at times prove
helpful.)
Nicholson, G. G. A practical introduction to French phonetics.
London (Macmillan), 1909. (A scholarly exposition of the sub-
ject up to date and along modern hues.)
Passy, Paul. Choix de lectures frangaiscs phonetiques. Cothen
(Schulze), s. d. (Specimens of the "popular" pronunciation of
children. The French rendering is not given on the opposite
page. Many teachers prefer it should not be given. Well adap-
ted for cla.ss-room use, provided the teacher explains the differ-
ence between "popular" and "standard.")
. £!lude sur les changements phonetiques et leurs caracteres gen6-
raux. Paris (Firmin-Didot), 1890. (A most useful work to
students interested in sound-change and general phonetics.)
. Le frangais parte. T" cd. Hcilbronn (Henninger freres),
1889. (Specimens of spoken French.)
. Petite phonetique comparee des prindpales langues euro-
peennes. Ix-ipsic et Berlin (Tcubner), 1906. (Of particular
value to students of phonetics and hnguistics.)
. Lectures varieSs mises en transcription phonetique. 2® 6d.
Paris, 1910. (Specimens of spoken French (without the French
rendering; cf. what is said above under the author's Choix de
XIV BIBLIOGRAPHY
lectures, etc.). The language is not of quite as "popular" a
character as that found in the Choix.)
. Les sons dufrangais. %^ cd. Paris, 1906. (This weU-known,
clear and simple expose of the subject furnishes as good an intro-
duction as is available.)
The sounds of the French language, translated by D. L. Sa-
vory and D. Jones. Oxford (Clarendon Press), 1907. (This is a
translation of the above with useful notes and suggestions,
making it thoroughly desirable.)
Passy-Hempl. International French-English and English-French
dictionary. New York (Hinds, Noble and Eldridge), 1904. (A
useful work and unique of the kind, giving the pronunciation in
both parts, French and English, according to the I. P. A. sys-
tem. Moreover, the pronunciation of a number of proper names
is indicated.)
Passy-Jones. Expose des principes de V Association phonetique In-
ternationale. Bourg-la-Reine, 1908. (A pamphlet of 20 pages
containing, besides the Expose of the principles of the organiza-
tion, specimen selections.)
. The principles of the international phonetic association. Bourg-
la-Reine (Seine) and University College, London, 1912. (New,
revised, and enlarged edition in English of the Expose. It con-
tains 40 pages including quite a complete Bibliography of the
entire subject.)
Passy, Jean, et Adolf Rambeau. Chrestomathie franqaise. 2^ ed.
New York (Holt) and Paris (Soudier), 1901. (One of the best
books of the kind and the most complete both as regards expo-
sition of the principles of sound-change and the selections.
The French rendering of the phonetical transcriptions is found
throughout the work on the opposite page. Pp. xlvii-H con-
tain a good bibliography of the subject.)
RippMANN, Walter. Elements of phonetics. Enghsh, French and
German, translated and adapted by Walter Rippmann from
Professor Victor's Kleine Phonetik. London (Dent), 1907. (For
the student of phonetics, one of the best books published.)
RiVARD, Adjutor. Manuel de la parole. Traite de prononciation.
Quebec, 1901. (An excellent work of the kind, giving briefly
BIBLIOGRAPHY XV
and clearly the many peculiarities of pronunciation of Canadian
French children and thereby proving most helpful Mnguistically
and phonetically.)
RocHELLE, Phihppe de la. Guide to French pronunciation and prac-
tical -phonetics. Philadelphia (Fuller Building), 1909. (The
ordinary difficulties explained more from the popular than the
scientific standpoint.)
RoussELOT et Laclotte. Precis de prononciation Jrangaise. Paris
and Leipzig, 1902. (A well-known useful work of reference.)
Saillens and Holme. First principles of French pronunciation.
London (Blackie & Son), 1909. (One of the few up-to-date scien-
tific contributions that are beginning to appear in EngUsh.) ^j
SiMONSEN, Elna. Franske Lydskrifttekster. Copenhagen (Gylden-
dalske Boghandel), 1908. (Selections well adapted for class-
room use.)
Snow, Wm. B. Fundamentals of French grammar. New York
(Holt), 1912. ("Letters and their Sounds": pp. 1-12, Pho-
netic transcriptions at the bottom of the pages.)
Storm, J. Englische Philologie. 2 vols. Leipzig (Reisland), 1892.
(See vol. I, Allgemeine Phonetik and the portion deahng with
P. Passy:pp. 158-188.)
Sweet, Henry. A harulbook of phonetics. Oxford (Clarendon Press),
1890. (A standard work.)
Tassis, S.A. Guide du correcteur et du compositeur. Paris (Firmin-
Didot), 18.56. (Despite the age of this httle guide, in-16 (90
pages), "donnant la solution dcs principales difficultcs pour
I'emploi des lettres majuscules et minuscules dans I'ecriture et
I'impression," nothing has been found by the compiler of this
Ust to equal it in its way. It is sui generis unique.)
Tesson, Loui.s. Le fran^ais fonelique. Revue trimestrielle. Paris
(Ch. Amat), 1909-'10-'ll.
. Le verhe franqais raisonne. Ibidem, 1909.
. Le livre de lecture fonetiro-ortografique. Ibidem, 1909. (In
each of these three publications, the author uses a simple
method of indicating pronunciation which has the advantage
that it can be printed by the ordinary printing-press.)
Thie.me and Ekfinoer. A French grammar. New York (Macmil-
XVI BIBLIOGRAPHY
Ian Co.), lOOS. (The I. P. A. transcription is used throughout,
and very effectively as far as appearance on the page is con-
cerned.)
Thurwanger, Camille. Musical diction. Boston, s. d. [1911].
New England Conservatory of Music. (Although written for
students of singing, it contains many good points for others as
well as most useful examples.)
. Phonetically annotated songs in foreign langimges, enabling
any one to sing correctly in French, Italian, and German.
Ibidem, 1912. (An effective exemplification of the practical
utUity of phonetic notation according to the system of the
I. P. A.
TucKERM AN, Julius. SimpUcite. Areaderof French pronunciation.
New York (American Book Co.), 1908. (PedagogicaUy this man-
ual in its first edition far surpassed its scientific worth. The later
editions, however, have made amends in the latter respect.)
ViETOR, Wilhelm. Elemente der Phonetik und Orthoepie des
Deutschen, Englischen und Franzosischen. 5. Auflage. Leipzig,
1904. (A standard work.)
. Kkine Phonetik. 8. Auflage. Leipzig, 1912. (A simple and
practical condensation of the preceding Elemente, etc.)
Vreeland and Koren. Lessons in French syntax and corn-position.
New York (Holt), 1907. (Pp. 98-102 useful hints in regard
to conventional forms used in letter- WTiting.)
Whitney, W. D. A practical French grammar. New York (Holt),
1886. ("Pronunciation": pp. 1-26. Like the Bocher's Otto's
grammar mentioned above, the Whitney holds well its own with
the newcomers. The examples are numerous and well chosen.)
Yersin, M. and J. The Yersin phono-rhythmic method of French pro-
nunciation, accent, and diction. French-Enghsh. Philadelphia
(Lippincott), 1897. (Contains the teaching experience of two
teachers remarkably successful in imparting an excellent pro-
nunciation.)
ZtJND-BuRGUET, Adolphe. Methode pratique, physiologiqu£ et com-
paree de prononciation. Paris (Gymnase de la Voix), 1902.
(Showing especially how sounds are produced, their position by
means of the artificial palate, the mechanism of the subject.)
I INTRODUCTION
1 Key to pronunciation. As the sounds of French and
Enghsh are rarely identical, it is impossible to give exact
equivalents taken from both. Nevertheless so similar are
in many cases the sounds respectively of either language
that it is often possible to get quickly a more adequate
idea of nearly corresponding sounds by comparison than
in any other way. Spelling in French, although not so
irregular and inconsistent as m English, offers many dif-
ficulties. This must necessarily be so, for in French
there are thirty-seven sounds, exclusive of minor distinc-
tions, and only twenty-six letters to express them. The
advantage, therefore, in a treatise on French pronuncia-
tion, of having an alphabet in which one letter or s^Tiibol,
and only one, shall represent each sound, is at once ap-
parent. Such an alphabet has for many years been used
at home and abroad. It is known as the International
Phonetic Alphabet. Twenty-four of the characters used
to indicate pronunciation are those of the ordinary al-
phabet and consequently are famihar to the student: [a],
[a], [b], [d], [e], [f], [g], [h], [i], [j], [k], [1], [m], [n], [o], [p],
[r], [s], [t], [u], [v], [w], [y], [z].
2 Symbols to be noted. Of the thirteen remaining
symbols, which are unlike the characters of the alphabet,
five represent oral vowel sounds: [o], [v], [a], [oe], [0]; four
1
2 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
represent nasal vowel sounds: [a], [e], [3], [ce]; one repre-
sents a semi-vowel or semi-consonant sound: [q]; and
three represent consonant sounds: [ji], [$], [3].
Of the symbols just noted, [r)] and [q] are respectively
inverted e and li; the open [e] is "the Greek epsilon"; [o]
is an open 0; [0], a Danish letter representing approxi-
mately the vowel sound in English hitrt; [oe], so written
in French, is the union of the letters and e, about as in
English pwp; [a], [e], [3], [de] are simply the oral vowels
[a], [e], [o], [ce] nasahzed; [ji] is pictorial for the union of
g and n, a sound somewhat like that in English pini'on;
[$] is an old English s, used for the 8h sound in English
s/2all; and [5] represents the corresponding voiced sound
heard in English pleasure.
3 Open and closed. In speaking of the vowels,
the terms "open" and "closed" are frequently used,
"Open" applied to the symbols [a], [e], [0], [oe], shows pic-
torially that these symbols, having a break or opening
somewhere about their contour, are "open" compared
respectively with their "closed" correspondents [a], [e],
[o], [0], which are closed in. In pronouncing "open" and
"closed" vowels, these terms may be the better fixed
in the memory if it be remembered that "open" and
"closed" appUed to the sounds indicate, in a general
way, that the mouth is to be opened wider when pro-
nouncing an "open" vowel than when pronouncing its
"closed" correspondent.
INTRODUCTION
4 Table of French sounds, with approximate English
equivalents :
VOWEIS
BTMBOL EXAMPLES
a
a
U
e
e
e
i
o
5
ce
de
u
pctte, port
pas, pate
en, tante
ete, deja
fait, tete
vin, temte
de, crever
ni, pire
pot, cote
robe, tort
blond, trompe don't-
ENGLISH
APPROXIMATE
pat
palm
wa/it^
fate
met
lamp
villa
police
note
nor
CONSONANTS
SYMBOL EXAMPLES
ENGLISH
APPROXIMATH
b bout, robe
d dent, rude
f /ort, neu/
g ^ant, do^ue
h /2onte, oho
k car, cog
1 loag, seuZ
m mot, dame
n ni, ane
ji regner, peig'ne
p /»as, ta/>e
r rare, drap
s si, danse
$ chat, hac/ie
t /as, psLtte
V yent, rive
z zele, rose
3 yean, rouge
: sign of length
harbor
needy
fee
frigrate '
w(/i)ich
rocfcet
jolly
stea/ner
ma«y
onion
taper
error
miss
mar/line
en^ry
efer
cosy
plea-sure
peu, crcuse hurt'
seul, peur pup
un, humble b«(r)n
tout, tour food
y pu, pur (German li)
SEMI-VOWELS
j yeux, bien year
q huile, nuage sweet
w oui, poele t^ell
1 Approximately as in the New England pronunciation of wan
with the vowel in law which is more widely in use elsewhere
sound is a in mar, nasalized.
' For those who pronounce haunt and all similar words (cf. note 1) with a
nasal vowel (as in law somewhat nasalized), that sound would be nearer. The
New England vowel of want, haunt, daunt, etc., enjoys a very limited use in the
United States.
' The vowel sound meant in hurt is that of the standard English of England
and that of New England. West of the Hudson, and generally in New York
City, one hears the "cerebral r." It may be said as regards parallelism of
sound between <fr and the vowel in hurt, and between ce and the vowel in pup,
hut, cup, that in the speech of those who pronounce no r in hurt, a parallel
exists betwfon the vowel in this word as compared with that of hut, and the
French vowels <fr and oe. <t> is sensibly more tense than ce.
want; not
More accurately the
4 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
5 Vowel differences in English and French. The
vowels in English frequently begin with one sound and
end with an entirely different one. If the first letter of
the English alphabet a be pronounced, and the sound
prolonged, and then allowed gradually to die away, it will
be found that the vowel begins with the letter a and ends
with English e. If the letter i be pronounced in the same
manner, it will be found that the vowel begins with an
English ah sound and ends with the sound of English e.
If in a like manner be pronounced, the vowel will be
found to begin with o and end with the sound of oo in
English boo. The approximate French sounds correspond-
ing to the English first letter of the alphabet a and to the
letter o are e and 6 respectively. If these French vowels
be properly pronounced, no such sliding scale of transi-
tion as occurs in English will appear. The beginning,
middle and end of the French sound will be identical.
6 The respective differences of these two English
vowels and their corresponding French approximates e
and 6 may be graphically shown thus:
English vowel sounds a, o French approximates e, 6
Therefore in the above Table the vowel sound in
English fate incorrectly represents the vowel sound in
ete, because the former sound is a diphthong, while the
latter is a pure vowel. The same is true of pot, cote.
INTRODUCTION 5-
The vowel sound in English note is a diphthong, while
the sound in French pot and cote is a simple, uniformly
even utterance throughout. It is of the utmost impor-
tance at the start to realize and to observe this vocalic
difference between the two languages.
7 Consonant differences in English and French.
Nearly every English consonant is more or less unlike its
French approximate. In general the transition in Eng-
lish from consonant to vowel is slower than in French.
Such words in English as j)ear, coat, tour, when forcibly
pronounced, suggest something like an h sound inserted
between the stopped consonants p, c, t, and the following
vowel. The French words pere, cote, tour, though similar
to English pear, coat, tour, lack any such suggestion, nor
have they that hardness which is apt to be noticeable in
a beginner's pronunciation. The transition from p, c, t
to the following vowel is abrupt, short and quick. If the
two consonants d in English donH and d in French don
be compared, something similar as regards sound effect is
noticeable. The French d, being pronounced farther for-
ward in the mouth than the English d and nearer the
English th position, is softer and pleasanter than the Eng-
lish d, which, as at times in the word don't, may be very
harsh.
8 In the above Table it will be noticed that the key-
words given to illustrate ajiproximately the correspond-
ing French consonants p, b, t, d, k, g are piper, harbor,
entry, needy, rocket, rugged. In each case, the consonant
in question occurs as medial. In this position these con-
6 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
sonants lack a certain kind of explosiveness that they have
when initial. When medial they are a nearer approxima-
tion to the respective French correspondents. For anal-
ogous reasons, jolly, steamer, many, error are selected to
illustrate the liquids I, m, n, r. It is essential to avoid
coming down too hard upon the French consonants, the
effect of which is un-French. Consonant differences, to be
discerned by observation as here suggested, are no less
important to observe and realize than are the fundamen-
tal vowel differences pointed out above.
9 Stress. A third important general difference is that
of stress in the two languages. Stress, in the sense of
emphasis upon one syllable rather than on any other, a
characteristic of English pronunciation, is in the same
sense non-existent in French. The syllables of a French
word receive, one about as much emphasis as the other,
all being very evenly pronounced. It is true that when
slightly more stress can be observed upon one syllable
rather than upon another, that that syllable is usually
the last, not counting a final e mute syllable.
10 French words are largely of Latin origin; Latin
words have the stress, as a rule, on the penult, which in
French usually became the last syllable : L. a-ma'-re = Fr.
ai-mer; L. bo-ni-ta' -tern = Fr. bon-te; L. ca-mi'-num = ¥r.
che-min. It is convenient in French to apply the term
"stressed" or "accented" syllable to the last, care being
taken to avoid stressing or accenting the syllable forcibly
as in English. It should be remembered that written ac-
cents have nothing to do with stress, which applies merely
INTRODUCTION /
to the force with which one syllable is pronounced com-
pared with another syllable in the word.
11 Quantity. By quantity is meant the length of a
vowel or syllable as regards the time taken in pronounc-
ing it. As it is possible to dwell more or less time on any
vowel sound, there may be many degrees of quantity.
But for practical purposes it is sufficient to distinguish
two degrees of length, long and short.
12 Long vowels occur only in the stressed, or last
pronounced, syllable: ar-ri-ve [a-riiv] arrives; fou-ge-re
[fu-58ir] fern; fro-ma-ge [fro-mais] cheese; tra-vail-le
[tra-va:j] works.
13 Any vowel in the stressed syllable before the sounds
[J], [v], [z], [5] and [r] final (or followed by silent conso-
nants) is regularly long: seu-il [socij] threshold; tra-va-il
[tra-vasj] work; a-che-ve [a-$e:v] finishes; ca-ve [ka:v]
cellar; gaz [gaiz] gas; ro-se [roiz] rose; pla-ge [plais]
beach; pha-re [fair] lighthouse; ver [v8:r] worm; ci-re [siir]
wax; port [poir] -port; dur [dyir] hard.
14 The vowel sounds [a] [o] [0] and the nasal vowels in
the stressed syllaljle when followed by a pronounced con-
sonant are long: es-pa-ce [rs-ixiis] space; flam-me [flciim]
flame; mi-ra-cle [nii-ru:kl] miracle; i-dio-me [i-djoan]
idiom; to-me [to:m] volume; zo-ne [zom] zone; creu-se
[kr0:z] hollow; gueu-se [g0:z] beggar-woman; meu-te [m0!t]
-pack (of hounds); tan-te [td:t] aunt; pen-te [pa it] incline;
sem-ble [suibl] seems; min-ce [m£:s] thin; crain-dre
8 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
[kreidr] to fear; fein-te [feit] feiiit; poin-te [pw8!t] point;
fon-te [foit] foimt; lon-gue [loig] long; son-ge [80:3]
dream; de-fun-te [de-fdeit] deceased; em-prun-te [a-prdeit]
borrows; hum-ble [deibl] humble.
15 Vowels with a circumflex accent in the stressed syl-
lable, except vous etes [vuz et] you are, and the preterit
endinesf"^""^®^ f^""^' "'"""^^ f™^' "^"""^^ ^^^ 1 .re
^ 1-a-tes [at], -i-tes [it], -u-tes [yt] J' """^^
usually long: ta-che [tai^] task; ble-me [bleim] wan;
a-bi-me [a-biim] abyss; pole [pod] pole.
16 Short vowels, occurring both in stressed and un-
stressed syllables, predominate in French, as long vowels
occur only in the final or stressed syllable. All vowels
in unstressed syllables are short: de-vi-ner [da-vi-ne] to
guess; me-na-cer [ma-na-se] to threaten; mi-li-tai-re [mi-
li-teir] military; mor-ta-li-te [mor-ta-li-te] mortality; u-ni-
ver-si-te [y-ni-ver-si-te] university.
17 Vowel and nasal sounds when final are regularly
short: pas [pa] not; ete [e-te] been; fait [fe] done; de [dg] of;
ni [ni] neither; pot [po] pot; peu [p0] little; tout [tu] all; tu
[ty] thou; en [a] in; vin [ve] wine; blond [bio] blond; un [de]
one.
18 Vowels followed by a double consonant are regu-
larly short: pat-te [pat] paw; det-te [det] debt; lis-se [lis]
smooth; don-ne [don] gives; mous-se [mus] moss; lut-te
[lyt] struggle.
INTRODUCTION 9
19 Vowels that are long in final syllables are, as a
rule, half as long in the penult :
pa-le [pa:l] pale pa-leiir [pa-loeir] paleness
rou-ge [ru!5] red rou-geur [ru-soeir] redness
part [pa:r] part par-tir [par-tiir] to leave
ta-che [tai^] task ta-cher [ta-^e] to try
fi-nir [fi-ni:r] to finish fi-ni-rons [fi-ni-ro] (we) shall
finish
20 The vowel [e] is the only vowel that may be either
long or short before the same consonant: rei-ne [rem]
queen; ren-ne [ren] reindeer; Sei-ne [sem] Seine (river);
te-te [te:t] head; tet-te [tet] teat. In these cases the length
alone of the vowel serves to differentiate the words.
21 Exercise I on the sounds. In the Table it will
be noticed that two examples are given to exemplify
the sound of the vowel. In each case (excepting [e] and
[a], the two vowels which are always short) the quantity
varies, being short in the first example and long in the
second. The quality of the sixteen French vowels remains
unchanged. A useful exercise to acquire quality and
quantity distinctions will be to write the thirty-two
examples, illustrating the sounds of the sixteen French
vowels, using the key alphabet, and to pronounce each
word aloud, trying to account for differences.
22 The French alphabet has the same letters as the
English; but k and w are used only in words taken from
10
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
other languages: ki-lo-me-tre [ki-lo-metr] ; wa-gon [wa-go].
The older and more common names of the letters are:
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
a
he
c&
de
effe
ge
ache
i
[a]
[be]
[se]
[do]
[e]
[ef]
[5e]
[aS]
[i]
J
k
1
m
n
o
P
q
r
ka
elle
emnie
enne
o
pe
ku
erre
[3i]
[ka]
[d]
[em]
[en]
[o]
[pe]
[ky]
[er]
s
t
u
V
w
X
y
z
esse
te
u
ve
double V
iks
igrec
zede
[es]
[te] .
[y] '
[ve]
[dubl ve]
[iks]
[igrek]
[zed]
23 In this enumeration the letters f, h, 1, m, n, r are
generally of the feminine gender, the remaining letters
being masculine. When a letter is named by itself, it is
given as above indicated, with whatever orthographic
sign it may have. The French word re-com-pen-se may
be spelled: erre-e accent aigu = re; ce-o-emme = com, re-
com; pe-e-emie = pen, re-com-pen; esse-e = se, re-com-
pen-se.
24 But in reading and spelling, it is now common in
many French schools to name each consonant by its own
sound, followed by the so-called mute e [a]. The new
names then are:
a [a] je [33] se [s9]
be [ba] ke [ka] te [is]
ke se [kd] [so] le [h] u [y]
de [da] me [mo] ve [va]
e [a] ne [no] w double v [dubl va]
fe [fa] o [o] xe gze [ksa] [gza]
gue je [ga] [30] pe [pa] y [i]
he [ha] ke [ka] ze [za]
i [i] re [ro]
INTRODUCTION 11
25 In this enumeration, all of the letters are of the
masculine gender. The French word in-com-pre-hen-si-
bi-li-te would be spelled: i-ne = in; ke-o-me = com, in-com;
pe-re-e = pre, in-com-pre; he-e-ne = hen, in-com-pre-hen;
se-i = si, in-com-pre-hen-si ; be-i = bi, in-com-pre-hen-si-
bi; le-i = li, in-com-pre-hen-si-bi-li ; te-e = te, in-com-pre-
hen-si-bi-li-te.
26 Orthographic marks. There are three orthographic
marks which constitute a necessary part of the written
form of French words. These marks are called accents.
They are the acute ('), the grave O, and the circumflex
r).
27 The acute accent, ac-cent ai-gu [ak-sdit e-gy], as in
e-te [e-te] been, is used only over the vowel e, which then
has the sound heard in English fate, but without the van-
ish or glide described in 6: de-si-re [de-zi-re] desired;
e-cla-te [e-kla-te] hurst.
28 The grave accent, ac-cent gra-ve [ak-sa graiv], as
in fre-re [frnr] brother, is used mostly over e which then
has nearly the sound heard in English met, there: me-ne
[men] leads; pe-re [peir] father; re-pe-te [re-prt] repeats.
It is also used sometimes over a and u to distinguish
words otherwise spelt alike: a [a] has and a [a] to; fa [sa]
there and ga. [sa] that; des [dr] si7ice and des [de] (also
[de]) of the; ou [u] ivhere and ou [u] or; also over the a in
de-ja [de-3a] already and ja [5a] (rarely used now) already.
29 The circumflex accent, ac-cent cir-con-fle-xe [ak-sa
sir-kr)-flrks], may occur over any vowel, which is usually
12 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
then long: a-ge [0:5] age; te-te [tcit] head; di-me [di(;)m];
c6-te [koit] coast; stir [syir] sure. In most cases it indi-
cates the loss of an s written formerly after the vowel
now circumflexed, as in old French teste for modern tete ;
maistre for mai-tre [meitr] master. Such an s sometimes
still remains in the English word taken originally from
the old French, as in English forest, modern French fo-
ret [fo-re] ; English isle, modern French i-le [i(:)l]. In other
cases it shows contraction has taken place: a-ge instead
of older aa-ge) siir instead of older seur. It also serves
to distinguish such words as du [dy] owed from du [dy] of
the; mur [myir] ripe from mur [myir] wall; suit [syir] sure
from sur [syr] upon; although in point of fact du, mur and
sur are examples of contraction of the corresponding old
French forms deii, meiir, seiir.
30 When the vowels are written with a capital letter,
it is not customary to put on the accents, except on the
letter e: les theatres = les the-a-tres [le te-aitr]. These
so-called "accents" have nothing whatever to do with
stress; in general they serve to distinguish the vowel
sounds. It is quite as much a fault to omit the accent,
or to use it wrongly, as to spell the word incorrectly.
31 Other orthographic marks are I'a-pos-tro-phe [1 a-
pos-trof] (') to indicate the omission of a final vowel be-
fore a word beginning with a vowel (or silent h) (383) :
"la a-me" becomes I'a-me [1 aim] the soul; "je ai" becomes
j'ai [3 e] I have; "si il" becomes s'il [s il] if he. The vowel
elided is almost always e ; a is elided only in the article or
pronoun la [la] the, her, it; i is elided only in si [si] if, be-
INTRODUCTION 13
fore il [il] he, it, or ils [il] they. No elision takes place be-
fore on-ze [d'.z] eleven; on-zie-me [5-zjem] eleventh; oui
[wi] yes; huit [qi(t)] eight; hui-tie-me [qi-tjem] eighth (382
et seq.).
32 The cedilla, la ce-dil-le [la se-cliij] C) is placed under
c to give it the sound of s before a, o, u : fa-f a-de [fa-sad]
front; gar-fon [gar-s5] hoy; re-gu [ro-sy] received.
33 The dieresis, le tre-ma [lo tre-ma] (*") is placed over
the second of two vowels to show that it does not unite
with the first vowel but, on the contrary, begins a new
syllable: ha-ir [a-i:r] to hate; na-if [na-if] artless; Noel
[nD-cl] Christmas. It is also put over final mute e to show
that the gu preceding is a syllable by itself and that the
u is not merely the sign of "hard" g (196): ai-gu-e [e-gy]
sharp; the last e being completely mute; without the
dieresis, the word would be pronounced [eg]; cf. fi-gue
[fig] fig-
34 The hjTohen, le trait d'u-nion [b tre-d y-nj5] (-), is
used between the parts of a compound word; arc-en-ciel
[ar ku sjel] rainbow; beau-frere [bo fre:r] brother-in-law;
and to join words that are closely connected: a-vez-vous
[a-ve vu] have you? e-tes-vous [et vu] are you?
35 Division of syllables. When divided into syllables
for the purpose of spelling and pronouncing, and quite
generally also for writing and printing (Ijut not invaria-
bly, see 38-44) the syllables in the body of a French
word most frequently end with a vowel and begin with
14 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
a consonant: e-ga-li-te [e-ga-li-te] equalihj; e-le-ver [el-ve]
to raise; mo-ra-li-te [mo-ra-li-te] morality; po-pu-la-ri-te
[po-py-la-ri-te] popularity. It is essential in pronouncing
these words not to divide them according to EngHsh cus-
tom: e-qual-i-ty, nio-ral-i-ty, pop-u-lar-i-ty . In pronounc-
ing it is necessary carefully to avoid such divisions of
syllables as in the English tab-leau, trip-le.
36 A vowel in the body of a word sometimes begins
a syllable, in which case the vowel is always preceded
by another vowel which ends the preceding syllable:
a-e-rer [a-e-re] to ventilate; a-e-ros-tat [a-e-ros-ta] air-
halloon; e-blou-ir [e-blu-iir] to dazzle; jou-ir [swiir] to
enjoy; Na-po-le-on [na-po-le-5] ; o-a-sis [o-a-zi(!)s]; o-be-
is-san-ce [o-be-i-sais] ohedierice.
37 If a single consonant is followed by 1 or r (except
rl, as in par-lait), both are united with the following
vowel: mai-grir [me-griir] to grow thin; of-frir [o-fri:r] to
offer; ou-vrier [u-vri-je] workman; per-dront [per-dr5]
(they) will lose; ta-bleau [ta-blo]; tri-ple [tripl]; vain-cre
[veikr] to conquer; vi-tre [vitr] pane of glass.
38 Other groups of two or more consonants, when
pronounced, are generally so divided that the first goes
with the preceding syllable, the second and third with the
following: ad-mi-rer [ad-mi-re] to admire; cer-cler [ser-
kle] to circle; con-somp-tion [k5-s3p-sjo] consumption; es-
ca-lier [es-ka-lje] stairway; es-pe-ran-ce [es-pe-rais] hope;
in-stant [es-tci]. In the last example, as shown, the two
consonants s and t are, as usual, divided in the middle,
INTRODUCTION 15
the s going over and being pronounced with the nasal
vowel in =[6], and the t with the nasal vowel an=[a].
The written syllable division in-stant is simply etymolog-
ical; in-stni-ment [es-try-ma]; mar-tyr [mar-ti:r]; par-
fum [par-foe] perfume; per-drons [prr-drf)] (we) shall lose;
pol-tron [pol-tro] coward; res-pec-ter [res-ppk-te] to re-
spect; res-pi-rer [rrs-pi-re] to breathe; res-ter [res-te] to
remain; sug-ge-rer [syg-5e-re] to suggest.
39 A silent h is not recognized in the pronunciation
of a French word, yet when written the h apparently
begins a syllable. The following words when written
are divided thus: bon-heur, in-ha-bi-le, in-ha-bi-ta-ble,
in-hos-pi-ta-ble, in-hu-main, mal-heur, but when pro-
nounced, the principle which obtains, throughout the
pronunciation of French words is carried out, that is, of
ending the syllable with a vowel and beginning it with
a consonant. These words therefore are pronounced:
[bo-noeir], [i-na-bil], [i-na-bi-tabl], [i-nos-pi-ta-bl], [i-ny-me],
[ma-lce:r].
40 A group of two consonants, but forming one sound
only, is treated as a single consonant. Such combina-
tions are ch, ph, th, gn: a-che-ver [a^-ve] to finish; a-the-
nien [a-te-njc] Athenian; di-gni-te [di-jii-tej; in-co-gni-to
[L'-ko-jii-to] ; pho-no-gra-phe [fj-no-graf].
41 X, which is equivalent to gz before vowels, ks be-
fore consonants, is treated in pronouncing like gz and ks,
but when written the x always goes with the first vowel:
ex-a-men [rg-za-mt-] examination; ex-em-ple [rg-zdplj
16 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
example; ex-ac-te [eg-zakt]; ex-cel-lent [ek-se-la]; ex-pres
[eks-prr] on purpose; ex-pri-mer [eks-pri-me] to express;
ex-tra-or-di-nai-re [eks-tra-or-di-ne :r] extraordinary. In
the three last cases four consonants come together k, s,
p or t, r. As usual in combinations of sp, st, the s goes
with the first syllable both in written and spoken forms.
42 Double consonants (146, 148, 166, 168) when imit-
ten, are divided between the two, but are pronounced
like single consonants. Therefore when between vowels
they begin the second syllable like a single consonant.
This applies especially to the older and commoner words:
al-ler [a-le] to go; as-sez [a-se] enough; dom-mage [do-mais]
injury; don-ner [do-ne] to give; bb, pp, tt, dd are rarely, if
ever, doubled in pronouncing a French word : ab-be [a-be]
ahhot; rap-port [ra-poir] report; bat-tu [ba-ty] beaten; ad-
di-tio-nel [a-di-sjo-ncl] additional.
43 In newer and less popular words, showing generally
obvious Latin derivation, double consonants are pro-
nounced rather longer than single consonants. This ap-
plies particularly to 1, m, n, r. This lengthening is
generally noted, in indicating pronunciation, bj' retaining
the two consonants instead of only one : il-let-tre [il-le-tre]
illiterate; il-li-si-ble [il-li-zibl] ; im-me-diat [im-me-djaj;
im-mon-de [im-mSid] unclean; in-ne [in-ne] inborn; in-
nom-bra-ble [in-n5-brabl] innumerable; ir-ri-ta-ble [ir-ri-
tabl]; ir-ri-te [ir-ri-te] irritated.
44 In the written language, obvious composition of the
word nullifies in many cases the principle of word divi-
sion, that is, of ending syllables, whenever possible, with a
INTRODUCTION 17
vowel and beginning them vnth. a consonant; but in the
actual pronunciation this basic principle remains intact.
The written division of the following words together wath
the figured division and pronunciation as actually uttered
will illustrate the written and spoken usage: at-mo-
sphe-re [at-mos-fcir]; bon-heur [b.>nce:r] happiness; con-
spi-rer [k3s-pi-re] to conspire; in-e-gal [i-ne-gal] unequal;
in-ex-act [i-neg-zakt] ; in-no-cen-ce [i-no-sais]; in-nom-
bra-ble [i-n3-brabl] innumerable; in-spi-rer [es-pi-re]; in-
stant [es-ta]; in-strui-re [es-trqi:r]; in-u-ti-le [i-ny-til];
mal-heur [ma-la^ir] ill luck; sub-or-don-ner [sy-bor-do-ne].
45 Nasal vowels, being merely oral vowels followed by
m or n in the same syllable, are treated like ordinary
vowel sounds in the division of syllables, the following
consonant begimiing the next syllable: an-cien [ci-sjf];
domp-ter [d3-te] to master; en-chan-ter [a-^a-tej; im-po-
sant [e-po-zd]; in-con-stant [e-k3s-to]; pen-dant [pa-dfi]
during; tins-siez [te-sje] (you) might hold; vins-sions
[ve-sj5] (we) jnight come.
46 The WTitten and spoken forms vary particularly, 1 "
When e mute occurs at the end of a word or of a syllable
in a word: bel-le [\}v\]fi)ie; fa-ble [fa-bl]; fon-te [f.):t] melt-
ing; on-cle \?)'.k\] nncle; pat-te [pat] paw; pen-te [pa:t] in-
cline; pour-pre [i)urpr] purple; promp-te [pr5:t]; qua-tre
[katr] Jour; ro-be [ro(!)b] dress; ro-che [ro^] rock; tan-te [tfi :t]
aunt. 2° When e mute occurs at the end of a syllable in
a word. By the dropping of e mute, a new combination
of consonants is formed which are divided in the way
con.sonants usually are: ap-pe-ler [ap-lc] to call; ca-le-
18 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
gon [kal-s5] pair of drawers; cha-pe-lier [Sa-plje] hatter;
cha-pe-ron [^a-pron] hood; ci-me-tiere [sim-tjeir] cemetery;
e-le-ver [el-ve] to raise; lai-te-rie [le-tri] dairy; ma-de-
moi-selle [mad-mwa-zel] ; re-ve-nir [rav-niir] to come hack;
sou-ve-nir [suv-niir]; sou-ve-rain [suv-re] sovereign; tel-
le-ment [tel-ma]. 3° When y=[j], or ill = [j]: cray-on
[kre-j5] pencil; pay-er [pe-je] to pay; roy-al [rwa-jal];
tuy-au [ty-jo] tube; ba-tail-le [ba-taij] battle; fa-mil-le
[fa-mi !J] /a?m7|/; tra-vail-le [tra-va;j] works.
47 The prmciple of syllable division of French words,
of beginning the syllable, whenever possible, with a con-
sonant and ending it with a vowel, is equally applicable to
phrases, which are divided up in the same way into stress
groups: bon a rien [bo-na-rje] good-for-nothing; bout a
bout [bu-ta-bu] end to end; de haut en bas [d9-o-a-ba]
from top to bottom; de temps en temps [do-ta-zci-ta] from
time to time; mot a mot [mo-ta-mo] literally; nuit et jour
[ni{i-te-3Uir] night and day; pas a pas [pci-za-pa] step by
step; pe-tit a pe-tit [p9-ti-ta-p8-ti] little by little; pot a
I'eau [po-ta-lo] water-pitcher; six ou sept [si-su-set] six or
seven; tot ou tard [to-tu-tair] sooner or later.
48 The principle of syllable division, which is that also
of phrase division, namely, that a single consonant be-
tween vowels belongs to the following syllable, is of
fundamental importance. It is the basis upon which ac-
quiring a reasonably good pronunciation of French de-
pends.
Exercise II. Write the following words, dividing them into syl-
lables, and pronounce them aloud: agneau, ananas, aimer, animal,
attaque, Canada, canal, camaraderie, capital, cataracte, classe, era-
ORAL VOWELS 19
vate, ecole, fidelite, garden, geographie, grise, mandat, marcher,
morceau, Panama, paragraphe, passage, partir, poete, regardez,
salade, salle, simple, union.
Supplementary Exercise. Write, dividing into syllables as
heard ordinarily in spoken French, these same words, using the key
alphabet, thus comparing the spoken and written forms.
n ORAL VOWELS
49 a = [a] a ouvert, or o-pen a, written a, a and excep-
tionally in verb-endings a; approximately like the a in
English cat, fat, pat, but pronounced with the mouth
wider open so that the sound is between the a in car and
the a in bat. This vowel, the commoner of the two va-
rieties of French a, is generally short as in a [a] to; la
[la] the; ma-da-me [ma-dam], pat-te [pat] -paw, but may al-
so be long as in: ca-ge [kais]; ra-re [rair]. It may easily
be recognized at once in the few cases where it occurs
with a written accent.
50 As final with the grave accent: a [a] to; ?a [sa] here;
de-fa [do-sa] on this side; de-ja [de-5a] already; ho-la [o-la]
ho there!; la [la] there; voi-la [v\va-la] see there.
51 In the verbal endings -am-es, -at-es, -at of the
first conjugation where the a has the circumflex accent:
nous ai-ma-mes [nuz c-mam] ire loved; vous ai-ma-tes
[vuz L--niat] yo}i loved; qu'il ai-mat [k il f-ma] that he might
love; nous par-la-mes [im par-lam] we spoke; vous par-
lates [vu par-lat] you spoke; qu'il par-lat [k il par-la] that
he might speak.
20 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
52 [a] occurs regularly when final, at the end of a
word, or of a syllable in a word, when the next syllable
does not begin with an s or z sound: ac-ca-pa-ra [a-ka-
pa-ra] to seize upon; ac-cla-ma [a-kla-ma] acclaimed;
a-mal-ga-ma [a-mal-ga-ma] amalgamated; ag-gra-va [a-
gra-va] aggravated; a-mar-ra [a-ma-ra] moored; a-ta-qua
[a-ta-ka] attacked; ba-var-da [ba-var-da] gossiped.
53 When preceding^any final silent consonant, except
s or z: a-chat [a-^a] purchase; al-ma-nach [al-ma-na]; drap
[dra] cloth; es-to-mac [es-to-ma] stomach; plat_[pla] flat; rat
[ra]; sol-da^ [sol-da] soldier; ta-bac [ta-ba] tobacco. ""
54 Before any pronounced consonant other than s or
z at the end of a word: Am-ster-dam [am-ster-dam] ; bac
[bak] ferry-boat; cap [kap] cape; car [ka(!)r] for; che-val
[^a-val] horse; fat [fat] fop; Is-lam [is-lam] ; lacs [lak] lakes;
snares; ma-ca-dam [ma-ca-dam] ; mal [mal] evil; paf [paf]
bang!; or at the end of a syllable in the body of a word:
al-ma-nach [al-ma-na]; An-na [an-na]; cal-me [kalmj;
gar-fon [gar-s5] boij; can-ne [kan] cane; gam-me [gam]
scale; nap-pe [nap] cloth, tablecloth; pat-te [pat] paw.
55 Special cases. The sound [a] is heard in the French
adverb ending -eniment [a-md] -ly; ar-dem-ment [ar-
da-mu] ardently; pru-dem-ment [pry-da-mu] prudently;
and in the following words: cou-en-ne [kwan] rind; cou-
en-neux [kwa-n0] pertaining to rind; fem-me [fam] woinan;
fem-me-lette [fam-let] silly woman; hen-nir [a-niir] to
neigh; in-dem-ni-ser [e-dam-ni-ze] to make good; in-dem-
ni-te [e-dam-ni-te] compensation; nen-ni [na-ni] no; so-
len-nel [so-la-nel] solemn.
ORAL VOWELS 21
56 [a] is the sound usually heard in the common end-
ings -oir [\va:r], -oi-re [wa:r]: mi-roir [mi-rwa:r] mirror;
soil [swair] evening; boi-re [bwa:r] to drink; poi-re [pwa:r]
pear; vic-toi-re [vik-twair] victory; in a number of com-
mon words ending in oi (or oi+ silent consonant) not pre-
ceded by r (see 62) : bolt [bwa] drinks; doigt [dwa] finger;
fois [fwa] time; loi [Iwa] law; moi [mwa] me; soi [swa] one-
self; sole [swa but also swci] silk; toi [twa] thee; and gen-
erally in words written with oy: Fon-te-noy [fot-nwa];
foy-er [fwa-je] hearth; loy-er [Iwa-je] rent; loy-al [Iwa-jal].
57 The letter a is usually silent in aout [u] August,
but may also be pronounced: [au]; the final t is sounded
by many: [ut] [aut]; a is silent in Caen [ka]; Cu-ra-gao
[ky-ra-so]; Sao-ne [som] (103); taon [ta] (old [to] 103)
gadfly; toast [tost].
Exercise III on [a]. Write and pronounce aloud the following
words, dividing those of two or. more syllables as usually divided in
writing and ])rinting: baba, barbc, battre, boite, chat, dame, declare,
donnat, droite, fcnmie, gage, liennir, la, lac, lave, loi, ma, madanie,
Malaga, menage, moi, noir, papa, parla, patte, poison, prudemment,
rat, r^cemment, soi, syllabe, ta, valse.
Supplementary Exercise. Write and pronounce aloud these
same words using the key alphabet and dividing them as ordinarily
heard in spoken French.
58 a = [a] a ferme or closed a; written a, a; about as
in English palm; pronounced with the mouth quite wide
open. This sound is easily recognized whenever the a
has the circumflex accent (except in the endings -ames,
-ates, -at (noted under 51): bat [bo] saddle; bla-me
[bla:m]; gra-ce [grnisj; mat [ma] mast; pa-le [pail]; pa-te
[pa it] dough; pla-tre [plaitr] plaster; ta-che [tai^] task.
22 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
59 a = [a] whenever before a silent final s (except in
bras [bra] arm, and in -as verb endings: don-nas [do-na]
gave)', bas [ba] low; cas [ka] case; cou-te-las [kutla] cut-
lass; da-mas [da-ma] damask; fra-cas [fra-ka] crash; las
[la] tired; ma-te-las [mat-la] inattress; pas [pa] step; tas
[ta] pile; ver-glas [ver-gla] glazed frost. Derivatives of
such words usually retain the a quality when passing
from the stressed to an unstressed syllable: da-mas-ser
[da-ma-se]; las-ser [la-se]; pas-ser [pa-se]; tas-ser [ta-se].
In proper names the rule of a = [a] before a silent final s
is equally regular : Co-las [ko-la] ; Du-gas [dy-ga] ; Du-mas
[dy-ma]; Ju-das [sy-da]; Lu-cas [ly-ka]; Ni-co-las [ni-ko-
la]; Pri-vas [pri-va]; Tho-mas [to-ma]; Vau-ge-las [vo3-la].
/^60 a = [a] before a final pronounced s as in as [a:s] ace;
at-las [at-la(!)s]; he-las [elais] alas!; before a final pro-
nounced z as in gaz [gaiz] gas; and frequently before the
sounds of s and z in the endings -as-se [as], -as-sion
[a-sjo], -a-tion [a-sj5], -a-se [az], -a-sion [a-zj5], -a-zon
[a-zo]. -as-se [a is] in the words bas-se [bais] low; cas-se
[kais] breaks; clas-se [klais] class; gras-se [gra:s]/ai; pas-se
[pais] passes, -as-sion [a-sjo] in pas-sion [pa-sjo] and
derivative com-pas-sion [ko-pa-sjo]; -a-tion [o-sj5] in a
numerous group of words like for-ma-tion [for-ma-sj5];
na-tion [na-sj5], sta-tion [sta-sj5]. Nevertheless, the usage
varies in regard to this ending -a-tion and the authorities
differ, -a-se [aiz] in ba-se [baiz]; ca-se [kaiz] house;
ga-ze [gaiz] gauze; ja-se [saiz] prates; va-se [vaiz]. -a-sion
[azj5] in e-va-sion [e-va-zj5]; in-va-sion [e-va-zjo]; oc-ca-
sion [o-ka-zj5]. Here again, however, as in the words in
-a-tion, usage and the authorities differ, -a-zon [a-zo]
ORAL VOWELS 23
in bla-zon [bla-z5] coat of arms; e-cra-sons [e-kra-z5] let us
crush; but here written -a-sons = spoken [a-z5]; ga-zon
[ga-z5] turf.
61 a = [a] frequently in the termination -ail-le [a:j] in
a number of words; ba-tail-le [ba-taij] battle; e-cail-le
[e-ka:j] scale; li-mail-le [li-maij] filings; mail-le [maij]
mesh; man-geail-le [md-5aij] eatables; mi-trail-le [mi-
trajj] grape-shot; pail-le [paij] straw; tail-le [ta:j] shape;
trou-vail-le [tru-va:j] finding; Ver-sail-les [ver-saij]. Here
again must be noted that in nearly all, if not all, of these
cases, usage varies and the authorities differ. It may be
convenient to regard as exceptions to the list of words in
-ail-le just given: fail-le [fa:j] be necessary; me-dail-le
[me-da:j] medal; tra-vail-le [tra-vaij] works; vail-le [va:j]
be worth, and words ending in -ail [a:j] as in be-tail [be-
ta:j] cattle; de-tail [dc-ta:j]; gou-ver-nail [gu-\xr-na:j]
helm; tra-vail [tra-vaij] work.
62 a = [a] in the ending -oi (or -oi+silent consonant)
in a few connnon words (156) : bois [bwa] wood; mois
[mwci] month; noix [nwa] nut; poe-le [])wa:l] stove; pels
[pwa] pea; poids [pwa] weight. Frequently, when r pre-
cedes oi, the sound heard is [a]: croi-re [krwair] to believe;
croix [krwa] cross; e-troi-te [e-trwat] narrow; froid [frwa]
cold; roi [rwa] king; but here again, in these cases, usage
varies.
63 a = [(i], (juite generally, in tlu; following words: ac-
ca-bler [a-kd-ble] to overwhelm; ah [a:]; ca-dre [k(i:drj
frame; dam-ner [da-ne] to condemn; fa-ble [fu-bl]; flam-me
[fla:m] flame; ga-gner [gu-jie] to earn; grail-Ion [gra-jo]
24 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
scraps; hail-Ion [a-j3] rag; na-vrer [na-vre] to wound; ra-
cier [ra-kle] toscrape; rail-le [ra:j] rails; rail-le-rie [raj-ri]
bantering.
64 a = [a] frequently in the followang rather common
words, although usage and the authorities differ: bail-le
[baij] gives; boi-se [bwa-ze] wooded; ca-da-vre [ka-da-vr]
dead body; cli-mat [kli-ma] climate; de-cla-mer [de-
kla-me] to declaim; de-la-brer [de-la-bre] to decay; dia-ble
[dja-bl] devil; en-flam-mer [d-fla-me] to inflame; es-cla-ve
[es-klaiv] slave; es-pa-ce [es-pa:s] space; ja-dis [5a-di(s)]
already; la-cet [la-se] lacing; ma-fon [ma-s5] mason; ma-
su-re [ma-zy:r] ruins; mi-ra-cle [mi-ra-kl]; nas-se [na:s]
net; noi-set-te [nwa-zet] filbert, nut; o-ra-cle [o-ra-kl];
pou-lail-ler [pu-la-je] poidtry-yard; pro-cla-mer [pro-kla-
me] to proclaim; sa-ble [sciiblj sand; sa-bre [sa-br] saber;
sole [swa] silk; tail-leur [ta-joe:r]; to-pa-ze [to-pa:z]; voie
[vwa] icay.
65 Summary. The variety in usage, as furnished by
the examples, shows the division line between [a] and [a]
to be loosely drawn. Under identical or similar condi-
tions, either variety of a may be heard. In the follo^^^ng
pairs: ta-ble and fa-ble; tra-vail-le and trou-vail-le ; pla-ce
and es-pa-ce; chas-se and clas-se; pas-sif and pas-ser;
mas-se and tas-se, the same authority gives the a of the
first word in each pair as [a] and of the second as [a]. In
general, from what precedes, it may be said that in Paris
[a] is apt to be heard before silent s and before the
sounds of s and z (except in verb-endings), and that
under other conditions [a] is the sound usually heard.
ORAL VOWELS 25
Exercise IV on [a]. Write and pronounce aloud, dividing into
syllables as usual in ^VTiting and spelling, the following words: iime,
bataille, blame, cable, classe, damner, deg&t, diable, ecraser, enflam-
mer, fable, flamme, fracas, gaz, gaze, gazon, gc^neration, haillon,
hate, helas, magon, matelas, nation, pas, pate, paille, poele, raillerie,
roi, sable, tas, tasse, tatons, Thomas.
Supplementary Exercise. Write and divide these same words
as spoken, using the key alphabet and pronouncing them aloud when
written.
06 e = [3] e muet, or so-called e mute, written e as in
de, crever; about as in English villa, occurring 1" as final
in monosyllables. In this position it sounds much like e
in English the when spoken quickly as in the man, the
woman, the child; ce [so] this; de [da] pf; je [53] /; le [lo]
the, him, it; me [ma] me; ne [na] jiot; que [ka] that; se [sa]
oneself; te [ta] thee.
67 2° e = [a] as final in the first syllable of a word of
two or more syllables: cre-ver [kra-ve] to burst; de-moi-
sel-le [da-mwa-zel] young lady; de-ve-nir [dav-ni:r] to he-
come; fe-ra [fo-ra] will do; fre-don-ner [fra-da-ne] to hum;
le-ver [lo-ve] to raise; me-ner [ma-ne] to lead; re-ve-nir
[rav-niir] to come hack; te-na-ci-te [ta-na-si-te] tenacity; te-
nir [ta-ni:r] to hold. When preceded by two consonants
as in cre-ver and fre-don-ner, the [a] is rather more dis-
tinctly pronounced than in otiier cases (392).
68 3'^ e = [a] exceptionally in des-sous [d(a)-su] beloic;
des-sus [d(a)-sy] above; fai-sait [fa-zf] was making; and in
derivatives of fai-re \h-',r] to make, as in re-fai-sant [ra-
fa-zo] remaking; mon-sieur [ma-sj0] sir; res-sem-bler [r.)-
26 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
sa-ble] to resemble; res-sen-tir [ra-sa-tiir] to experience;
res-sor-tir [ra-sor-tiir] to go out again.
69 e silent elsewhere, as: 1° When final at the end of a
word, either after a vowel or consonant: ai-je [ei 3] have If;
a-ne [am] ass; ar-bre [ar-br] tree; bar-be [barb] heard;
ca-ma-ra-de [ka-ma-ra(!)d] comrade; clas-se [kla:s] class;
fa-ci-le [fa-sil] easy; faus-se [fois] false; mal-le [mal]
trunk; pa-trie [pa-tri] fatherland; rue [ry] street; suis-je
[siiiis] am If; ta-ble [ta-bl]; vie [vi] life. However, in
many cases like the above, for various reasons, as for ver-
sification or for singing, the e mute is distinctly sounded.
Frequently after b d g v it may be heard slightly: bar-be
[bar-ba], whereas after p, t, k, f it is silent e-ta-pe [e-tap]
stage. Also it may be heard slightly when final and pre-
ceded by two consonants as in ar-bre [ar-brg]; lors-que
[lors-kg] when; pres-que [pres-ko] nearly; puis-que [pqis-ka]
since; ta-ble [ta-bbj.
70 2° e is silent at the end of a syllable preceding the
stressed or final syllable: a-che-ter [a$-te] to buy; al-le-
mand [al-ma] German; ap-pe-ler [ap-le] to call; bon-ne-
ment [bon-md] simply; bul-le-tin [byl-te]; cau-se-rie
[koz-ri] talk; ci-se-lu-re [siz-ly:r] carving; con-ve-na-ble
[kov-nabl] seemly; de-ve-nir [do-vniir] to become; e-le-ver
[el-ve] to bring up; em-pe-reur [dp-roe :r] emperor; ma-de-
moi-sel-le [mad-mwa-zel] ; ma-te-lot [mat-lo] sailor; na-
ive-te [na-iv-te] simplicity; ra-me-ner [ram-ne] to bring
hack; re-je-ter [ras-te] to reject; sa-le-te [sal-te] dirt; sa-
me-di [sam-di] Saturday; sou-te-nir [sut-niir] to sustain;
sou-ve-rain [suv-re] sovereign.
ORAL VOWELS 27
71 e = [a]. It will be noticed in the above examples
just given, in all of which the e mute is not heard, that
the group of consonants brought together by the omis-
sion of the e, is easy to pronounce. But when, by omit-
ting the e mute, a group of consonants is brought together
forming a combination harsh to the ear and difficult to
pronounce, then, to avoid such a result, the e mute is
heard as in the following cases: An-gle-ter-re [d-glo-teir]
England; a-que-duc [a-ko-dyk] aqueduct; a-pre-te [a-pr8-
te] asperity; ar-que-bu-se [ar-ko-by:z] arquebus; a-te-lier
[a-ta-lje] studio; au-tre-fois [o-tro-fwa] formerly; au-tre-
ment [o-tra-ma] otherwise; ba-te-lier [ba-ta-lje] boatman;
chan-ce-lier [^a-so-lje] chancellor; cou-te-lier [ku-ta-lje
cutler; cha-me-lier [^a-ma-lje] camel-driver; cha-pe-lier
[5a-p.)-lj('] hatter; Char-le-ma-gne [^ar-lo-maji] ; Charles-
Quint [.5ar-la-kc] Charles the Fifth (of Spain and Germany);
chas-te-te [5as-to-t(>] chastity; com-pre-nons [kS-pr^-no]
let us understand; con-si-de-ra-ble-ment [k3-si-dc-ra-bb-
mu] considerably; ex-ac-te-ment [rg-zak-t.^-mci] exactly;
par-ve-nu [par-va-ny] upstart; qua-tre-temps [ka-tra-tu]
Emherdays; ra-te-lier [ra-ta-lje] rack; Ri-che-lieu [ri-^a-
lj0]; sif-fle-ra [si-lio-ra] will whistle; Six-te-Quint [siks-
t.>ke] tSixius the Fifth.
72 e silent, e is not pronounced when followed only ^
by the silent s of the i)lural noun, or of verb-endings, or
by the -nt of the third person plural of verbs: ai-mes [nm]
(thou) lovest; ai-ment [run] (they) love; don-nent [d.)n]
(they) give; don-nes [d.)n] (thou) givest; fa-ces [fas] faces;
fre-res [fre :r] Irrothers; ma-la-des [ma-la(:)d] patients; par-
ies [pari] (thou) speakest. But the e before the nt of parts
28 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
of speech other than verbs is sounded: con-tent [k5-tu]
content; ex-cel-lent [ek-se-la] excellent; the verb-forms of
these two words, of which the spelUng is identical with
the adjective forms, are: con-tent [k5:t] (they) relate; ex-
cel-lent [ek-sel] (they) excel.
73 e silent. In general e is dropped whenever it is
possible to do so to facilitate rapid utterance. This hap-
pens when the preceding consonant can be pronounced
with the vowel before it, as in je le don-ne [39 1 don] /
give it, or with one that comes after it in the next sylla-
ble or word, as in no-ble ar-deur [no-bl ar-doe:r] noble ar-
dor. The syllable containing [q], bearing no stress itself,
is pronounced as though forming a part of the preceding
or following stressed syllable, according to the conditions;
thus the e mute in the examples that follow is silent;
what immediately precedes it is pronounced as one syl-
lable: beau-coup de mon-de [bo-kud mo'.d] lots of people;
je le crois [53 1 krwa] / believe it; je le don-ne [59 1 don] /
give it; nous le sa-vons [nu 1 sa-vo] we know it; tout le
mon-de [tu 1 moid] everybody; voi-la le fac-teur [vAva-la 1
fak-ta3!r] there^s the postman; vous le di-tes [vu 1 dit] you
say so; and in the following examples, what immediately
comes after the e mute is pronounced as one Syllaljle with
the consonants just preceding the e mute: un et-re ac-tif
[den 8-tr ak-tif] an active being; qua-tre en-ne-mis [ka-
tren-mi] four enemies; no-ble a-ni-ma-tion [no-bl a-ni-
ma-sj5]; pau-vre a-ni-mal [po-vr a-ni-mal] poor animal;
a vo-tre ai-se [a vo-treiz] at your ease; no-tre on-cle
[no-tr o-kl] our uncle.
ORAL VOWELS 29
74 e silent and e = [9]. In a word beginning A\dth a
syllable ending in a so-called mute e, like pe-tit, the e is
not sounded if it is preceded by a pronounced syllable,
but is sounded if preceded by a syllable ending with e
mute: men pe-tit [mo pti] little fellow; but u-ne pe-ti-te
[yn po-tit] a little {girl); mon-sieur Le-blanc [m9-sj0
1-bla], but ma-da-me Le-blanc [ma-dam b-bla] (393, 394).
75 When several e mutes follow each other in succes-
sion, it is usual to omit the sound [a] in every alternate
syllable, the first, third, fifth and so on, being sounded:
de ce que je ne te le de-man-de pas [dos k95 not bd
mu:d pa] because I do not ask you; or the second, fourth,
sixth: par-ce que je ne me le de-mande pas [pars kas
namlodmuul pa] because I do not propose it to myself.
The syllable que is the one most frequently distinctly
pronounced. As to whether an e mute is sounded or not
depends upon so many circumstances, including often the
good taste of the speaker, that the rules are simply very
general guides to current usage.
76 e final. The chief value of the e final at the end of
a word after a consonant is to make the otherwise silent
consonant sounded: fort [fo:r], but for-te [fort] strong;
laid [Ic], but lai-de [lc:d] homely; mau-vais [mo-vc], but
mau-vai-se [mo-vc :z] bad; pe-tit [po-ti], but pe-tite [po-tit]
little; port [poir] port, but por-te [port] door; pris [pri], but
pri-se [pri:z] taken.
77 e silent and merely used as a sign is written before
a, o, u, when preceded by g, to show that the g has the
sound regularly heard before e and i [5], instead of that
30 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
heard before a, o, u, [g]: ga-geu-re [ga-3yir] wager; geai
[36] and [se] jay; Geof-froy [3of-frwu]; geo-lier [30-lje]
jailer; Geor-ges [3or3]; nous man-geons [nu mci-30] we
eat; nous man-gea-mes [nu ma-sam] we ate; pi-geon [pi-35].
78 e is silent in Jean [3a] and in Jean-ne [3ain] and
throughout the forms of the verb a-voir [a-vwa:r] to have:
eu [y] had; eu-mes [yCOm] (we) had (116).
Exercise V on e mute = [9]. Write, dividing into syllables and
pronouncing aloud the following words, in all of which the e mute
is sounded: ameublement, Angleterre, atelier, autrefois, bedeau,
chancelier, chapelier, chargera, Charlemagne, comprenons, crever,
dessous, dessus, exactement, faisait, fleur de lis, fredonner, guenille,
grenuoille, lever, lorsque, menu, menuisier, parvenu, peser, pres-
que, puisque, regrets, reUeur, ressemble, Richelieu, serions.
Supplementary Exercise. Write and divide these words as
spoken, pronouncing them aloud, and using the key alphabet.
Exercise VI on silent e. Write and divide into syllables, as
written and printed, the following words, in all of which the e mute
is silent, and pronounce them aloud: acheter, achever, appeler, bul-
letin, causerie, ciselure, devenir, elles aiment, etape, forte, George,
ils content, ils excellent, Jean, Jeanne, je louerai, je paierai, laide,
Lamennais, malle, meres, naivete, pate, patte, peres, petite, porte,
prise, ramener, rejeter, samedi, souverain, tu donnes, tu paries.
Supplementary Exercise. Write and divide into syllables as
spoken, these same words, using the key alphabet and pronouncing
them aloud.
79 e = [e] written e, e, ai; e ferme, or closed e, as in
e-te [e-te] been, de-ja [de-3a] already; about as in Eng-
hsh fate, late. Care must be taken not to make a diph-
thong of the vowel as in English day [de'], fate [fe't], late
[le't], and like English sound correspondents, e is never
ORAL VOWELS 31
long, occurs mostly as final at the end of a word or syl-
lable. It is the only vowel over which the acute accent
is written, enabling the sound to be then easily recog-
nized: ce-le-bre [se-le-bre] celebrated; de-ce-de [de-se-de]
deceased; de-ge-ne-re [de-se-ne-re] degenerate; pre-fe-re
[pre-fe-re] -preferred; re-gne [re-jie] reigned; re-pe-te [re-
pe-te] repeated.
80 e without written accent =[e] occurs usually before
the final silent consonants d, f, r, z; or, stated more gen-
erally, before silent final consonant except t: as-sez [a-sc]
enough; ca-hier [ka-je] copy-book; chez [^e] at the house of;
clef [kle] keij; fer-mez [fer-me] shut; je m'as-sieds [53
m a-sje] / sit down; nez [ne] nose; pied [pje] foot; rez [re]
on a level. The sound remains the same when silent s of
the plural is added, as in ca-hiers, clefs, pieds, or in cases
like tu t'as-sieds. It occurs exceptionally in the con-
junction et [e] and, and is heard in a few foreign words:
te de-um [te de-om]; re-qui-em [re-kni-jrm]; re-vol-ver
[re-vdl-ve:r]; ve-to [ve-to].
81 e without written accent = [e] in the prefixes des-l-s,
ef+f, es+s. 1" des+s: des-sai-sir (except dessus, etc.,
see 68) [de-se-ziir] to let go; des-sel-ler [de-se-le] to un-
saddle; des-se-cher [dc-se-Se] to dry up; des-sein [de-se] de-
sign; des-ser-rer [de-sc-re] to unfasten; des-sert [d(^-sr:r];
des-ser-vir [dc-srr-viir] to clear away; des-sil-ler [de-
si-jc] to open; des-sou-der [de-su-<l('l to unsolder. 2" ef-ff :
ef-fa-re [e-fa-re] troubled; ef-fe-mi-ne [e-fe-mi-ne] effemi-
nate; ef-fet [e-ff] effect; ef-fleu-re le-fkc-re] grazed;
ef-fi-ca-ce [c-fi-kasj efficacious; ef-fort [e-fjir]; ef-fra-yer
32 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
[e-fre-je] frightened; ef-fre-ne [e-fre-ne] unbridled; ef-froi
[e-frwa] fright; ef-fron-te-rie [e-fro-tri] shamelessness.
3° es+s: es-sai [e-se] trial; es-sor [e-soir] flight; es-souf-
fle [e-su-flc] out of breath; es-suie-main [e-sqi-me] towel;
es-suie-plu-me [e-sqi-plym] pen-wiper; es-su-yer [e-sqi-je]
to wipe.
83 [e], written ai, is the sound regularly heard in the
verb-ending -ai: j'ai [5 e] I have; j'al-lai [3 a-le] / ivent;
j'au-rai [3 o-re] I shall have; je man-geai [39 mci-sc] / ate;
je vien-drai [39 vje-dre] / shall come; je ver-rai [50 ver-re]
/ shall see; (not in words like vrai [vre] true). Also in the
verb-forms je sals, tu sals, il salt [3a se, ty se, il se] I
know, you know, he knoios; and in the words gai [ge] gay;
geai [3e] jay; quai [ke] quay (124) ; although in all of these
words, save gai, authority for the ai = [e] may be found.
83 [e] is the sound heard in a few words derived from
Greek or Latin, and written ce. Some of the commoner
examples are: oe-cu-me-ni-que [c-ky-me-nik] ecumenical;
CE-di-pe [e-dip] (Edipus; oe-so-pha-ge [e-zo-fa!3] esopha-
gus; foe-tus [fe-tys]; Phoe-be [fe-be].
Exercise VII on [e]. Write, dividing into syllables and pro-
nouncing aloud, the following words: assez, assieds, cahiers, chez,
clef, desseller, dessert, desservir, dessin, effet, effroi, essai, essor,
essuyer, essuie-main, essuie-plume, eternite, foetus, gai, il salt, je
donnerai, je parlerai, je sais, nez, Phoebe, pied, prefere, repete, re-
volver, te deum, tu sais.
Supplementary Exercise. Write and pronounce aloud these
same words, dividing them into syllables as they are spoken, using
the key alphabet.
ORAL VOWELS 33
84 e = [8] written e, e, e, ei, ey, ai, ai, ay; e ouvert, or
open e, as in fait, [fe] done; te-te [test] head; about as in
English met, ebb, and varying in openness to the sound of
e heard in English there, where, as pronounced in England
and generally in New England. When occurring just be-
fore a final syllable ending in a mute e, it is long and quite
open.
85 The sound may easily be recognized when the e has
over it a circumflex accent: ap-pre-te [a-pre:t] gets ready;
be-le [be:l] bleats; be-te [bc:t] animal; ca-re-me [ka-*
re:m] lent; fe-ne-tre [fo-neitr] window; fe-te [hit] festival;
gre-le [grr:l] hail; gue-pe [ge:p] wasp; he-tre [r:tr] beech-
tree; me-le [mnl] mingles; me-me [mpim] same; pre-te
[prnt] lends; pre-tre [prcitr] priest; re-ve [rnv] dream;
ve-te [ve:t] dresses.
86 When occurring before a final sjdlable that is not
mute, the e is about half as long as in the preceding cases:
ap-pre-ter [a-prc-te] to get ready; be-ler [1){-1('] to bleat;
em-be-ter [a-be-te] to bother; fe-ter [fe-te] to entertain;
gre-Ier [gre-le] to hail; me-ler [me-le] to mingle; pre-ter
[pre-te] to lend; re-ver [re-vc] to dream; ve-tir [vr-ti:r] to
clothe.
87 The sound [e] may also be easily recognized when
noted by e (with a grave accent). This occurs before
final mute syllables, precisely as it does in th(! cases above
when having the circumflex accent: a-che-te [a-^et] buys;
ce-de [seid] yields; ce-le [sel] Jiides; che-vre [5rivr[ (joal;
co-le-re [ko-leir] anger; col-le-ge [l-o-lf!'^]; ge-le l.vdjlj
34 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
freezes; le-ve [Ic!v] rises; lie-ge [Ijeis] cork; me-ne [me(!)n]
leads; me-re [meir] mother; pe-re [peir] father; pie-ce
[pjes]; re-me-de [ra-me(!)d] remedy; sys-te-me [sis-tc!m]
system.
88 When occurring in the body of a word the e is usu-
ally shorter than when before a final mute e : a-che-te-rai
[a-^e-tre] (I) shall buy; ce-de-rai [se-dre] (I) shall yield;
ce-le-rai [sel-re] (I) shall conceal; e-le-ve-rais [e-lev-re]
(I) should raise; ge-le-rais [sel-re] (I) should freeze; me-
,ne-rez [men-re] (you) will lead; mo-de-le-rai [mo-del-re]
(I) shall model; a-me-ne-rions [a-men-rjo] (we) shall lead;
pos-se-de-ra [po-se-dra] (he) ivill possess. It will be
noticed that ce-de-rai and pos-se-de-ra, although con-
ventionally written with an e acute before the mute syl-
lable, nevertheless have that e pronounced like almost all
other e's before a final mute syllable, that is [e]. So with
don-ne-je [do-ne: 3] do I give?
89 Exceptions. To the important rule that e has reg-
ularly the sound [e] before a syllable ending in a mute e,
there are a few apparent exceptions: e-cre-vis-se [e-kra-
vis] shrimp; e-le-ver [el-ve] to raise; e-gre-ner [e-gro-ne]
to shell; e-pe-ron [e-pro] spur; e-ve-ne-ment [e-ven-ma]
event; de-ve-lop-per [dev-b-pej to develop; me-de-cin
[meVse] and [met-se] doctor; me-de-ci-ne [met-sin] and
[met-sin] medicine. Even among these apparent excep-
tions, the forms [e-ven-ma] [met-se] [met-sin] indicate
well the tendency of the genius of the language which is
for [e] in closed syllables, that is syllables ending in a
consonant, in which position [e] is out of place and regu-
larly does not belong. Cases like the following also oc-
ORAL VOWELS ^ 35
cur: ai-mee [e-me] loved; creee [kre-e] created; nee [ne]
horn; rap-pe-lee [ra-ple] recalled.
90 The sound [v] besides being written e and e is also
written ai (except in verbs, 82) ai, ale, ay, ei, ey. ai:
ba-lai [ba-le] hroom; mai [me] May; vrai [vre] true, ai:
fai-te [feit] summit; trai-ne [trein] sled; trai-neau [tre-no]
sleigh, ale: bale [be] hemj; craie [kre] chalk; que j'aie
[ka 3 e] that I may have, ay: cray-on [kre-j5] -pencil; pay-er
[pe-je] to -pay; ray-on [re-jo] shelf; Douay [due], ei: nei-ge
[neis] snow; sei-gle [se-gl] nje; vei-ne [vein] vein, ey: as-
se-yez [a-se-je] he seated; gras-se-yer [gra-se-je] to speak
in the throat; Ney [ne] (125 and 159). The most usual
endings in which ai appears are -ais, -ait: don-nais
[do-ne] was giving; ja-mais [sa-me] never; par-lait [par-le]
was speaking. Words in ai-gu- have [e] and [e] : ai-guil-le
[e-giii:j] and [e-gi(i!J] needle.
91 e without written accent = [e] occurs at the end of
a word or syllable, before a final pronounced consonant;
generally c, f, 1 or r. 1° At the end of a word: a-vec
[a-vek] with; bel [bel] fine; bee [bek] heak; chef [^ef] chief;
Cher [5e:r] dear; ciel [sjel] sky; mer [meir] sea; net [net]
clean. 2° At the end of a syllable: bel-le [bel] fine; ber-
ger [ber-5e] shepherd; cel-le [sel] that one; det-te [det]
deht; es-pe-rer [es-pe-re] to hope; her-be [erb] grass;
mer-le [mrrl] hiackhird; mes-se [mes] ma.s.s; per-te [pert]
/o.s.s; res-ter [res-te] to remain; ver-te [vrrl] grren.
3° Before the semi-vowel [j] written -il, -ill: con-seil [kf)-
SEij] council; som-meil [s.>me:j] sleep; a-beil-le [a-beijj
bee; veil-leu-se [vc-j0iz] night-lamp.
36 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
92 e without accent = [e] in the final endings -et, -ect
(and their plurals in s) in which the t is silent: as-pect
[as-pe]; ba-quets [ba-ke] buckets; de-cret [de-kre] decree;
gi-let [5i-k'] waistcoat; pa-quets [pa-ke] parcels; pro-jet
[pro-5c] project; res-pect [rr-spr]; som-mets [so-me] sum-
mits. The conjunction et [e] and, forms an exception to
the above; the verb-form est = is, is pronounced [e] and
the noun est — east [est].
93 e without accent = [8] in the monosyllables ending
with silent s : ces [sf] these; des [de] of the, some; les [le]
the, them; ses [se] his, hers; tes [te] thy. Nevertheless,
there is usage and authority sanctioning [e] in all of these
cases.
Exercise VIII on [ej. Write and divide into syllables as ordinari-
ly written, pronouncing aloud, the following words : achete, acheterai,
ai-je, asseyez-vous, avec, careme, chaine, chantait, chene, ciel, colere,
dette, eleve, esperer, eveil, faite, fete, feter, fenetre, grasseyer, herbe,
jamais, mer, modele, modelerai, Ney, objet, pretre, pretrise, reve,
rever, revetir, reine, rene, renne, respect, scene, Seine, soleil, som-
meiller, tete, tette, veiUeuse, verte, vrai.
StrppLEMENTARY ExERCiSE. Write, pronouncing aloud as you
write, and dividing into syllables as spoken, these same words, using
the key alphabet.
94 i = [i]; written i, i, y; as in ni [ni] neither; pi-re [piir]
worse, about as in English police, keen. Care should be
taken to keep [i] tense and uniform throughout, avoiding
the sound heard in English little, it, finny, [i] occurs as
either long or short, under the usual quantity conditions
(see 11); before r it is frecjuently quite long. Long i is
heard in che-ti-ve [Se-ti:v] wretched; cri-se [kriiz] crisis;
ORAL VOWELS 37
di-re [di:r] to say; fil-le [fi:j] girl; mi-re [mi:r] aim; pi-re
[piir] worse; ri-ve [ri:v] bank; ti-ge [tiis] stem. Short i in
li-tre [litr]; pis-te [pist] trace; si [si] ij; tris-te [trist] sad;
vie [vi] life; vif [vif] lively.
95 i = [i] as in a-bi-me [a-bi:m] ahyss; ci-git [si-si] here
lies; di-me [di(!)m] te)ith part; gi-te [5i(:)t] lair; i-le [i(:)l]
isle; nous di-mes [nu dif:)m] we said; qu'il finit [k il fi-ni]
that he might finish; qu'il fit [k il fi] that he might do; qu'il
pu-nit [k il py-ni] that he might punish.
96 y=[i] in hy-po-cri-te [i-po-krit] hypocrite; ly-re [li:r];
mys-te-re [mis-trir] mystery; phy-si-que [fi-sik]; sty-le
[stil]; syl-la-be [si-la(i)b] or [sil-la(i)b] syllable.
Exercise IX on [i]. Write and divide into syllables as usually-
divided in writing, pronouncing aloud the syllables as you write
them, the following words: abtme, cirque, demi, difficile, dime, dis-
cipline, filigrane, fini, grise, ici, illisiblc, iiiiite, initiative, liniites,
midi, milice, niilitairo, niille, niini.stre, niinuit, Paris, priniitif, pjTa-
mide, sire, timidity, tirelire, tranquille, Venise, ville, vitrine.
Supplementary Exercise. Write, dividing into syllables, as
heard in spoken French, pronouncing aloud the syllables as you
write them, these same words, using the key alphabet.
97 o = [o], written o, 6, eau, au; o ferme or closed o as
in pot [po], c6-te [koit] coast; about us in English note, but
avoiding the vanish or glide which suggests a diphthong.
o ferme is easily recognized when written 6, and is then
almost always long: cho-me [^oim] Hie is) out of work;
c6-te [ko:t] coast; di-pl6-me [di-jiloMu] diploma; le no-tre
[la noitr] ours; le v6-tre [io voitr] yours; 6-te [o:t] takes
38 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
away; tro-ne [troin] throne; ro-le [roil]. Exceptions to
6 = [o] are the three words ho-pi-tal [o-pi-tal], ho-tel [o-tel],
ro-ti [ro-ti] roast, in all of which 6 = [o].
98 Half length. As with a and e, when occurring just
before the stressed syllable of a French word, so 6 in a
like position is half as long as when stressed: cho-mer
[$o-me] to he out of work; c6-te-le [kot-le] ribbed; di-pl6-
mer [di-plo-me] to certificate; en-ro-ler [a-ro-le] to enroll;
6-ter [o-te] to take away; tro-ner [tro-ne] to hear sway.
99 o without accent mark = [o] when final or before
silent final consonants: bra-vo [bra-vo]; du-o [dy-o]; ca-
chet [ka-$o] dungeon; e-cho [e-ko] ; in-di-go [e-di-go] ; mots
[mo] words; pia-no [pja-no]; ze-ro [ze-ro]. The word trop
too much is pronounced [tro] and [tro].
100 without accent mark = [o] when before the sound
of s in a few cases: dos-sier [do-sje] hrief, and derivatives
of dos (en-dos-ser [a-do-se] to put on) ; e-mo-tion [e-mo-
sj5]; fos-se [fo:s] grave; derivatives of fosse have both [o]
and o] (fos-set-te [fo-set] and [fo-set] dimple); gros-sier
[gro-sje] coarse, and derivatives of gros excepting gros-se
which has both [o] and [o] [grois] and [gros] large; lo-tion
[lo-sj5]; po-tion [po-sjo]. But the tendency, particularly
in the unstressed syllable, is to pronounce [o] rather than
[o] before the sound of s. Both varieties of o are sanc-
tioned by usage and authority in the following: com-mo-
tion, de-vo-tion, fos-set-te, gros-se, mo-tion, no-tion.
101 o without accent mark = [o] regularly before the
sound of z (represented usually by s between vowels) :
ORAL VOWELS 39
cho-se [5o!z] thing; com-po-se [ko-poiz] composes; glo-se
[glo:z] glosses; ho-san-na [o-za-na]; o-ser [o-ze] to dare;
o-seil-le [o-zeij] sorrel; po-se [po:z] places; po-si-tion [po-
zi-sj5]; pro-se [proiz]; ro-se [roiz]; ro-sier [ro-zje] rose-bush.
Such a pronunciation as [ro-zje] shows the continual ten-
dency of the closed o in the stressed syllable to become
open o in the unstressed.
10^ ferme [o], wTitten au and eau, occurs frequently,
more especially in stressed syllables: au-be [o:b] dawn;
au-tel [o-tel] altar; aux [o] to the; cau-tion [ko-sjo]; e-me-
rau-de [em-ro:d] emerald; e-pau-les [e-po:l] shoulders;
pau-vre [po:vr] poor; sau-ce [so:s]; sau-cis-se [so-sis] sau-
sage; sau-cis-son [so-si-s3] a large sausage; saus-saie [so-se]
vrillow plot; sau-ter [so-tc] to jump, eau: beau [bo] fine;
eau [o] water; ga-teau [ga-to] cake; mar-teau [mar-to]
hammer; peau [po] skin; veau [vo] veal.
103 is silent in faon [fu] fawn; Laon [Id] ; paon [pa] pea-
cock; taon [ta] (old [to]; 57) horse-fly. The name of the
river Saone is pronounced [som] (57).
Exercise X on [o]. Write and divide into syllables, as usually
done in writing, pronouncing aloud each syllable when written, the
following words: autol, bravo, chovaux, dioso, compose, cote, cy-
clone, diplome, dos, dossier, duo, eau, emotion, flot, fosse, notre,
oser, 6ter, pauvre, pose, positif, position, potion, role, rose, Saone,
sauce, sceau, saut, tableau, t6t, veau, zone.
Supplementary Exercise. Write and divide into syllables, as
ordinarily pronounced in spoken French, these same words, pronoim-
cing aloud tlie syllables and words as you write them and using the
key alphabet.
40 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
104 o = [o], o ouvert or open o, wTitten o, au; as in
ro-be [ro(:)b]; tort [tojr] wrong; about as in English nor,
the New England pronunciation of "short o" as dis-
tinguished from the vowel in law. It occurs more fre-
quently than o ferme. It is not as open as the English
open in the noun object, as can be perceived by com-
paring English o'bject and French objet.
105 = [o] occurs regularly before final sounded con-
sonants (except s = [z]), especially r: a-bord [a-boir] land-
ing; a-lors [a-lo:r] then; bloc [blok] block; dot [dot] dowry;
ef-fort [e-fo:r]; es-sor [e-so:r] flight; fol [fol] crazy; pore
[poirj pig; roc [rok] rock.
106 o = [o] occurs regularly before consonants (other
than s = [z]) followed by final e mute (but final -ome and
-one are treated together, 111): e-co-le [e-kol] school;
e-po-que [e-pok]; for-te [fort] strong; lo-ge [lois] theater
box; no-ble [no-bl]; no-ce [nos] wedding; no-tre [no-tr]
our; por-te [port] door; pos-te [post] post-office; ro-be [ro(:)b]
dress; vo-tre [vo-tr] your.
107 o = [o] before double consonants (excepting some
cases of o + ss, 100): bon-ne [bon] good; bros-se [bros]
brush; e-tof-fe [e-tof] stuff; fol-le [fol] crazy; gos-se [gos]
youngster; pom-me [pom] apple; sot-te [sot] foolish.
108 = [o] at the beginning or in the body of a word,
within a syllable: oc-to-bre [ok-to-br] October; hos-ti-le
[os-til]; om-ni-po-tent [om-ni-po-ta] ; or-fe-vre [or-feivr]
jeweler.
ORAL VOWELS 41
109 = [o] in the body of a word at the end of a sylla-
ble: a-bri-co-tier [a-bri-ko-tje] apricot-tree; au-to-mo-bi-le
[o-to-mo-bil], also [o-to-mo-bil] (112); bon-heur [bo-noe:r]
happiness; ga-lo-per [ga-b-pe] to gallop; po-teau [po-to]
post; ro-man-ce [ro-ma:s]; to-tal [ta-tal].
110 = [o] before the sound of s (written s, c, ti), quite
frequently in unstressed syllables. Such cases of [o] be-
ginning the word, within or at the end of sj'llables not
final of a word, are among the most frequent (see, how-
ever, some identical [o] cases together with [o] (100) : o-ce-
an [o-se-ci]; hos-pi-ce [os-pis] refuge; mos-quee [mos-ke];
nos-tal-gie [nos-tal-5i] homesickness; pos-ti-che [pos-ti^]
artificial; quo-tient [ko-sjfi]; ros-si-gnol [ro-si-jiol] nightin-
gale; so-cial [so-sjal]; so-cie-te [so-sje-te]; tos-te [tost]
toast.
111 -ome, -one. In regard to the pronunciation of
the o in the endings -ome, -one, usage varies, the ten-
dency being rather towards open o than towards closed o.
The four words a-ro-me [a-ro:m] aroma, cy-clo-ne [si-
klom]; i-dio-me [i-djoini] idiom; zo-ne [zom] have closed
o, as indicated. The two words e-co-no-me [e-ko-nom]
economical; mo-no-to-ne [mo-no-ton] monotonous, have
open o, as do foreign words: Ba-by-lo-ne [ha-bi-lon]; Her-
mi-one [cr-mjon]; Ro-me [rom]. The following words,
although here noted with the open o, are also pronounced
with closed o: A-ma-zo-ne [a-ma-zon]; a-to-me fa-t.)ni];
a-to-ne [a-t.)n]; au-mo-ne [o-ni.in] alms; car-bo-ne [k;ir-
l).)ii|; hex-a-go-ne [c-gza-gonl and [r-gza-g.)nl; hip-po-
dro-me [i-pj-dr.>ijij; ma-jor-do-me [ma-5.)r-d.)mj; o-zo-ne
42 FEENCH PRONUNCIATION
[o-zon] and [o-zon]; te-le-pho-ne [te-le-fon]; to-me [torn]
volume. In newly formed words from foreign sources
the tendency towards [o] is plain, as shown by the
examples.
113 au = [o] regularly before r, and in a few isolated
cases as the following examples will show: Auch [0$]; au-
ral [o-re] (I) shall have; au-rais [o-re] (I) should have; (the
closed is also heard in these two verb-forms) : au-re-o-le
[o-re-ol] and [o-re-ol]; au-gus-te [o-gyst] also [o-gyst]; au-
to-ri-te [o-to-ri-te] and [o-to-ri-te] ; Au-xer-re [o-sesr]; cen-
tau-re [sa-to:r]; Lau-re [bsr]; lau-rier [lo-rje] laurel;
Fau-re [foir]; Mau-re [moir] Moor; mau-vais [mo-ve] and
[mo-ve] bad; Paul [pol]; res-tau-rant [res-to-raj; sau-rai
.[so-re] / shall know; sau-rais [so-re] I should know. Both
of these verb-forms parallel to au-rai and au-rais have
also the closed o. The tendency to replace the o ferme by
o Guvert is seen in such popular words as aurai, aurais,
saurai, saurais, mauvais, restaurant (126); all words be-
ginning with au-to have the open rather than the closed
o: au-to-mo-bi-le [o-to-mo-bil] (109). Particularly in un-
stressed syllables au tends generally to become open o.
113 o GUvert [0] is the sound regularly heard in the
ending of a few common foreign words mostly from the
Latin: al-bum [al-bom]; a-lu-mi-nium [a-ly-mi-njom];
a-qua-rium [a-kwa-rjom]; er-ra-tum [er-ra-tom]; ge-ra-
nium [se-ra-njora]; lau-da-num [lo-da-nom]; max-i-mum
[mak-si-mom] ; me-dium [me-djom]; mi-ni-mum [mi-ni-
mom]; mu-se-um [my-ze-om]; pen-sum [pe-som] task;
rhum [rom] rum.
ORAL VOWELS 43
Exercise XI on [o]. Write and divide into syllables as ordi-
narily done in writing and printing the following words, pronounc-
ing aloud the sjllables and the entire words as you write them:
album, aurai, aurais; aureole, automobile, bloc, bonne, bord, brosse:
comme, dot, essor, Faure, force, geranium, golfe, hopital, hospice,
hostile, hotel, ignorant, Laure, loge, majordome, maximum, mauvais,
minimum, objet, ocean, octobre, omnipotent, orgue, quotient, restau-
rant, robe, roc, Rome, roti, saurai, saurais, sort, sotte, telephone.
Supplementary Exercise. Write and divide into syllables ac-
cording to the spoken usage, these same words, pronouncing aloud
the syllables and words as you write them and using the key alpha-
bet.
114 eu = [0], written eu, eu, oeu (cf. 127); eu ferme as
in peu [p0] little, creu-se [kr0:z] hollow; no very exact
equivalent in English, but somewhat like the vowel sound
in English h?^rt (cf. 4, note 3). eu = [0] occurs, 1° regu-
larly as final, or before silent final consonants: bleu [bl0]
blue; dieu [dj0] god; feu [f0] fire; lieu [lj0] place; queue
[k0] tail; final in the first part of a compound word: bleu-
a-tre [bl0-a:tr] bluish; bleu-et [bl0-e] cornflower; jeu-di
[50di] Thursday; lieu-te-nant [lj0t-na]; Neu(f)-cha-tel
[n0-5a-tel]; before silent final consonants: ceux [s0] those;
creux [kr0] hollow; dieux [dj0] gods; heu-reux [oe-r0] happy;
pieux [pj0] pious; yeux [j0] eyes ,^ritten oeu and eu:. i
boeufs [b0] oxeyi; oeufs [0] eggs; voeux [v0] vows; jeu-ne J[\^
[30!n] fasting ; jeu-ner [50-ne] to fast; the sound [0] is heard
in meu-nier [m0-nje] 7niller, and also not infrequently in
de-jeu-ner [de-50-ne] to breakfast (118)^
115 2" in the endings -e u-se [0!z1, -eu-te [0t], -eu-tre
[0!tr]: dan-seu-se [du-s0:z] dancer; glo-rieu-se [gl.)-rj0iz]
glori-ous; heu-reu-se [fc-r0:z] happy; meu-te [ni0it] pack
(of hounds); feu-tre [f0-tr]/e/^- neu-tre [n0-tr] neutral.
44 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
116 Special cases, eu = the French u sound [y] is
heard in the forms of the verb a-voir [a-vwair] to have,
wherever eu or eu is written: cue [y] had; nous eu-mes
[nuz yCOm] we had; qu'ils eus-sent [k ilz ys] that they might
have. For cases lilve ga-geu-re [ga-5yir] and eu [y],
eu-mes [y(i)m], cf. 77-78. Eu-ge-ne and Eu-ge-nie are
pronounced [0-38 in] or [y-38:n], [0-3e-ni] or [y-3e-ni].
Exercise XII on [0]. Write, dividing into syllables, when pos-
sible, as ordinarily written, the following words pronouncing aloud
each syllable when written: berceuse, brodeusc, caKeutre ceux,
cieux, creux, danseuse, dieu, feu, feutre, feux, gueuse, heureuse,
heureux, hideuse, ieu, jeudi, ieunesse, Heu, lieue, lieux, merveilleuse,
mfeunerie, meumer, meuniere, Meuse, meute, neutre, neuvieme,
noeud, oeufs, peureux, pieux, precieuse, queue, veux, vieux, vceu.
Supplementary Exercise. Write, pronouncing aloud each syl-
lable when written and dividing into syllables as spoken, these same
words, using the key alphabet.
117 eu = [oe], written eu, ceu, ue (cf. 127); open eu as
in seul [soel] alone; peur [poeir] fear; no very exact equiva-
lent in English, but somewhat like the vowel sound heard
in English hut or si'r (cf. 4, note 3). When distinctly
pronounced, eu ouvert differs perceptibly from eu ferme
in being more open.
118 eu ouvert = [ce] occurs regularly before pronounced
consonants (other than s ( = z) and t) , particularly before
r, il, ill: beur-re [boeir] hutter; de-jeu-ner [de-3oe-ne] break-
fast (cf. 114); deuil [doeij] mourning; feuil-le [fceij] leaf;
fleu-ve [fioeiv] river; jeu-ne [seen] young; meu-bles
[moebl] furniture; neuf [noef] nine; Neuil-ly [noe-ji]; peu-
ple [poepl] people; seuil [sce(:)j] threshold; sieur [sjoeir] Mr.,
ORAL VOWELS 45
the said. oeu = [oe]: boeuf [beef] ox; coeur [kcEir] heart;
moeurs [moers] customs; oeuf [oef] egg; ceu-vre [oeivr] work;
soeur [soe:r] sister. ue = [cp]: ac-cueil [a-koej] reception;
or-gueil [or-goe(!)j] pride; re-cueil [ro-koe(:)j] collection.
Exercise XIII on [cc]. Write, dividing into syllables when pos-
sible, as ordinarily done in writing and printing, the following
words, pronouncing aloud the syllables as you write them: ai-
greur, accueil, aveugle, bonheur, chceur, cccur, couleuvre, deuil,
ecueil, farceur, fleurs, fleuve, grosseur, heure, hauteur, heurter,
jeune, largeur, leur, inallieur, (il) meurt, meurtre, neuf, odeur, ceil,
ceillet, oeuf, oeuvre, orgueil, pecheur, peuple, peuplier, peur, plaideur,
preuve, serviteur, seuil, soeur, veuve.
Supplementary Exercise. Write these same words, dividing
them into syllables as spoken, pronouncing the sj'Uables aloud as
you write them, using the key alphabet.
119 ou = [u] written ou, ou (and ou in the word ou =
where) (128); as in tout [tu] all; tour [tu:r] tower; al)out
as in English food, keeping the sound uniformly close
throughout, ou occurs as long usually under the ordi-
nary conditions, that is, before the voiced fricatives [j],
[v], [z], [5] and [r] (13): a-mour [a-mu:r] love; en-tou-re
[a-tu!r] surrounds; e-pou-se [c-pu:z] wife; jour [5u:r] day;
lou-ve [lu:v] she-wolf; rou-ge [ru:5] red. ou elsewhere is
usually short: bouc [buk] buck; bou-che [bu^i] mouth; gout
[gu] taste; loup [luj wolf; pou-ce [pusj thumb; tous-se [tus]
cou^h.
Exercise XIV on [u]. Write and divide when po.ssible into syl-
lables, as ordinarily done in writing and j)rititing, the following
words, pronouncing aloud the syllables as you write them: amour,
aofit, bijou, blouse, chou, coup, courcz, (il) coutc, couverl, degortt,
doux, douzf!, «'j>f)ux, ('jjouse, fou, foulard, froufrou, houx, jaloux,
jalouse, joujou, jour, laboureur, loup, lourd, Ivourdes, louvc, mou,
46 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
mousse, nouveau, ou, ou, pouls, roux, sou, so<il, sourd, sourde, tout
au bout, tous, (il) tousse, toute, toux, trou.
SuppLEMENTAHY ExERCiSE. Write these same words and divide
them into syllables as heard in spoken French, pronouncing aloud
the syllables as you write them, using the key alphabet.
120 u = [y], wTitten u and u, as in pu [py] been able;
mur [myir] ripe; pur [pyir] pure; has no English equiva-
lent; about like the German il. An approach to the
French sound may be got by trying to pronounce i = [i]
with the lips rounded out in a position for whistling.
121 u or u = [y] occurs as long usually before [j], [v], [z],
[5] and [r]; elsewhere usually as short, or shorter than be-
fore the voiced fricatives and r: a-mu-se [a-myiz]; cuil-
le-re [ky-jeir] spoon; cu-ve [kyiv] tub; ju-ge [syjs] judge;
mur-mu-re [myr-my:r] murmurs; but [by] aim; fut [fy]
cask; ru-de [ryd]; turc [tyrk] Turk; u-ne [yn] one.
Exercise XV on u = [y]. Write the following words, dividing
them, when possible, into syllables as usual in writing and printing,
and pronounce aloud the syllables as you wTite them: allure, azur,
calcul, culbute, (j')eus, (qu'il) e\it; figure, futur, gageure, juste, lec-
ture, lu, lune, menu, mu, multitude, mur, murmure, piqure, prune,
revenu, rupture, su, succursale, sucre, supputer, sur, sure, tube, tu-
bulaire, tulle, tumulte, Ursule, utile, vu.
Supplementary Exercise. W>ite these same words, dividing
them into syllables as usually pronounced in spoken French, using
the key alphabet.
VOWEL COMBINATIONS 47
III VOWEL COMBINATIONS
12? Vowel combinations representing simple sounds:
ai (ay, ai), ei (ey, ei), au (eau), eu (oeu, oe, ue), ou (ou,
ou). As the sounds themselves which these vowel com-
binations respectively represent, namely: [e] or [e], [e], [o]
or [o], [0] or [oe] and [u] have received detailed treatment,
it only remains here briefly to summarize the subject for
convenience of reference. These combinations are known
as digraphs and trigraphs.
123 ai (ay), except as noted immediately below in 124,
are pronounced [e]. The sound occurs especially in the
combinations: aie, air, aire, ais, aise, aisse, aix, as in
craie [kre] chalk; chair [^eir] flesh; tai-re [teir] to he
silent; chan-tais [Sa-te] ivas singing; chai-se [^eiz] chair;
grais-se [grcs] fat; paix [pr] peace (84).
124 ai is pronounced [e] in the auxiliary form j'ai [5 e]
I have; in the imperative forms a-yez [e-je] /iave,anda-yons
[e-j5] let us have; whenever final, as in the verb-endings:
je chan-tai [50 S«-te] / was singing; in the forms of the
verb savoir: je sais [50 so] / know; tu sais [ty se] thou
knowest; il sait [il so] he knows; m a few words ending in
ai: gai [ge] gay; geai [50]; quai [ko] quay (82). Klse-
wlure the combination ai is pronounced [r] as indicated
in the preceding section.
125 ei (ey, ei) are regularly pronounced [v] wherever
they occur; and y between vowels -=i+i: as-sey-er = "as-
48 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
sei-ier" [a-s8-je] to sit doivn; gras-sey-er = " gras-sei-ier "
[gra-se-je] to pronounce r with the uvula, a throat r (cf. 159);
ba-lei-ne [ba-le( !)n] whale; nei-ge [neis] snoiv; pa-reil-le [pa-
re (Oj] equal; pei-ne [pe(:)n] trouble; rei-tre [reitr] German
horse-soldier; Sei-ne [sein]; sei-ze [ssiz] sixteen (90).
126 au (eau) are regularly pronounced o : au [o] to the;
aus-si [o-si] also; beau [bo] fine; ca-deau [ka-do] gift; eau
[o] water; nou-veau [nu-vo]. new (cf. 102). Before r, au is
regularly pronounced as open o [o]: Lau-re [loir]; lau-rier
[lo-rje] laurel; Mau-re [moir] Moor; res-tau-rant [res-to-
ra]; also in the proper name Paul [pol]. In the future and
conditional forms of avoir, j 'aural and j'aurais, usage dif-
fers: [3 ore], [3 ore], and [3 ore], [3 ore] (112).
127 eu (eu, oe, oeu, ue after c, q and g) simply repre-
sent the closed sound of eu = [0] (cf. 114), or the open
sound of eu = [oe] (cf. 117). eu has regularly the closed
sound when written eu, as in jeu-ne [50m] fasting; when
final or followed by final consonants; also, usually, before
s [ = z] or t within the syllable of a word; dan-seu-se [da-
s0!z] dancer; feu-tre [f0:tr] felt; heu-reux [oe-r0] happy;
lieux [lj0] places; neu-tre [n0-tr] neuter; noeud [n0] knot;
peu [p0] little; pre-cieu-se [pre-sj0:z] precious; vceux [v0]
vows. Elsewhere, as before pronounced final consonants,
and before 11 or Ule = [j], the sound is that of open eu = [oe],
which is less frequent than the closed eu = [0]: ac-cuell
[a-koe(i)j] loelcome; a-veu-gle [a-voe-gl] blind; boeuf [beef]
ox; jeu-ne [seen] young; meu-ble [moe-bl] furniture; neuf
[nojf] new; cell [oe(!)j] eye; oe-U-let [oe-je] pink; or-guell [or-
goe(i)j] pride; peu-ple [pce-pl] people; veu-ve [vceiv] widow.
NASAL VOWELS 49
1?8 ou (ou) = [u] regularly (119): bout [bu] end;
e-cou-tez [e-ku-te] listen; gout [gu] taste; jou-jou [3U-5U]
plaything; loup [lu] wolf; Lour-des [lurd]; tous-se [tus]
coughs.
Exercise XVI on vowel combinations {digraphs and trigraphs)
representing simple sounds. Arrange the following words in groups,
each group illustrating by its examples one of the sounds [e], [e], [o],
[a], [0], [oe], [u]: abbaye, (j')ai, anglais, artichaut, asseyez, aurai,
aurais, auroi'c, aveugle, baulieu, Beaumarchais, begayer, brouter,
cadeau, chaine, choeur, clouer, eoeur, (je) conduirai, couter, cueillir,
dcblayer, defaut, dcgout, desormais, enjeux, enseigne, filleul, fran-
9ais, frayeur, gai, grassej^er, gucuse, gueux, haleine, honneur, (i')irai,
jeudi, jeuner, jeuneur, jeuneuse, jouter, Laure, manam\Te, marais,
Meaux, meuble, moeurs, noeud, ceil, orgueilleux, Paul, peuple, queue,
Rabelais, restaurant, reitre, rougeaud, (il) salt, traine, trou, vaux.
Exercise XVII. Write and divide into syllables, whenever
possible, as usually done in writing and printing, the above words,
pronouncing aloud each syllable or word as you wTite it.
Supplemextary Exercise. Write and divide into sj'llables as
ordinarily pronounced in spoken French, the above words, pronoun-
cing aloud the syllables and words as you WTite them, and using the
key alphabet.
IV NASAL VOWELS [a], [e], [5], [de]
129 Wlien m or n occur as final they lose their value
as consonants, and form a nasal sound with the preceding
vowel. Likewise when ending a syllable, and before a con-
sonant other than m or n, they are not pronounced, but
serve simply to nasalize the preceding vowel. In these
nasal sounds neither m nor n should be heard.
50 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
130 There are four nasal sounds in French, each of
which is represented by several combinations of letters.
The symbols for each of the nasals are [5], [e], [5], [ce].
As may be inferred from these symbols, the nasals are
simply the oral vowels [a], [e], [o], [oe] nasalized; that is,
the breath, instead of passing entirely through the mouth,
is partly turned aside through the nose passage. This
produces a nasal intonation.
131 [a], written an, am, en, em, as in en [a] in, tan-te
[tait] aunt; about as in English want (but see 4, note 1),
an: an-cien [a-sje] ancient; banc [ba] bench; en-fant
[a-fa] child; es-pe-ran-ce [es-pe-ra:s] hope; franc [fra]
frank; Fran-ce [fra is]; man-chet-te [ma-$et] cuff; quan-
ti-te [ka-ti-te]; sang [sd] blood, am: am-bu-lan-ce [a-by-
lais]; am-ple [a-pl]; cam-pe-ment [kap-md] cam-ping;
cham-bre [Sd-br] chamber; cham-pa-gne [Sd-paji]; fiam-ber
[fld-be] to blaze; jam-be [5d:b] leg; lam-pe [la:p] lamp;
ram-pant [ra-pa] crawling, en: en-crier [a-kri-je] ink-
well; en-sem-ble [d-sa-bl] together; en-trer [a-tre] to enter;
gran-de-ment [grdd-md] greatly; pa-rent [pa-raj; pre-
sen-ce [pre-zais]; ten-tu-re [td-ty:r] hangings; ven-dre-di
[va-dr8-di] Friday; vio-len-ce [vjo-ldis]. em: em-pe-cher
[a-pE-$e] to hinder; em-pi-re [d-piir]; en-sem-ble [fi-sd-bl]
together; rem-plir [rd-pli:r] to fill; sem-blant [sa-bla] ap-
pearance; sep-tem-bre [spp-tdib] September; tem-pe-te
[ta-pe:t] tempest; temps [ta] time; trem-per [trd-pe] to dip.
132 Special cases, -am, usually final, in most foreign
names (235) is not nasal: A-bra-ham [a-bra-am] (but
A-dam [a-dd]); A-gram [a-gram]; Am-ster-dam [am-ster-
dam] ; Pri-am [pri-am] ; Rot-ter-dam [ro-ter-dam] ; Wagram
NASAL VOWELS 51
[va-gram]. am in dam-ner, to condemn, and derivatives,
is not nasal: [da-ne]. am, in other words before n, is
pronounced [am] as in am-nis-tie [am-nis-ti] amnesty.
133 en final in some foreign words (240) is not nasal:
Bee-tho-ven [be-to-ven]; hy-men [i-men]; spe-ci-men [spe-
si-men]. en in the following words is nasal, although the
n (or nn) precedes a vowel : en-i-vrer [a-ni-vre] to intoxi-
cate; en-no-blir [a-no-bliir] to ennoble; en-nui [a-niii] te-
diousness; en-or-gueil-lir [a-nor-goe-ji:r] to make proud.
134 em final in foreign words (235) is not nasal : i-dem
[i-dem]; Je-ru-sa-lem [se-ry-za-lem]. emm, initial, is
pronounced [uni]: em-me-ner [om-ne] to lead away; em-
ma-ga-si-ner [d-ma-ga-zi-ne] to store, emm and enn, in a
few words, are pronounced [am] and [an] respectively:
fem-me [fam] woman; hen-nir [a-niir] to neigh; nen-ni
[na-ni] by no means; so-len-nel [so-la-ncl] solemn. Ad-
verbs ending in -em-ment are likewise pronounced with
the sound [am]: ar-dem-ment [ar-da-ma] ardently; pni-
dem-ment [pry-da-ma] prudently; re-cem-ment [re-sa-mu]
recently.
Exercise XVIII on an, am, en, em = [al. Write the follouinf^
words, dividing them, wlii-n i)o.ssiblo, into sj'llables as usual in writ-
ing and printing, pronouncing aloud the syllables as you write thoni:
Adam, blanc, blanche, camp, cancan, centre, champ, changoant,
chanter, dans, dansant, dent, empire, emploi, en, enfant, entendant,
entrant, flambeau, fraru;, gciidre, grande, Jean, lanipe, lente, nian-
geant, membre, patience, plante, prendre, quand, rampe, sang, as-
Bemblant, s'cn, sens, temple.
Supi'LEMENTAUY ExEiu'iKE. Write tliesc same words, dividing
them, whj:n jKissible, into syllables as usually pronounced in spoken
French, using the key alphabet.
52 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
135 [e], written in, im, yn, ym, ain, aim, ein, eim; and
en, when final, or followed by s of the plural after i or
y, likewise in forms from tenir and venir, as in vin [ve]
wine; tein-te [teit] color; about as in English anger,
avoiding the g sound, in: in-stinct [es-te]; lu-trin [ly-tre]
reading-desk; re-din-go-te [ra-de-got] frock coat, im: im-
be-ci-le [e-be-sil]; lim-bes [leib] limho; sim-ple [seipl]. jm:
la-rynx [la-re iks]; sjm-ta-xe [se-taks]; syn-the-se [se-teiz]
synthesis, ym: nym-phe [neif]; sym-pa-thie [se-pa-ti]
sympathy; thym [te] thytne. ain: main-te-nant [met-na]
now; pain [pe] bread; vain-crez [ve-krc] (you) will conquer.
aim: daim [de] deer; es-saim [e-se] swarm; faim [fe] hun-
ger, ein: cein-tu-re [se-tyir] belt; des-sein [de-se] draw-
ing; pein-tu-re [pe-tyir] painting, eim: R(h)eims [rr:s].
en, when final, or followed by s of the plural, after i or y :
chiens [5je] dogs, lien [Ije] bond; rien [rje] nothing; Tro-yen
[trwa-je] Trojan, en in forms from tenir and venir: tient
[tje] (he) holds; viens [vje] come.
Note, ien when not final, and not occurring in the forms of tenir
and venir, has in many cases the sound [ja], as in cli-ent [kh-ja];
con-sci-ence [k5-s.ia:s]; o-be-dience [o-be-dja:s]; o-rient [a-rja]; pa-
tience [pa-sju:s]; science [sjais].
136 Special cases. The sound [e] is heard: in the sec-
ond part of the diphthongs een (ien and yen, as just
stated above under en, when final, etc.), oin, uin. een:
eu-ro-pe-en [oe-ro-pe-e] European; ly-ce-en [li-se-r] stu-
dent at a lycee; ven-de-en [va-de-?] of the department of the
Vendee, oin: coin [kwc] corner; join-dre [sweidr} to join;
poin-tu-re [pw£-tyir] size, uin: juin [sw] June; quin-tu-
ple [ke-ty-pl] fivefold; suin-ter [sqc-te] to ooze, sweat
NASAL VOWELS 53
137 [e], written en, is the sound heard in a number of
foreign words: A-ben-ce-ra-ge [a-be-se-rais]; a-gen-da
[a-58-da] memorandum-hook; ap-pen-di-ce [a-pe-dis] ap-
pendix; Ben-gale [be-gal]; ben-ga-li [Ijc-ga-li] of Bengal;
Ben-ja-min [bt-5a-me]; ben-zi-ne [be-zin]; com-pen-dium
[ko-pt'-djjni]; ex-a-men [eg-za-me] examinatioyi ; ex-ten-so
[cks-t8-so] (in) extenso; Ma-gen-ta [ma-se-ta]; Ma-ren-go
[ma-re-go]; Mem-phis [mg-fiis]; pen-sum [pg-som] task;
Penn-syl-va-nie [pe-sil-va-ni] (270); rho-do-den-dron [ra-
do-de-drj]; Ru-bens [ry-be:s].
138 Initial in, inn, im, imm, before a vowel (or silent
h) is not nasal, in: in-a-per-?u [i-na-pcr-sy] unperceived;
in-er-te [i-nert] inert; in-ha-bi-le [i-na-bil] incapable, inn:
in-ne [in-ne] inborn; in-no-cent [i-no-sa]; in-nom-bra-ble
[i-n3-brabl] innumerable, im: i-ma-ge [i-mais]; i-mi-ta-ble
[i-mi-ta-bl] ; and when not initial, also, as in li-mon [li-ni3]
shaft, imm: im-ma-cu-le [i-ma-ky-le] immaculate; im-
men-se [i-mu:s]; im-mi-gra-tion [i-mi-gra-sj5].
139 im or imm final in foreign words is not nasal:
E-phra-im [e-fra-im]; Grimm [grinij; Se-lim [se-lini].
110 ymn is pronounced [imn]: gym-na-se [sim-naiz]
gymnasium; hym-ne [imn] hymn; Po-lym-nie [po-lim-ni].
Exercise XIX on in, im, yn, ym, ain, aim, ein, eim and en final
after i or y, all (■(luivalont to the sound |f]. Writo tho following
words, dividing tlicni, when poHsihlc, into syllables jus usual in writ-
ing and j)rint ing, pronouncing aloud the syUablos or words when wi'it-
ten: ainsi, am<'>ricain, ancien, bien, cliien, coquin, crin, daini, faini,
feindre, fin, foin, frein, index, joindre, juin, lin, linipide, loin, lynx,
mainte, niaintien, niarin, Martin, nioins, moyen, nyniphe, Olyuipe,
54 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
pain, peinture, pin, rein, R(h)eims, Rhin, soin, sain, sein, simple,
tient, viens.
Supplementary Exercise. Write these same words, dividing
them, when possible, into syllables as usually pronounced in spo-
ken French, using the key alphabet.
141 [5], written on, om, as in blon-de [bio id] blond;
trom-pe [troip] horn; about as in English song, avoiding
the g sound. The sound [5] should be pronounced with
the lips nearly closed, on: an-non-ce [a-nSis] announce-
rnent; ac-tion [ak-sj3]; cir-con-stan-ce [sir-kos-tais] cir-
cumstance; chan-son [5(i-s5] song; con-te [koit] story;
on-cle [5-kl] uncle, om: comp-te [koit] account; comp-
tons [k3-t3] let us count; plomb [pl3] lead; sur-nom [syr-no]
surname; tom-be [t3:b] tomb; trom-per [tro-pe] to deceive.
143 Special cases. [3] is the sound heard in foreign
words which are written with un, as in Bruns-wick [br3s-
vik]; de pro-fun-dis [de pro-fo-dis]; Dun-can [d3-ka];
Dun-kerque [d3-kerk]; Gun-ther [g3-t8!r]; punch [p3:5];
se-cun-do [so-go-do]; and in foreign words written with
um (not final, see 235) as in lum-ba-go [l3-ba-go]; Hiun-
bert [3-be!r]; re-sump-tion [re-zop-sj3].
on = [9] in mon-sieur [mo-sj0] sir.
143 om is not nasal (234, 237) when followed by n: au-
tom-nal [o-tom-nal] autumnal (but in au-tom-ne the m is
silent [o-ton] autunui); ca-lom-nie [ka-lom-ni] calumny;
om-ni-bus [om-ni-bys] ; om-ni-po-tent [om-ni-po-ta] ; om-
ni-science [om-ni-sjciis]; om-ni-vo-re [om-ni-voir] ow-
nivorous; som-nam-bu-le [som-na-byl] somnambulist;
som-no-lent [som-no-lu].
NASAL VOWELS 55
Exercise XX on on, om = [3]. Write the following words, di-
viding them, when possible, into s3'Uables as usual in writing and
printing, pronouncing aloud the syllables or words when written:
bonte, Chalons, Colomb, comble, comptons, conge, conte, demon,
dompter, Domremy, Fenelon, fonetion, fond, font, legon, Londres,
longue, monte, ombrelle, ombre, onclc, onction, onze, plonger,
pompe, promptitude, pronom, prononciation, rompre, il rompt,
ronde, savon, surnom, tombeau.
Supplementary Exercise. Write these same words, dividing
them, when possible, into syllables as usually pronounced in spoken
French, using the key alphabet.
144 [oe], written un, iim, eun, as in chacun, humble, a
jeun; about as in English sung, avoiding the g sound,
un: au-cun [o-kd'] no one; brim [brce] brown; com-mun
[ko-mde] common; de-funt [de-f(x>] deceased; em-prun-te
[u-proeit] loan, um: hum-ble-ment [oe-bb-ma] humbly;
par-fum [par-foe] perfume, eun: a jeun [a 3de] fasting;
Meung [mce]. For un and um in foreign words = [5],
see 142.
145 In a few words, mostly Latin, and in quite general
use in French (235), final um is pronounced om with-
out nasality, that is [om] : ad li-bi-tum [ad li-bi-tom] ; al-
bum [al-bom]; com-pen-dium [k5-pe-djom]; de-co-rum
[de-ko-rom]; max-i-mum [mak-si-mom] ; mi-ni-mum |mi-
ni-mom]; mu-se-um [niy-ze-.)in]; pen-sum [ije-som] cvtra
task (at school); post-scrip-tum [p.)st-skrip-t.)m]; o-pium
[o-pj.mi]; rhum [r.>inj rum; Te Deum [te dc-.Hu]; va-de-
me-cum [va-de-ine-kuin].
KxKKcisK XXI on un, um, eun. Write tlic following words, divid-
ing them, when possible, into .•syllables a.s usual in writing and print-
56 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
ing, pronouncing aloud the syllables oi' words as you write them:
alun, Autun, brun, chacun, commun, defunt, d'un, emprunt, em-
prunter, les Huns, humble, humblement, importun, a jeun, Lauzun,
I'un, lundi, Melun, Mehung, Meung, parfum, quelqu'un, qu'un.
Supplementary Exercise A. Write these same words, dividing
them, when possible, into syllables as usually pronounced in spoken
French, using the key alphabet, and pronouncing aloud each syllable
or word as you write it.
Supplementary Exercise B, on the four nasals [a], [e], [3], [de].
Pronounce aloud the following words or nasal sounds: anse, pince,
onze, unze*;i ban, bain, bon, bun*; bande, binde, bonde, bunde*;
camp, qu'in, qu'on, qu'un; cami)c, quinte, contc, qu'unze*; dent,
daim, don, d'un; en, in, on, un; fend, fin, fond, fun*; gant, gain,
gond, gun*; Jean, geindre, jonc, jeun; I'an, Un, I'on, I'un; langue,
huge, longe, leunge*; m'en, main, mon, Meung; Nantes, nain, non,
nun*; pende, pain, pont, pun*; rang, rein, rond, run*; sang, sainte,
sonde, sun*; tante, tcinte, tondre, Autun; vende, vin, vont, vun*.
Supplementary Exercise C. Write out these same words, in-
dicating their pronunciation by means of the key alphabet, and pro-
nouncing them aloud as you write them.
146 Whenever an, in, on, un, or the combinations
forming the nasal sounds, precede a vowel, or whenever
the m or n is doubled, these combinations do not then pro-
duce nasal sounds. In such cases the n or m goes with
the following vowel to begin another syllable: an-nee
[a-ne] year; bon-ne [bon] good; en-ne-mi [en-mi] enemy;
e-tren-nes [e-tren] gifts; hon-ne-te-te [o-net-te] honesty;
ho-no-ra-ble [o-n.i-ra(i)bl];.in-a-ni-me [i-na-ni-me] inani-
mate; in-at-ten-tif [i-na-td-tif] inattentive; in-no-cent
[i-no-sci]; im-mi-gra-tion [i(m)-mi-gra-sj3]; pa-no-ra-ma
[pa-no-ra-ma] ; pro-chai-ne [pro-$en] next.
1 The starred forms are not real words.
THE SEMI-VOWELS 57
147 To the above important principle, a few words
form exception. Those most frequently heard are: em-
ma-ga-si-ner [a-ma-ga-zi-ne] to store; en-i-vrer [d-ni-vre]
to intoxicate, and derivatives; en-or-gueil-lir [a-nor-ga?-ji:r]
to make -proud; en-nui [ci-nqi] tediousness, and derivatives.
148 Although such words as the examples given in 146
are divided, when lATitten and printed, as shown, neverthe-
less, when pronounced, they are divided on the principle
that, whenever possible, each syllable begins with a con-
sonant and ends with a vowel; and that double conso-
nants are, as a rule, the same as though single (35).
Exercise XXII on words containing n or m, in which the n or
m preserv'es its own sound and therefore does not unite with a pre-
ceding vowel to form a nasal sound. Write the following words, di-
viding them into syllables as written and printed, pronouncing aloud
the syllables and words as you WTite them : abonne, ananas, Anna,
annales, annoter, annuel, amateur, canne, Emma, Emmanuel, euro-
peenne, homme, image, imminent, immodeste, inn6, innocemment,
innover, inodorc, inouT, lunati()ue, mienrie, monarque, moj'enne,
onereux, sommite, sonnette, unauime.
SuppLEMENTAiiY ExEiiciSE. Write these same words, dividing
them, whenever possible, into syllables as pronounced in spoken
French, using the key alphabet.
V THE SEMI-VOWELS [j], [w], [^]
149 W'licn any one of the vowels i (y), o, u, or tlie group
OU stands innncdiatcly before another vowel, the quality
of these vowels, by coalescing with tlic following vowel,
is sliglitly changed, and instead of a sinii)l(! vowel sound,
n
FKENCH PRONUNCIATION
there results what is called a semi-vowel, known also by
the terms semi-consonant and diphthong.
150 The French sounds are not real diphthongs, such
as are heard in the English words time, lowd, noise. In
all so-called French "diphthongs" (except vowel+il, ill =
[j]) it is the second element that bears the stress; that
is, the so-called French "diphthongs" are rising, unlike
the genuine English diphthongs, as in the words just
cited, which are falling. Semi-vov/els, in the French
sense of the term as here used, exist in English. The
first element in English year is an example of a semi-
vowel, being about halfway between vocalic ear and con-
sonantal jeer.
151 The way in which the semi-vowels occur may be
seen at a glance by citing examples illustrating the most
usual combinations in which each of the French vowels
i (y), 0, u and group ou combine with a vowel inunedi-
ately following. In these combinations the voice rests
upon the second element, the first being pronounced
quick and short.
153 The semi-vowel [j] is represented in French by i+
vowel in the combinations written: ia, iai, ie, ie, ie, io,
iau, ieu, iu and y before a vowel, as in the following ex-
amples: ia, ya = [ja]: fia-cre [fja-kr] hack; hya-cin-the [ja-
S8!t]; pia-no [pja-no]; so-cial [so-sjal]. iai = [je]: liai-son
[Ije-zo] linking; niais [nje] silly; re-mer-ciait [ra-mer-sje]
thanked; ves-tiai-re [ves-tjeir] cloak-room, ie, ie = [je]:
a-mi-tie [a-mi-tje] friendship; frui-tier [frqi-tje] fruit-set'
THE SEMI-VOWELS 59
ler; lier [Ije] to bind; pied [pje] foot: pi-tie [pi-tje] pity.
ie, ie = [J8]: hier [jc:r] yesterday; lie-vre [Ijcivr] hare;
nie-ce [njes]. ieu = [j0]: dieu [dj0] god; lieu [Ij0] place;
mon-sieur [m9-sj0] sir. iau = [jo]: miau-ler [rnjo-le] to
mew; piau-ler [pjo-le] to whine. io = [jo]: i-dio-te [i-djot]
idiot; myo-pe [mjop] near-sighted; vio-let-te [vjo-let] violet.
iu = [jy]: re-liu-re [ra-ljyir] binding; sciu-re [sjyir] saw-
dust.
153 As the examples show, every i (y) followed by a
vowel is pronounced [j]. Thus the adverb y [i] there be-
comes [j] when preceding a word beginning with a vowel:
5a y est [sa j e] that's it; 11 y a [il j a] there is; il y en a [il j d na]
there are some; ou y a-t-il? [u j a t il] where are there? But
when the i is preceded by two or more consonants in a
group, as bl, br, gl, gr, pi, pr, tl, tr, then the i may pre-
serve its full vowel finality before another vowel, or may
have the [j] sound: fa-bli-au [fa-bli-o] medieval tale (in
verse); fe-vri-er [fe-vri-e] February; pri-er [pri-e] to pray;
qua-tri-e-me [ka-tri-rm] fourth; sem-bli-ez [sd-bli-e] (you)
seemed; tri-a-ge [tri-a:5] sorting. Under these circum-
stances it is obviously not so easy to pronounce [j].
154 y before vowels usually represent>^ the sound [j]:
hya-cin-the [ja-srit]; yeux [j()] eyes; Yo-lan-de [jo-lual];
yo-le [jol]. y between vowels is equivalent to i+i:
payer, to pay = "pai-\ev" [pc-je], the first i, when united
with the preceding a, forming simply a digrai)h represent-
ing the simple sound [r], and the second retaining its
consonantal value of [j], the result being [pH<'l- J^''^<-
cases are: cray-on [krf-j5] pencil; doy-en [dwa-jfj dean;
60 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
es-say-er [e-se-je] to try; foy-er [fwa-je] hearth; moy-en
[mwa-je] means; voy-el-le [vwa-jel] vowel. Exceptions in
which no digraph with the preceding a is formed occur
in a few proper nouns or adjectives therefrom: Ba-yeux
[ba-j0]; Ba-yon-ne [ba-jon]; La Fa-yet-te [la fa-jet]; Fa-
yen-ce [fa-jciis]; Ma-yen-ce [ma-ju:s]; ma-yon-nai-se [ma-
jo-ne:z].
155 il after a vowel, at the end of a word, as in tra-
vail [tra-va:j] work; and ill within a syllable, or before a
final mute e, as in ba-tail-lon [ba-ta-j5] batallion; ba-
tail-le [ba-ta:j] battle, represent the sound [j]. These
cases are taken up under so-called "liquid 1," which rep-
resents the sound of English y in year (225).
Exercise XXIII on the serai-vowel [j], written ia, iai, ie, ie, ie,
io, iau, ieu, iu, and y before a vowel. Write the following words, di-
viding them, when possible, into syllables as ordinarily done in
writing and printing, and pronouncing aloud the syllables or words
as you write them: aieul, alUer, bestiaire, baionette, bien, canaille,
cerisier, chien, diete, effrayer, enthousiasme, entier, entiere, espion-
nage, famille, fier, hier, hygiene, liasse, lier, loyal, mediocre, miette,
mieux, miheu, negociait, pieu, pioche, rayon, rien, violon, yacht,
yeux, yole.
Supplementary Exercise. Write these same words, dividing
them, whenever possible, into syllables as pronounced in spoken
French, using the key alphabet, and pronouncing aloud the words
or syllables as you write them.
156 The semi-vowel [w], which sounds like the English
w in won, though more tense, results from vowel* combina-
tions written: oi, oi, oy, oe, oe, oua, oua, cue, cue, oui,
oueu, ua. The following examples illustrate common
cases under each combination : oi, oi, oy = [wa] : boi-te
THE SEMI-VOWELS 61
[bwait] box; e-toi-le [e-twal] star; ci-toy-en [si-twa-je] citi-
zen; moi [mwa] me; moy-en [mwa-jr] means; toi [twa]
thee; soi [swa] oneself; voi-sin [vwa-ze] neighbor, oi, oe,
oe={wa]: a-droi-te [a-drwat] skilful; bois [bwa] wood;
croix[krwa] cross; frois-se [frwas] crumples; moel-le [mwal]
marrow; mois [mwa] month; pa-rois-se [pa-rwas] parish;
poe-le [pwa:l] stove. As to the quality of the a sound in
words in oi, whether [a] or [a], there is no absolute rule,
the conditions being those for [a] and [a], usage varying
considerably (cf . 62) . oua, oua = [wa] : bi-vouac [bi-vwak] ;
doua-ne [dwan] custom-house; goua-che [gwaS] body-color;
loua-mes [Iwam] (we) praised; oua-te [wat] wadding.
cue, cue = [we]: ba-fouer [ba-fwe] to baffle; jouer [swe] to
play ;\oue [Iwe] hired, cue = [we]: chouet-te [Swft] owl;
jouet [owc] plaything; rouet [rwr] spinning-wheel. oui =
[wi]: en-fouir [u-fwiir] to bury; e-va-nouir [e-va-nwi:r] to
vanish; Louis [Iwi]; Loui-se [Iwiiz]; ouir [wiir] to hear;
rejouir [re-5wi:r] to rejoice. oueu = [w0]: boueux [bw0]
muddy; joueu-se [5W0:z] player; noueux [nw0] knotty.
oueu = [w(x;]: joueur [swocjr] player; loueur [Iwoeir] one
who praises. ua = [wa] after q in a number of words,
some of the commoner of which are: a-de-quat [a-de-kwa]
adequate; a-qua-ti-que [a-kwa-tik] aquatic; a-qua-rel-le
[a-kwa-rfl] ; a-qua-rium [a-kwa-^jom]; e-qua-teur [e-kwa-
t(t':r] equator; e-qua-tion [e-kwu-sj3]; quartz [kwarts];
squa-re [skwair]; also ua = [wa] after g in a few words,
mostly foreign: al-gua-zil [al-gwa-zil] constable; Gua-dal-
qui-vir [gwa-dai-ki-viir]; Gua-de-lou-pe [gwad-lup]; gua-
no [gwa-no]; Gua-te-ma-la [gwa-tc-ma-la] ; lin-gual [Ic-
gAvai]; — but note that this does not apply to French
verb-endings as in fa-ti-gua [fa-ti-ga] (he) fatigued; con-
62 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
ju-guant [k5-5y-ga] conjugating; dis-tin-gua [dis-te-ga]
(he) distinguished.
157 w and wh = [w] in some English words : sand-wich
[sa-dwit$]; tramway [tra-mwe]; whis-key [wi-ske]; whist
[wist].
Exercise XXIV on the semi-vowel [w], written oi, oi, oy, oe, oe,
oua, oua, cue, cue, oui, oueu, ua in some words after q and g, and w
in a few words from English. Write the following words, dividing
them, when possible, into syllables as ordinarily done in writing and
printing, pronouncing aloud the syllables or words as you write them:
aboyer, aquarelle, aquatique, bafouer, bois, coin, croyez, (il) doua,
douane, Edouard, epanouir, equation, cvanoui, foi, fouace, foyer,
fouet, joindre, jouai, joueur, lingual, loin, louunge, loyer, Louis,
Louise, moelleux, moellon, mois, nettoyer, noire, noix, noyau, ouate,
oui, poelee, poelette, poeUer, poids, poix, quadrupede, roi, royal,
royaume, sandwich, territoire, trois, troyen.
Supplementary Exercise. Write these same words, dividing
them, whenever possible, into syllables as pronounced in spoken
French, pronouncing aloud the words or syllables as you write them,
using the key alphabet.
158 The semi-vowel [q], written only u, as in buis [bqi]
boxwood; cuir [kqiir] leather; fruit [frqi] is the result of
the vowel combinations written ua, ua, ue, ue, ue, ui
(uy), ueu. [\\] is a French u lightly pronounced, just as
[j] is an i lightly pronounced, and [w] an ou lightly pro-
nounced. But with the vowels u, i, ou, it is the vocalic
quality of the vowel which predominates, while in the
case of their fricative correspondents [q], [j], [w], owing
to the narrowing of the air passage, it is the fricative
quality that is noticeable. The sound [\\] is one of the
most difficult of the French sounds to acquire. Begin by
THE semi-vo"\;\t:ls C3
pronouncing first the vowel u and then the following
vowel, which accompanies and makes up the semi-vowel
[n], slowly, and -svith equal emphasis, as in lui [h{i] to him;
increase the speed, and finally pronounce both quickly,
resting lightly on the u and placing the emphasis on the
following vowel i.
159 Distinguish carefully between French Louis [Iwi]
and lui [Iqi] to him; and avoid such English pronuncia-
tions as "Bossway" for French Bos-suet [bo-sqe], and
"poui" for French puis [pqi]. Moreover, as y between
vowels = i+i (see 125), care should be taken to pronounce
words like ap-puy-er = [a-pqi-je] to lean upon (not a-pqi-e),
and in like manner es-suy-er should be pronounced
[e-sqi-je] (and not e-sqi-e); that is, the presence of the
semi-vowel in ui+i in such words should be heard just
before the second i and not simply the semi-vowel ui
alone.
160 Examples of [q] resulting from the vowel combina-
tions ua, ua, ue, ue, ue, ui (uy), ueu follow: ua, ua = [qa]:
ar-gua-mes [ar-gqani] (we) argued; nua-ge [nqais] cloud;
sua [squj (he) sweated; sua-ve [sqa:v]. ue, ue = [qe]: nuee
[nqe] cloud; puer [pqe] to .stink; tuer [tqe] to kill, ue, ue =
[qr]: muet [mqt] mute; ruel-le [rqcl] lane; sue-rent [sqcir]
(they) sweated, ui (uy) = [qi]: buis [bqi] boxwood; es-
suy-er [e-sqi-je] to wipe; lui [Iqi] to him; pluie [plqi] rain;
tuy-au [tqi-jo] tube; sui-vre [sqi-vr] to follow. ueu=[q0]:
rueu-se [rqci:/] kicker; tueu-se [<q<<:z] .slayer. ueu = [qa']:
lueur (lqa':r] (jlininirr; sueur [sqceir] sweat; tueur [tqa>:r]
slayer.
64 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
Exercise XXV on the semi-vowel [ii], wi-itten ua, ua, oeue, ue, ue,
ui (uy), ueu. Write the following words, dividing them, when pos-
sible, into syllables as ordinarily done in wi'iting and printing, pro-
nouncing aloud the syllables or words as you write them : annuaire,
annuel, appuyer, bruine, bruire, buis, cuir, cuisine, cuivre, duel,
^cuelle, effectuerent, essuyer, fruit, fruitier, huile, huissier, lui, man-
eu(5tude, mue, puis, puisque, ruade, ru6, ruelle, rueuse, ruine, ruis-
seau, Stuart, sua, suaire, suave, sueur, tua, tueur, tueuse, tuile,
tuileries, tuyau.
Supplementary Exercise. Write these same words, dividing
them, whenever possible, into syllables as usual in spoken French,
pronouncing aloud the syllables or words as you write them.
161 The semi-vowels [j], [w], [q] combine with the nasal
vowels [a], [e], [5], [de] to form the so-called French nasal
diphthongs. Otherwise stated: The nasal vowels an, in,
on, un — or in whatever other way they may be written
— coalesce with a preceding i (y), o, ou, u (the vowels
that may begin a so-called diphthong in French, 149),
and form nasal diphthongs written: ian, ien, ion, oin,
ouan, Guen, ouin, ouon, uan, uin, uon.
162 ian and ien (not final nor in the forms of tenir
and venir, 135 and Note) : con-fian-ce [ko-fjais] confidence;
e-tu-diant [e-ty-dja] student; ne-go-ciant [ne-go-sja] mer-
chant; o-rient [o-rja]; pa-tien-ce [pa-sjais]; scien-ce [sjais].
ien, yen=[je] final and in the forms of tenir and venir:
an-cien [a-sje] ancient; bien [bje] ivell; com-bien [ko-bje]
how much; gar-dien [gar-djc] guardian; main-tien [me-tje]
support; moy-en [mwa-je] means; pa-ri-sien [pa-ri-zje]
Parisian, ion = [jo]: ac-tion [ak-s]5] (before ion, t is
usually sounded like s); con-so-la-tion [ko-so-la-sj5] ; fac-
tion [fak-sjo]; por-tion [por-sjo]. oin = [we]: be-soin [ho-
CONSONANTS 65
zwe] 7}€ed; foin [fwe] hay; loin [Iwf] /or; poing [pwe] fist.
ouan, ouen = [wu]: E-couen [e-kwu]; louan-ge [Iwais]
praise. ouin = [wr]: ba-bouin [ba-bwf] baboon; ba-ra-
gouin [ba-ra-gwe] gibberish; mar-souin [mar-swe] porpoise.
ouon = [w5]: jouons [5w5] let us play; louons [lw5] let us
hire; nouons [nw5] let us tie. uan = [\\li] : huant [i^a] hooting;
re-muant [r.)-miia] stirring; tuant [tqa] killing. uin=[n£-]:
chuin-ter [Sue-te] to pronounce [5] instead of [z] and [$] in-
stead of [s]; juin \:^\\t] June; suin-ter [sqe-te] to ooze.
uon = [q5]: dis-tri-buons [di-stri-bqo] let us distribute;
suons [sqo] let us sweat; tuons [tijo] let us kill.
Exercise XXVI on the French nasal diphthongs. Write the fol-
lowing words, dividing them, whenever possible, into syllables as
usual in writing and printing, pronouncing aloud the syllables and
words as you write them: audience, au moins, avions, bedouin, be-
soin, chouan, chr6tient6, conscience, douons, embryon, fiance, in-
gredient, italien, jouant, lion, mendiante, muant, nuance, pingouin,
pointe, quintette, Quintihen, quintuple, rejoindre, remuons, Rouen,
Saint-Ouen, scientifique, suant, tuons, viande, viendra, vouons.
Supplementary Exercise. Write these same words, dividing
them, whenever possible, into S3'llablcs as pronounced in ordinary
spoken French, pronouncing aloud the syllables and words as you
write them, using the key alphabet.
VI CONSONANTS
163 For general distinctions between French and
English consonants, see 7.
164 Final consonants, whether there be one or several,
are usually silent. After nasal vowels this rule is particu-
larly applicable: champs \^n] fields; coup [ku] stroke; doigts
66 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
[dwa] fingers ; dos [do] hack; franc [frd]; in-stinct [e-ste]; lit
[li] bed; long [lo]; nez [ne] nose; pieds [pjejfeet; prompt [pro];
rond [ro] round; vaincs [ve] (I) conquer. Exceptions to the
general rule wall be found under the respective consonant.
165 Final c, f, 1, q, r (the consonants, barring q, in the
English word careful) are usually pronounced: a-vec
[a-vek] mih; bal [bal] hcul; car [ka(!)r] for; cinq [sf ik] five;
chef [5ef] chief; coq [kok] cock; froc [hok] frock; peur [poe:r]
fear; sauf [sof] excejit; vil [vil] vile. Moreover, in the few
cases, mostly words of foreign origin or proper names, in
which b, k, m and n (when not nasalizing the preceding
vowel) occur as final, they are usually pronounced.
166 In groups made up of r+ consonant, usually r
alone is sounded: bord [boir] edge; clerc [kleir] clerk; corps
[koir] body; marc [ma:r] grounds (of coffee); nord [noir]
north; pore [poir] pork; sort [soir] lot; tiers [tjeir] third;
vers [ve:r] verse; vert [veir] green.
167 Double consonants (42) are in general sounded
as though single: ab-be [a-be] abbey; ar-ri-ver [a-ri-ve] to
arrive; cas-ser [ka-se] to break; col-ler [ko-le] to glue; cou-
ron-ne [ku-ron] crown; frap-per [fra-pe] to strike; frot-ter
[fro-te] to rub; gref-fier [grr-fje] bailiff; ter-ri-ne [te-rin]
earthen pan.
168 In some cases, double consonants, if not actually
heard as two separate consonants, are distinctly longer
than single consonants. This happens: 1° In the future
and conditional of cou-rir [ku-ri:r] to run; mou-rir [mu-
riir] to die; que-rir [ke-riir] to seek. 2° In a number of.
CONSONANTS 67
words beginning with ill-, imm-, irr-. 3° In a few
other cases. Cases of bb, dd, pp, tt, are rare. Some com-
mon cases of doubling or lengthening are: je coiir-rai [5a
kur-re] I shall run; vous mour-rez [vu mur-re] you will
die; ils quer-ront [il ker-ro] they will seek; il-le-gal [il-
le-gal] illegal; il-li-mi-te [il-li-mi-te] illimited; il-lu-sion
[il-ly-zj5]; il-lus-tre [il-lystr] illustrious; im-ma-nent [im-
ma-nti]; im-men-se [im-mais]; im-mo-bi-le [im-mo-bil] im-
movable; im-mu-ne [im-myn]; ir-ra-tion-nel [ir-ra-sjo-nelj;
ir-re-pa-ra-ble [ir-re-pa-rabl] ; ir-ri-tant [ir-ri-ta] irritating;
ir-rup-tion [ir-ryp-sj5]; al-le-go-ri [al-le-go-ri] allegory; al-
le-guer [al-le-ge] to allege; am-mo-nium [am-mo-njom] am-
monia; an-na-les [an-nal] records; an-na-lis-te [an-na-list]
recorder; hor-ri-ble [or-ribl]; in-ne [in-ne] inborn; syl-la-be
[sil-la(!)b] syllable.
169 The distinction practically is of no great import-
ance. Outside of a few cases such as the above, it is
hardly perceptible, and even in such cases usage varies.
Compare the following, which are examples in very com-
mon words of the normal usage: al-ler [a-le] to go; a-mol-
lir [a-mo-liir] to soften; an-neau [a-no] ring; an-nee [a-ne]
year; ar-rie-re [a-rje:r] behind; ar-ri-ve [a-ri-ve] arrival;
ar-ro-ser [a-ro-ze] to water; car-re [ka-re] square; ter-ri-
ble [te-ribl].
170 b fbb) = [b] as in bout [bu] end; ro-be [ro(!)b] dress;
ab-be [a-bc] abbot; about as in English harbor, bnvber.
[b] is regularly represented in French by b; Imt before
the voiceless consonants s or t, b becomes unvoiced (cf.
240) and sounds like p: ab-sent [ap-su]; ab-sin-the [ap-
68 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
S8:t] wormwood; ab-so-lu-ment [ap-so-ly-ma] absolutely;
ab-so-lu-tion [ap-so-ly-sj5]; ab-sol-vons [ap-sol-v5] let us
absolve; ab-sou-dre [ap-sudr] to absolve; abs-te-nir [aps-
ta-ni:r] to abstain; abs-ti-nen-ce [aps-ti-na:s]; ob-ser-ver
[op-stT-ve] to observe; ob-sta-cle [op-stakl]; ob-te-nir [op-
to-niir] to obtain; bb, as showii by the examples, is simply
treated as b.
171 b final is usually silent (339): Co-lomb [ko-l5];
plomb [plo] lead, but in some proper nouns, and in a
few words of foreign origin, is sounded : A-chab [a-kab] ; cab
[kab]; Ca-leb [ka-leb]; club [klyb]; Ja-cob [sa-kob]; Jo-ab
[30-ab]; Job [30b]; na-bab [na-ljab] nabob; ra-doub [ra-
dub] refitting; rumb [r5:b] rhomb.
173 b is silent in the following words: Doubs [du];
Fab-vier [fa-vje]; Le-feb-vre [b-fevr].
Exercise XXVII on b (bb) = [b]. Write, dividing into syllables
as ordinarily done in writing and printing, pronouncing aloud the
syllables and words as you write them, the following : abbesse, baba,
babel, babiche, babiller, babine, balbutier, bambou, barbare, barbier,
bebe, bibelot, biere, bobine, bobo, bombe, brebis, bubon, gibbosite,
gobbe, rabbin, sabbat.
Supplementary Exercise. Write these same words, dividing
them as in spoken French, pronouncing aloud syllables and words,
using the key alphabet.
173 c has two sounds: 1° that of [k]; 2" that of [s].
1° c (cc) before a, o, u = [k], unless the c is marked with
a cedilla, c: car [kar] for; cor [koir] horn; cu-re [kyir]
rectory; e-co-le [e-kol] school, cc: ac-cord [a-ko:r]; sac-
ca-der [sa-ka-de] to jolt; suc-cu-lent [sy-ky-la].
CONSONANTS 69
174 special cases. c = g in se-cond [so-go] and de-
rivatives. c = g in rei-ne-clau-de [ren-gloid], but also
pronounced [rcn-klo:d] greengage. In the word czar and
derivatives c has the sound of g [gzair]; but these words
are now more usually written with ts and so pronounced
[tsair] or [tzair].
Exercise XXVIII illustrating c (cc) before a, o, u. Write, di-
vide as ordinarily wTitten, and pronounce aloud the following words :
academie, accabler, accaparer, accoter, acolyte, acoustique, acumine,
cacao, calice, cantique, caricature, Caucase, caustique, cuve, raccroc,
raccrocher, raccoinmoder, saccade, saccager, saccharin.
Supplementary Exercise. Write, divide as in spoken French,
and pronounce aloud these same words, using the key alphabet.
175 2" c, before e, i (y) = [s]: ce-ci-te [se-si-te] blind-
ness; ces-sion [sr-sj3]; cy-gne [siji] swan; Cyr [siir] (proper
name); re-ce-voir [ros-vwair] to receive; so-cial [s.i-sjal].
Remark, c, in the combination sc, before e, i (y), is silent:
sce-Ie-rat [se-lr-ra] rascal; sce-ne [.sc:n] scene; scien-ce [sja:s];
Scy-thes [sit] Scythians.
176 c, written 5, before a, o, u = [s]: de-gu [de-sy] de-
ceived; gar-Qon [gar-s5] hoy; ma-fon [ma-s5] also [ma-s5]
mason; perga [pcr-sa] pierced; pla-fa [pla-sa] placed, cc
})efore a, o, u = c with the value of [k] as stated under
173; but cc before e, i = [ks]: ac-cent [ak-so]; ac-ci-dent
[ak-si-(lu]; suc-ces-seur [syk-sr-soeirj.
ExKKCisK XXIX on c, lu-fore e, i (y) = [s]. Write, divide as
ordinarily written, and pronounce aloud tlic foUowng words: acc6-
lerer, acce[)ter, acces, accident, apergu, ceci, cela, cent, certain, ciel,
cil, cimetidre, cire, commcn^ons, congu, cymbalc, cypres, douce,
70 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
encens, facade, fa?on, frangais, legon, pergait, percevoir, proces,
recent, reciter, recipient, successeur, succion.
Supplementary Exercise. Write, divide as in spoken French,
and pronounce aloud these same words, using the key alphabet.
177 c before a consonant (other than h, 182-185) =
[k]: ac-teur [ak-toeir] actor; ac-tion [ak-sjo]; es-clan-dre
[es-kla-dr] scandal; es-cla-ve [es-klaiv] slave; pros-crire
[pros-kriir] to proscribe.
178 c final is usually pronounced (165, 340) and is
then sounded as [k]. This occurs particularly in monosyl-
labic words and in compounds of which they form the final
part: a-que-duc [a-ko-dyk] or [ak-dyk] aqueduct; arc [ark];
bac [bak] ferry-boat; bee [bek] beak; bloc [bbk] block; bouc
[buk] buck; choc [^ok] shock; co-gnac [ko-jiak]; crac [krak]
crack!; due [dyk] diike; es-toc [cs-tok] rapier; ha-mac
[a-mak] hammock; saint Marc [se mark] (340, 341).
Exercise XXX, illustrating c, before consonants, = [k] ; and c
final sounded as [k]. Write, divide when possible as ordinarily writ-
ten, and pronounce aloud the following words: avec, bivouac, es-
claffer, esclavage, esclavon, escrime, facteur, faction, frac, froc, grec,
lac, muse, obstacle, Pandectes, pare, Quebec, reaction, roc, saint Luc,
sanctifier, sanctuaire, sec, stuc, sue, tact, tac, tic, tocsin, tric-trac,
true, vindicte, zinc.
Supplementary Exercise. Write, divide as in spoken French,
and pronounce aloud these same words, using the key alphabet.
179 c is silent when preceded by a nasal vowel (cf.
164): blanc [bla] ivhite; flanc [flci] flank; franc [fra] frank;
jonc [50] rush; tronc [tro] tru7ik; vaincs [vc] (I) conquer;
but zinc = [zeik].
CONSONANTS 71
180 c final, though usually sounded, as shown by the
examples under 178, is nevertheless silent in a number of
words, of which some common examples are the follow-
ing: ac-croc [a-kro] hitch; broc [bro] pitcher; ca-out-chouc
[ka-ut-$u]; clerc [kleir] clerk; eric [kri] jack-screw; croc
[kro] hooJx; es-croc [es-kro] swindler; es-to-mac [es-to-ma]
stomach; lacs [laj snares; marc [mair] grounds; pore [poir]
pig; ta-bac [ta-ba] tobacco.
Exercise XXXI, illustrating examples of c silent in the combi-
nation sc (17o Remark); and showing examples of silent final c (179,
180). Write, divide, when possible, as ordinarily written, and pro-
nounce aloud the following words: ajonc, arc-boutant, aspect,
convaincs, cotignac, Ducroc, jouer aux echecs, ferblanc, instinct,
Leclerc, raccroc, sceau, sceller, sceleratesse, scenario, scenique, scep-
ticisme, sceptique, sceptre, scie, scientifique, scier, sciemment, scin-
tillant, scion, sciure, succinct, il vainc.
181 The word done, denoting a conclusion and gen-
erally when bearing emphasis, is pronounced [doik];
otherwise, without the k sound: [da]. The following
words are pronounced with or without a final k sound:
ar-se-nic [ars-ni(k)] arsenic; cir-con-spect [sir-k3-spe(k)]
circumspect; e-chec [e-S8(k)] check; re-spect [re-spe(k)];
sus-pect [sys-pc(k)].
182 ch = [5], as in English machine, is the usual value
of this combination: ca-che [ka^i] hiding-place; cham-bre
[Sa:br] chamber; chat [^a] cat; Chi-ne [5i(0n] China; chose
f^Diz] thing; fa-cheux [fa-50] sorry; la-che [la:^] coward;
pro-chain [])r,)-5fj neighbor.
18J5 ch = [51 in words beginning with ar-chi- [ar-^i] arch
(except ar-chi-e-pis-co-pal [ar-ki-e-pi.s-ko-palj and ar-
72 FKENCH PRONUNCIATION
chi-e-pis-co-pat [ar-ki-e-pis-ko-pa] archiepiscopate) : ar-
chi-diacre [ar-Si-djakr] archdeacon; ar-chi-duc [ar-^i-dyk]
archduke; ar-chi-fou [ar-^i-fu] arch fool; ar-chi-pel [ar-^i-
pel] archipelago; ar-chi-pre-tre [ar-Si-pre:tr] archpriest;
ar-chi-tec-te [ar-^i-tekt] architect.
184 ch = [$] in some words of learned origin that have
become quite common, among them: ar-che-ve-che
[ar-So-ve-Se] archbishopric; ar-che-ve-que [ar-Sa-veik]
archbishop; che-ru-bin [^e-ry-be] cherub; chi-mie [^i-mi]
chemistnj; chi-rur-gien [Si-ryr-3Je] surgeon; pa-tri-ar-che
[pa-tri-ar5] patriarch.
Exercise XXXII on ch = [S]. Write, divide as ordinarily writ-
ten and pronounce aloud the following words: Achille, archiduche,
archiduchesse, archifolle, architecture, architrave, archives, archi-
viste, champ, chant, chasse, chevaher, chien, ChiU, chimere, chirur-
gie, choquer, chuchoter, dcchu, fdtichisme, Michel, monarchie,
monarchique, pecheur, psyche, Rachel, raclaitique, revanche, tachy-
graphe, vache.
Supplementary Exercise. Write, divide as in spoken French,
and pronounce aloud the same words, using the key alphabet.
185 ch = [k] in many words of foreign origin, especially
Greek. This is regularly the case when ch precedes a
consonant and when final: chre-tien [kre-tje] Christian;
Christ [krist]; chro-no-lo-gie [kro-no-lo-3i] chronology;
chry-san-the-me [kri-zci-teim] chrysanthemum; E-noch
[e-nok]; Mo-loch [mo-lok]; tech-no-lo-gie [tek-no-lo-si]
technology. In al-ma-nach, ch is silent [al-ma-na].
186 ch = [k], often before a vowel (occurring in words
of foreign origin) : A-chab [a-kab] ; An-tio-chus [a-tjo-kyis];
CONSONANTS 73
cha-os [ka-o]; choeur [kceir] choir; e-cho [e-ko]; or-ches-
tre [or-kcstr] orchestra.
Remark, sch is rare, occurring in learned words, and then gen-
erally pronounced sh [S\ : schis-me iSism] schism; schis-te [$ist ] slale;
but in a few others sch = sk: scho-lai-re [ska-le:r] academic; scho-
las-ti-que [sko-las-tik] school-man; scho-lie [sko-li] scholium (both
words now usually spelt without the /()•
Exercise XXXIII, illustrating examples of ch = [k] in words of
foreign origin, and occurring both before consonants and vowels,
and also when final. Write, divide as ordinarily written, and
pronounce aloud the following words : anachorete, archaique, archeo-
logue, archonte, Bacchus, Baruch, Chaldee, Chain, Chanaan, chao-
tique, Charybde, Cheops, chirologie, chiromancie, cholera, chronique,
fuchsia, hchen, loch, Machiavel, Metternich, Michel-Ange, Munich,
orchidc, orchestral, orchestration, patriai'chal, Saint-Roch, techno-
logie, Zacharie, Zurich.
Supplementary Exercise. Write, divide as in spoken French,
and pronounce aloud these same words, using the key alphabet.
187 d (dd) = [d], about as in English needy, is regularly-
represented in French by d: da-me [dam] lady; de-dier
[de-dje] to dedicate; con-dui-re [ko-dqiir] to conduct; fi-
de-le [fi-dfl] faithful; per-dre [pcrdr] to lose.
188 dd. Although dd; like double consonants in
general (107), is treated like a simple consonant, never-
theless in a few cases, as in the following words, some
authorities indicate the pronunciation of a rather more
prolonged sound than for a simple d by writing dd: ad-di-
tion [ad-di-sj.-j]; ad-den-da [ad-dc-da]; ad-duc-teur [ad-
dyk-tcjcir] adductor; ad-duc-tion [ad-dyk-sjf)]; red-di-tion
[rcd-di-.sj5] restitution; quid-di-te [kid-di-te] quiddity.
74 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
189 d final, or in a final group, is regularly silent: bord
[boir] border; chaud [^o] warm; E-douard [e-dwair]; froid
[frwa] cold; grand [gra] great; Saint-Cloud [se klu].
190 d final (363) is sounded in sud [syd] south, and in
some proper nouns and foreign words: Al-fred [al-fred];
le Cid [\q sid]; Da-vid [da-vid]; e-phod [e-fod]; Le-o-pold
[le-o-pold].
Exercise XXXIV, illustrating examples of silent d when occur-
ing at the end of a word, or in a final consonantal group. Such ter-
minations are frequently: nd, nds, rd, rds, aid, and, aud, auld, end,
ends, end, ends. Write, divide as ordinarily written and pronounce
aloud the following words: aUemand, Archambauld, Arnaud, j'as-
sieds, Bayard, Berthauld, je confonds, elle coud, couvre-pieds, Ed-
mond, Eginhard, epinard, Gounod, Greenland, La Rochefoucauld,
Madrid, milord, je mords, nord, on perd, Oxford, Pharamond, poids,
Ponsard, Renaud, je repands, Reynauld, Richard, rond, sourd, tard,
tu tords, Vaud, vieiUard.
Supplementary Exercise. Write, divide as in spoken French,
and pronounce aloud these same words, using the key alphabet.
Exercise XXXV, illustrating examples of d sounded in the body
of a word, or when final. Write, divide as ordinarily written, and
pronounce aloud the following words: Adda, ad hoc, adjoint, ad rem,
Arnold, Bagdad, Carlsbad, Christiansfeld, Christiansand, Nemrod
Com-ad, Edda, Ethelred, Fould, Friedland, Galaad, George Sand,
Harold, Jenny Lind, Joad, Port-Said, Rothschild, Sandwich, le
Sund, Talmud.
Supplementary Exercise. Write these same words, dividing
them, whenever possible, into syllables as ordinarily pronounced in
spoken French, pronouncing aloud the syllables and words as you
write them, using the key alphabet.
191 f (ff, ph) = [f], about as in English fee. [f] is rep-
resented in French by f, ff and ph. f : bref [bref] brief;
CONSONANTS 75
de-fai-re [de-feir] to undo; fa-ci-le [fa-sil] easTj; fils [fis] son;
neiif [noef] new. ph: nym-phe [neif] nymph; pha-re [fa:r]
lighthouse; phi-lo-so-phe [fi-b-zof] philosopher. & has the
value of f, although, as indicated by some authorities, in
a few words beginning -wdth eff, it may be somewhat
longer than f: ef-flo-res-cent [ef-fio-re-sa] ; ef-fluent [ef-
flya]; ef-flu-ve [ef-fiy:v] effluvium.
193 f final is regularly sounded (165) : boeuf [boef] ox;
brief [brief]; ca-nif [ka-nif] penknife; chef [^efj chief; juif
[5Hif] Jew; neuf [noef] new; oeuf [ocf] egg; sauf [sof] except;
self [swaf] thirst.
193 f final is silent in cerf [seir] stag; clef (cle) [kle] key;
nerf [ncir] nerve; f preceding s of the plural is silent in
boeuf s [b0] oxen; cerfs [se:r] stags; clefs [kle] keys; nerfs
[neir] nerves; oeufs [0] eggs, f is silent in some proper
nouns and in a few common words and expressions:
Neuf-bourg [noe-bu:r]; Neuf-Bri-sach [noe bri-zak]; Neuf- ^
cha-teau [noeSa-to]; Neuf-cha-tel [noe^o-tcl]; le boeuf t-lUH-
gras [lo boe gra] fatted ox, carnival; du boeuf sa-le [dy bee
sa-le] salted beef: cerf-vo-lant [spr vo-la] kite; chef-d'oeu-
vre [5p dtt'ivr] masterpiece; nerf de boeuf [neir da bocf]
cowhide; un oeuf dur [(i noo dy:r] a hard-boiled egg; un
oeuf frais [a* nee frt] a fresh egg.
194 Neuf, the num])er nine, is pronounced [noef] when
the word occurs as final : il y en a neuf [il j dn a noef] there
are nine; tren-te-neuf [trait noef] thirty-nine; and also
when giving the date of the month: le neuf de-cem-bre
[b noef de-su:br] the ninth of December. It is pronounced
76
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
[noe] before a consonant or aspirate h: neuf li-vres [noe
liivr] nine hooks; neuf ho-mards [noe o-mair] nine lobsters.
It is pronounced [noe:v] before a vowel or silent h: neuf
en-fants [noe-va-fa] nine children; neuf hommes [noe-vom]
nine men.
Exercise XXXVI, illustrating examples of pronounced f (ph,
ff) = [f], in the body of a word or final. Write, divide, whenever
possible, as ordinarily written, and pronounce aloud the following
words: affaire, Alphonse, biffer, boeuf a la mode, chef -lieu, difficile,
fieffe, grief, if, motif, naif, nef, le neuf aout, le neuf fevrier, le neuf
de pique, page soixante-neuf, Pont-Neuf, souHers neufs, en voila
neuf, oeuf a la coque, un oeuf gate, Phedre, recif , des bas reliefs, ros-
bif, serf, soif ardente, suif a vendre, tarif, turf, veuf, vif-argent.
Supplementary Exercise. Write these same words, dividing
them, whenever possible, into syllables as ordinarily pronounced in
spoken French, pronouncing aloud the syllables and words as you
write them, using the key alphabet.
Exercise XXXVII, illustrating examples of silent f, either in
the body of a word or final. Pronounce aloud the following expres-
sions: de beaux bceufs, un cerf dix-cors, regardez les cerfs- volants,
crise de nerfs, les nerfs d6 la guerre, neuf cents francs, neuf hameaux,
cent neuf hiboux, neuf miUe, neuf personnes, ceufs d'autruche.
Supplementary Exercise. Write these same expressions, pro-
nouncing the words aloud as you write them, using the key alpha-
bet.
195 g (gg, gu) = [g], about as in English rngged. The
sound [g] is represented in French by g before a, o, u,
or a consonant (except n in cases where gn = [ji], see
207). g: an-gle [a-gl]; gar-fon [gar-s5] hoij; ga-te [ga-te]
spoiled; gloi-re [glwair] glory; gout [gu] taste; grand [gra]
tall, gg (rarely occurs): ag-glo-me-rer [a-gb-me-re] to
agglomerate; ag-glu-ti-ner [a-gly-ti-ne] to agglutinate;
CONSONANTS 77
ag-gra-ver [a-gra-ve] to aggravate, gu (before e, i, y):
an-guil-le [a-giij] eel; be-guin [be-ge] child's cap; bri-guer
[bri-ge] to scheme; gue [ge] ford; gui-de [gi(:)d] ;Gui-se [gi:z] ;
Gui-zot [gi-zoj; Guizot and his family pronounced the
name [gwi-zo]; Gu-yot [gi-jo].
196 gu = [g]. The only use of the u in the examples
last cited is to show that the g has the sound in English
go; wdthout the insertion of the u, the g would here
have, before e, i, y, the sound heard in English azure,
pleasure (202).
197 guer = [ge]. In a number of verbs in -guer, the u
remains throughout the entire conjugation, even before a
and o, where, of no use whatever, it is simply orthographic.
The follo^\^ng verb-forms of some of the commonest of
such verbs, in which the u before a and o is retained,
show where the retention occurs: nous bri-guons [nu
bri-g5] we scheme; je con-ju-guais [50 kr)-5y-gc] / was con-
jugating; je dis-tin-guai [50 dis-te-ge] / distinguished;
vous di-va-gua-tes [vu di-va-gat] you ramble; 11 ex-tra-
va-guait [il eks-tra-va-ge] he was talking wildly; tu fa-ti-
guas [ty fa-ti-ga] ijou fatigued; il ha-ran-gua [11 a-ru-ga] he
harangued; nous li-gua-mes [nu li-gani] we bound; vous
na-vi-gua-tes [vu na-vi-gat] you navigated; pro-mul-guant
[pro-myl-guj promulgating ; que tu sub-ju-guas-ses [ko ty
syb-5y-gas] that you might subjugate; qu'il vo-guat [k il
VD-ga] that he might row. The verlj ar-gu-er [ar-gq-c] to
argue, forms an exception to the above, th(! u being pro-
nounced through(jut all the tenses: j'ar-gue [5 ar-gy] /
argue. The diercsis over the e shows that the e and u
78 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
are not to be pronounced together as in drogue [drog]
drug, but separated from each other in order to give the
u its entire sound: tu ar-gues [ty ar-gy] thou arguest.
198 gu, before i, in a few words = [gLii], that is, a
diphthong, not unUke the sound heard in EngHsh sweet:
ai-guil-le [e-giii(!)j] needle; ai-guil-lon [e-gni-jo] goad; ai-
gui-ser [e-gqi-ze] to sharpeii; am-bi-gui-te [a-bi-gqi-te]
amhiguity; con-san-gui-ni-te [ko-sa-gqi-ni-te] also [ko-sa-
gi-ni-te] consanguinity; con-ti-gui-te [ko-ti-gqi-te] prox-
imity; ex-i-gm-te [eg-zi-gqi-te] scantiness; lin-guis-te
[le-gqist] linguist. Although ambiguite, contiguite and
exiguite are spelled with a dieresis, the pronunciation,
nevertheless, is as indicated, that is, [qi] a diphthong
and not [yi], two separate vowel sounds.
199 gu = [gw] only before a [gwa], and even then, with
few exceptions, only in Spanish, Portuguese and Italian
words: al-gua-zil [al-gwa-zil] police agent; Gua-da-la-
xa-ra [gwa-da-la-ksa-ra] ; Gua-dal-qui-vir [gwa-dal-ki-viir];
Gua-da-lu-pe [gwa-da-lyp] ; Guam [gwam]; Guar-da
[gwar-da], La Guarda, city of Portugal; Gua-ri-ni [gwa-
ri-ni]; Gua-te-ma-la [gwa-to-ma-la] ; Gua-ya-kil [gwa-ja-
kil]; lin-gual [le-gwal].
200 gn = [gn] ; that is, g and n are sounded separately in
some words, mostly of Greek and Latin origin, instead of
forming the usual combination [ji] (207); some of the
more common of such words are: cog-ni-tion [kog-ni-sjo];
diag-nos-ti-que [djag-nos-tik] diagnosis; gno-me [gno:m];
gnos-ti-ques [gnos-tik] gnostics; gnou [gnu] horned horse;
CONSONANTS 79
in-ex-pug-na-ble [i-neks-pyg-na-bl] im.'pregnahle ; mag-
ni-fi-cat [mag-ni-fi-kat] ; mag-no-lier [mag-no-lje] and
[ma-no-lje]; Prog-ne [prog-ne]; phy-siog-no-mo-nie [fi-
zjog-no-mo-ni] -physiognomy; re-cog-ni-tion [re-kog-ni-sj5];
stag-nant [stag-nu]; stag-na-tion [stag-na-sj5].
Exercise XXXVIII, illustrating examples of g before a, o, u, or
a consonant = [g]. Write the following words, dividing them, when-
ever possible, into syllables as usual in writing and printing,
pronouncing aloud the syllables and words as you write them:
agglomeration, agglutinative, aggravation, aigu, anguille, digue,
distinguons, drogue, eglogue, En-ghien, enigme, flegme, gai, gan-
grene, gant, gargotte, gargouille, gogo, gomme, gonfler, Gonzague,
Gringoirc, guenille, guepe, gudrir, gueiTe, guet, guide, guitare, gut-
tural, Guy, naguere, narguant, sangUer, vigoureux, voguoas.
Supplementary Exercise. Write these same words, dividing
them, whenever possible, into syllables as pronounced in ordinary
spoken French, pronouncing aloud the syllables and words as you
write them, using the key alphabet.
201 g before e, i, y = [5], about as in English a^i/rc; the
sound regularly denoted by French j, as in jau-ne [son]
yellow; jeu [50] game; jo-li [50-li] pretty (217). Connnon
examples of g before e, i, y are: a-gir [a-siir] to act; bou-
gie [bu-ji] taper; gens [5a] people; gi-te [siit] lair; gym-
nas-te [sim-nast] gymnast ;[o-ra.-gQ\xx [.)-ra-50] stormy.
202 ge before a, o, u. Just as silent u is inserted after
g, before e and i to produce the "hard" g sound (19G),
so silent e is ins(!rted before a, o, u to produce the "soft"
g sound: ga-geu-re fga-jyir] wager; geo-le [50:!] jail; geo-
lier (30-ljel jailer; Geor-ges [5;)r5]; na-gea [na-5a] swam;
plon-geons [pl.")-53] let us plunge. In such cases g never
has the sound of ICnglish g in (Icorgc.
80 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
203 gg lief ore e = [gs] ; that is, the first g has the " hard "
sound and the second the "soft": sug-ge-rer [syg-5e-re]
to suggest; sug-ges-tion [syg-5es-tj5].
204 g in the body of the following words is silent:
Brog-lie [bro-jg]; Clug-ny [kly-ni]; im-brog-lio [e-bro-ljo]
confusion; Reg-nard [ro-nairj; Reg-naud [ra-no] ; sang-sue
[sa-sy] leech; sig-net [si-ne] and [si-jie] book-mark.
205 g, final (365) or in a final group, is usually silent
in French words and in proper names ending in bourg
and berg: bourg [buir] (authority can be found for [bunk]
in the singular and [bu:r] in the plural) borough (365);
Cher-bourg [^er-buir]; doigt [dwa] finger; E-dim-bourg
[e-de-buir]; Ham-bourg [ci-buir]; legs [le] legacy; Saint-
Pe-ters-bourg [se pe-terz-buir]; vingt [ve] twenty; Wur-
tem-berg [vyr-tci-beir].
206 g final is sounded in most foreign words: grog
[grog]; joug [juCOg] yoke (365); las-ting [las-teig] lasting,
Denmark satin; Lie-big [li-big]; pou-ding [pu-deig] pud-
ding; Schles-wig [$lez-vig]; Za-dig [za-dig]; zig-zag [zig-
zag].
Exercise XXXIX, illustrating examples of g before e, i, y = [5].
Write the following words, dividing them, whenever possible, into
syllables as usual in writing and printing, pronouncing aloud the
syllables and words as you wi'ite them: agenda, arrangeons, change-
ment, effigie, gageons, gageure, geindre, gele, gemir, gentiment,
Georges, gerce, germaine,- Gertrude, gestes, gibeciere, gibier, gigan-
tesque, Gigogne, gigot, gilet, gingembre, girouette, gite, gymnase,
gymnastique, mangeons, negUgeons, neige, orage, partageons, pigeon,
rouge, voyageur.
CONSONANTS 81
Supplementary Exercise. Write these same words, dividing
them, whenever possible, into syllables as pronounced in ordinary
spoken French, pronoimcing aloud the syllables and words as j'ou
write them, using the key alphabet.
207 gn=[ji], as in pei-gne [prji] comb; re-gne [reji]
reign, resembling the sound heard in English mig/ionette,
o?iion, union, but pronounced as a single sound, and not
as two successive sounds. The sound [ji], knowTi as
liquid n or n mouille is represented by gn. The cases
given under 200, in which gn = g+n, that is, two separate
consonants, are mostly rather rare learned or foreign
words. The usual sound value of gn is [ji], a single sound,
although closely related to ni, the successive sounds
heard in the English words above cited (om'on, u?iion), as
well as to ni in French pa-nier [pa-nje] basket. Examples
of gn = |ji] are: ba-gne [i)aji] convict prison; cham-pa-gne
(5a-paji]; cam-pa-gne [ka-paji] country; cy-gne [siji] swan;
li-gne [liji] line; sei-gneur [sc-jicEir] lord.
Exercise XL, illustrating gn = [p], the words to be vvTitten, di-
vidpfi and pronounced aloud as usual: agneau, AUemagne, baignoire,
Charlemagne, cogne, compagnon, dddaignoux, digne, Eloigner, en-
seigner, epargner, gagner, C!a.scogne, grognon, hargneux, ignoble,
ignorant, lorgnon, inagnanime, magnificiue, niagiu'sie, niagnetisme,
montagnard, montagneux, poignet, r^-gnait, Regnard, refrogn6,
rognon, signal, vergogne.
Supplementary Exercise. Write, as usual, the above words,
using the key aljihabet.
208 h is silent in French. It is called mute or aspirate.
The mute or silent h has no effect whatever upon the
pronunciation. It is jjurely conventional, often recalling
Latin etymology, and treated as Ihougii non-existent:
82 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
I'ha-bit [1 a-bi] the coat; les ha-bits [le za-bi] the coats; aux
ha-bits [o za-bi] to the coats; des ha-bits [de za-bi] of the
coats; I'heu-re [1 oeir] the hour; les heu-res [le zoeir] the
hours; aux heu-res [ozoeir] to the hours; des heu-res [de
zoeir] of the hours; I'hom-me [1 om] the man; les hom-mes
[le zom] the 7nen; aux hom-mes [o zom] to the men; des
hom-mes [de zom] of the men. In these cases, as shown
by the figured pronunciation, the words are pronounced
as though written I'abit, les abits, aux abits, des abits;
I'eure, les eures, aux eures, des eures; I'om, les ommes,
aux ommes, des ommes.
209 h 77iute may also occur in the middle or at the end
of words. Here, again, it is as though it were not there:
al-lah [al-la] the God; al-ma-nach [al-ma-na] almanac;
a-rith-me-tique [a-rit-me-tik] arithmetic; ca-hier [ka-je]
copy-hook; ca-the-dra-le [ka-te-dral] cathedral; dah-lia
[da-lja]; in-ha-bi-le [i-na-bil] incapable; mal-heur [ma-
loeir] misfortune; the [te] tea. The English th sound does
not exist in French; th = [t].
310 h aspirate is no longer aspirate. It was once so
pronounced in certain words and the name aspirate is re-
tained. Unlike mute h, aspirate h affects the pronuncia-
tion of a word by preventing elision with a preceding
vowel and linking with a preceding consonant, such as
regularly occurs in the examples given under 208. Thus
neither elision nor linking occur in the following: le ha-
ri-cot [b a-ri-ko] the bean; les ha-ri-cots [le a-ri-ko] the
beans; aux ha-ri-cots [o a-ri-ko] to the beayis; des ha-ri-
cots [de a-ri-ko] of the beans; le he-ros [b e-ro]; aux he-ros
[o e-ro] to the heroes; des he-ros [de e-ro] of the heroes.
CONSONANTS
83
If the h were not aspirate in these cases, the words would
be pronounced [la-ri-ko], [le-za-ri-ko], [o-za-ri-ko], [de-za-
ri-ko]; [1 e-ro], [1 e-ze-ro], [o-ze-ro], [dc-ze-ro], particularly
distasteful to the French ear.
311 Whether the h be a mute h or an aspirate h, it may
be regarded in either case as absolutely silent. There are
some four hundred words that have the aspirate h, a large
part of them of German origin. They are usually indi-
cated in vocabularies and dictionaries by a star (*h) or
an apostrophe ('h). Observation and practice alone will
enable them to be recognized. Some of the more com-
mon of these words are:
ha-che [a^], ax
ha-chis [a-^i], liash
ha-gard [a-ga:r] haggard
haie [e], hedge
hail-Ions [a-j5] rags
hai-ne [tn] haired
ha-ir [a-i:r] lo hale
ha-Ier [a-Ie] lo haul
ha-ler [d-lc] lo tan
ha-le-ter [al-to] lo pant
halle [al] market-place
hal-lier [al-jf] thicket
hal-te [alt] halt
ha-mac [a-mak] hammock
Ham-bourg la-bu:r] Hamburg
ha-meau [a-ino] hamlet
han-che [fi^] JKinnch
han-gar [a-ga:r] shed
han-ne-ton [an-ta] June-hug
han-ter Ifi-tc] lo haunt
ha-ran-gue [a-ru-g]
ha-ras-ser [a-ra-se] lo harass
har-des [ard] apparel
har-di [ar-di] hardy
ha-reng [a-ra] herring
har-gneux [ar-jio] cross
ha-ri-cot [a-ri-ko] bean
har-nais [ar-ne] harness
har-pe [arp] harp
har-pon [arp5] harpoon
hart [a:r] loithe
ha-sard [a-za:r] hazard
ha-te [(i:t j /m.s/c
hau-bert [o-bc:r] hauberk
haus-ser [ose] lo raise
haut [o] high
ha-ve [a:v] tvan
Ha-va-ne [a-van] Havana
Ha-vre [a:vr, a:vr] Havre
ha-vre-sac [avrosak, avrasak]
IciKipsack
la Haye [la e] the Hague
84
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
hen-nir [a-ni:r] to neigh
Hen-ri [a-ri] Henry
he-raut [e-ro] herald
he-ron [e-r5] heron
he-ros [e-ro] hero
he-tre [e:tr] beech-tree
heur-ter [oer-te] to bump
hi-bou [i-bu] owl
hi-deux [i-do] hideous
hie-rar-chie [je-rar-Si] hierarchy
his-ser [i-se] to hoist
Hol-lan-de [o-la:d] Holland
ho-mard [o-ma:r] lobster
Hon-grie [5-gri] Hungary
hon-te [5:t] shame
ho-quet [o-ke] hiccough
hors [o:r] outside
hors d'ceu-vre [or doevr] side-
dish
hors li-gne [or liji] extraordinary
hou-blon [u-bl5] hop
hou-il-le [u:j] pit-coal
hour-ra [u-ra] hurrah
hous-se [us] covering
houx [u] holly
hu-che [yS] bin
Hu-go [y-go]
hu-gue-not [j^g-no]
huit [qit] eight
hup-pe [yp] tuft
hur-Jer [yr-le] to howl
hus-sard [y-sa:r] hussar
hut-te [j't] hut
hya-cin-the [ja-se:t] hyacinth
Exercise XLI. Pronounce aloud the words in the above list,
comparing carefully as you do. so the written forms with those of
the key notation.
212 Special cases. The h of Henri [a-ri] Henry is mute
in familiar expressions: le chapeau d'Henri; le cheval
d'Henri; but in more elevated language usually not:
((jusqu'a la mort de Henri IV)) (Michelet), until the death
of Henry I V.
213 h in huit [qit] eight, hui-tai-ne [qi-tcn] about eight,
hui-tie-me [qi-tjem] eighth (317), hui-tie-me-ment [qi-
tjem-mu] eighthly, is aspirate when these words are not
preceded by dix [dis] ten, vingt [ve] twenty, soi-xan-te-dix
[swa-sait dis] seventy, and qua-tre-vingt-dix [ka-tra ve
dis] eighty: le huit mars [b qit mars] the eighth of March.
CONSONANTS 85
214 h is aspirate in he-ros (le he-ros [lo e-ro] the hero)
but silent in its derivatives: he-ro-i-ne, he-ro-i-co-mi-
que, he-ro-i-que, he-ro-i-que-ment, he-ro-isme : I'he-ro-
i-ne [1 e-ro-in], etc. It is supposed that le he-raut the
herald, by analogy, caused the aspirate h in le he-ros.
215 A few words beginning with a vowel are treated,
with regard to elision and linking, as though they began
with an aspirate h: le on-ze [lo o:z] the eleventh; le on-
zie-me [b 5-zjrm] the eleventh; la oua-te [la wat] wadding;
le oui [la wi] the yes (370, 390).
216 h = [h]. It is possible, at times, to discern a slight
aspiration when certain words are forcibly pronounced:
a-ha [a-ha] aha!; la ha-che [la ha^] the ax; o-he [o-he]
hallo; also in hiatus an aspirate, much weaker than the
English h, can sometimes be heard: le fle-au [lo fle-ho]
the scourge; le pre-au [lo pre-ho] the yard. In cases where
it may not be possible to distinguish any aspiration, there
is often a slight pause before an h aspirate: la haie [la r]
the hedge; les har-des [Ic ard] apparel; la har-pe [la arp]
the harp; le he-ros [lo e-ro]; la hon-te [la 5:t] the shame.
217 j = [5], about as in English azwre, meastfrc, yet
slightly more resonant, j, whene'er it occurs, is pro-
nounced [5]: ja-mais [5a-me] never; Jean [^u] .John; jet [5r]
jet (of water); jeu-ne [^fjen] young; jou-jou [5U-5U] phtij-
thing; jus-te (syst] just; re-jouir [rc-5wi:r] to rejoice. In
such cases j never has the sound heard in English John.
j never occurs as final. As shown und(!r 201, this same
sound [5] is represented by g before e, i, y.
86 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
Exercise XLII, illustrating j = [5]. Write, divide as in writing,
pronouncing aloud as you wi'ite, the following words : a jeun, Anjou,
Jacques, j'ai, jais, jardin, jars, jatte, Jesus, joindre, joint, jonc, jon-
quille, Joseph, Josephine, jouer, journee, joute, joyeux, Juif, juin,
Jules, jumelles, JuUen, jute, rejoindre.
Supplementary Exercise. Write, divide as in speaking, pro-
nouncing aloud as you WTite, these same words, using the key al-
phabet.
218 k = [k], about as in English rocket, kick, occurs
only in foreign words: bif-teck [Ijif-tek] beefsteak; co-ke
[kok]; joc-key [50-ke]; ke-pi [ke-pi] undress militanj cap;
ki-lo [ki-lo] kilogram; ki-lo-gram-me [ki-lo-gram] ; ki-lo-
me-tre [ki-b-metr] kilometer; kios-que [kjosk] small news-
stand; Nec-ker [ne-keir]; sha-ko [Sa-ko] infantry cap.
219 [k] is also represented by c before a, o, u, or a con-
sonant, except h (173); by a final c (177); by ch in many
learned words (185) ; by c in the first element of the com-
bination cc before e, i, y (176); by q in cases hke cinq,
coq (252) ; by qu, the u being silent, in cases like quand,
que, qui (254).
230 1 (11) = [1] about as in EngHsh ]olly, /ean, avoiding
a hollow vocalic sound sometimes heard in such words
as English hell, tell. Pronounce French 1 clearly and dis-
tinctly with the tongue well forward. [1] is represented by
1 and 11: col-ler [ko-le] to glue; in-tel-li-gent [8-te-li-5a] ;
la [la] the; li-vre [li-vr] hook; lu-ne [lyn] moon; pul-lu-ler
[py-ly-le] to swarm.
221 1 final is usually pronounced (165, 344) : bel [bel]
fine; cal-cul [kal-kyl] calculation; che-val [$8-val] horse;
CONSONANTS 87
con-sul [ko-syl]; fol [fol] foolish; No-el [no-el] Christmas;
nou-vel [nu-vel] new; Ra-oul [ra-ul] Ralph; sel [sel] salt;
seul [soel] alone; tel [tel] such.
222 -le final after a consonant. Special care should
be taken not to pronounce French final -le after a con-
sonant as a distinct syllable as in the cognate English
words ending in -le. The French final -le does not form
a separate syllable by itself as in English, but the 1 goes
wdth the preceding consonant, receiving only a light
whispered pronunciation, not infrequently disappearing
in colloquial French: ai-gle [e(:)gl] eagle; bou-cle [bukl]
buckle; peu-ple [poepl] people; ta-ble [tabl].
223 1 is silent in proper names ending in -auld, -ault,
-aulx; also in a few common Avords: Ar-nauld [ar-noj;
aulx [o] pi. garlic; Bel-fort [be-foir]; cul [ky] posterior;
fau(l)x [fo] scythe; fils [fis] .son; [ft] «Yi(>illi» may some-
times be heard; Gi-rault [si-ro]; He-rault [e-ro]; La Roche-
fou-cauld [la r.)5-fu-ko]; pouls [pu] pulse; Per-rault [pe-ro];
Qui-nault [ki-no]; Saulx [so]; soul [su] fill.
Exercise XLIII, illustrating I (II) = [I]. Write, divide as in writ-
ing, pronouncing aloud as you write, the following words: alleluia,
bol, colonel, cellule, fatal, follicule, goulcux, intclligenco, la, lait, I'an,
la.s, I'eau, leger, leur, lien, lin, lit, local, loge, long, louche, loueur,
loyal, lueur, niiel, mobile, pcUiculc, soulever, volaille.
Supplementary Exerci.se. Write, divide as in speaking, pro-
nouncing aloud as you write, these same words, using the key alpha-
bet.
224 il, ill, known as liquid I or 1 mouillee = [j]. ill in
the middle of a word and il at the end are generally pro-
88
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
nounccd [j], that is, like the semi-consonant in English
yes, year; nevertheless after a consonant the 1 of final 11
is apt to be pronounced: cil [sil] eyelash; fil [fil] thread; mil
[mil] one thousand; Nil [nil] the Nile. L mouillee is repre-
sented by 11 after i and by il and ill after any other
vowel (but not when i and 1 are in different syllables).
Thus the word for William w^ould be divided in writing
and printing Guil-laume, but phonetically would be pro-
nounced and symbolized [gi-jo:m]; pail-lasse [pa-jas]
straw mattress; se-rail [se-raij] harem. This sound has
already received attention under the semi-vowel y (154).
The difference between French y and 1 mouillee is that y =
two i's (i+i), as in pay-e = ((pai-ie)) [pe-je]; while 1 mouille
= merely [j] alone, as in paille [pciij] not [peij].
225 The term liquid, like aspirate, is still used, al-
though no longer applicable. It applied formerly to
w^ords having ill in the middle or il at the end. The
sound was about like that heard in English Wi^^iam. If
Willia7n be pronounced ((wee-yum)) [wi-jom] it will illus-
trate quite well the change which the ill or il sound origi-
nally liquid, underwent. In general, it is necessary to
consider il final or ill medial, simply as signs representing
the sound of y in English year; and to disassociate them
entirely from the preceding vowel or combination of
vowels. Thus tra-vail-ler (cf. 46, 3°) was formerly pro-
nounced [tra-val-je] but now [tra-va-je]; and tra-vail was
pronounced [tra-valj], now [tra-vaij]. Thus, as shown,
the a and the i do not go together as the ay in the first
syllable of pay-e, making a single sound [e], but constitute
the two parts of the diphthong a+i = [a:j] or [ajj].
CONSONANTS 89
226 il and ill [j], that is, the so-called 1 mouillee, com-
bines ordinarily with a preceding vowel or digraph as
follows:
ail
eU
ieil
euil
ceil
ail-le
eil-le
ieil-le
euil-le
ceil-le
[ii:j]
eijj
[je:jl
oLMj;
!oe:j;
ueil
(i)U
ouil
ueil-le
(i)U-le
oail-le
ouil-le
uil-le
ceij
[(i)j]
wa:j
[u:j]
y:j] and [iiiij
ail: ail garlic: bail [l)a:j] lease; e-ven-tail [e-va-ta:j]
fan. ail-le : ba-tail-le [ba-ta:j] battle; trou-vail-le [tru-vuij]
find; vo-lail-le [vo-lu:j] poultry, eil: con-seil [ko-seij]
council; pa-reil [pa-re:j] equal; so-leil [so-leij] sun. eil-le:
a-beil-Ie [a-br:j] bee; cor-beil-le [kor-be:j] basket; o-reil-le
[o-re!J] ear. ieil: vieil [vjrjj] old. ieil-le: vieil-le [vjc:j]
old. euil: deuil [do?:]] mourning; e-cu-reuil [e-ky-roe:j]
squirrel; fau-teuil [fo-toeij] armchair, euil-le: f euil-le
[focij] leaf; Neuil-ly [noo-ji]; veuil-le [voe:j] wish, ceil: oeil
[cc!J] eye; oeil de boeuf [cp:j do ba'fj bull's-eye; oeil de chat
[mj d.) 5a] caCs-cye, agate, oeil-le : oeil-la-de [oe-jad] glance;
oeil-le-re [oe-jt':r] blinder; oeil-let [«3-jr] pink, ueil (after
c and g, ue is substituted for eu before il and ill) : ac-cueil
[a-ka':j] reception; e-cueil [e-koe:j] breaker; or-gueil
[ar-gceij] pride. ueil-le: ac-cueil-le [a-koeij] receives;
re-cueil-le [ro-kocij] gathers; or-gueil-leux [.)r-ga>-j0]
haughty. (i)il and (i)il-le, that is, in cases when tlu; vowel
of the syllabh; is i, 1 or 11 must necessarily be written in
place of il and ill. il: gre-sil Igrc-ziij], also [gre-zij ami
[gre-zil] sleet; mil [niiijj also [niilj millet; cases like the
90 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
two last cited where the l = [j] are rare, ill: an-guil-le
[a-gi:j] eel; be-quil-le [be-ki:j] crutch; fil-le [fiij] girl.
oail-le: joail-le-rie [5waj-ri] jewelnj; joail-lier [swa-je]
jeweler, ouil : fe-nouil [f9-nu!J] /emieZ. ouil-le : ci-trouil-le
[si-truij] pumpkin; gre-nouil-le [grQ-nuij] frog ; notice this
word is pronounced [gra-nuij] and not [gro-nwi], the semi-
vowel ill or il being the only one that may follow a vowel ;
mouil-le [muij] liquid, uil-le; ai-guil-le [e-giiii']]\ needle;
cuil-ler (cuil-lie-re) [ky-jeir] or [kqi-jeir] or [kyl-jeir]
spoon; juil-let [ jy j c(t )] or [^14^] or [3qi-J8(t)] July;
[kqi-J8!r] and [sqi-je] are most commonly heard.
Exercise XLIV, illustrating il or ill (the so-called liquid 1) = [j].
Write, dividing, whenever possible, into syllables according to the
usage in writing and printing, the following words, pronouncing
aloud the syllables or words as you write them: ail, barbouiller,
bataiUe, bequilles, betail, biUet, bouteiUe, bouvreuil, bredouiller,
brouillard, caille, cercueil, chenille, cheville, conseiUer, deraiUe, deuil,
fauteuil, feuille, groseiUe, habiUons, ceil, orteil, oreille, orgueilleux,
quadrille, soleil, sommeil, vanille, veilleuse, vermeil, Versailles,
veuille, vieillard, vieiUir.
Supplementary Exercise. Write the above words, dividing
them as in the spoken language, pronouncing them aloud, using the
key alphabet.
227 il and ill = [il]. As stated under 225, it is necessary,
in general, to consider ill in the middle of a word and il at
the end simply as signs representing the sound of y in
English year. The sound 1 mouillee is represented by 11
(after i) ; by il and ill after any other vowel (the i and the
1 being in the same syllable). Nevertheless there are
many cases where the il and ill have their natural sound
Of [il].
CONSONANTS 91
228 il final, not preceded by a vowel = [il] or [i] or [j];
that is, il not preceded by a vowel is pronounced in three
different ways: with the 1, without the 1, and as liquid 1,
or strictly i+liquid 1 [i:j]. The cases of final il = [i:j] are
quite rare and tend to disappear. Authority may easily
be found for three pronunciations [il], [ij] and with silent
1 [i] of the foUoudng words: a-vril [a-vril] or [a-vriij] or
[a-vri] April; ba-bil [ba-bil] or [ba-biij] or [ba-bi] prattk;
gre-sil [gre-zil] or [gre-ziij] or [gre-zi] sleet. The follomng
words have two pronunciations [il] and [i:j]: cil [sil] or
[si:j] eyelash; mil [mil] or [mi:j] millet; pe-ril [pe-ril] or
[pe-riij], although this latter pronunciation is uncom-
mon; and the following may also be pronounced in two
ways, with silent 1 and with liquid 1: fe-nil [fa-ni] or [fa-
ni:j] hay-loft; tril (more commonly trille) [tri] or [triij]
trill.
229 il final, not preceded by a vowel = [il], that is,
cases where 1 of the ending il has its normal value. Be-
sides the words avril, babil, cil, gresil, mil, peril, the last
syllable of which, as noted above under 228, is oftentimes
pronounced with a sounded normal 1, that is [il], the fol-
lowing are some of the more common words that have
the [il] pronunciation, which is generally the usual one
after a consonant: a-nil [a-nil] indigo plant; be-ryl [be-ril]
emerald; ci-vil [si-vil]; ex-il [cg-zil] exile; fil [fil] thread; il
[il] he, and, before a consonant, popular [i]; le Nil [lo nil]
the Nile; langue d'o-"il [la:g d .)ill language of oil (oui),
northern France; pis-til [pis-til]; pro-fil [pro-fil] side-view;
pue-ril [pqe-rilj boyish; vil [vil] vile; vo-la-til [vo-la-til]
airy.
92 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
230 il = [i], that is, in cases where the 1 of the ending
-il is silent. Besides the words fenil [fo-ni] and tril [tri]
mentioned under 228 the following have silent 1: ba-ril
[ba-ri] barrel; che-nil [So-ni] kennel; cou-til [ku-ti] tick-
ing; frai-sil [fre-zi] charcoal-dust; four-nil [fur-ni] hake-
house; fu-sil [fy-zi] gun; gen-til [sd-ti] nice; but notice
gen-til-homme [sd-ti-jom] nobleman, and the plural form
gen-tils-hom-mes [sfi-ti-zom] noblemen; gril [gri] gridiron;
me-nil [me-ni] habitation; nom-bril [no-bri] navel; ou-til
[u-ti] tool; per-sil [per-si] parsley; sour-cil [sur-si] eyebrow.
231 ill initial = [il] that is, the ordinary sound of i+1,
or [ill], that is, i+1+1 (42 and 168); il-le-gal [i(l)-le-gal];
il-li-si-ble [i(l)-li-zi-bl] illegible; il-lus-trer [i(l)-lys-tre] to
illustrate.
232 iH not initial, in certain other words, which only
practice makes known, has also the usual sound of 1:
A-chil-le [a-Sil]; bil-lion [])i-lj5]; co-di-cil-le [ko-di-sil] codi-
cil; De-m-le [de-lil] ; dis-til-ler [di-sti(l)-le] to distil; i-dyl-le
[i-dil] idyl; im-be-cU-li-te [t'-])e-si(l)li-to] imbecility; in-stil-
ler [e-sti(l)-le] to instil; Lil-le [lil] ; max-il-lai-re [mak-si-le:r]
maxillary; mil-le [mil] thousand; mil-liard [mi-ljair] thou-
sand 7nillions; mil-lion [mi-lj5]; myr-til-le [mir-til] myrtle;
os-cil-ler [o-si-le] to oscillate; pu-pil-le [py-pil] ivard; pu-
sil-la-ni-me [py-zi(l)-la-nim] pusillanimous; scin-til-ler
[s8-ti(l)-le] to sparkle; si-byl-le [si-bil] sibyl; Tal-ley-rand
[ta(l)-le-ra]; ti-til-ler [ti-ti(l)-le] to tickle; tran-quU-le
ftru-kil] tranquil; va-cil-ler [va-si-le] to waver; vau-de-
vil-le [vo-dvil] ballad; vil-le [Y\\]city; vil-la-ge [vi(l)-lai5];
Vill-main [vil-me].
CONSONANTS 93
233 m (mm), as in mot [mo] ivord; da-me [dam] lady,
about like the m in English steamer, has its consonantal
value when beginning words or syllables in which the m
precedes a vowel, as in the two examples just given; and
elsewhere, excepting the cases (129) where the m after
a vowel at the end of words or syllables (and before the
consonants, most frequently p, b, t), makes nasal the pre-
ceding vowel and is itself not pronounced (373). Other-
wise stated, m retains its consonantal value when double,
or between two vowels or a vowel and a silent h. m = [m] :
la-me [lam] blade; ma-man [ma-ma] and [md-mu] mama;
re-su-me [re-zy-me] summary. mjn = [m]: fem-me [fam]
woman; gram-mai-re [gra-me:r] grammar; hom-me [am]
man.
234 m when followed by n (132, 143) is not nasal
but retains its consonantal value: am-nis-tie [am-nis-ti]
amnesty; au-tom-nal [o-tom-nal] autumnal; ca-lom-nie
[ka-bm-ni] calumny; gym-nas-ti-que [sim-nas-tik] gym-
nastics; in-dem-ni-te [r-dam-ni-tc] indemnity; in-som-nie
[f-som-ni] insomnia; om-ni-po-tent, [;)m-ni-po-tu] ; om-nis-
cient [om-ni-sja]; som-nam-bu-le [som-nu-byl] sutnnani-
bulist.
235 m is usually pronounced at the end of foreign
words after a vowel, and also at the end of syllal)les
(cf. 132, 131, 139) in such words: al-bum [al-bom]; Am-
ster-dam [am-strr-dani]; Beth-le-em [hrt-lc-rm]; de-cem-
vir [<lc-sfm-vir|; E-phra-im |c-fra-ini]; Ep-som [cp-s.)!)!];
Her-cu-la-num (rr-ky-la-njin|; i-dem [i-dnnj; in-te-rim
[e-te-rinij; i-tem [i-tiinj; Je-ru-sa-lem [sc-ry-za-ltm] ;
94 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
Krem-lin [krem-le]; Nem-rod [ncm-rod]; o-pium [o-pjom];
Pri-am [pri-am]; re-quiem [re-kiiiem]; rhum [rom]; Rot-
ter-dam [ro-ter-dam] ; Se-lim [se-lim]; tri-um-vir [tri-om-
viir]; Tus-cu-lum [tus-ky-lom].
236 When foreign words ending in m become galli-
cized, then the m, following French analogies, nasalizes
the preceding vowel: Ab-sa-lom [ap-sa-l5]; A-dam [a-da];
Sam-son [sa-s5].
237 m is silent in au-tomne [o-ton] autumn; dam-ner
[da-ne] to damn; and in the derivatives con-dam-na-ble
[ko-da-na-bl] hlamable; con-dam-na-tion [ko-da-na-sjo]
condemnation (cf. 143).
238 mm = [m] or [(m)m] (168). The cases where two
m's, or a somewhat lengthened m, may be heard, like
those of two sounded I's or two sounded r's, are practi-
cally of no great importance. They usually occur in
words beginning with imm: im-mo-ral [i(m)-mo-ral], but
may occur elsewhere: gram-ma-ti-cal [gra(m)-ma-ti-kal].
Exercise XLV, illustrating the nasal consonant m = [m] or mm
= [(m)m]. Write, divide as in written French, pronouncing syllables
and words as you write, the following words : amitie, calomnie, dia-
deme, dilemme, diligemment, Emma, Emmanuel, gemme, grammati-
calement, immense, immacule, immortel, macadam, maknener,
mammifere, mammouth, marmite, marmotter, medire, memement,
memoire, miheu, modele, momerie, monument, murmure, omnibus,
post-scriptum, sciemment, soumission.
Supplementary Exercise. Write, divide as when spoken, pro-
nouncing aloud syllable and word when written, these same words,
using the key alphabet. >
CONSONANTS 95
239 n (nn) = [n], as in ni [ni] neither, a-ne [am] ass, about
as in English iwnny, occurring before any vowel (except
in the prefix en (133) where the n, as a rule, nasalizes
the preceding vowel), n: a-ni-mal [a-ni-mal]; in-a-ni-me
[i-na-ni-me] inanimate; o-no-ma-to-pee [o-no-ma-to-pe] on-
omatopoeia; e-nor-me [e-norm] enormous; na-nan [na-na]
candy; u-ni-for-me [y-ni-form] uniform, nn: an-na-les
[a(-n)-nal] annals; an-neau [a-no] ring; don-ner [do-ne]
to give; hon-neur [o-noeir] honor; in-no-cen-ce [i-no-suis];
in-ne [in-ne] innate.
240 n, like m, when following a vowel in the same
syllable, simply serves to nasalize the vowel (131).
- 241 n final is sounded in proper names and in a few
foreign words: ab-do-men [ab-do-men]; A-den [a-den];
a-men [a-men]; Bee-tho-ven [be-to-ven]; E-den [e-den];
hy-men [i-men]; li-chen [li-ken]; pol-len [po-lcn]; spe-ci-
men [spe-si-men].
242 n in in of some common Latin terms is sounded:
in-oc-ta-vo [i-nok-ta-vo] 8vo; in pa-ce [in pa-se]; in par-
ti-bus [in par-ti-bys]; in pet-to [in pet-to]; in pla-no
[inpla-no]; in sta-tu quo [in sta-ty kwo]; in ex-ten-so
[i-nt:ks-te-so] ; in ex-tre-mis [i-neks-tre-mis].
243 in = [(•] generally in expressions giving the size of
books: in-dou-ze [c duiz] 12nio; in-fo-Iio [cfo-ljo]; in-
quar-to [e kwar-to] 4to; in-sei-ze [c sliz] IGmo.
244 n is disregarded in the -ent, third person plural of
verbs, and this entire ending is aljsolutely silent: ils ai-
\y
96 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
ment [ilz eim]they love; ils ai-me-rent [ilz e-me:r] they loved;
ils chan-tent [il ^ciit] they sing; ils chan-te-rent [il $a-te!r]
they sang; ils fi-nis-sent [il finis] they are finishing; ils
fi-ni-rent [ilfi-niir] they finished.
Exercise XLVI, illustrating the nasal consonant n = [n] or nn
= [(n)n]. Write, divide as in written French, pronouncing syllable
and word as you wi-ite, the following words : Annibal, le Beam, ca-
hner, carnaval, comprenez, ennobUt, flanelle, hennir, hymen, inac-
tion, inhabile, inherent, innombrable, Narbonne, nenni, nominatif,
nonante, nonnain, nonobstant, pinacle, provenir, prune, scenario, so-
lennite, sonore, souvenir, vinaigre.
Supplementary Exercise. Write, divide as when spoken, pro-
nouncing aloud syllable and word when written, these same words,
using the key alphabet.
Exercise XL VII, illustrating the distinction between nasal vow-
els (129) and oral vowels followed by consonantal m or n. Write,
divide as in written French, pronouncing syllables and words as you
write, the following words: aimable, amitie, amoureuse, an, anato-
mie, ane, arrondir, banane, bon, bonne, brun, brune, calamite,
calembour, Damon, dilemme, diligemment, Emma, emmagasiner,
emmaiUoter, Emmanuel, emmenager, ils entendent, faim, femme,
fin, fine, flambeau, flanelle, gene, gens, gemme, grammatical, imma-
cul6, immense, immeuble, immoler, immortel, innovation, instinct,
lundi, lune, malmener, maman, mammelle, mammifere, mammouth,
marmite, memement, memoire, momerie, monument, mui'mure, om-
nibus, post-scriptum, sciemment, soumission, Siam.
245 p (pp) = [p], as in pas, tape, about as in English
taper, is regularly represented by p: cap [kap] cape; de-
pot [de-po] deposit; e-clip-se [e-klips], pa-pier [pa-pje]
paper; prin-temps [pre-ta] spring; su-per-be [sy-perb]
superb, pp: ap-pe-tit [a-pe-ti] appetite; nap-pe [nap]
cloth; sup-plice [sy-plis] punishment.
CONSONANTS 97
246 [p] may, however, be represented by b before a
voiceless consonant, as explained under 170. ab-sent
[ap-sa], ab-surde [ap-syrd] absurd, ob-te-nir [op-ta-niir]
to obtain, are examples of the sound of p represented by
a written b.
247 p is silent in a number of words, some of the
commonest of which are: bap-te-me [l)a-tr:m] baptism;
bap-ti-ser [ba-ti-zc] to baptize; Bap-tis-te [ba-tist] ; bap-tis-
te-re [ba-tis-te:r] baptistry; comp-te [k5it] account; corps
[koir] body; domp-ter [do-te] to subdue; domp-teur [do-
toe rr] tamer; ex-empt [eg-zu] free; ex-emp-ter [eg-za-te] to
exempt; prompt [pro]; promp-ti-tude [pro-ti-tyd] ; romps
[ro] break; sept [set] seven; sculp-teur [skyl-toe:r]; sculp-
tu-re [skyl-tysr].
248 p is pronounced in other words under identical or
similar conditions: ab-rupt [ab-rypt]; as-somp-tion [a-
sop-sjo] assumption; con-somp-tif [ko-sop-tif] consump-
tive; con-somp-tion [ko-sop-sjoj using up; ex-emp-tion
[Fg-zap-sjo]; im-promp-tu [r-prop-ty] ; laps [laps] lapse;
pe-remp-toire [pc-rap-twair] peremptory; pre-emp-tion
[pre-ap-sjo]; pre-somp-tif [pre-z5p-tif] presumptive; pre-
somp-tion [pre-zop-sjo] presumptuousness ; pr^-somp-tueux
[pre-zop-tq0] presumptuous; rapt [rapt] carrying off; re-
demp-teur [ro-dd(]))-toe!r] redeemer; re-demp-tion [rc-
(iuipj-.sjol; re-lap-se [ro-laps]; reps [rrps] rep; sep-tem-bre
[srp-tnibrl; sep-tua-ge-nai-re [srp-lqa-5o-nr!r] svpluugena-
rian; sep-ten-trion [sfp-tn-trjol north; symp-to-me [sCp-
to:m] symptom.
98 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
249 p final is generally silent: beau-coup [bo-ku]
much; can-ta-loup [ka-ta-lu] cantaloup; coup [ku] stroke;
drap [dra] cloth; ga-lop [ga-lo] gallop; loup [lu] wolf; si-rop
[si-ro] sirup; trop [tro] and [tro] too much.
250 p final is sounded in a few instances: cap [kap]
cape; cep [sep] vine-stock; croup [krup]; ha-nap [a-nap]
large cup; ja-lap [sa-lap] (jalap) ; ju-lep [sy-lep] julep.
251 p and ph (191) followed by n, s, t are sounded
at the beginning of words: pneu-ma-ti-que [pn0-ma-tik]
bicycle tire; pneu-mo-nie [pn0-mo-ni] pneumonia; psal-
mo-dier [psal-mo-dje] to chant psalms; psal-mis-te [psal-
mist] psalmist; psau-me [psoim] psalm; psy-che [psi-^e]
cheval-glass; psy-cho-lo-gie [psi-ko-b-si] psychology; psy-
co-lo-gue [psi-ko-log] psychologist; Pto-le-mee [pto-le-me]
Ptolemy; pht(h)i-sie [fti-zi] phthisis; pht(h)i-si-que [fti-
zik] consumptive.
Exercise XLVIII, illustrating p (pp) = [p]. Write, dividing,
whenever possible, as in written French, pronouncing aloud syllables
and words as you wa-ite, the following words : acception, apoplexie,
apte, captieux, consomption, coupe, epopee, hippopotame, Lesseps,
palper, palpitant, pampre, papa, pape, papillon, parapluie, peremp-
toire, pion, pipe, presomptif, pneu, pneumatologie, pompe, relapse,
septentrional, symptome, transept.
Cases of [p], that is, soimded p = written French b: absoudxe,
abstinence, absurde, observer, obstacle, obtenir.
Supplementary Exercise. Write, divide, as in spoken French,
and pronounce aloud the above words, using the key alphabet.
252 q and qu = [k]. q is regularly followed by u except
in cinq [seik] jive and coq [kok] cock, where the final q has
the k sound.
CONSONANTS 99
253 qu has three sounds: [k] which is the most usual,
the u being entirely silent; [kw], usually before a; and
[ki{] usually before e and i.
254 qu = [k] in the majority of cases, especially in
older and commoner words of the language: ac-que-rir
[a-ke-ri:r] to acquire; Saint Tho-mas d'Ac-quin: [se to-ma
da-ke]; an-ti-quail-le [a-ti-ka:j] old curiosity; a-qui-lin
[a-ki-le] aquiline; a-qui-lon [a-ki-l3] north ivind; con-
que-rir [k5-ke-ri:r] to conquer; en-que-te [ci-keit] inquest;
e-qui-ta-ble [e-ki-ta-bl] ; e-qui-va-lent [e-ki-va-la] ; e-qui-
vo-que [e-ki-vok] equivocal; fa-bri-que [fa-brik] fabric;
in-quiet [e-kjf] anxious; li-que-fier [li-ke-fje] to liquefy;
li-queur [li-kceir] liquor; lo-que [bk] shred; nu-que [nyk]
nape; quand [ka] when; quart [ka:r] quarter; Saint Quen-
tin [sekci-te]; quar-te [kart] fourth; qua-si [ka-zi] almost;
qua-tre [katr] four; qua-train [ka-trr] four verses; que-te
[ki'it] quest; queue [kp] tail; quil-le [ki:j] keel; quin-cail-
le-rie [k£-kaj-rij hardware; quin-te [keit] fifth; quin-quet
[k£-kr] Argand lamp; quin-teux [ki--t0] whimsical; Char-
les-Quint [5ar-lo kc] Charles V; qui-pro-quo [ki-pro-ko]
blunder; vain-quis [vii-ki] (I) conquered; vain-quons [ve-
ko] let us conquer.
255 The sound [k], as already shown (174, 185, 186,
219j, may under certain conditions be expressed by c, cc,
ch, k. As seen in such examples as those cited under
254: li-que-fie, quin-te, etc., the sound [k] must be
written qu before e and i, and may be so written before
a, o: qua-li-te [ka-Ii-te] quality; vain-quons [vt'-ko] let us
conquer. But before re and before consonants [k] is
100 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
written c. This occasions certain variations, according
to the forms, in the spelhng of words: ca-duc [ka-dyk]
decrepit; ca-du-que [ka-dylc]; pu-blic [py-bhk]; pu-bli-que
[py-bhk]; turc [tyrk] Turk; tur-que [tyrk]; vain-cre
[veikr] to conquer; vain-cu [ve-ky] conquered; vain-quant
[ve-ka] conquering; vain-quez [ve-ke] conquer; vain-quis
[v8-ki] (I) conquered.
356 qu = [kw] before a: a-qua-rel-le [a-kwa-rel] water-
color; a-qua-rium [a-kwa-rjom]; a-qua-ti-que [a-kwa-tik]
watery; a-de-qua-te [a-de-kwat]; e-qua-teur [e-kwa-toeir]
equator; e-qua-tion [e-kwa-sj5]; in-quar-to [e kwar-to];
lo-qua-ce [lo-kwas] and [lo-kas] loquacious; qua-dran-gle
[k(w)a-draigl]; qua-dru-pe-de [k(w)a-dry-ped] quadruped;
qua-dni-pler [k(w)a-dry-ple] to quadruple; quar-to [kwar-
to]; quartz [kwairts]; qua-tuor [kwa-tvpir] quartet; squa-le
[skwal] dogfish; squa-re [skwair].
257 qu = [kii] before e and i, particularly in the prefix
equi [e-k(i})i] meaning equal; de-li-ques-cen-ce [de-
li-k(ii)e-sas]; e-ques-tre [e-k(Li)8str] equestrian; e-qui-
dis-tant [e-k(ii)i-dis-ta]; e-qui-ta-tion [e-k(T:i)i-ta-sj5];
o-bli-qui-te [o-bIi-k(q)i-te] obliquity; ques-teur [kqes-
toeir] questor; ques-tu-re [kqestyir] questorship; qui-e-tu-de
[kqi-e-tyd] ; Quin-te-Cur-ce [kiiet kyrs] Quintus Curtius;
Quin-ti-lien [kqe-ti-lje]; re-quiem [re-kqiem]; u-bi-qui-te
[y-bi-kqi-te] ubiquity.
358 As shown by the examples in 256 and 257, the
pronunciation of qu is not always easy to determine. In
a general way it^may be said that for the older and es-
CONSONANTS • 101
tablished words of the language the pronunciation [k] is
quite safe; while for the newer and more learned forms,
brought into the language after 1550 approximately, the
pronunciation of qu is either [kw] or [kq]. The same con-
fusion exists with regard to gu (195-199) and the prin-
ciples governing the pronunciation of the latter follow
closely those of qu.
ExBRCiSE XLIX, illustrating the- three values of qu: 1° [k]; 2"
[Ivw]; 3*^ [kq]. Write, divide as in written French, pronouncing
aloud syllables and words as you write them, the following in which
qu has the value of [k]: acquit, equivalent; equitable, equivoque,
quadrille, quai, quarante, quasi, quatre-tcmps, quel, queussi-queu-
mi, queue, quillon, quinquina, quotient; the following in which qu
= [kw] : aquareUiste, aquatinta, equation, exequatur, hquation, qua-
dragenaire, quadrat (e), quadrupler, sine qua non, squale; and the
following in which qu = [kii] loquele, (quibus),i (quiddite), quie-
tLsme, quietude, (quintette), (quintuple), a quia, (quintidi), quin-
quennal.
Supplementary Exercise. Write, divide and pronounce aloud
as in spoken French these same words, using the key alphabet.
259 r = [r]; rr = [(r)r], as in rare [ra:r]; rond [r.i] round;
cour-rai [kur-ro] (I) shall run; about as in English error.
Two r's are generally rolled or trilled more than a single
r. Thus in words beginning with irr (168) and in the
future and conditional of courir, mourir, querir, the
double r is distinctly heard and serves to differentiate
the.se verb-forms from those of the imperfect indicative
which have but one r. In either case, whether there be
one or two r's, the r should make itself distinctly felt.
Not sounding the r is usually the most noticeable defect
' Tlin words in parenthesis liavc also [k|.
102 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
of English-speaking students, a defect which mars appre-
ciably the spoken word, a-ri-de [a-rid] arid; au-ront
[o-ro] (they) will have; er-rer [er-re] to err; er-reur [er-roeir]
error; se-ra [s9-ra] (he) will he; ter-ri-ble [tc-ri-bl].
260 -re final at the end of a word after a consonant is
precisely parallel to -le final at the end of a word after a
consonant (222). The group consonant + re should not
be pronounced as a distinct syllable, but, just as in the
case of the group consonant+le, should be pronounced
slightly whispered and as though forming but one syllable
with what precedes: a-cre [a-kr] tart; ai-gre [e:gr] soiir;
ar-bre [arbr] tree; cen-tre [saitr];no-tre [notr] our; or-dre
[ordr] order; per-dre [pcrdr] to lose.
261 r final is regularly sounded (165): coeur [koeir]
heart; dor-toir [dor-twair] dormitory; fi-nir [fi-niir] to
finish; leur [loeir] their; mur [my:r] wall; peur [poeir]
fear; plai-sir [ple-ziir] pleasure; te-nir [ta-niir] to hold;
trot-toir [tro-twair] sidewalk.
262 But final r (347-349) is usually silent in the end-
ing -er of words of more than one syllable. In such cases
-er=[e]: ai-mer [e-me] to love; Be-ran-ger [be-ra-5e];
ber-ger [ber-3e] shepherd; bou-cher [bu-^e] butcher; cour-
rier [ku-rje] messenger; cui-si-nier [kqi-zi-nje], cook; dan-
ger [da-3e]; e-pi-cier [e-pi-sje] grocer; fer-mier [fer-mje]
farmer; jar-di-ner [sar-di-ne] to garden; le-ger [le-3e]
light; of-fi-cier [o-fi-sje] officer; par-ler [par-le] to speak;
Ro-ger [ro-3e]; ver-ger [ver-3e] orchard. When an s is
added to form the plural of nouns the singular of which,
CONSONANTS 103
as in the above list, ends in -er, the pronunciation of the
word remains unchanged: ber-gers [ber-3e].
263 r final in monosyllables in -er, and in a few words
of more than one syllable, and in proper names mostly of
foreign origin, is sounded: cher [^eir] dear; fer [feir] iron;
fier [fjeir] proud; hier [jeir] yesterday; mer [meir] sea;
ver [veir] worm. Words of more than one syllable and
proper names: a-mer [a-meir] hitter; as-ter [a-steir] aster;
Au-ber [o-be:r]; can-cer [kd-se:r]; cuil-ler [kiii-jc:r]; ei-
der [c-dt'!r] eider; en-fer [a-feir] hell; Es-ther [es-te:r];
e-ther [e-teir]; hi-ver [i-veir] winter; Ju-pi-ter [sy-pi-
teir]; Kle-ber [kle-be:r]; Lu-ther [ly-tcirj; ma-gis-ter
[ma-3is-teir] village schoolmaster; Nec-ker [ne-ke:r]; pa-
ter [pa-te:r] paternoster; part-ner [part-neir]; re-vol-ver
[re-vol-ve:r]; Schil-ler [5i-lc:r]; sta-bat ma-ter [sta-bat
ma-tesr].
264 r is regularly pronounced in words ending in r
-|- consonant; in such cases the final consonant is always
silent: ac-quiers [a-kje:r] acquire; An-vers [a-veir]; clerc
[kleir] clerk; con-quiert [k3-kje:r] (he) conquers; de-sert
[dc-zr:r]; en-vers [a-ve:r] towards; fort [fo:r] strong;
Thiers [tjrir]; tiers [tjcir] third part; u-ni-vers [y-ni-vc:r]
universe; vers [vcir] verse.
265 r is pronounced in gars [gair] lad; [ga] is a familiar
form, [ga:r] is more literary; it is not pronounced in mon-
sieur [mo-sj0j sir; mes-sieurs [me-sj0] gentlemen.
ExEHciSK L, illustrating pronounced r, that is, r = [r], rr = [(r)r].
Writo, fliviflinK .-is in written Frcncli, pronouncinp; ;ilou(l sylhiblcH
and words an you write; tlicni, tlic following: Albert Diu'cr, arriorc,
104 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
Auber, barbare, Bernard, brancard, brocard, carte, Chartres, cour,
Eclair, Ferrare, garnir, irraisonnable, irreconciliable, irregulier, irrup-
tion, meurtre, Niger, Oder, peur, plaisir, pretre, Quimper, raidir, ra-
rete, regard, reruarque, rempart, rendre, rire, ronron, rural, rustre,
Ruyter, stathouder, le steamer, le tender, thaler, Weser.
Supplementary Exercise. Write, divide as in spoken French,
and pronounce aloud the above words, using the key alphabet.
266 s = [s], as in French si, danse, about as in English
miss. The sound is more sliarply hissed than the Enghsh
s, as can easily be perceived by comparing initial s of
English six with that of French six.
367 s = [s] is represented by s, ss, c, before e, i, y (175),
g (176), t (in ti+ vowel in many cases), x, z. s = [s] (com-
monly as initial, or before or after any consonant in a
word): ab-strait [ap-stre] abstract; cris-tal [kris-tal] crys-
tal; es-clave [cs-kla:v] slave; ob-ser-ver [op-ser-ve] to
observe; pos-te [post] post; sus-pen-se [sys-pais]. ss: cas-
ser [ka-se] to break; frois-ser [frwa-se] to crumple; pas-
ser [pa-se] to pass, c before e, i, y=[s]: ce [sa] this; cent
[sci] one hundred; sce-ne [sem]; (for c silent in the com-
bination sc before e, i, y, see 175, Eemark) ; ce-ci [s9si] this;
ci-vil [si-vil]; scien-ce [sjciis]; cy-clo-ne [si-klo:n]; cy-lin-
dre [sileidr] cylinder; Scyl-la [sil-la]. f : fa-ga-de [fa-sad]
front; gar-fon [gar-s5] boy; re-fu [ro-sy] received, t (in ti
+ vowel): i-ni-tial [i-ni-sjal]; na-tion [na-sjo]; par-tiel
[par-sjel] partial, x: dix [dis] ten; six [sis] six (i.e. when
dix and six do not precede and modify a noun, see 372) ;
soi-xan-te [swa-sait] sixty; and in a number of proper
nouns and adjectives derived from them. Aix [eks] and
[es] (ville de Provence) ; Aix-la-Cha-pel-le [es la $a-pel] ;
CONSONANTS 105
Aix-les-Bains [eslebe]; Au-xer-re [o-seir]; au-xer-rois
[o-se-rwa] (pertaining to Auxerre); but Saint-Germain-
I'Au-xer-rois is pronounced [se 5er-m8 lok-ser-wa] ; Au-xois
[o-swa] (a portion of the Cote-d'Or); Au-xon-ne [o-son];
Be-a-trix [be-a-trisj; Bru-xel-les [bry-sel]; bru-xel-lois
[bry-se-lwa] pertaining to Brussels; Ca-dbc [ka-dis] and
[ka-diks]; Lu-xeuil [ly-soeij]; U-xel-les [y-srl]; Xer-xes
[gzer-se:s]. s = [s] and represented by z in: Cor-tez [kor-
tes]; eau de Seltz [o da sels] Seltzer water; Metz [meis];
Suez [sqt's]; Ve-las-quez [ve-las-kes].
268 s between vowels = [z]: ce-ri-se [so-ri:z] cherry;
des-ha-bil-ler [de-za-bi-je] to undress; des-hon-neur [de-
zo-noeir] dishonor; frai-se [freiz] strawberry; mai-son [me-
z5] house; mi-se-re [mi-ze:r] misery; ro-se [ro:z]; ru-se
[ry:z]; tre-sor [tre-zoir] treasure (366).
269 s has its own sound [s], even when between vowels,
when beginning the second part of a compound word;
and, according to some authorities, in all the parts of
the verb ge-sir [se-ziir] to lie (except the infinitive):
an-ti-sep-ti-que [u-ti-srp-tik]; an-ti-so-cial [a-ti-so-sjal];
bi-sul-fa-te [hi-syl-fat]; co-si-nus [k.)-si-nys] cosine; de-
sue-tu-de [de-sqc-tyid] disuse; dy-sen-te-rie [di-sa-tri]
dysentery ; en-tie-so\ [u-tro-sol]; mo-no-syl-la-be [mo-no-
si-lab]; pa-ra-sol [pa-ra-sol]; po-ly-syl-la-be [po-li-si-lab] ;
pre-se-an-ce [pre-se-a:s] precedence; pre-sup-po-ser [pre-
sy-po-ze]; tour-ne-sol [tur-no-sol] sunflower; vrai-sem-bla-
ble [vrr-su-bia-blj likely; gi-sons [si-so] (we) lie buried.
The Uniform International Dictionary gives gi-sons [^i-
z")]; gi-sent \:-^\va\. ''I'he Michaelis-Passy gives gi-sent
[5i!z] and gi-sant Isi-zu].
106
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
370 s = [z] (always when "linked," 366); in words
beginning with trans before a vowel: trans-ac-tion [tra-
zak-sjo]; trans-at-lan-ti-que [tra-zat-la-tik] transatlantic;
tran-si-ger [tra-zi-3e] to come to terms; tran-sit [tra-zi(t)]
(299); tran-si-tif [tra-zi-tif] ; tran-si-tion [tra-zi-sj5]. Ex-
ceptions are tran-sir [tra-siir] to become numb; tran-si
[tra-si] benumbed; tran-sept [trd-se(pt)] 299; Tran-syl-va-
nie [trci-sil-va-ni]. The word Pen-syl-va-nie is analagous
to Tran-syl-va-nie, and is pronounced [pe-sil-va-ni],
although you can hear on the railway oftentimes [pen-
sil-va-ni] (137).
271 s = [z] in some other words, of which the most
common examples are: Al-sa-ce [al-zas]; as-bes-te [az-
best] asbestos; As-dru-bal [az-dry-bal] ; bal-sa-mi-ne [bal-
za-min]; bal-sa-mi-que [bal-za-mik] balmy; Dres-de
[dre-zd] Dresden; Is-ra-el [iz-ra-el]; Jer-sey [ser-ze]; Lis-
bon-ne [liz-bon]; pres-by-te-re [prez-bi-trir] parsonage;
Ra-tis-bon-ne [ra-tiz-bon] ; Saint-Pe-ters-bourg [se pe-
terz-buir]; Stras-bourg [straz-bu:r].
272 s within a proper name which has preserved the
ancient spelling is almost alw^ays silent when followed by
another consonant: Ais-ne [em]; As-nie-res [a-nje:r];
Chas-les [^a:!]; Des-car-tes [de-kart]; Des-mou-lins [de-
mu-lf]; Du-gues-clin [dy-ge-kle]; Du-quesne [dy-ke:n];
Es-pi-nas-se [e-pi-nas]; Es-tien-ne [e-tjen] Stephen; Je-
sus-Christ [se-zy kri] and [5e-zy krist] ; an-te-christ [d-te-
kri] and [a-te-krist], which form tends to establish itself.
Before a consonant s is silent in est [e] is; des-quels [de-
kel] of which; les-quels [le-kel] who, which; mes-da-mes
CONSONANTS 107
[me-dam]; mes-de-moi-sel-les [med-mwa-zel] ; Nes-le
[neil]; Pras-lin [pru-le]; Ros-ny [ro-ni]; Vos-ges [vo!5].
273 s final as a rule is silent: bas [ba] low; (pain-) bis
[pe hi] hrowm bread; bras [bra] arm; cas [ka] case; dos [do]
back; jus [^y] juice; las [la] tired; (fleur de) lis [floeir da li]
lily (as an emblem); nos [no] our; pas [pa] step; puis [pqi]
then; puits [pqi] well.
274 s final is usually pronounced in foreign proper
names and in some French names: A-do-nis [a-do-ni:s];
Ar-ras [a-rais]; Du-cis [dy-si:s]; Fre-jus [fre-53^!s]; Gil Bias
Isilblais]; Les-bos [les-bois]; Mem-phis [m8-fi:s]; Mens
[m5:s]; Pu-vis de Cha-van-nes [py-vi d $a-van] (exception);
R(h)eims [re:s]; Ro-mu-lus [ro-my-ly:s] ; Saint-Gau-dens
[se go-de:s]; Sie-yes [sje-jes]; Ve-nus [ve-nyis].
275 s final (313) is pronounced in quite a number
of conmion French words which only familiarity with
the language will make known: al-ba-tros [al-ba-trois]; al-
bi-nos [al-bi-no!s]; a-lo-es [a-lo-es] ; an-ge-lus [a-5e-ly(:)s];
as [a:s] ace; at-las [at-lais]; bis [biis] twice, encore; blo-cus
[bb-ky!s] blockade; cas-sis [ka-sis] black currant; cens
[sa:s] quit-rent; cho-rus [ko-ryis]; cor-tes [kor-tes] cortes
(in Spain); es [es] in the; fils [fis] son; gens [5a:s] and [5a]
people; gra-tis [gra-ti:s] gratuitously; he-las [c-la:s]; hia-tus
[ja-ty:s]; i-bis [i-bi:s]; i-ris [i-ri:s]; ja-dis [sa-dis] of old;
laps [laps] lapse; lis [liis] lily; ma-is [mu-is] maize; mars
[mars] March; me-ri-nos [me-ri-no!s] merino; me-tis [me-
tiis] half-breed; moeurs [moers] morals, also [moeir]; o-a-sis
[o-a-ziis]; om-ni-bus [.)m-ni-by:s]; os [os] bone; ours [urs]
108 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
hear; pa-thos [pa-tois]; plus [plys], so pronounced when
emphatic and also when meaning plus or some more,
otherwise it is usually pronounced [ply]; pros-pec-tus
[pro-spek-tyis]; re-bus [re-byis]; re-laps [ra-laps]; rhi-no-
ce-ros [ri-no-se-ro!s]; sens [sa!s] except in the expressions
le bon sens [la bo sa] and le sens comun [b sa komoe] ;
en-sus [ci-sys] over and above; tous [tu:s] all, so pronounced
when emphatic, used as a pronoun, and not when stand-
ing immediately before a noun, in which case it is pro-
nounced [tu]; ty-phus [ti-fyis]; us [y:s] and [y] usages;
va-sis-tas [va-zis-tais] transom; vis [vis] screw.
276 sc = [sk] before a, o, u and consonants: es-clan-dre
[es-klaidr] fracas; fis-cal [fis-kal]; Pas-cal [pas-kal]; pros-
cri-re [pros-kri:r] to proscribe; scan-da-le [ska-dal]; scar-
la-ti-ne [skar-la-tin] ; sc(h)o-lai-re [sko-leir] academic;
scru-tin [skry-te] ballot; sculp-teur [skyl-toeir] sculptor.
277 sc = [s] before e, i, y: sce-le-rat [se-le-ra] villain;
scep-ti-cis-me [s8p-ti-sism] ; scep-tre [sep-tr]; scie [si]
saw; scin-til-le [se-ti:j] spark; Scyl-la [sil-la].
278 sch. This combination has two values according
to the pronunciation of ch (182 and 185). sch = [sk] in a
very few words: sche-ma [ske-ma] scheme; sc(h)o-lai-re
[sko-leir]; sc(h)o-las-ti-que [sko-las-tik]. Sch = [S] also in
a very few words: kirsch [kir$] kirschwasser ; schis-me
[Sism]; schis-te [^ist] slate.
Exercise LI, illustrating s, ss, sc = [s]. Write, divide as in writ-
ing and printing, pronouncing aloud the syllables and words, the
following: anse, assassinat, biceps, cassation, concession, crocus, dis-
CONSONANTS 109
penser, estime, express, gibus, hermcs, lapis, lotus, Madras, motus,
myosotis, nonsens, omniscience, penser, persuader, plus-que-parfait,
rasibus, science, tandis que. Illustrating s between vowels = [z]:
base, bise, blouse, chaise, deshabiller, deshonneur, lesion, misere,
muse, raison, raser, rose, ruse.
Supplementary Exercise. Write these same words, dividing
as in the .spoken language, pronouncing aloud the syllables and
words as you write them, using the key alphabet.
279 t, tt, th = [t], as in tas [ta] pile; pat-te [pat] paw,
about as in English entry, t: chut [^yt] and [^it] hush; e-te
[e-te] been; lan-ter-ne [la-trrnj; moi-tie [mwa-tje] half;
ques-tion [kes-tj5]; temps [ta] iveather. tt: net-te [net]
clean; sot-te [sot] foolish; trot-toir [tro-twa:r] sidewalk, th:
sym-pa-thie [se-pa-ti]; the-a-tre [te-aitr]; the-me [teim].
280 ti. The group ti, followed by a vowel, is pro-
nounced si [sj] in many words and especially the endings:
-tie, -tial, -tiel, -tieux, -tieuse, -tion; -tien (in proper
names); -tient (not in verbs); in patience and derivatives;
-tium. But when any one of these terminations is pre-
ceded by s or X, as in ques-tion [krs-tj;)]; mix-tion [mis-
tj5] mixture, the group ti has the value of [tj].
281 -tie. t has the sound of [s] in the ending -tie when
following a vowel: -atie, -itie, -otie, -utie: ar-gu-tie [ar-
gy-si] quibble; a-ris-to-cra-tie [a-ris-to-kra-si] ; la Be-o-
tie [la be-;)-si]; cal-vi-tie [kal-vi-si] baldness; Dal-ma-tie
[dal-ma-si]; de-mo-cra-tie [de-m;)-kra-si] ; di-plo-ma-tie
[di-pl.)-ma-si]; fa-ce-tie [fa-se-si] witticism; mi-nu-tie [mi-
ny-si] trifle; pe-ri-pe-tie [|)(;-ri-pe-si] vicissitude; pro-phe-tie
[pro-fe-si] prophecy; the-o-cra-tie [te-j-kra-si]. It will be
no
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
noticed that the English correspondent to these French
words ends in cy or tia. But in the feminine terminations
-tie and -ties of past participles, and in all parts of the
verb cha-tier, ti has its normal value of [ti]: a-pla-tie
[a-pla-ti] flattened; a-ver-tie [a-ver-ti] warned; tu cha-
tie-ras [ty $a-ti-ra] thou wilt punish; also the words ro-tie
[ro-ti] toast; so-tie [so-ti] farce, retain the t; e-pi-zo-o-ti
has [e-pi-zo-o-si] and [e-pi-zo-o-ti] epizooty.
382 -tial. t = [s]: im-par-tial [e-par-sjal]; i-ni-tial [i-ni-
sjal]; nup-tial [nyp-sjal]; mar-tial [mar-sjal]; par-tial [par-
sjal] biased; par-tia-li-te [par-sja-li-te].
283 -tiel. t = [s]: con-fi-den-tiel [ko-fi-da-sjel]; es-sen-
tiel [e-sci-sjel]; par-tiel [par-sjel]; po-ten-tiel [po-tci-sjel];
pro-vi-den-tiel [pro-vi-da-sjel]; sub-stan-tiel [syp-sta-sjel].
284 -tieux. t = [s]: am-bi-tieux [a-bi-sj0]; cap-tieux
[kap-sj0]; de-vo-tieux [de-vo-sj0]; fac-tieux [fak-sj0]; mi-
nu-tieux [mi-ny-sj0]. For the feminine -tieuse forms,
simply add [iz] to the masculine: [a-bi-sj0iz].
285 -tion. t = [s]: fonc-tion [fok-sjo]; na-tion [na-sjo];
por-tion [por-sjo]; ra-tion [ra-sjo]; sta-tion [sta-sjo]; su-je-
tion [sy-5e-sjoj subjection.
286 -tien. t = [s] in proper names: Be-o-tien [be-o-sje];
Ca-pe-tien [ka-pe-sje]; Di-o-cle-tien [di-o-kle-sje]; Do-mi-
tien [do-mi-sjej; E-gyp-tien [e-5ip-sje]; Hel-ve-tien [el-ve-
sje]; Ho-ra-tien [o-ra-sje]; Li-li-pu-tien [li-li-py-sje]; Ti-tien
[ti-sje]; Ve-ni-tien [ve-ni-sje].
CONSONANTS 111
287 -tient. t = [s] (not in verbs) in pa-tient [pa-sja],
and the derivatives patiemment, patience, patienter, im-
patiemment, impatience, impatient, impatientant, im-
patienter; also in quo-tient [ko-sju].
288 -tium. t = [s]: Ac-tium [ak-sjom]; La-tium [la-
sjom]; stron-tium [stro-sjom] a yellow metal.
289 ti. The group ti, followed by a vowel, in other
cases, may be said in general to have its own value [tj].
A brief summary of the principal cases follows.
290 ti+ vowel = tj when preceded by s (or x, of which
mix-tion [mis-tj5] mixture; mix-tion-ner [mis-tjo-ne] to
mix appear to be the only available examples). The
examples of ti+ vowel, preceded by s, are numerous:
bas-tion [bas-tj.')]; bes-tial [bes-tjal]; com-bus-tion [ko-
bys-tjo]; con-ges-tion [k5-5fs-tj3]; di-ges-tion [di-5es-tj3];
dy-nas-tie [di-nas-ti]; hos-tie [os-ti] consecrated host; ques-
tion [kes-tj5]; sug-ges-tion [syg-5es-tj5]; ves-tiai-re [ves-
tjeir] dressing-room.
291 ti+ vowel = tj in the verb-endings -tions, -tiez of
the first conjugation: por-tions [por-tjS] (we) were carry-
ing; (but the noun por-tions, meaning portions, parts
of=[poT-Hp]); por-tiez [p.)r-tj('] (you) were carrying; no-
tions [no-tjSj (we) wei'c noting; no-tiez [no-tje] (you) were
noting.
292 -tie precodofl by a consonant = [ti]: a-ne-an-tie
[a-nc-n-til annihilated; ga-ran-tie [f;:i-rd-tij guaranty;
112 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
or-tie [or-ti] nettle; par-tie [par-ti] portion; sor-tie [sor-ti]
exit. But the words in-ep-tie [i-nepsi] inept, in-er-tie
[i-ner-si] inertia have the s sound.
293 ti+vowel = [tj] in the endings -tie, -tier, -tiers
and in tie in -tie-me and -tie-me-ment : a-mi-tie [a-
mi-tje] friendship; cen-tie-me [sa-tjem] one hundredth;
cen-tie-me-ment [sa-tj em-ma] in the hundredth place;
chan-tier [^d-tje] wood-yard; char-pen-tier [^ar-pa-tje] car-
penter; cha-tier [Sa-tje] to chastise; en-tier [a-tje] entire;
en-tie-re [a-tjeir] entire; fron-tie-re [fr5-tje:r]; frui-tier
[frip-tje] fruit-hearing; frui-tie-re [frqi-tjeir] fruit-bearing;
in-i-mi-tie [i-ni-mi-tje] unfriendliness; moi-tie [mwa-tje]
the half; pe-nul-tie-me [pe-nyl-tjem] penult; pi-tie [pi-tje]
pity; Poi-tiers [pwa-tje]; por-tier [por-tje] doorkeeper;
por-tie-re [por-tjeir] doorkeeper; quan-tie-me [kci-tjem]
day (of the month) ; quar-tier [kar-tje] quarter; sep-tie-me
[s8-tjem] seventh; tiers [tjeir] third; ving-tie-me [ve-tjem]
tiventieth; vo-lon-tiers [vo-l3-tje] willingly. But the
words bal-bu-tier [bal-by-sje] to stammer (and the deriva-
tive bal-bu-tie-ment [bal-by-si-ma] stammering); dif-fe-
r en-tier [di-fe-ra-sje] to differentiate; in-i-tier [i-ni-sje] to
initiate (and derivative in-i-tia-tion [i-ni-sja-sj3]); sa-
tie-te [sa-sje-te] satiety; trans-sub-stan-tier [tra-syp-sta-
sje] transubstantiate have the s sound.
294 ti = [tj] in the groups tia, tien, tienne, tio making
up the following words: an-tien-ne [ci-tjen] anthem; Chre-
tien [kre-tje] Christian; chre-tien-ne [kre-tjen] Christian;
E-tien-ne [e-tjen] Stephen; e-tiez [e-tje] (you) were; e-tio-
ler [e-tjo-le] to make pale; e-tions [e-tj5] (we) were;
CONSONANTS 113
ga-li-ma-tias [ga-li-ma-tja] gibberish; main-tien [me-tje]
bearing; sou-tien [su-tje] support; tia-re [tjair] tiara; tien
[tje] thine; tien-ne [tjen] thitie.
295 t final (350-352) is regularly silent: af-fut [a-fy]
gun-carriage; ban-quet [ba-ke]; de-troit [de-trwa] strait;
e-tat [e-ta] state; ha-bit [a-bi] coat; he-raut [e-ro] her-
ald; im-pot [e-po] tax; in-te-ret [e-te-re] interest; nuit
[niji] night; ren-fort [ra-fo:r] reenforcement; saut [so]
leap; sou-hait [swe] wish.
296 t final is pronounced in some words ending in ct :
corn-pact [ko-pakt]; con-tact [ko-takt]; cor-rect [ko-
rekt] ; di-rect [di-rekt] ; ex-act [eg-zakt] ; in-cor-rect [e-ko-
rekt]; in-di-rect [e-di-rekt]; in-ex-act [i-neg-zakt] ; in-fect
[e-fekt]; in-tact [e-takt]; tact [takt]; strict [strikt].
297 t final is pronounced in some words ending in st:
bal-last [ba-last]; Brest [l:)rest]; Christ [krist]; Er-nest
[er-nest]; est [est] east; nord-est [nord-est] nori/ieas^; nord-
cuest [nord-west] northwest (363); ouest[w8st]iiJesf; sud-est
[sy-dest] southeast; sud-ouest [syd-west] southwest; toast
[tost]; whist [wist]; zest [zest] nonsense! presto.
298 t final is pronounced after a vowel in some words
of which the following are quite common: but [byt] or
[by] end, object; brut [bryt] gross; chut [5yt] Jiush; dot [dot]
dovyry; fat [fat] fop; huit [qit] eigld (except before the
initial consonant of a word numbered by it) ; lut [lyt] lut-
ing (chemistry); mat [mat] dullf checkmated; net [net]
clean.
114
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
399 t (or th, h always silent) is pronounced in quite a
number of loan words and proper names such as the fol-
lowing: ab-rupt [ab-rypt]; a-co-nit [a-ko-nit]; Belt [belt];
bis-muth [bis-myt]; co-balt [ko-balt]; de-fi-cit [de-fi-sit];
E-li-sa-beth [e-li-za-bet] ; et cse-te-ra [et se-te-ra] ; ex-
e-at [eg-ze-at]; gra-nit [gra-nit] and [gra-ni]; in-dix-huit
[e di zqit]; in-dult [e-dylt]; Ja-phet [sa-fet]; Ju-dith [5y-
dit]; knout [knut] f^courge; Loth [lot]; luth [lyt] lute; malt
[malt]; mam-mouth [ma-mut]; oc-ci-put [ok-si-py(t)];
o-piat [o-pia(t)]; pre-te-rit [pre-te-ri(t)]; rapt [rapt]
seizure; Seth [set]; Soult [suit]; spalt [spalt]; su-bit [sy-
bi(t)] sudden; tran-sept [tra-sE(pt)] (270); tran-sit [tra-
zi(t)] (270); ver-mouth [ver-mut]; ze-nith [ze-nit]; zest
[zest] 7ionsense!
300 Special cases. As may be discerned from some of
the preceding examples, usage as regards pronouncing or
not final t in learned words of relatively recent formation
varies. Moreover such is the difference of opinion, that
in order to illustrate it without bias, it seems expedient
merely to quote what those who have been and are con-
sidered good authority indicate. Teachers and educated
Frenchmen, for obvious reasons, are apt to have decided
preferences, and these are worthy the student's careful
consideration. Five authoritative works are here cited
as vouching for the pronunciation of the words in the
following list: Hatzfeld, Darmesteter et Thomas, Dic-
tionnaire (H); Michaelis-Passy, Dictioniiaire phonetique
(P); Rousselot, Precis de prononciation (R); Victor, Ele-
mente der Phonetik (V) ; Lesaint, Traite de la prononciation
frangaise (L): ab-ject [ab-5ekt] H, L, R, V; [ab-5e(kt)]
CONSONANTS 115
P; as-pect [as-pe] H, P; [as-pek] L, V; but [by] end, object,
H, L; [by(t)] P; "the t is sounded when the word occurs
at the end of a sentence," V; ((on hesite pour un certain
nombre de mots: [by] et [byt], [fa] et [fat], [ne] et [net])) R;
cir-con-spect [sir-ko-spek] H, L; [sir-k5-spe] P; [sir-ko-spe]
[sir-kr)-spfk] [sir-ko-spekt] R; dis-tinct [dis-te:kt] or [dis-
te] P; [diMi-:kt] H, R; [dis-te] ((vicilli)), R, H; [dis-tfkt]
[dis-tfk] [(Us-tf-] L. The forms distinctif, distinction and
distinctement somid both c and t as in [(Us-tr:kt]; de-fi-cit
[dc-fi-sit] H, L; [de-fi-si(t)] P; dis-trict [dis-tri] P; [dis-
trikt] H; [dis-tri] ((vieilli)) H; [dis-trik] L; ex-act [eg-zakt]
or [eg-za] P; [eg-za] R; [eg-zakt] ((vieilh)) R; [eg-zakt] H;
[eg-za] ((vieilh)) H; fat [fat] P, H, L; [fat] or [fa] R; fait
(substantive) [fe] or [fet] deed, P, R; [fe] H, L; [fet] V;
gent [5(1] or [scut] P; [5d] H, L; the word means race or
nation: (da gent trottc-mcnu, » for rats and mice; gra-nit
[gra-nit] or [gra-ni] H, R, P; [gra-nit] L; net [net] clean,
'plain, P, H, L; [net] or [ne] R; sot (substantive) [no] fool,
P, R, H, L, [sot] V; sometimes [sot] in the provinces; post-
scrip-tum [pos(ts)krip-tom] P; [post-skrip-tom] H; re-
spect [re-spe] P; [re-spek] H; [re-spe] ((vieilh)) H; [re-spekt]
[re-spek] [re-spe] R; su-bit [sy-bi] sudden, H, P; [sy-bit] L;
suc-cinct [syk-se] H, P, L; [syk-sekt] or [syk-se] R; sus-
pect [sys-pekt] H; [sys-pekt] or [sys-pek] L; [sys-pekt]
[sus-pek], [sys-pe] R; soit! [swat] he it so, P; [swat] or [swa]
R; [swa] L; ver-dict [ver-di(k)] P, R; [ver-dikt] H; [ver-
dik] L; vi-vat [vi-va] P, R; [vi-vat] H.
As in the case of the educated Frenchman, so, un-
doubtedly, the educated teacher will have formed a de-
cisive opinion in regard to the more usual form prevailing
116
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
where several may be heard. Therefore, in order to avoid
confusion, not only under this particular case of the
treatment of final t, but for usage in general as to pro-
nunciation, the student will do well to rely on his teacher's
judgment until such time as he may be able to judge for
himself by comparing authorities as regards the usage
in the manner above outlined, and thus form his own
opinion. It remains to be added that much divergence
of opinion exists in regard to what works pass as current
authority. Here again the experienced teacher will best
serve the student's purpose by differentiating for him
the point of view of the respective French "authorities."
301 t is silent in the following words: Je-sus-Christ
[se-zy-kri] although sounded in the word Christ [krist]
when used alone; Goth [go]; Os-tro-got(h) [os-tro-go];
Vi-si-got(h) [vi-zi-go]; as-thme [asm] asthma; is-thme
[ism] isthmus; cent un [sa de ] one hundred and one.
302 t before a vowel (cf. 350 et seq.) is sounded in sept
[s8t] seven; huit [qit] eight; vingt [veit] twenty, as in the
examples: sept arbres [set ar-br] seven trees; huit heu-res
[qit oeir] eight o'clock; vingt hom-mes [vet om] twenty men;
also when final at the end of a phrase : il y en a sept, huit,
vingt [il j a na set, ijit, ve:t] there are seven, eight, twenty of
them. And when sept, huit, vingt are equivalent to an
ordinal: le sept mai [b set me] the seventh of May; le huit
jan-vier [la qit sa-vje]; le vingt juin [b vet sqe] the twen-
tieth of June. Otherwise the t is silent: sept pom-mes
[se pom] seven apples; huit poi-res [qi pwair] eight pears;
vingt sol-dats [ve solda] twenty soldiers.
CONSONANTS 117
303 t is sounded in the numerals from twenty-one to
twenty-nine: vingt et iin [ve te de] twenty-one; vingt-deux
[vetd0]; vingt-trois [vet trwa] twenty-three; vingt-neuf
[vet noef] twenty-nine; but in tlie numerals from eighty
to ninety-nine inclusive the t is silent: qua-tre- vingt-un
[ka-tra ve de] eighty-one; qua-tre-vingt-dix-huit [ka-tra ve
di-zqit] ninety-eight.
Exercise LII, illustrating t and th = [t]. Write, dividing when-
ever possible, as in ^Titing and printing, pronouncing aloud the sj'l-
lables and words as you write, the following: antipathic, apathie,
apte, brut, centieme, chrestomathie, chrctien, Christ, nous contrac-
tions, deficit, dot, djTiastie, frontiere, nous gations, granit, inimitie,
nos intentions, Poitiers, portier, quartier, repartie, rotie, sortie,
soutien, suggestion, sympathie, tact, Veniat, vingtieme.
Supplementary Exercise. Write these same words, dividing
and pronouncing aloud the syllables, whenever possible, as in spo-
ken French, making use of the key alphabet.
Exercise LIII, illustrating t = [s]. Write, dividing the syllables
as in wTittcn French, pronouncing word and syllable aloud as you
vsTite, the following: balbutier, conditionnel, differentier, egj^ptiaque,
essentiel, facetieux, Horatius, impartialite, ineptie, inertie, initier,
liliputien, martial, nation, patience, plenipotentiaire, primatie, pro-
pW-tie, propitiatoire, rationnel, satietc, substantiel, supr6matie,
tertio, Titien, transsubstanticr.
Supplementary Exercise. Write these same words, dividing
them a.s in .spoken French, })ronouncing aloud as you write them,
syllables and words, using the key alphabet.
Exercise LIV, illustrating silent t: Write, dividing, whenever
po.ssible, as in writing and printing, pronouncing aloud the syllables
and words n» 3'ou write them, (lie following: aout, app(''tit, art, l)illct,
carat, degal, df'jKjt, doigt, ecart, et, ^:iiit, fort, haut, li6raut, inade-
quat, manuscrit, mcts, odorat, pavot, pot, quart, rat, rempart,
renfort, rd-sultat, rets, sabbat, sort, souhait, urgent, vert.
118 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
Supplementary Exercise. Write these same words, dividing
them as in spoken French, pronouncing aloud the syllables and
words, using the key alphabet.
304 v=[v] as in vent, rive, about as in English ever.
It does not occur as final: le Ha-vre [baivr]; veu-ve
[voeiv] widow; vi-va-ce [vi-vas] long-lived; voir [vwair] to
see; vou-loir [vu-lwair] to wish; vrai [vre] true.
305 [v] is represented by f in the word neuf [noef] 7iine
when the latter is linked over before a vowel : neuf en-
fants [noe va-fa] nine children; neuf heures [noe voeir]
nine o'clock. Neuf is linked when, as in these cases, be-
fore a word it multiplies (342).
306 [v] is represented by w (307) in many names,
especially foreign words; such, at least, seems to be the
unstudied natural French usage. The cases where a iv,
as in English, is heard, indicate English influence: Crom-
well [krom-v8l]; War-wich [var-vik]; Wa-ter-loo [va-
ter-lu].
Exercise LV, illustrating v. Write, divide as in written French,
pronoimcing aloud the syllables and words: active, raviver, revol-
ver, seve, valet, valu, valve, vent, Versailles, vei-veine, vienne, vi-
lain, vivant, vivre, vont, votre, votre.
Supplementary Exercise. Write these same words, divide
them as in spoken French, pronouncing aloud the syllables and
words, using the key alphabet.
307 w = [v], as a consonant, occurs only in a very
small number of foreign words, and is usually pronounced
Uke an English v (cf . 306) ; naturally the better the French-
CONSONANTS 119
man knows English, the more hkely is he to pronounce as
in English and the less likely to follow the French system.
Bruns-wick [broz-vik]; tram-way [tram-we]; wa-gon [va-
go] ; Wa-gram [va-gram] ; Wal-ter Scott [val-ter skot] ;
wa-ter-proof [va-ter-pruf] ; Wash-ing-ton [va-zeg-to] ; We-
ber [ve-be:r]; Wi-si-goth [vi-zi-go].
308 w = [w] like the English w in ivell; that is, u+ vowel :
rail-way [rel-we]; sand-wich [sand-wit^]; wig-wam [wig-
wam].
309 wh = [w] that is, the h is absolutely silent: Whig
[wig]; whist [A\ist]; whis-k(e)y [wis-ki].
Exercise LVI, illustrating w = [v]. Write, divide as in writing
and printing, and pronounce aloud the following words: Walker,
Wallon, Walpole, warrant, A\'atteau, Wellington, Weimar, Weser,
Wiesbaden, Winkelmann, Wissenbourg, wolfram. Worms.
Supplementary Exercise. Write, divide as in spoken French,
and pronounce aloud these same words, using the key alphabet.
310 X has five sounds: [ks], [k], [gz], [s], [z],
X = [ks], the usual value, 1° in the prefix, ex- or
hex- initial followed by a consonant: ex-cla-ma-tion
[tCkjs-kla-ma-sj.")]; ex-pa-trier [i(k)s-pa-tri-c]; ex-pe-dier
[e(k)s-pe-dje]; ex-plo-rer [r(k)s-plo-re]; ex-tir-per [c(k)-
stir-pe]. The [k] in popular pronunciation in such words
is not sounded. This popular manner of speech need not
be imitated. It is not uncommon in the language of the
street and is not infrequently observed and noted. 2° In
the body of words: A-lex-an-dre [a-U-k-suulr]; dex-tre
[dc(k)-str] right hand and r'ajhl-laindcd; cf. the remarks
120 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
just made in regard to the popular elimination of k in
the combination ks = x by the uneducated. Mex-i-co
[mek-si-ko]; six-te [sikst] sixth; ox-y-ge-ne [ok-si-5en];
tex-te [tekst]. 3° at the end of a number of words: A-jax
[a-5aks] ; bo-rax [bo-raks] ; Dax [daks] ; Fe-lix [fe-liks] ; Fox
[foks]; in-dex [e-deks]; la-rjrnx [la-reiks]; lynx [leiks];
o-n}^ [o-niks]; Pol-lux [p.o-lyks]; pre-fix [pre-fiks]; sphinx
[sfeiks]; si-lex [si-leks]; tho-rax [tj-raks],
311 x = k(+s). X sounds as [k] in initial ex followed by
ce, ci, and s: ex-ce-dant [ek-se-da] surplus (not [eks] in
one syllable, as in the cases under 1° 310, but the x is
represented by [k] while the [s] represents the c of the
second syllable); ex-ces [ek-se]; ex-ces-sif [ek-se-sif]; ex-
cep-tion [ek-sep-sjS]; ex-ci-ser [ek-si-ze] to cut off; ex-ci-
tant [ek-si-tu] exciting; ex-su-der [ek-sy-de]^o perspire.
312 X = [gz] in the prefix ex- or hex- before a vowel or
silent h and in Greek proper names: ex-a-men [eg-za-me]
examination; [eg-za-men] may still be heard in the south
of France, due to the Latin pronunciation of the word;
ex-empt [eg-zd] constable; ex-er-ci-ce [eg-zer-sis] ; ex-hi-
bi-tion [eg-zi-bi-sj5]; ex-hor-ter [eg-zor-te]; ex-i-ger [eg-
zi-5e] to exact; ex-i-ler [eg-zi-le] ; hex-a-go-ne [eg-za-gon] or
[eg-za-go:n] or [ek-sa-go:n]; hex-a-me-tre [eg-za-me-tr].
Greek proper names : Xan-thus [gza-tys] ; Xan-tip-pe [gzd-
tip]; Xa-vier [gza-vje]; Xe-no-phon [gze-no-fon] ; Xer-xes
[gzer-s8:s]; Xan-the [gzu:t].
313 X = [s] when final in a few words, mostly proper
nouns (cf. 267) : Aix [eks] and [es] ville de Province; Aix-la-
CONSONANTS 121
Chapelle [cs-la-Sa-pel] ; Aix-les-Bains [es-le-b?] ; Au-xer-re
[o-sejr] and [o-se:r]; Au-xois [o-swa]; Au-xon-ne [o-son]
and [o-son]. Also initial x in Xain-trail-les = [s] [se-tra:j];
Be-a-trix [be-a-tris]; Bru-xel-les [bry-sel]; Ca-dix [ka-dis]
and [ka-diks]; dix [dis] ten; six [sis] six (when these
numerals come at the end of a phrase or do not precede
and modify a noun) ; soi-xan-tai-ne [swa-sa-ten] ; soi-xan-
te [swa-suit] sixty; U-xel-les [y-sel]; Xer-xes [gzer-seis].
314 x = [z] in deu-xie-me [d0-zjem] second; dix-huit
[di-zqit] eighteen; dix-hui-tie-me [di-zqi-tjem] eighteenth;
di-xie-me [di-zjrm] tenth; dix-neuf [diz-noef] nineteen;
dix-neu-vie-me [diz-noe-vjem] nineteenth; si-xain [si-ze]
six-line stanza; si-xie-me [si-zjem] sixth; and the deriva-
tives in -ment of the numerals here noted.
315 X final is regularly silent (but see 313) : aux [o] to
the; ceux [s0] those; che-vaux [^o-vo] horses; choux [^u]
cabbages; creux [kr0] hollow; croix [krwa] cross; cru-ci-fix
[kry-si-fi]; deux [d0] two; flux [fly] flow; heu-reux [oe-r0]
happy; paix [pe] peace; per-drix [per-dri] partridge; prix
[pri] price; toux [tu] cough; voix [vwa] voice, x is silent in
six, dix (cf. 313) before a consonant or h aspirate: six
pom-mes [si pom] six apples; dix sol-dats [di sol-da] ten
soldiers; six h6-ros [si-ero] six heroes.
Exercise LVII, illustrating the various values of x. Write, di-
vide, pronouncing aloud syllahica and words as you write thcni, the
following: 1'^ x = [k.s]: cx-ca-va-tion, exclanier, exclurc, excursion,
expansif, cxpatrier, Halifax, phenix, le Styx. 2° x = [k]: exc6der, ex-
cellence, exceller, excopte, exception, excitation, exsangue. 3" x =
(gz): exact, executor, exemjjle, exhorter, exhumer, exiger, exiler,
exotiquc. 4" x = [rt): Bruxell(;s, il en a dix, dix-sept, dix-septi(ime,
122 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
Luxeuil, c'est le six, soixantieme, six-huit, six-quatre. 5" x=[z]:
deuxieme, deuxiemement, dix-huit, dixieme, dix-neuf, sixain, si-
xieme. x silent: Citeaux, courroux, faux, houx, jaloux, tu peux, je
prevaux, taux.
Supplementary Exercise. Write these words, dividing them
as in spoken French, pronouncing aloud syllables and words, using
the key alphabet.
316 z = [z] as in ze-le [ze(:)l] zeal; ro-se [roiz], about as
in English cosy : a-zu-re [a-zy-re] azure color; ba-zar [ba-
zair]; vi-zir [vi-ziir]; ze-ro [ze-ro]; zo-ne [zoin]; gaz [gaiz]
gas; Suez [sqeiz].
317 [z] is regularly represented by s between vowels
(268): ro-se [roiz]; and in deu-xie-me and the other
numerals noted in 314 is represented by x.
318 z final is regularly silent: al-lez [a-le] go; as-sez
[a-se] enough; Du-mou-riez [dy-mu-rje]; Du-prez [dy-pre];
Ge-ru-sez [5e-ry-ze]; nez [ne] nose; por-tez [por-te] carry;
riz [ri] rice; ve-nez [va-ne] co7?ie.
319 z final (357-359) is pronounced in gaz [gaiz] gas,
and in a few proper names; the sound is usually [z] after
vowels and [s] after consonants: Aus-ter-litz [os-ter-lits] ;
Ber-lioz [ber-ljoiz]; Biar-ritz [bja-rits]; Bu-loz [by-loiz];
Diaz [djaiz]; Fritz [frits]; Metz [mes]; Ve-ra-Cruz [ve-ra
kryiz].
Exercise LVIII, illustrating z = [z] and [s]. Write, divide, pro-
nouncing aloud as you write syllable and word, the following: 1° z
= [z] gazon, Sanchez, Suzanne, suzerain, topaze, zebre, zigzag. 2° z
= [s] Aranjuez, Cortez, eau de seltz; Goritz, Leibnitz.
REVIEW. VOWEL COMBINATIONS 123
Supplementary Exercise. Write, divide as in spoken French,
pronouncing aloud as you write syllable and word, these same words,
using the key alphabet.
Examples of s = [z] written s, and regularly so when
between vowels, but also in a few other words (see 270) :
Alsace, amuser, apaiser, Asie, des oeufs, des oignons,
eeraser, lisible, oser, raser, resoudre, ruse. Examples of
x=[z] and written x (see 313): deux enfants, deuxieme,
dix-huit, dix-neuf, six amis. Thus, as shown above, the
sound [z] is represented by the letters z, s between vowels
and X.
Vn REVIEW. BRIEF RESUME OF THE
VOWEL COMBINATIONS
320 Vowel coml)inations representing simple sounds:
ai, aie, ay = [e] (90); ei, ey = [e] (90); au, eau = [o] (102);
au before r, etc., = [o] (112); eu (ue after c and g), oeu,
ce = [oe] (118) or [0] (114); ou = [u] (119). These combi-
nations merely represent simple sounds and receive atten-
tion under the respective sound as indicated by the
reference. They are here briefly summarized:
321 ai, aie, ay, except as noted immediately below,
where the value is [e], are pronounced [e]. This occurs
especially in the combinations aie, air, aire, ais, aisse, aix:
chair [^rir] flefih; chai-se [^ciz] chair; je chan-tais [50 Sci-tr]
/ was sinfjing; craie [krr] chalk; grais-se |grr:s] fat; j'i-rais
[5 i-rc] / should go; paix [pr] peace; je par-le-rais [50 ])arl-
rc] / should speak; pay-er [pf-je] to pay; tai-re [tr:r] to he
silent.
124 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
323 ai is pronounced [e] in the auxiliary: j'ai [3 e] I
have; wherever it is final in the verb-enclings : je chan-te-
rai [59 Sat-re] I shall sing; j'i-rai [5 ire] / shall go; je par-
lai [59 par-le] I spoke; in the forms of the verb savoir
[sa-vwair] to know: je sais [39 se] I know; tu sals [ty se]
thou knowest; il salt [il se] he knows; and in a few words:
gai [ge] gay; geai [^e] jay; quai [ke] quay (82). ay = [e] in
a-yez [e-je] have {ye); a-yons [e-j5] let us have. Elsewhere,
as noted in 320, these combinations have the sound of
e, that is [e].
333 ei and ey are regularly pronounced e, that is
[e], wherever they occur: as-sey-ez-vous [a-se-je vu] he
seated; ba-lei-ne [ba-len] ivhale; gras-sey-er [gra-se-je]
to pronounce r with the uvula; nei-ge [neis] snow; pa-reil-le
[pa-re !j] equal; pei-ne [pen] pain; Sei-ne [sem]; sei-ze
[seiz] sixteen.
334 au and eau are regularly pronounced [o] : au [o] to
the; aus-si [o-si] also; beau [bo] beautiful; ca-deau [ka-do]
present; eau [o] water; nou-veau [nu-vo] new.
335 au before r is pronounced as open o, that is [0];
also in the proper name Paul [pol]. In j'au-rai and j'au-
rais the usage varies [3 o-re, 3 o-re] and [3 o-re, 3 o-re].
Lau-re [loir]; lau-rier [lo-rje] laurel; Mau-re [moir] Moor;
res-tau-rant [res-to-ra].
336 eu (ue after c and g), oeu, oe simply represent the
open sound of eu, that is [oe], or the closed eu, that is [0].
eu has regularly the closed sound [0] when final or fol-
REVIEW. CONSONANTAL COMBINATIONS 125
lowed by silent final consonants; also usually before s = [z]
or t within the syllable of a word: dan-seu-se [da-s0!z]
dancer; e-meu-te [e-m0!t] riot; feu-tre [f0itr] felt; heu-reux
[oe-r0] happy; iieux [lj0] places; neu-tre [n0!tr] neuter;
noeud [n0] knot; peu [p0] little; pre-cieu-se [pre-sj0:z]
precious; voeux [v0] vows.
327 eu elsewhere, as before pronounced final conso-
nants, and before il, ilia = [j] has the sound of the open eu,
that is [oe], which is less commonly heard than the closed
eu=[0]: accueil [a-koeij] reception; a-veu-gle [a-voegl]
blind; boeuf [beef] ox; jeu-ne [seen] young; meu-ble [moebl]
piece of furniture; neuf [ncef] new, nine; ceil [oc:j] eye;
oeil-let [ce-je] pink; or-gueil [or-goe:j] pride; peu-ple
[poe-pl] people; veu-ve [voe:v] widow.
328 ou = [u] regularly: bout [bu] end; e-cou-tez [e-ku-
te] listen; jou-jou [5U-5U] plaything; loup [lu] ivolf; lou-pe
llup] magnifying glass; Lour-des [lurdj; tous-se [tus]
coughs.
Vm REVIEW. BRIEF RESUME OF THE
CONSONANTAL COMBINATIONS
329 Consonantal combinations. Like the vowel
combinations or so-called digraphs and trigraphs, a num-
ber of consonant CH:)mbinations represent simple sounds.
They will be found treated in more detail under the re-
spective sections to which thoy belong, as indicated by
the reference: ch = f51 as in chas-se [^as] hunt (182);
! = [,)] as in gen-til-hom-me [5u-li-j.)mJ nobleman (230);
126 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
il, ill = [j] as in bail [baij] lease; pail-le [ptiij] straw (225);
gn = [ji] in re-gne [rcji] kingdom (207); ph = f as in phi-lo-
so-phe [fi-lo-zof] philosopher (191); double consonants in
general (167), as ss = [s] as in as-sez [a-se] enough (267);
sc = [s] as in sce-ne [sem] (277); sch = [5] as in schis-me
tSism] schism (278); gu = [g] as in gue [ge] ford (195); qu =
[k] as in qui [ki] ivho (253); th = [t] as in the-a-tre [te-
aitr] (279); wh = [w] as in whist [wist] (309).
IX LIAISON
330 In general. When two or more words are closely
connected, as with a hyphen, or as an article or adjective
with its noun, a subject or object-pronoun with its verb,
a preposition with its object, an adverb with the word it
modifies, the two words are then regarded as a unit sound
group and not as two separate words. In such cases the
final consonant, whether silent or sounded, before a word
beginning with a vowel or silent h, is carried over to it in
pronouncing the group:
331 Article and adjective with qualifying noun: les
en-fants [le za-fci] the children; les bons en-fants [le b5-
zQ-fci] the good children; un char-mant hom-me [oe $ar-ma-
tom] a charming man; ai-ma-bles a-mis [e-mabl-za-mi]
amiable friends.
332 Subject or object pronoun with the verb: nous
ai-mons [nu-ze-m5] we love; il nous ai-me [il nu-zeim] he
loves us; di-sait-on [di-ze-to] said they; don-nez-en [do-
ne-za] give some; dort-elle [dor-tel] does she sleepf
LIAISON 127
333 Auxiliaries and verbs; words connected with a
hjTjhen: vous avez eu [vu-zave-zy] you have had; je dois
al-ler [59 dwa-za-le] / must go; il faut e-cri-re [11 fo-te-
kriir] it is necessary to lurite; veuil-lez en-trer [voe-je-
za-tre] please come in; arc-en-ciel [ar-kti sjel] rainboiv;
pied-a-terre [pje-ta te:r] temporary lodging.
334 Verb with object or predicate complement: nous
at-ten-dons une let-tre [nu-za-ta-do-zyn letr] ; il e-crit
u-ne re-pon-se [i-le-kri-tyn re-pSis] he writes a reply;
nous som-mes a ta-ble [nu som-za ta-bl] we are at the
table; ce-la m'est e-gal [sa-la me-te-gal] that is all the same
to me.
335 Preposition (except se-lon, 378) and object: chez
eux [5e-z0] at their house; sous un toit [su-zce twa] under a
roof; dans u-ne ten-te [da-zyn ta:t] in a tent.
336 Adverb with modifying word: beau-coup ai-me
[bo-ku-pe-me] much loved; fort in-struit [for-te-strqij well
instructed; res-tez en-co-re [rcs-te-za-koir] stay longer;
tres ha-bi-le [trc-za-bilj very able; trop en a-vant [tro-pa-
na-vu] too Jar forward.
337 Words so closely related as to represent but a
single group or idea: bon a rien [bo-na rje] or [bo-na rje]
good for nothing; mot a mot [mo-ta mo] icord by word; pas
a pas fpcj-za po] step by step; pe-tit a pe-tit [pa-ti-ta po-ti]
Utile by HI fir; plus ou moins Iply-zu mwe] more or less;
pret a par-tir |prr-tu par-tiir] ready to leave; de temps en
temps [do tu-zu tuj from time to time.
128 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
338 The letters j and v do not occur as final, hence the
question of linking does not occur. The letters b, c, f
(but see 194 and 342), k, 1, p, q, r, t, z are carried over
without change of sound.
339 b final is rare, and is usually silent (171); con-
sequently it is seldom linked, save where difficult to avoid
linking : Ja-cob est ve-nu [3a-ko-b8 va-ny] Jacob has come;
Jo-ab e-tait ne-veu de Da-vid [so-a-be-te n9-v0 da da-
vid] Joah was David's nephew. But in the commonest
cases where b occurs as final, as in a-plomb [a-pl5] assur-
ance; Chris-to-phe Co-lomb [kris-tof ko-l5] ; plomb [plo]
lead; sur-plomb [syr pl5] overhanging, it is not linked.
340 c final (178) when silent, is not usually linked, as
in the words: ac-croc [a-kro] hitch; a-jonc [a-55] furze;
al-ma-nach [al-ma-na]; banc [bci] bench; ca-out-chouc [ka-
ut-Su] rubber; clerc [kle:r] clerk; eric [kri] jackscrew; croc
[kro] hook; es-croc [es-kro] swindler; fer-blanc [fer bla]
tin; franc [fru] twenty-cent piece; jonc [50] reed; marc
[mair] mark (coin); rac-croc [ra-kro] lucky hit; tronc [tr5]
trunk; le lion de Saint-Marc [b Ijo da se mair] Saint
Mark's lion; la pla-ce Saint-Marc a Ve-ni-se [la plas se
ma-ra va-niiz] Saint Mark's square in Venice; marc d'ar-
gent [ma:r d ar-5a] (ancient French money); du marc
de ca-fe [dy mair da ka-fe] coffee-grounds; Saint-Marc
Gi-rar-din [se mair si-rar-de]; banc a dos [ba a do] seat
with a back; es-croc in-tel-li-gent [es-kro e-te-li-3a] in-
telligent knave; le marc et le franc sont des pie-ces d'ar-
gent [h ma-re b fra s5 de pjes d ar-5a] the ynark and the
Jranc are silver coins.
LIAISON 129
341 c final is linked in croc-en-jam-be [kro-ka 5a ib]
tripping up; du blanc au noir [dy bid-ko nwair] from black
to white; de clerc a mai-tre [do kler-ka meitr] from clerk
to master; franc al-leu [frd-ka-l0] freehold; franc e-tour-di
[fra-ke-tur-di] giddy-headed felloiv ; franc et net [frd-ke net]
frank and plain; a franc e-trier [a fra-ke-tri-je] full speed;
Marc An-toine [mar-ka-twan] ; Marc Au-re-le [mar-ko-
rel] (cf . with preceding examples of marc 340) ; il est done
ar-ri-ve [i-lc do-ka-ri-ve] he has then arrived.
343 f when linked, except in the word neuf nine (305),
retains its proper value. Even in neuf, when linked, the
V pronunciation is giving way to the normal f : neuf en-
fants [nce-fa-fa] nine children; neuf a table [noe-fa ta-bl]
nine at table. Thus the f of neuf is following the analogy
of the ordinary cases like vif e-clat [vi-fe-kla] loud report;
oeuf a la coque [oe-fa la kok] egg in the shell; veuf en se-con-
des no-ces [vcc-faso-g5:dnos] widower marrying a second
time.
343 k final, whether before a vowel or a consonant, is
sounded : le co-peck est u-ne mon-naie rus-se [lo ko-pe-
ke-tyn mo-nc rys] the copeck is a Russian coin.
344 1 final (221), whether before a vowel or a conso-
nant, keeps its own value. Being silent in the following
words, no linking takes place: a-nil, ba-ril, che-nil, cour-
til, cou-til, four-nil, frai-sil, fu-sil, nom-bril, ou-til, per-
sil, pouls, soul, sour-cil. Being sounded in the following
words, the linking before a vowel occurs naturally: bel
hom-me [bc-ljm] fine man; fil u-ni-que [fi-ly-nik] only
130 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
thread; fol es-poir [fo-les-pwa:r] foolish hope; nou-vel an
[nu-ve-ld] new year; seul ha-bit [soe-la-bi] only coat.
345 p final is rarely linked; it may however be heard
not infrequently in the adverbs beau-coup and trop be-
fore a vowel: beau-coup e-tu-die [bo-ku-pe-ty-dje] much
studied; trop e-cla-tant [tro-pe-kla-ta] too bright.
346 q = [k] (252). Notice the follo\\nng: le cinq mars
[la seik mars] the fifth of March, the final consonant being
so pronounced when the cardinal numeral is equivalent
to an ordinal; cinq en-fants [se-kfi-fa] five children; cinq
hom-mes [se-kom] five men; but cinq li-vres [se livr] five
hooks; cinq he-ros [se e-ro],
347 r final (262) of an adjective is linked only before
a. noun: le pre-mier en-fant [la pra-mje-ra-fa] the first
child; notice [pra-mje] but [pra-mje-rd-fa], e becoming e
under the opening influence of r; son der-nier a- vis [s3
der-nje-ra-vi] his last counsel; but: il est le-ger et e-tour-di
[i-le le-5e e e-tur-di] he is flighty and thoughtless; le pre-
mier et le deu-xie-me [la pra-mje e la d0-zjem] the first
and the second.
348 r of infinitive endings in er may be linked; and
in reading, especially verse, usually is: ai-mer a chan-ter
[e-me-ra Sa-te] to love to sing.
349 r final, when silent in nouns, is not hnked: le
sen-tier es-car-pe [la sa-tje es-kar-pe] the steep path;
mon-sieur Er-nest [ma-sj0 er-nest]; un bou-lan-ger in-
tel-li-gent [ce bu-la-5e e-te-li-3a] an intelligent baker.
LIAISON 131
350 t final (295-298) of adjectives, verbs, participles
and adverbs, though silent in the words themselves, is
almost always linked : un ex-cel-lent homme [de nek-se-
Ici-tom] an excellent man; el-le est fort en pei-ne [c-le
for-ta pen] she is very much troubled; 11 faut es-say-er
[il fo-te-se-je] it is necessary to try; en al-lant a pied [ci-na-
la-tapje] i?i going on foot.
351 t final of verb-endings -ent, -lent, although silent,
is linked: il tient a cela [il tje-ta S9-Ia] he holds to that; 11
vlent a temps [il vje-ta ta] he comes in time; el-les se-
ralent in-vi-tees [el so-re-te-vi-te] they would be invited.
352 t final of the adjectives court and fort is only
linked with the vowel of a following noun: un court es-
pa-ce [de kur-tes-pais] a short space; un fort a-thle-te [de
for-tat-let] a strong athlete; but: le che-min est court et
fa-ci-le [b 5^>me e kuir e fa-sil] the road is short and easy;
11 est fort et blen ba-tl [i-le ioir e bje ba-ti] he is strong and
well built.
353 ect. Words ending in ect, ab-ject, cor-rect
(300), in which both c and t are sounded, link over before
a vowel, naturally, the t. — The four words as-pect, clr-
con-spect, re-spect, sus-pect link over the c ( = k) ordi-
narily, although the usage varies: as-pect ad-mi-ra-ble
(as-pe-kad-ini-rabl], also [as-pe ad-mi-rablj ; cir-con-spect
en tout [sir-k^-spe-kfi-tu], also [sir-k5-spek-ta-tu]; man-
quer de re-spect a quelqu'un [nin-kc do n--si)r-ka krl-k(r],
also [uifi-kc <|j re-spe a kei-kdij; 11 est sus-pect a son par-tl
[i-le sys-pe-ka s5 par-ti], also [i-le sys-pe a s5 par-tij he is
132 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
an object of suspicion to his party; re-spect hu-main is al-
ways pronounced [re-spe-ky-mej.
354 Although the t final of nouns is usually silent,
nevertheless in the following common expressions it is
linked: ac-cent ai-gu [ak-sa-te-gy] ; au doigt et a I'ceII
[o dwa-te a Iceij] at beck and call; de point en point [da
pwe-ta pwe] in detail; bout a bout [bu-ta bu] end to end;
d'un bout a I'au-tre [doe bu-ta lotr] from one end to the
other; du haut en bas [dy o-ta ba] frotn top to bottom; d'un
mo-ment a I'au-tre [d oe mo-ma-ta lotr] from one moment
to another; doit et a- voir [dwa-te a-vwair] debit and credit;
le fait est re-con-nu [la fc-te ra-ko-ny] the fact is recog-
nized; nuit et jour [nqi-te 3u:r] night and day; par-le-ment
an-glais [parl-ma-ta-gle] English parliaynent; point ex-
cla-ma-tif [pwe-teks-kla-ma-tif] exclamation point; point
in-ter-ro-ga-tif [pwe-te-te-ro-ga-tif] interrogation point;
pot a fleur [po-ta floeir] flower-pot; pot a eau [po-ta o]
water-pot; pot au lait [pa-to Ic] milk-pitcher; pot au feu [pa-
to f0] boiled beef and broth; pot aux roses [pa-to ro:z] pot
of face-powder; mystery.
355 t final of cent im [sa de] a hundred and one, and of
cent onze [sa aiz] a hundred and eUven, is never linked.
The t of the conjunction et is never linked: fort et ac-tif
[fair e ak-tif] strong and active; Paul et Alice [pa-le a-lis].
356 t final in the endings -at, -art, -ert, -eurt, -ort,
-ourt (380) of verbs, nouns, some adverbs and preposi-
tions is not linked, but the r is sounded just as though it
were the final letter: il se-rait bon qu'il ar-ri-vat aujour-
LIAISON 133
d'hui [il sa-re bo ki-la-ri-va o-^nr-flni] it would he well for
him to arrive to-dnij; a part elle et vous [a pa:r el e vu]
aside from her and you; elle part a regret [cl pair a rs-gre]
she leaves with regret; il s'est of-fert a le soi-gner [il se-to-
fe:r a la swa-fie] he offered to take care of him; le de-sert
a-ri-de [la de-ze:r a-rid] the arid desert; il meurt a-vec
cou-ra-ge [il mcEir a-vek ku-rais] he dies courageously; a
tort et a tra-vers [atoir eatra-veir] at random; il court
au feu [il ku:r o f0] he runs to the fire.
357 z final (319) of the second person plural of verbs
is regularly linked: vous ai-mez a li-re [vu-ze-me-za liir]
you like to read; vous al-lez a Pa-ris [vu-za-le-za pa-ri]
you are going to Paris.
358 z final of as-sez, chez, is regularly linked: as-sez
ai-ma-ble [a-se-ze-mabl] kiTid enough; chez eux [Se-z0] at
their house.
359 z final of nez and riz is never linkerl: du riz au lait
[dy ri o le] rice cooked with milk; nez a-qui-lin [ne a-ki-le]
aquiline nose; nor is z linked in the expressions: por-tez
ar-mes [par-tc arm] carry arms; pre-sen-tez ar-mes [pre-
zu-te arm] 'present arms.
360 As may be seen from the above examples just
cited, final consonants that are regularly silent like p, q
or c = k, t, z are carried over without change of sound
just as are those usually pronounced c, f, 1, r. Never-
theless the linking of silent consonants of singular nouns
is usually avoided : mot an-glais [mo a-gle] English word;
134 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
es-prit al-le-mand [es-pri al-ma] German wit; ob-jet im-
por-tant [ob-3e e-por-tfi] important object. Common ex-
pressions: de temps en temps, pas a pas, etc., enumerated
in 337, form an exception.
361 d, g, s, X, when linked, have respectively the sound
X^ }Xj Xij Z.
363 d = [t] : quand i-rez-vous? [kai-ti-re vu] when will
you go?; pied-a-ter-re [pjc-ta teir] momentarij lodging; re-
pond-elle [re-p3-telj she replies; le froid et le chaud [b
frwa-te la ^o] the cold and the heat; un froid ac-cueil [defrwa-
ta-koe!J] a cool reception; un grand hom-me [ce grfi-tom] a
great man; de pied en cap [do pje-ta kap] from head to foot;
com-prend-il [k3-pru-til] does he understand? ; en-tend-on
[a-ta-to] does one hear?; perd-il [per-til] does he lose?
363 The linking of d = [t] is most usual in cases of an
adjective followed by its noun as in the example just
above cited: un grand hom-me; or as in: laid a-ni-mal
[le-ta-ni-mal] an ugly animal; se-cond e-ta-ge [sa-g3-
te-tai3] third story; but if the word following the ad-
jective is not a noun, the d is silent: le se-cond et le
troi-sie-me [b sa-go e la trwa-zjpra] the second- and the
third; grand et bien fait [gra e bje fe] tall and well made;
es-prit pro-fond en tout [es-pri pra-f5 a tu] mind deep
in everything, d is linked as d in nord-est [nord est]
northeast and nord-ouest [nord west] northwest (297).
364 d final of the endings -ard, -ord, -ourd (380) is not
usually linked over, but the preceding r is linked to the
vowel of the following word: un vieil-lard in-firme [ce vje-
LIAISON 135
jair e-firm] an infirm old man; le re-nard et la ci-go-gne
[Is ra-nair e la si-gop] the fox and the stork; lourd et indi-
geste [luir e e-di-sest] heavy and indigestible.
365 g when linked = k, in long [13]; rang [ra] rank;
sang [sci] blood; long hi-ver [lo-ki-\'{':r] long winter; rang
e-le-ve [rci-kel-ve] high station; rang in-fi-me [ra-ke-fini]
lowest rank; sang im-pur [sa-kf-pyirj impure blood; sang
hu-main [sa-ky-mej human blood. This usage, however,
is more literary than colloquial. Ordinarily, in these
eases, the g may be silent: long hi-ver [loiveir]; rang
e-le-ve [ruel-ve]; sang im-pur [sur-pyir]; sang et eau
[sd e o] blood and water. Elsewhere g final, except in
joug and bourg, where according to some authorities
(but not generally, sec 205 and 206) it has the sound of
k before vowels and consonants, it is silent: le fau-bourg
ex-te-rieur [lo fo-buir eks-te-rjcEir] the outer suburb; I'e-
tang est tout pres [Ic-ta e tu pre] the pond is quite near;
le coing est un fruit [lo kwe et de frqi] the quince is a fruit.
366 s when linked = z, the most frequent of the link-
ings, because occurring so often between closely related
words (3.30). This linking of s, sounded as z, occurs
in many expressions in which the s of the individual word
is silent: de plus en plus [da ply-zu ply] more and more;
de temps en temps [do tu-zti tu] from time to time; dos a
dos [do-za do] back to back; les en-ne-mis en fuite [le-zen-
mi-zu fqit] the enemies in flight; pas a pas [jMi-za pa] step
by step; plus ou moins [ply-/u iinvr| more or less; tiers
e-tat [ljf:r-ze-t;i| third estate; un suc-ces i-nat-ten-du [ue
syk-se-zi-na-tu-dy] an unexpected success.
136 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
367 s of final cs, rs is silent in plural of nouns and of
compound words: arcs-en-ciel [ar-ku sjrl] rainboivs; bees
Auer [be-ko-eir] Auer burners; des dues et pairs [de dy-ke
peir] dukes and peers; des pores-epies [de por-ke-pik] por-
cupines. In these and the following cases, the linking of
s, not being-pleasant to the French ear, is avoided, while
the c or the r is linked over : des vers a soie [de ve-ra swa]
silkworms; des mai-tres es arts [de nie-tre-zair] masters
of arts; corps a eorps [ko-rakoir] hand to hand (fight);
chars a banes [^a-ra bu] jaunting cars; vers un en-droit
[v8-roe-(n)a-drwa] towards a place; en-vers et eon-tre tous
[a-veir-e ko-tra tu:s] towards and against all.
368 s final of a proper noun is silent : Geor-ges est
ri-che [5or-5e ri$] George is rich; la ea-the-drale d'A-miens
est ma-gni-fi-que [la ka-te-dral d a-nije-(n)e ma-jii-fik]
the Amiens Cathedral is magnificerd; Pa-ris est u-ne bel-le
vil-le [pa-ri e-tyn bel vil] Paris is a beautiful city.
369 s final is not sounded in un a-vis im-por-tant
[oe-na-vi e-por-td] an important advice; vers les une
heu-re [ver le yn ce ir] towards one o'clock; and the s of
vo-lon-tiers [vo-l5-tje] ivillingly is never sounded; vo-lon-
tiers a mes or-dres [vo-15-tje a me-zordro] willingly to my
orders.
370 Certain expressions contain the sound most often
heard in linking [z] represented by s, x or z; and this
sound may occur twice in a short phrase. To avoid such
repetition the linking is made but once: dix heu-res un
quart [di-zceir-de kair] instead of [di-zreir-zce kair] quarter
LIAISON 137
past ten; six heu-res et de-mie [si-zoeir-e da-mi] half past
six; ai-dez-vous les uns aux au-tres [e-de vu le-zoe o-zotr]
help one another; les lar-mes aux yeux [le lar-mo-zj0] tears
in the eyes.
371 Neither linking nor elision occurs before huit, hui-
tie-me (213) (excepting dix-huit and dix-hui-tie-me) , onze,
on-zie-me, oua-te, oui, oui-di-re (215, 390): le huit du
mois [lo qit dy mwa] the eighth of the riionth; le on-zie-me
[lo 5-zjem] the eleventh; la on-zie-me heu-re [la 3-zjem
ce:r] the eleventh hour; le on-ze [lo oiz] the eleventh {daij of
the month); qua-tre-vingt-on-ze [ka-tro ve 5:z]; la oua-te
[lawat] wadding; des oui-di-re [de wi diir] hearsay; les
on-ze en-fants [Ic 5:-za-fu] the eleven children. Notice
the following: des man-teaux oua-tes [de mu-to wa-te]
lined cloaks; le uh-lan [lo ylu] (kruian lancer; les uh-
lans [le yla] ; met-tez le un avant le deux [me-te lo de a-va
b d0] put the one before the two; but un un mal-fait [ce-
nde mal fe] a one badly made; trois un de sui-te [trwa-zde
da sqit] three consecutive ones; cent un [sd oe] one hundred
and one; cent un [sa-toe] one hundred times one; sur les
une heure [syr le yn cDir] about one o'clock; vers les une
heure [ver le yn oe:r] towards one o'clock (some ellipsis,
such as about or towards the minutes preceding or fol-
lowing one o'clock, seems to be implied) ; quatre-vingt-un
[katro vc oe] eighty-one; le yacht [lo jak(t)] (the word is
also pronounced ((a I'anglaise)) [jot] by those familiar with
English); la yole [la j.)l] small boat or canoe.
'iTi X when linked =z: aux ar-mes [o-zarm] to arms;
des prix eleves [de j)ri-zel-ve] high prices; deux a deux
138 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
[d0-za d0] hvo hy two; dix en-fants [di-za-fa] ten children;
paix u-ni-ver-sel-le [pe-zy-ni-ver-sel] universal 'peace; six
hom-mes [si-zom] six men. Before consonants, x final
follows the general rule and is silent : six sol-dats [si sol-
da] six soldiers; dix pom-mes [di pom] ten apples.
373 m usually has no other function after a vowel
than to nasalize it, the m itself not being sounded (233).
Therefore in such cases no Rnking is heard: A-dam et
E-ve [a-daeeiv]; u-ne faim ex-ces-si-ve [yn fe ek-se-
siiv] excessive hunger; un nom il-lus-tre [oe no il-lystr]
an illustrious name; un par-fum ex-quis [oe par-foe eks-ki]
an exquisite perfume.
374 But when m does occur as a final pronounced con-
sonant, then it is naturally linked over like any other
final pronounced consonant: Je-ru-sa-lem est vain-cu
[se-ry-za-le-me ve-ky] Jerusalem is conquered; le ha-rem
at- tray-ant [lo a-re-ma-tre-ja] the attractive harem.
375 n like m after a vowel has the function of nasaliz-
ing that vowel (129, 239). It differs in this case from nwn
that while m nasalizing the preceding vowel is never linked
over, n may be when the tv/o words are so inseparably
connected as to form but one word, group or idea. Then
the nasalized vowel usually retains its nasal quality and
the n is carried over as a consonant: au-cun ou-vra-ge
[o-kde-nu-vra!5] no ivork; bien ai-ma-ble [bje-ne-mabl]
very kind; bon a-mi [bo-na-mi] good friend; bon en-fant
[bo-na-fci] good fellow; un an-cien a-mi [ce-na-sje-na-mi]
a former friend; bien heu-reux [bJL--noe-r0] very happy;
LIAISON 139
rien ac-cep-ter [rje-nak-sep-te] to accept nothing; en plein
air [a-plc-ncir] in the open air. Another pronunciation
in such cases and rather common in colloquial usage is
to denasalize the vowel, retaining its oral quality, linking
the n over as a consonant in the usual way. Simply
removing the sign of nasality over the vowel in the pre-
ceding examples will illustrate the second method of pro-
nunciation in such cases; or: men a-mi [mo-na-mi] my
friend, instead of [mo-na-mi] ; un enfant [oe-na-fa] a child,
instead of [de-na-fa].
376 But when n appears simply as a pure consonant,
it is then linked over to the following vowel just as m is
or any other consonant: I'hy-men ac-tuel [1 i-me-nak-tijrl]
the actual marriage; spe-ci-men a-de-si-rer [spe-si-me-
na de-zi-re] desirable specimen.
377 n final of the nasal vowel of a noun is not linked:
ce bien est a men fre-re [so !)]?• e-ta-m5 freir] this prop-
erty is my brother s; Jean est pe-tit [5a e po-ti] Johii is
little; le vin et I'eau [lo ve e 1 o] the wine and water; le bon
et le mau-vais [lo b5 e b mo-ve] the good and the bad.
378 n final in the following common expressions is
not linkofl : c'est bon a manger [s e-bo a ma-5e] it is good
to pat; se-lon eux [so-!.") 0] according to them (335); il se
con-duit bien en clas-se [il so-ko-dqi bjc o klrcs] he be-
haves himself well in the class; com-bien y en a-t-il? [k")-
bjt- i d-na-til] how many of them are there? I'un ou I'au-tre
[1 w u 1 otr] one or the other.
370 h. Neither linking nor elision takes place l)ef()re
an aspirate h. Care should be taken not to aspirate tliis
140 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
written (but unsounded) h as in English. Simply detach
the word preceding from that beginning with h : la hon-te
[la oit] shame; le ha-sard [lo a-za:r] chance; le cri des hi-
boux [lo kri de i-bu] the owls' cry; les hut-tes des sau-va-
ges [Ic yt de so-vais] the Indians' huts.
380 Special cases. Consonants after r are not usually
linked. This applies to the endings of many words in
-ard, -ord, -curd, -art, -ert, -eurt, -ort, -curt (356):
dard ai-gu [dair-e-gy] sharp dart; bord a bord [bo:r-a boir]
alongside; lourd et fort [lu:r-e foir] heavy and strong; el-le
part au-jourd'hui [rl pa!r-o-5ur-dqi] she leaves to-day; il
con-quiert une pro-vince [il ko-kjrir-yn-pro-veis] he con-
quers a province; elle meurt ex-pres [el moeir-eks-pre] she
dies on purpose; fort et grand [fo:r-e gra] strong and toll;
on ac-court aus-si-tot [o-na-ku:r-o-si-to] they run imme-
diately.
381 Exceptions to the general rule that consonants
after r are not usually sounded may be noticed in the
flexional s which follows r: des re-gards ai-ma-bles [de
ro-gair-ze-mabl] kind attention; in the final t or d after r
of verbs before a pronoun: perd-il [peir-til] does he lose?
sert-il [seir-t il] is he of use? in fort used as an absolute
superlative, that is, in the sense of very: fort ai-ma-ble
[fo:r-te-ma(!)bl] very amiable; but fort et dur [fo:r-e dyjr]
strong and hard.
383 In the expressions de part en part [da-pair-ta par]
right through; de part etd'au-tre [do pair-te dotr] on all
sides; I'art o-ra-toi-re [1 air-to-ra-twair] oratorical art, the
final t is linked over.
LIAISON 141
Exercise LIX. Linking occurs ki the expressions throughout
this exercise. Read carefully, pronouncing aloud the following : 1 . A
neuf heures precises. 2. Attendez un instant. 3. Beaucoup aime.
4. Bien ennuyeux. 5. Bloc enorme. G. C'est un enfant tres eveille.
7. C'est un franc etourdi. 8. Cheval ombrageux. 9. Cinq heures.
10. Comprend-il ce qu'on dit? 11. De fond en comble. 12. Des
cheveux epais. 13. Des histoires ctonnantes. 14. De part en part.
15. D'exceUents exercices. 16. Du blanc au noir. 17. En avez-
vouseu? 18. Enete. 19. En hiver. 20. lis etudicnt bien. 21. lis
se rendent en classe deux a deux. 22. II y a cinq ans. 23. Le
bourg est en fete. 24. Le grand ocean. 25. Le nabab est un richard.
26. Les empereurs Marc Aurele et Marc Antoine. 27. Nous irons
ensemble. 28. CEuf a la coque. 29. On en a assez. 30. Parler franc
et net. 31. Perd-il son temps? 32. Quand irez-vous? 33. Qu'en-
tend-on? 34. Repond-elle. 35. S'il en est ainsi. 36. Tres habile.
37. Trop ctroit. 38. Un arc-en-ciel. 39. Un fort argument en sa
faveur. 40. Un joug intolerable. 41. Un pore-epic. 42. Vousavez
ete au pare. 43. Vous en avez assez.
Exercise LX, illustrating examples in which Unking is to be
avoided. Read carefully the following expressions, pronouncing
them aloud: 1. Ailez-vous-en avec eux. 2. Arcs-en-ciel. 3. A-t-on
^te aimable? 4. Bees Auer. 5. Bordeaux est une belle viUe. 6. C'est
le huit. 7. Colomb a erre longtemps. 8. Combien en demande-
t-il? 9. De domain en huit. 10. Du plomb argcntifere. 11. Du riz
au lait. 12. Enfin on arriva. 13. Envers eux. 14. 11 est grand et
beau. 15. Jean et Alexis. 16. Le loup court encore. 17. Le
second et le troisieme. 18. Le surplomb en est visible. 19. Le
trente et un octobre. 20. Mais oui. 21. Marie coud a morveille.
22. Nez i nez. 23. Paris est ki capitak'. 24. Quatre-vingt-onze.
25. Quatre-vingt-sept. 26. Saint-Marc k Vcnise. 27. Sourd k
toute,s k^s demandes. 28. Sourd et muet. 29. Trop hardi. 30. Un
banc k dos. 31. L'ne faim excessive. 32. Un et deux font trois.
33. Un garyon indolent. 34. Un nom anglais.
ExEiicisE LXI. Stale briefly I lie principle by rea.son of which
linking takes j)la(;e in each examjjle given in Exercise LIX and
does not take place in each of the examples given in Exerciae LX.
142 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
X ELISION
383 Elision, or the dropping of the final vowel of a
monosyllable before the initial vowel of the next word,
is indicated by the apostrophe (31). In certain cases the
letters e, a, i, the vowels undergoing elision, are entirely
silent. The monosyllaljles eliding final e are de, le, ne,
que; the pronouns je, ce, le, me, se, te when followed by
a verb, by en or by y.
384 Elision of e : I'e-co-le [1 e-kol] the school; d'un en-
fant [d oe-nd-fa] of a child; n'est-ce pas [n es pa] is it not
so? j'ai-me [5 e:m] / love; c'est [s e] it is; il I'a [i-1 a] he has
it; m'a-t-elle vu [m a-tel vy] has she seen me ? il s'en va
[il s a va] he goes away; qu'a-vez-vous [k a-ve vu] what is
the matter with you ? tu t'y es mis [ty ti e mi] you have 'put
yourself there; en-voy-ez-1'y [a-vwa-je 1 i] send him there. J
385 The vowels of the pronouns ce, je, la, le are not
elided when these monosyllaljles come after the ^erb:
est-ce vrai [es vre] is it true? ai-je rai-son [ei5 rc-z5] am /
right? fai-tes-le [fet b] do it; voy-ez-le [vwa-je la] see
him.
386 The final e of jusque is elided in jus-qu'a [5ys-k a]
up to; jus-qu'a-lors [sys-k a-lo:r] up to that time; jus-qu'en
[sys-kd ] up to; jus-qu'i-ci [sys-k i-si] iip to this time; the
final e of lorsque, puisque, quoique is also elided, but only
before elle, il, on, mi: lors-qu'il [lors-k il] when he; puis-
qu'el-le [pqis-k el] since she; quoi-qu'on [kwa-k 5] although
one.
ELISION 143
387 A few words, generally ha\nng quelque, entre or
presque in their composition, elide final e: quel-qu'un
[kel-kde ] some one; en-tr'ac-te [a-tr akt] interval between
the acts; pres-qu'i-le [pres-k il ] peninsula; also au-jour-
d'hui [o-5ur-tl qi] ] to-day.
388 Elision of a. a is onl}^ elided in the article or
pronoun la before the verb : I'a-me [1 a im] the soul; I'his-
toi-re [1 is-twair] the story; il I'aime [i-1 eim] he loves her;
but ai-mez-la [c-me la] love her.
389 Elision of i. i is elided only in the conjunction si
before il or ils : s'il va [s il va] if he goes; s'ils vien-nent
[s il vjen] if they come.
390 Elision does not take place before the aspirate h,
nor before on-ze, on-zie-me, oui, oui-di-re, oua-te (371,
215), oh que oui [o ka wi] why yes; la on-zie-me [la 5-zjem]
the eleventh.
391 While the preceding examples illustrate elision as
shown by the apostrophe, the great majority of cases
may be said to occur where no apostrophe marks the
suppression of an e mute before a word beginning with a
vowel or silent h. In fact e is silent at the end of most
words (\mt cf. 3!)o) : pla-ce [plas] ; pren-dre [prtiidr] ; ta-ble
[taf:)bl]; (except where the e itself is the only vowel in the
word, as in le, me, te): in verbal endings -es, -ent (tu
ai-mes [ty eim]; ils ai-ment |il-zeim]); and after a vowel
that just precedes the final e: rue [ry] street.
392 In very many instances, two or more words arc
pronounced just as though parts of one entire word, that
144 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
is, together in one breath, just as though each formed a
component part of one entire word. The final e in such
cases is absolutely mute and the preceding consonant is
linked over with the initial vowel of the following word:
fa-ci-le a li-re [fa-si-la liir] easy to read; la guer-re e-cla-te
en-tre eux [la ge!-re-kla-ta-tr0] war breaks out between
them; la ro-be est rou-ge [la ro-be ruis] the dress is red;
I'ex-er-ci-ce o-ral [1 eg-zer-si-so-ral] the oral exercise; u-ne
an-cien-ne e-le-ve [y-na-sje-ne-lesv] a former pupil; u-ne
au-tre an-nee [y-no-tra-ne] another year.
393 Compare the following pairs of words, in the
former of which the e is elided and in the latter (70, 71)
it is not: Allemagne and Angleterre; bulletin and porte-
feuille; causerie and brusquerie; joyeusement and triste-
ment; legerete and fermete; logement and appartement;
longuement and largement; maintenant and autrefois;
mugissement and hurlement; salete and proprete; samedi
and, vendredi.
394 Compare again in the same manner the following
pairs, each of which is composed of two or more words
(cf. 74). In the first group composing the pair, the e is
not pronounced; in the second it is: A de-main and pour
demain; au-dessus and par-dessus; je ne sais pas and il
ne sait pas; la demande and leur demande; la petite and
cette petite; la semaine and une semaine; les cheminees
and une cheminee ; le velours and quel velours ; mademoi-
selle and une demoiselle ; monsieur De Vire and madame De
Vire; on recommence and elle recommence; roi de France
and reine de France; sa fenetre and cette fenetre; sans le
CAPITALS 145
chien and avec le chien; sous le pont and sur le pont; un
demi-litre and une demi-livre ; un pot de biere atid un
verre de biere; vin de Champagne and biere de Munich.
Exercise LXII. A most useful exercise may be had by wTiting
the two pairs above given in 393 and 394, first as usual in ordinary
writing and printing of French, dividing them into syllables and pro-
nouncing aloud each syllable and word; secondly, performing the
same operation and using, in so doing, the key alphabet.
395 The following sentences illustrate the usual
elision of e when occurring in ordinary phrases. The
elided e is italicized: 1. Cette phrase est facile a lire et
a comprendre. 2. Elle raconte encore une histoire ab-
surde. 3. Elise a tme autre idee en tete. 4. La balle
^tait derriere une chaise au salon. 5. La campagne est
belle et agreable en juin. 6. Laissez la porte et la fe-
netre ouvertes.
XI CAPITALS
396 Capitals are used as in English to begin a sen-
tence, quotation or a proper name: Les oiseaux chantent.
The birds are Hinging. II m'a dit: ((Faites-le toujours.))
He said to me: "Keej) on doing it." Felix Faure.
397 Small letters, contrary to English usage, are used
to begin the pronoun je = English /.- Eh, bien, je m'en
vais, Well, I'm going away. Enfin, j'y suis, j'y teste,
In short, I'm here, I'm going to stay here; and in writing
thf iiitfrjf'ction 6 = English oh or 0: — 6 Dieu, O Heavens!
douleur, grief! 6 ma jeunesse, nn/ ijouth!
146 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
398 Small letters are used to begin the names of the
days of the week and of the month: Cast aujourd'hui
lundi le dix aout, To-day is Monday the tenth of August;
II est venu vendredi le trois mars, He come Friday the
third of March.
399 Small letters are used to begin adjectives derived
from proper nouns: un noble venitien, a Venetian noble-
man: un savant allemand, a German scholar; le rivage
troyen, the Trojan shore; le chant gregorien, the Gregorian
chant; il etudie le frangais, he studies the French language;
also in writing the expressions: catholique, lutherien,
mahometan, protestant, puritain, pharisien, voltairien;
also catholicisme, christianisme, judaisme. But when the
adjective is used substantively, then it is treated as a
proper noun: le Frangais, the Frenchman; un Irlandais,
an Irishman; un riche Americain, a rich American; les
Asiatiques, the Asiatics; les Europeens, the Europeans;
un illustre Parisien, an illustrious Parisian. \
400 When to a product or object of manufacture, the
name of the town or locality of production or fabrication
is given, this name is treated like a proper adjective and
begins with a small letter: un metre d'angleterre; une
statue en carrare ; un bel angora ; une bouteille de cognac ;
fumer du maryland; une robe de florence; une robe de
madras,
401 In titles of books, companies, associations and
the like, but one word usually begins with a capital,
generally the first noun, unless preceded by a preposi-
CAPITALS 147
tion: Dans les gardes frangaises, la Jerusalem delivree,
le Malade imaginaire, la Mare au diable, le Paradis
perdu, Pour la couronne, les Precieuses ridicules.
403 If an adjective (or numeral) precedes the noun,
instead of following it as in the above examples, then
both adjective (or numeral) and noun begin with a cap-
ital: I'Ancien Testament; les Deux Soeurs; la Divine
Comedie; les Fausses Confidences; la Jeune Femme
colere ; la Nouvelle Heloise ; la Petite Fadette ; Un beau
mariage ; Un Mariage dans le monde. The article (defi-
nite) when used as the first word of the title, as in these
examples, is written with a capital only when it begins
the sentence.
Notice the usage in the following titles of literary
works: le Vieux celibataire; le Vieux fat; les Vieux gar-
fons; Une Vieille maitresse; le Vieux neuf; la Vieille
roche; la Vieille tante.
403 When the title of a word is accompanied by the
author's name, both title and name are written with a
capital: la Biographie Didot; les Conunentaires de Cesar;
le Dictionnaire de I'Academie; I'Encyclopedie de Diderot;
les Essais de Montaigne; la Geographic de Crozat; le
Glossaire de du Cange.
404 Wlien two substantives figure as the title of a
publication, a society or order, the second substantive
being merely the complement of the first, then the first
only is written with u capital: Bulletin des lois; Cours
d'astronomie ; Dialogue des morts; Elements de phy-
148 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
sique; Essai sur les mceurs; Histoire des croisades;
Voyage autour du monde; I'Academie des sciences; le
Conservatoire de musique; le Conservatoire des arts et
metiers; I'Ecole des chartes; I'ordre de I'Aigle de fer;
I'ordre de la Legion d'honneur ; I'ordre de la Toison d'or.
405 Nevertheless, it frequently happens that when two
substantives figure in the title of a book, society or
order, that it is the second that is written with a capital
while the first is written with a small letter. This is so
because in such cases the second word characterizes and
epitomizes more appropriately the entire title : le cap des
Tempetes; la cour des Miracles; la fontaine des Inno-
cents; I'hotel des Ambassadeurs ; I'ile de la Reunion; les
montagnes de la Lime; le quai aux Fleurs, meaning a
particular quay in Paris where flowers are sold; while
quai aux fleurs designates a quay given over to the sale
of flowers in any city. >>
406 Occasionally it happens that two words in the
title of a publication or association are written with a
capital : Memoires de la Societe nationale des antiquaires
de France; Memoires de la Societe de linguistique ; la
Critique de I'Ecole des femmes; Defense du Genie du
christianisme ; Observations sur I'Esprit des lois; Journal
des Savants. In such cases two titles are considered as
combined in one, or the two words are of such importance
that it appears inappropriate to write either with a small
letter.
407 Capitals are used in writing the title of a fable,
comedy or farce, the characters of which appear in the
CAPITALS 149
title and are considered as personified: le Chene et le
Roseau; la Genisse, la Chevre et la Brebis; le Flatteur
et I'Envieux; le Maitre et le Valet.
408 Two capitals are necessary in a compound proper
noun joined by a h^-phen, as: les Anglo-Saxons; les Gallo-
Grecs; les Moldo-Valaques; and the name of a dynasty,
when preceded by that of the race over which the dynasty
ruled, is written with a capital: les Francs Merovingiens ;
les Turcs Osmanlis ; but not when the name of the dynasty
is used adjoctively, as: la dynastie merovingienne ; la
dynastie napoleonienne ; likewise ecriture anglo-norman-
nique; ecriture normanno-saxonne.
409 The word saint before its noun begins with a
small letter: saint Denis, saint Frangois, saint Martin;
but when used as a part of a proper name with a noun to
which it is joined by a hyphen, it is never abbreviated
and is always written with a capital: le due de Saint-
Simon; I'eglise Saint-Germain-des-Pres ; I'eglise Sainte-
Marie-aux-Neiges; I'eglise Sainte-Marie-des-Fleurs ; (in
the three examples just cited the two last h^^phens in
each example are sometimes omitted, but the more com-
mon usage appears to be in favor of connecting all the
parts with hjT^hens); I'eglise de Saint-Pierre; le mont
Saint-Michel; la porte Saint-Martin; but if the entire
expr(;ssion is merely used as a name to indicate, for ox-
ampif, a prison or a theater, the usage is: les prisonniers
du Mont-Saint-Michel, le theatre de la Porte-Saint-
Martin.
150 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
410 The names of avenues, boulevards, quays, squares,
streets, etc., are written with a capital, but the word for
avenue, boulevard, square, street, etc., is written with a
small letter: allee de rObservatoire ; avenue des Champs-
Elysees; avenue de I'Opera; barriere de rEtoile; boule-
vard Montparnasse; carrefour de 1' Abattoir; chaussee
des Minimes ; cour des Fontaines ; place de la Concorde ;
quai de I'Horloge ; rue de Rivoli,
Small letters are used in writing the articles le, la, les,
du, de la, des before the name of a town or of a person:
le Caire, Cairo; la Havana; le Havre; le Mans; le Puy;
la Rochelle; la Bruyere; le Camoens; le Cid; la rue de la
Bruyere; la rue de I'Ecluse; le comte de la Guiche; le
prince de la Paix; Peveril du Pic; le Tintoret; Bar-le-
Duc; Choisy-le-Roy; Foulenay-aux-Roses ; Villeneuve-
le-Comte. Also in wTiting adjectives not joined to the
noun by a hyphen, as: la basse Bretagne, le bas Canada;
but les Basses-Pyrenees, la Haute-Marne.
411 Small letters are used to begin titles before proper
nouns: le president Fallieres; le prince de Galles; le roi
Alfonse; le czar Nicholas; lord Ruthven; le comte de
Monte-Cristo ; le general Boulanger; le roi d'Angleterre ;
le professeur Croizet; I'abbe de I'Epee; le due d'Enghien;
I'empereur de la Chine, le docteur AUard; I'archeveque
Blanchet.
412 Titles of honor, being considered as proper names,
whether in speaking to or of the honored personage, are
written with a capital: Votre Majeste; Vos Majestes; Sa
Majeste; Ses Majestes; Sa Saintete, in speaking of the
CAPITALS 151
Pope; Son Eminence, in speaking of a cardinal; Sa Gran-
deur, in speaking of a bishop; Son Altesse, in speaking of
a prince of the royal line.
413 Capitals, therefore, are used in the following cases
for the titles and small letters for the common names,
king, queen, emperor, czar, etc.: Sa Majeste le roi; Sa
Majeste la reine; Sa Majeste imperiale; Son Altesse
royale; Sa Majeste I'empereur Napoleon III; Sa Majeste
la reine d'Angleterre ; Sa Majeste le czar, I'autocrate de
toutes les Russies; Sa Majeste le sultan Abdul Medjid;
Sa Saintete le pape Pie IX; Son Eminence le cardinal de
Retz; Sa Grandeur I'eveque de Marseille; Son Altesse
I'electeur de Saxe.
414 Capitals are used on the above principle when the
title is extended: Sa Majeste Catholique, la reine d'Es-
pagne; Sa Majeste Fidele, le roi de Portugal; Sa Majeste
Britannique, la reine d'Angleterre.
415 Small letters are used to write the titles monsieur,
madame and mademoiselle when not beginning the
sentence, although not infrequently capitals are used.
These words are generally abbreviated, M. being written
for monsieur, English Mr., MM. (with a full stop) for
messieurs; M'"*^ f<jr madame, EngUsh Mrs.; and M"^ for
mademoiselle, English Miss. M. Blondel, monsieur
Blondel; M""^ Blondel, madame Blondel; M''^ Blondel,
mademoiselle Blondel. 'J'hey are more convenient terms
ttiiin Itiiii- English e(|ui\;il('iits, being nsed with e(|uul
jippropiiateness willi or without the name; oui, made-
moiselle; oui, madame; oui, monsieur. In wiiting the
152 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
abbreviated forms, usually printed M"^ and M"e, no punc-
tuation whatever is used; and this is the customary usage
in French in writing abbreviations which include the final
letter as Ms^ = monseigneur, D'^ = docteur. No stop is
used after Roman numerals with names of sovereigns or
divisions of a book: Louis XTV et Charles X celebrant
. . . Voir tome III, chapitre IV de I'ouvrage. 1st, 2d,
3d, 4th, etc., are usually written P"^, IP, III^, IV^, etc.
416 Small letters are used to begin names designating
political, religious and monastic schools: les republicains,
les legitimistes, les orleanistes, les socialistes; les calvi-
nistes, les catholiques, les jansenistes, les lutheriens,
les voltairiens, les benedictins, les cordeliers, les do-
minicains.
417 The name of the order itself, being considered a
proper noun, is written with a capital: I'ordre de Saint-
Benoit; la congregation de Saint-Lazare ; I'ordre du
Mont-Carmel; I'ordre de I'lncamation; I'ordre de la
Visitation ; I'ordre de la Jarretiere ; la reforme de Sainte-
Therese. The word order, congregation, etc., is often
understood, as in prendre le voile (de I'ordre) de Sainte-
Claire ; prendre I'habit (de I'ordrej de Saint-Frangois.
Exercise LXIII. Note the following giving practice on the use
of capitals; the words and expressions appear here according to
recognized standard usage: anabaptiste, gentil {Gentile), hussite,
malthusien, pythagorien; bouddhisme, islaniisme, paganisme; carme,
chartreux, cordelier; bey, cahfe, consul, due, pacha, schah; druide,
mage, pontife, pythonisse; les bacchanales, les saturnales; une
dryade, un faune, un satyi-e, une sirene, un triton; un missel; Con-
siderations sur I'histoire de France; Discours sur I'histoire universelle
{only one capital here in each instance is used, as but one work is really
CAPITALS 153
comprised in each title) ; I'esplanade des Invalides, faubourg Poisson-
niere, passage des Panoramas, place de I'Estrapade; I'aigle de Meaux
(Bossuet); I'aigle de Patmos (saint Jean), I'ange des tenebres (le
diable), le pere du mensonge (Satan), le pere de misericorde (Dieu),
I'Ange de I'ecole (saint Thomas d'Aquin), I'Oint du Seigneur (Jesus-
Christ), rOrateur romain (Ciceron), le Sage (Salomon); un arabe,
un ca^aque, une megere, un mentor, un tartufe {originally proper
nouns, frequent usage has caused them to be regarded simply as common
nouns); un dedale, un hermes, du mithridate, un phaeton; des Cal-
lots, des Elzevirs, des Plines (meaning editions of Elzevir and Pliny,
and collections of Callot) ; empire frangais, empire des Perses, princi-
paut6 d'Orange, repubUquo romaiue; Tambassade turque a Paris,
I'amirautee de Londres, la chaneeUerie de la Legion d'honneur, la
chambre des pairs, la chambre des lords, le consulat de Smyrne,
I'hotel de ville de Paris, la legation russe a Berlin, la musee de Ver-
sailles, le parlement d'Angleterre, le senat de Rome; 1' Arsenal, bi-
bliotheque de Paris, la Bastille, ancienne prison d'Etat, le Chatelet,
ancien tribunal de Paris, le Cirque, theatre de Paris, la Tour de
Londres, prison d'Etat; la tour de Babel {that is, de la Confusion),
la tour des Vents a Athenes, la vallee de la Vision; I'administration
des postes, des monnaies, des douanes, des domaines, le comptoir
d'escompte, la caisse d'epargne, le couvent des dominicains, I'eglise
des penitents gris, la hallo aux bles, aux cuirs, aux draps, aux pois-
Bons, le marche au charbon, aux fleurs, le ministere de I'interieur,
le ministdre des finances, le palais de justice, la regie des tabacs; il
est a]16 aux Arts et metiers, h I'Instruction publique, il la Monnaie
(instead of saying: il est alio a I'administration des Arts ct metiers, de
I'Instruction publique, de la Monnaie) ; le Capitole a Toulouse trans-
forme en hotel de ville, le Louvre en musee, le Luxembourg en senat,
le Palais-Ro3'al en tribunal; ce temple des protestants s'appellc le
Temple des protestants, cet hotel de ville s'apjM-lle I'llotel de ville,
cctte prison militaire s'appclle la Prison militaire, ce palais de jus-
tice s'appelle 1«; Palais de justice, ce musee s'appelle le Musee.
418 Whether a capital be used or not depends on the
sense of the expression. For instance, cote d'or may
mean any fine coast renowned for its vineyards; la cote
154
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
d'Or is a name applied particularly to a region near
Dijon; la Cote-d'Or is the name of one of the French
departments.
XII PUNCTUATION
419 The same marks of punctuation are used in French
as in English. The most commonly used are:
le point
full stop
•
la vir-gu-le
comma
>
le point et vir-gu-le
semicolon
•
1
le deux points
colon
•
•
le point d'in-ter-ro-ga-tion
interrogation
?
le point d'ex-cla-ma-tion
exclamation
!
le trait d'u-nion
hyphen \
-
le ti-ret (de se-pa-ra-tion)
dash
—
les points sus-pen-sifs
three dots
• • •
les guil-le-mets
quotation marks
« »
la pa-ren-the-se
parenthesis
()
les cro-chets
brackets
[]
I'ac-co-la-de
brace
}
I'as-te-ris-que
asterisk
«
la croix de ren-voi
dagger
t
420 In general it may be said that French punctua-
tion is more subject to the caprice of the individual
writer than is the case in English. The following points
deserve notice: 1° In a case like the following: men,
women, and children, where good usage may be found
sanctioning the comma before the conjunction, no comma
is used in French: les hommes, les femmes et les enfants.
2° The colon, le deux points (notice the form of the
PUNCTUATION 155
article), is rather more freely used than in English, not
infrequently replacing the comma before phrases which
explain, amplify or resume the subject-matter: de la
deux sortes de devoir: lesuns negatifs . . . consequently
two kinds of duty, the one negative ... 3° Quotation
marks, le guillemet ouvrant, le guillemet fermant, are
less common than in English, a. In giving the text of a
letter they afe used precisely as in English, h. If a
quotation extends through several paragraphs, the marks
are used at the beginning of every paragraph, and at the
end of the last. c. In the interior of a paragraph, the
marks are used as in English, d. If the quotation coin-
cides with the paragraph, no quotation marks are used,
the paragraph usually beginning with a dash. The
writer's aim is to try to put each short quotation into a
separate paragraph, each beginning with a dash (see
the example under 421). e. Single quotation marks
(' ') are not used at all.
4?1 The dash, tiret as just indicated, serves in dialogue
to note a change of speaker, and is often used where
quotation marks would be used in English. It also
serves to replace the words: re-pon-dit-il, dit-il:
— Allons, ton dernier mot, bonhomme!
— Faut-il vous parlor clair?
— Qui.
— C'est que je gjirde nuin moiilin.
To denote incompleteness or interruption three dots
(. . .) nrf used oftciicr than the dash: Enfin, comment
vous dire . . . nous avons peur!
156 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
433 The hyphen, le trait d'union, is used between two
names forming an indivisible wliole: les Etats-Unis; le
Nouveau-Bmnswick ; la Nouvelle-Ecosse ; la Nouvelle-
Orleans; les Pays-Bas; le Royaume-Uni de Grande-
Bretagne et (d')Irlande, Terre-Neuve (see 409 for more
diversified examples).
Exercise LXIV, for general practice. Word's apt to be badly-
pronounced: agneau, aigue. aiguille, aiguiser, album, AUemagne, al-
manach, Alsace, amen, amer, Angleterre, anguiUe, aoAt, appendice,
archange, Asie, aspect, athee, atlas, atome, autocratie, autographe,
automate, automne, Auxerre, avril, ayant, ayez, ayons, baionette,
balbutier, bapteme, baptiser, baril, bataille, Bengale, benzine, bille-
vesee, bloc, boeuf, boeufs, broc,- Bossuet, Bruxelles, calvitie, capi-
taine, cauchemar, cent un, chef, chef-d'oeuvre, cher, Christ, chut,
cinq, le cinq mars, Cinq-Mai's, cinq robes, clerc, Colomb, compter,
consequemment, consciemment, conscience, coq, correct, crc^c, croup,
crucifix, cuiller, damner, David, decemment, des haricots, dessous,
dessus, diplomatic, distiller, distinct, dix, le dix avi-il, dix chevaux,
dix-huit, dLx-neuf, dix-sept, dix sous, dot, DuguescUn, echecs, Eden,
elever, eloquemment, eminemment, emmener, enfer, en haut, enno-
blir, ennui, equinox, essentiel. Test, escroc, est-ce, Estienne, estomac,
eteint, ether, eui-ent, examen, exempt, exempter, excellent (adj.),
excellent (verb), facetie, faience, faim, je faisais, faisons, faon, fat,
femme, fier (adj.), fier (verb), fini, fleur de lis, flux, gageur, galop, gen-
til, gratis, grenouille, guerilla, gueule, gueux, hair, ils haissent, helas,
hennir, heureux, hiatus, hier, hiver, huit, huit jours, le huit mai,
huit enfants, hymen, hymne, idylle, immense, immeuble, immobile,
immodeste, immoler, immoral, incroyable, initial, inne, innombrable,
innovation, inoui, inutile, isthme, jadis, Jesus, Jesus-Christ, joug,
legs, lendemain, hnguiste, Hs, lui, magnifique, mais, mangeant, mar-
tial, mars, mauvais, mayonnaise, messieurs, merinos, Michel-Ange,
mille, minutie, minutieux, moeUe, monsieur, moyen, murmurer, mu-
seum, myosotis, nef, nerf, nerfs, net, neuf, neuf ans, le neuf du mois,
neuf francs, neuf heures, neuf soldats, nuptial, observer, obtenir,
ceil, oeuf, oeufs, oignon, un os, osciller, ouest, paille, paon, partial, par-
FORMS USED IN LETTER-WRITING 157
tiel, patient, payer, pays, peine, pensum, peril, peripetie, persuader,
philosophe, poignard, poison, poisson, post-scriptum, pouls, prece-
demment, prompt, prudemment, puis, punch, pupille, pusillanime,
quatre-vingt-cinq, quatre-vingt-six, quatre-vingt-un, quelques-uns,
quotient, R(h)eims, reserve, resignation, respect, ressembler, res-
eentir, ressource, rosbif, je romps, science, sculpteur, second, sens,
bon sens, sens commun, sept enfants, le sept mai, sept plumes,
eignifie, simple, sLx chaises, sLx et dix, six heiu-es, le six mars, soleil,
songea, specimen, Strasbourg, sud, suggerer, suprematie, tabac, tact,
tandis, temps, thym, tient, tilleul, toast, tous, tranquille, travail,
vasistas, veille, vendetta, vieille, vingt, le vingt aoiit, vingt-deux,
vingt chevaux, le vingt-sept mars, vingt-huit, vingt-neuf .
Xm CONVENTIONAL FORMS USED
IN LETTER-WRITING
423 Address on the envelope. It is now customary to
write out the words Monsieur, Madame and Made-
moiselle. Sometimes the following ex})ressions are em-
ployed on the outside of a letter or missive: Envoi de
(Monsieur Dupee), Sent by (Mr. Dupee); Recommandee
or Chargee, Registered; aux soins de or chez, care of;
(Priere de) faire suivre (Please) forward; Faire parvenir,
Send on. The following are specimen superscriptions:
Monsieur Georges Pelletier
chez Madame Laforet
31, place de la Republique
Paris, France
Madame Henri de la Tour
aux Boins de Monsieur Loubet-Andr6
26, boulevard Saint-Michel
Paris, France
158 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
Monsieur le Professeur Georges Blondel
7, rue Caa'not
Chartres
Priere de faire suivre France
Mesdemoiselles Longuemare
16, rue Montmartre
Faire parvenir Paris, France
424 Business houses. In addressing firms, such ad-
dresses as the following are usual: Messieurs Favreau et
Delrue; Messieurs Larousse & C'®; Madame V^^ La-
foret et Fils; Messieurs L. Tremblay Freres; Monsieur
le Directeur du Credit Lyonnais.
Instead of prefixing Monsieur, Messieurs, sometimes
other general names are employed: Maison Chagnon-
Asselin, Firm of C.-A.; Libratrie Gamier Freres, Messrs.
Gamier Brothers, Publishers (Booksellers) ; Etablissernents
Archambault-Belanger, The A.-B. Business Houses.
435 Dates. With the exception of le premier, the
cardinal numbers are used for the clays of the month.
The name of the month itself is written with a small
letter (398). In commercial letters, September, October,
November and December are frequently abbreviated:
7bre^ Qbte^ gbre^ lO^""®. The following examples illustrate
current usage, the article before the date being sometimes
omitted. Sometimes ce is used: Marseille, le 1^"^ mars
1912; Toulon, 7, rue Saint-Georges, le 18 aout 1911;
Londres, 19 juillet 1910; Bruxelles, ce 13 fevrier 1908;
Bourges, le 11 mai 1909; Ce vendredi matin.
436 Forms of address. The following illustrate the
ordinary usage in addressing friends : Cher Georges, Dear
FORMS USED IN LETTER-WRITING 159
George; Mon cher Jean, My dear John; (Mon) cher ami,
{My) dear friend; Mon cher Delille, My dear Delille;
Cher Monsieur Belisle, Dear Mr. Bclisle; Monsieur et
cher confrere, My dear coJIcague. Monsieur, *S'/;-, is more
formal than Cher Monsieur, (My) dear Sir. It should be
noted that ((Mon cher Monsieur)) is generally avoided
when used \^^thout the noun; like ((Ma chere Madame))
it is redundant.
In addressing ladies, the adjective chere is not usual
except among relatives and very intimate friends: Madame,
Dear Mrs.; Mademoiselle, Dear Miss.
427 Endings of letters. ]\Iuch variety exists in the
conclusion of French letters. This depends on the age,
rank, sex of the person addressed, as well as on circum-
stances. Much used familiar forms are the following:
Bien a vous or Tout a vous. Sincere]]/ yours; A vous de
tout coeur. Ever sincerely yoitrs; Une poignee de main,
Yours most sincerely; Votre ami sincere (fidele), Yours
faithfully (sincerely); Je vous serre cordialement la main.
Most sincerely yours; Salut amical, As ever, yours; Votre
tout devoue, Faithfully yours; Croyez a ma vive et sin-
cere amitie, Believe me, as ever, sincerely yours.
428 More formal expressions corresponding to Very
tndy yours, but ill adapted to translation: Agreez, Mon-
sieur, mes cordiales salutations; Veuillez agreer, Mon-
sieur, I'assurance de mes sentiments distingues; Recevez,
Monsieur, les meilleures amities de votre bien devoue;
Agreez, Monsieur, mes salutations amicales.
Xolicc the f<)ll<)\viii<i: Je vous prie d'agreer I'expres-
sion de ma consideration distinguee. Haute (parfaite)
y
160 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
consideration is frequently used in closing a letter among
equals, while Consideration alone is generally not used
except to inferiors. Je vous prie de croire a I'expression
de mes meilleurs sentiments ; Veuillez agreer, cher Mon-
sieur, avec tous mes remerciements, I'assurance de mes
sentiments bien devoues.
429 In addressing ladies : Veuillez accepter, Madame,
mes salutations respectueuses ; Veuillez accepter, Ma-
dame, I'assurance de ma parfaite et affectueuse con-
sideration; J'ai I'honneur d'etre, Madame, votre tres
devoue et respectueux ami; Je vous prie, Madame,
d'agreer I'expression de mes hommages respectueux.
A lady addressing a lady friend might write: Toute a
vous; Je vous embrasse tendrement (affectueusement) ;
Votre amie affectionnee ; Votre bien sincere.
430 The following expressions are much used in clos-
ing a letter: Agreez mes civilites empressees. Accept my
kind regards; Dites bien des choses de ma part a . . .,
Please remember me to . . .; Je vous souhaite une bonne
et heureuse aimee, / wish you a Happy New Year;
Joyeu'se Noel, Merry Christinas; Mes amities chez vous,
My regards to your family; Mille amities. Kind regards;
Une bonne annee, A Happy New Year; Veuillez me
rappeler au bon souvenir de . . ., Please remember me
to . . .
431 Note the following: Ci-inclus, Trois cents francs.
Value, Three hundred francs; Echantillons sans valeur,
Patterns (Samples) of no value; E. V. ( = En ville), Local;
Imprimes, Book-post or Printed matter; Papier d'affaires,
ABBREVIATIONS IN COMMON USE
161
Commercial papers; Personnelle or En mains propres,
Private or Personal (to be handed over to addressee in
person); Poste restante, To he called for (Poste Restante);
Urgent or Presse, Urgent or Important.
XIV ABBREVIATIONS IN COMMON USE
a. c.
annoe courante
N.-D.
Notre-Dame
av. J.-C.
avant Je.sus-
N.-S.
Notre-Seigneur
Christ
n"
numcro
c. a. d.
c'est a dire '
p. p. c.
pom- prendre conge
c. (c'"^)
centime
p. r. V.
pour rendre vi.site "
cap.
capital
R. S. V. P
. Repondez,s'ilvous plait
Cie (C^)
compagnie
S. A. R.
Son Altesse Royale
Qmfetre (cm.)
ccntimc'tre
s. d.
sans date
ct. (crt.)
courant '
s.-cnt.
sons-entendu '
d°
dito
S. Exc.
Son Excellence
etc.
et ca?tera
S. G.
Sa Grandeur
fr(s) (f.)
franc (s)
8. I. n. d.
sans lieu ni date
h.
hcure
S. M.
Sa Majeste
ib. (ibid.)
ibidem
SS.
saints
id.
idem
s. s.
Sa Saintete
in-P
in-folio
s. (S*)
saint
J.-C.
Jdsus-Christ
gte
sainte
M.
Mon.sieur
S^ (If)
le Sieur (for Monsieur)
MM.
Mcssioiira
fillCC.
succursale
m'l
marchand
Ruiv.
Ruivant
M« (pi. M"-")
maitre (a Uiw-
S. V. p.
s'il vous plait
yrr'.s iillc)
trim.
trirnestre
M*^'
Mon-sfignfur
t. s. V. p.
tournez s'il vous plait
M"" (pi. M"""')
Matlcmoi.scllc
\'^ (Vve)
veuve '
M""" (pi. M'^")
Madame
yto
vicomte
m""" (lu")
iiiaison ^
vrlcsso
vifomtcsse
rriH.
iiiaiiuscrit
162 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
Exercise LXV, on proper names. For the pronunciation, con-
sult the Passy-Hempl, Uniform International Dictionary, Lesaint's
Traite complet de la pronnncintion frangaise, or Miiller's Allgemeines
Worterbuch: Achab, Acheron, Achille, Azores, Adam, Agamemnon,
Abruzze, Abyssinie, Adriatique, Agnes, Aix-la-Chapelle, Ajaccio,
Alger, Algerie, Algcsiras, Alpes, Alsace, Apennins (les), Aristophane,
Aristote, Asie, Athenes, Atlantique, Australie, Autriche, Bade, Bale,
Baptiste, Barcelone, Barthelemy, Beatrice, Beatrix, Bengale, Ben-
jamin, Berlin, Boulogne, Bresil, Bretagne (la), Bruxelles, Buenos-
Ayres, Caen, Cain, Caire (le), Calabre (la), Camille, Camoens,
Campagne, Castille (la), Caucase (le), Cayenne, Cesar, Ceylan,
Chambery, Champagne (la), Chanteclair, Charlemagne, Charles,
Charon, Charybde, Cherboui'g, Chili (le), Chretien, Ciceron, Clco-
patre, Colomb, Crimce (la), Danemark (le), Dcmosthene, Denis,
Dieppe, Diogene, Dordogne (la), Doubs(le), Douvres, Dresde, DubUn,
Dunkerque, Edimbourg, Egj'pte (1'), Equateur, Europe, Faust, Fer-
rare, Fiesque, Finlande Qa), Franche-Comte (la), Friedland, Galaad,
Galatee, Galilee (la), Galilee, Gascogne (la), Gaule (la), Glascow,
Gracques (les), Greenland (le), Guadalquivir (le), Guadeloupe (la),
Guernesey, Guyana (la), Guyenne (la), Hambourg, Havana (la),
Hawai, Himalaya, Hudson, Hugues, Hyacinthe, Hymen, Islande
(1'), Leipsick, Lydie, Luxembourg, Lys, Machiavel, Madrid, Maes-
tricht, Mandchourie, Marengo, Marseille, Michel-Ange, Millet,
Miltiade, Munich, Niger, Nuremberg, Regnauld, Reims (Rheims),
Roch, Saint-Roch, Rubens, Ruisdael, Saint-Gaudens, Saone (la),
Scylla, Titien, Versailles, Vosges, Washington.
Exercise LXVI, on words apt to be mispronounced. Abbaye,
abdomen, accessit, accroc, agenda, albumen, aluminium, ananas,
angelus, antipathic, aout, aquarelle, aquarium, archcologie, aristo-
cratic, as, bas-relief. Bayard, Bayonne, bayonette, bis, blocus, bourg,
bourgmestre, Bruxelles, Cadix, calcium, cantaloup, caoutchouc, cap,
cerf-volant, chaos, chat-huant, chef-lieu, chiromancie, chrysantheme,
circonspect, clef, condamner, congres, credo, cric-crac, czar, demo-
cratic, depens, De profundis, desert, dessert, direct, doigte, dompter,
Dumas (A.), echec, echo, equateur, equation, equestra, equinoxa,
equitation, equivalent, equivoque, examen, exempt, exempter, faix,
EXERCISES 163
fils, flanc, foyer, franc, fret, fuchsia, fusil, gentilhomme, gentils-
hommes, gcolicr, geranium, gigot, Goethe, Gounod, gianit, grief,
gril, guet-apcns, guichet, Guizot, haine, hennir, heros, hiatus, honte,
idem, immediat, in-douze, ineptie, inertie, in-octavo, in-quarto, in-
stinct, Jeanne, juillet, Lafayette, laudanum, loquace, Madrid, mil-
lion, mceurs, Moise, monarchie, Montreal, New- York, omnibus,
orchestre, os (pi.), persil, plomb, poele, preterit, prospectus, qua-
druple, quai, quatuor, quinine, quotidien, reflux, revolver, rez-de-
chaussee, rhum, sculpter, Sinai, sourcil, succinct, sud, Suez, suspect,
tournevis, vermout, vis, vis-a-vis, volubilis, Vosges (les), Wagner,
Weber, zinc.
Exercise LXVII. Pronounce aloud the following words, in re-
gard to which there may be a difference of opinion: aspect, but, fat,
granit, hennir, jadis, legs, immediat, nenni, ours, Cadix, subit, exact,
cresson, fils, hclas, hennissement, joug, hnccul, moeui's, obus, peril,
Soulier, soit, fait.
INDEX'
Arabic numerals refer to the paragraph sections; Roman numerals
to the exercises. As regards quantity, only full length is indicated by
two dots (:), thus: rouge [ru:5l, reii. It will be remembered (19)
that a vowel, either nasal or oral, long in the final syllable, as in
rouge [ru:5], demande [d9ma:d], when occiuring in the penult, is
usually half as long, as in rougeur [ru'3oc:r], redness; demander
[damu-de], to ask. Therefore haK length is not indicated.
Variations not noted in the text may frequently be found in the
Index.
aborme [abane] n p. 57 xxn
^ abord [abo:r] o 105
aboyer [abwaje] oy j). 62 xxrv
Abraham [ahraam] am 132
abricotier [abrikotjo] o 109
abrupt [abr37)t] p. 248; t 299
Abruzze [abry:z] e p. 162 lxv
Absalom [apsalj] m 236
absent [apsci] b 170, 246
absinthe [ai)sf :t] b 170
absolument [apsoljTnd] b 170
absolution [ajjsolj.sjr)] b 170
absolvons [apsolvS] b 170
absoudre [apsu(:)dr] b 170, p. 98
XLVIII
abstenir [apstoni:r] b 170
' Prepared by the Boston University 1913 Class in Phonetics, under the general
direction of Mi.sa Man,- C:!arniol Fox, c.inditlatc for the doKree of A.M. and especially
aided by the following candidates for the ilcgrce of A.B.: Miss A. M. Gorman,
MisM K. K. .lolinston, Mi.ss M. Metcalf, Miss L. M. Palmer, MLss E. M. Robin-
son. These M(l» were a-ssisU-d by Mi.ss A. E. Fisher, A.B., and by the following
eandidat<-s for the degree of A.R.: Mi.ss G. B. Kennedy, Miss O. E. Mucorii-
iK-r, .Mi.** .M. .1. M.ihonoy, Mr. F. B. Mitchell, .\Iis.s .M. M. Mitchell, Mi.ss E. H.
Mosher, -Mr. F. H. Peterson, .Mr. B. Stindifirld. Mi.ss II. L. Stone, Miss M. B.
Sullivan, Miss J. M. Thornell, .MLss M. C. Whitaker, Miss II. A. Williams.
165
a [a] 22, 24; [a] 28; elision 383,
388
a [a] 28, 49
a [a] 58, 98
abbaye [abe(j)i] ay p. 49 xvi,
p. 102 Lxvi
abbe [abc] bb 42, 167, 170
abbesse [abcs] bb p. 68 xxvii
abdomen [abdomen] n 241, p.
1(J2 L.XVT
abeiUe [abr:j] e 91 ; eille 226
Abencerage [ab&serais] en 137
abime [;il)i:m] t 15, 95, p. 37 ix
abject [:il)5r(kt)] I 3(K), 353
166
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
abstinence [apstinais] b 170, p.
98 XLviii
abstrait [apstre] s 267
absurde [apsyrd] b 246, p. 98
XLVIII
Abyssinie [abisini] p. 162 lxv
academie [akademi] c p. 69
XXVIII
accabler [akable] a 63; cc p. 69
xxvin
accapara [akapara] a 52
accaparer [akapare] cc p. 69
XXVIII
accelerer [akselere] cc p. 69 xxrx
accent [aksa] 27; cc 176
accent aigu [aksat egy] t 27, 354
accent circonflexe [aksa sirko-
flfks] 29
accent grave [aksa gra:v] 28
accepter [aksepte] cc p. 69 xxix
acception [aksepsjo] pp. 98
XLVIII
acces [akse] cc p. 69 xxix
accessit [aksesit] / p. 162 lx\t
accident [aksida] cc 176, p. 69
XXIX
acclama [aklama] a 52
accolade [akola(:)d] 419
accord [ako:r] cc 173
accoter [akote] cc p. 69 xxviii
accroc [akro] c 180, 340, p. 162
LXVI
accueil [akcB:j] ueil 226; eu 118,
127, 327, p. 45 xiii
accueUle [akoeij] ueille 226
Achab [akab] b 171, p. 162 lxv;
ch 186
achat [a^a] a 53
Acheron [akero] ch p. 162 lxv
achete [a^et] e 87, p. 36 viii
acheter [a^te] e 70, p. 30 vi
acheterai [a^etre] e 88, p. 36 vin
acheve [a^eiv] e 13
achever [a^ve] ch 40; e p. 30 vi
Achille [a^il] ch p. 72 xxxii; ill
232, p. 162 LXV
acolyte [akalit] c p. 69 xxviii
aconit [akonit] t 299
Afores [aso:r] p. 162 lxv
acoustique [akustik] c p. 69
xx\aii
acquerir [akeriir] qu 254
acquiers [akjeir] r 264
acquit [aki] qu p. 101 xux
acre [a:kr] re 260
acteur [aktoeir] c 177
action [aksj5] on 141; ion 162;
c 177
actium [aksjom] t 288
active [akti:v] v p. 118 lv
acumine [akymine] c p. 69 xxviii
Adam [ada] am 132, p. 51 xviii,
p. 162 lxv; m 236
Adam et Eve [ada e e:v] m 373
Adda [ada] A p. 74 xxxv
addenda [addcda] dd 188
addition [addisjo] dd 188
additionnel [ad(d)isjonel] d 42
adducteur [addyktoeir] dd 188
adduction [addyLsjo] dd 188
a demain [a dme] e 394
Aden [aden] n 241
adequat [adekwa] ua 156
adequate [adekwat] qu 256
INDEX
167
ad hoc [ad ok] d p. 74 xxxv
adjoint [adswe] d p. 74 xxxv
ad libitum [ad libit om] um 145
admirer [admire] 38
Adonis [adoni:s] s 274
ad rem [ad rem] d p. 74 xxxv
Adriatique [adriatik] p. 162 Lxv
adroite [adrwut] oi 156
aerer [aere] 36
aerostat [aerosta] 36
affaire [afc:r] / p. 76 xxxn
affut [afy] t 295
a franc etrier [a frak etrije] c
341
Agamemnon [agamemnS] em, p.
102 LXV
age [0:3] [a:5] a 29
agenda [aseda] en 137, p. 162
Lxvi; (jc p. SO xxxEX
agglomeration [agbmerosjo] gg
p. 79 XXX VIII
agglomerer [aglomore] gg 195
agglutinative [aglytinatiiv] gg p.
79 xxxviii
agglutiner [aglytine] gg 195
aggrava [agrava] a 52
aggravation [agravasjj] gg p. 79
xxxviii
aggraver [agravo] gg 195
agir [.i.siir] g 201
agneau [ajiu] p. IS 11, p. 81 XL,
p. 156 Lxiv
Agnes [aju:s] gn p. 102 lxv
Agram [aKram] '//// 132
Agreez mes civilites empressees
[jigrcc IMC sivilitcz fipn^sc] 430
Agreez, Monsieur, mes cordiales
salutations [agree, masje, me
kordjal salytosjo] 428
Agreez, Monsieur, mes saluta-
tions amicales [agree, mosjo,
me salj-tasjoz amikal] 428
ah [a:] a 03
aha [aha] h 216
-ai [e] [e] 82, 84, 90, 122-124,
320-322
-ai [(•] [r] 84, 90, 122
aidez-vous les uns aux autres
[ede vu lez de oz otr] « 370
-aie [e] 90, 123, 320, 321
aieul [aja-l] it p. 60 xxiu
aigle [f(,:)gl] le 222
aigre [cigr] re 260
aigreur [egrceir] eu p. 45 xiii
aigu [egy] [egy] 27, 90; gu p. 79
xxxviii
aigue [eg\'] gue 33; e p. 156 lxiv
aiguille [fgni(:)j] [egqiCOJ] ai 90;
gid 198; utile 226; u p. 156
lxiv
aiguillon [egqijo] [egqijo] gui 198
aiguiser [eg(q)ize] [eg(q)ize] gui
19S; u p. 156 lxiv
ai-je [1:5] p. 36 viii; e 69
ai-je raison [e:3 rcz5] e 385
-aU [a:j] a 61; il 226, p. 90
xliv
-aille [a:j]«01; i« 226
-aim [£] 135
aimable [rnia(:)bl] [oma(:)l>I] m
\). 90 XI, vu
aimables amis [(.iiiahlz ami] s 331
aimee [inic] [eiiic] e 89
ainient [1:111] c 72
168
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
aimer [eme] [erne] 10, p. 18 ii; r
262
aimer k chanter [emer a Sate] r
348
aimes [e:m] e 72
aimez-la [eme la] a 388
-ain [e] 135
ainsi [esi] ain p. 53 xix
-air [eir] ai 84, 123, 321
-aire [e:r] ai 84, 123, 321
-ais [e] ai 84, 90, 123, 321
-aise [c:z] ai 84, 123
Aisne [c:n] s 272
-aisse [e:s] ai 84, 123, 321
-ait [e] 90
-aix [e] 84, 123, 321
Aix [eks] [cs] x 267, 313
Aix-la-Chapelle [es la Sapel] x
267, 313, p. 162 lxv
Aixjles-Bains [es le be] x 267,
313
Ajaccio [asaksjo] c p. 162 lxv
Ajax [asaks] x 310
a jevm [a 3de] eun 144, p. 56 xxi;
j p. 86 XLii
ajonc [a35] c 340, p. 71 xxxi
a la Momiaie [a la mone] M p.
153 Lxiii
albatros [albatro:s] s 275
Albert Diirer [albe:r djTCir] r p.
103 L
albinos [albinois] s 275
album [albom] u 113, p. 43 xi,
p. 156 Lxiv; U7n 145; m 235
albmnen [albjTnen] 7i p. 162
LXVI
Alexandre [aleksaicLr] x 310
Alfred [alfred] d 190
Alger [al3e] r p. 162 lxv
Algerie [al3eri] p. 162 lxv
Algesiras [al3ezira:s] s p. 162
lxv
alguazil [algwazil] tui 156; gua
199
& I'Instruction publique [a 1 es-
tryksjo [jyblik] / p. 153 lxiii
allah [alia] h 209
allee de I'Observatoire [ale d9
1 opservatvvair] 410
allegori [allogori] II 168
alleguer [allege] II 168
alleluia [alelqija] [alelyja] I p.
87 XLiii
Allemagne [almaji] e 393; p. 156
lxiv; gn p. 81 xl
allemand [akna] e 70; d p. 74
xxxiv
aller [ale] II 42, 169
allez [ale] 2 318
Allez-vous-en avec eux [alevuz
a avek 0] n p. 141 lx
allier [alje] ie p. 60 xxiii
allure [aly:r] w p. 46 xv
ahnanach [almana] a 53; ch 185,
p. 156 lxiv; /i 209; c 340
aloes [aloes] s 275
alors [alo:r] 105
Alpes [alp] 6' p. 162 lxv
Alphonse [alf5:s] ph p. 76 xxxvi
Alsace [alzas] s 271, 319, p. 156
LXIV, p. 162 lxv
aluminium [alyminjom] u 113,
p. 162 Lxvi
alun [aide] un p. 56 xxi
INDEX
169
-am [a] 131; [am] am 132
amalgama [amalgama] a 52
amarra [amara] a 52
amateur [amatceir] m p. 57 xxii
Amazone [amazon] [amazoin] o
111
ambiguite [abigqito] gu'i 198
ambitieux [ubLsjo] t 284
ambulance [abyluis] am 131
ame [a:m] 31 ; d p. 25 iv
amen [amen] [omen] n 241 ; en p.
156 Lxiv
amenerions [amenrjS] e 88
amer [ame:r] r 263, p. 156 lxiv
americain [amerike] ain p. 53
XIX
-ames [am] d 15, 51, 58
ameublement [amoebbma] e p.
30 V
amitie [amitje] ie 152; li 293; m
p. 94 XLV, p. 96 XLVii
ammonium [amm,^nj.)m] mm 168
amnistie [amnisti] am 132; 7n
234
amollir [am.)Ii:r] U 169
amour [aimi:r] ou 119, p. 45 xiv
amoureuse [amuruiz] m p. 96
XLVII
ample [n:[)l] am 131
Amsterdam [amsterdam] a 54;
'/'/( 132; m 235
amuse [ainyiz] u 121
amuser [aiiiyzo] s 319
an [fi] n p. % xlvii
-an [n] 131, Kil; [an] 146
anabaptiste [anabatiiit] a p. 152
LXIU
anachorete [anakoret] ch p. 73
XXXIII
ananas [anana] [anana] p. 18 ii;
n p. 57 XXII ; s p. 162 lx\t
anatomie [auatomi] « p. 96 xlvii
ancien [asje] an 45, 131; ien 162;
en p. 53 xix
ancienne prison d'Etat [asjen
prizo deta] E p. 153 lxiii
ancien tribunal de Paris [asje
trib^Tial da pari] F p. 153
lxiii
ane [u:n] n 4, 239, p. 96 xlvii; e
69
aneantie [aneati] tie 292
a neuf heures precises [a ncEV
oe:r presi:z]/p. 141 lix
angelus [uselyis] s 275; e, s p. 162
LXVI
anglais [ogle] ai p. 49 xvi
angle [a:gl] g 195
Angleterre [agloteir] e 71, 393, p.
30 V, {). 156 LXIV
anguille [agi(:)j] gu 195, p. 79
XXXVIII ; ill 226, p. 156 lxiv
anil [anil] il 229; I 344
animal [animal] n 239; p. 18
II
anjou [u3u] j p. 86 xlh
Anna [ana] a 54; n p. 57 xxil
annaies [a(n)nal] nn 168, 239; n
p. 57 XXII
annaliste [armalist] nn 168
anneau [ano] nn 169, 239
annee [ane] nn 1 16, 169
annee courante [ano kuru:t] p.
161 XIV
170
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
Annibal [anibal] nn p. 96 xlvi
annonce [an3:s] on 141
annoter [anote] n p. 57 xxii
annuaire [anijeir] ua p. 64 xxv
annuel [anqel] n p. 57 xxii; ue
p. 64 xxv
anse [a:s] an p. 56 xxi B; s p.
lOS LI
antechrist [dtekri] [atekrist] s
272
antienne [atjen] ti 294
Antiochus [atjokyis] ch 186
antipathic [atipati] th p. 117 lii;
h p. 162 Lxvi
antiquaille [citikaij] qu 254
antiseptique [atiseptUv] s 269
antisocial [atisosjal] s 269
Anvers [ave:r] r 264
aout [u] [ut] [au] [aut] a 57; oH p.
45 xiv; a, t p. 117 liv; p. 156
LXIV, p. 162 LXVI
apaiser [apeze] s 319
a part elle et vous [a pair el e vri]
t 356
apathie [apati] th p. 117 lii
Apennins (les) [apsne] en p. 162
LXV
aperfu [apersy] f p. 69 xxix
aplatie [aplati] t 281
aplomb [apl3] h 339
apoplexie [apopleksi] p p. 98
XLVIII
apostrophe [apostrof] 31
appartement [apartomfi] e 393
appeler [aple] e 46, 70, p. 30 vi
appendice [apadis] [ap£dis] en
137, p. 156 LXiv
appetit [apeti] pj> 245; < p. 117
LIV
apprete [apreit] ^ 85
appreter [aprete] e 86
appuyer [apqije] uy 159, p. 64
XXV
aprete [aprate] e 71
apte [apt] p p. 98 xlviii; t p. 117
LII
aquarelle [akwarel] vm 156, p. 62
xxiv; qu 256; up. 162 lxvi
aquarelliste [akwarelist] qu p.
101 XLIX
aquarium [akwarjora] u 113, p.
162 lxvi; ua 156; qu 256
aqxmtinta [akwateta] qu p. 101
XLIX
aquatique [akwatik] ua 156, p. 62
XXIV ; qu 256
aqueduc [akadyk] e 71; c 178,
340, 341
a quia [a kqia] qu p. 101 XLix
aquilin [akile] qu 254
aquilon [akilo] qu 254
Aranjuez [arasqes] z p. 122 lviii
arbre [arbr(8)] e 69; re 260
arc [ark] c 178, 340, 341
arc-boutant [arbuta] c p. 71 xxxi
arc-en-ciel [arkasjel] 34; c 333
archaique [arkaik] ch p. 73 xxxiii
Archambauld [arSubo] d p. 74
xxxiv
archange [arkais] ch p. 156 lxiv
archeologie [arkeobsi] ch p. 162
LXVI
archeologue [arkeob(:)g]c/iT). 73
XXXIII
INDEX
171
archeveche [ar$ove$e] ch 184
archeveque [ar^aveik] ch 184
archi- [ar^i] ch 183
archldiacre [arSidjakr] ch 183
archiduc [ar^idyk] ch 183
archiduche [ar^idy^o] ch p. 72
XXXII
archiduchesse [arSidySes] ch p. 72
XXXII
archiepiscopal [arkiepiskopal] ch
183
archiepiscopat [arkiepiskopa] ch
183
archifolle [ar^ifol] ch p. 72 xxxii
archifou [ar^ifu] ch 183
archipel [arSipcl] ch 183
archipretre [ar^ipreitr] ch 183
architecte [ar^itrkt] ch 183
architecture [ar^itektyir] ch p. 72
XXXII
architrave [arSitraiv] ch p. 72
XXXII
archives [arSi:v] ch p. 72 xxxii
archiviste [arSivist] ch p. 72
XXXII
archonte [ark5!t] ch p. 73 xxxiii
arcs-en-ciel [urk u sjel] s 367, p.
141 LX
-ard [a:r] 356, 364, 380
ardemment [ardamu] e 55; em
134
arguames [argqam] ud 160
arguer |;irKq''] (jn 197
argutie [urnyHi] t 281
aride [arid] r 259
aristocratie [ari.st.jkraHi] I 281, j).
162 Lxvi
Aristophane [aristofan] p. 162
LXV
Aristote [aristot] o p. 162 lxv
arithmetique [aritmetik] h 209
Amaud [arno] d p. 74 xxxiv
Amauld [arno] I 223
Arnold [arnold] d p. 74 xxxv
arome [arosm] o 111
arquebuse [arkabyiz] e 71
arrangeons [arasS] ge p. 80
XXXIX
Arras [ara:s] s 274
arriere [arje:r] rr 169; r p. 103 l
arrive [ari:v] i 12
arrive [arive] rr 169
arriver [arive] rr 167
arrondir [arodiir] n p. 96 xlvii
arroser [aroze] rr 169
arsenic [ars(o)ni(k)] k 181
art [a:r] tp. 117 liv
-art [air] t 356, 380
artichaut [arti^o] au p. 49 xvi
as [n:s] a 60; s 275, p. 162 lxvi
asbeste [azbest] s 271
Asdrubal [azdrybal] s 271
-ase [<i:z] a 60
Asie [azi] s 319, p. 156 Lxiv, p.
162 LXV
-asion [(izjf)] a 60
Asnieres [aiijrir] s 272
aspect [a.spt:(k)] e 92; eel 353, p.
156 Lxiv; c p. 71 xxxi; t 300,
p. 163 i-xvii
aspect admirable [asptk admi-
ral )1] [aspc admirabl] cct 353
assassinat [asasina] s p. 108 Li
-asse [(i:s] (I 60
172
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
assemblant [asabla] em, an p. 51
XVIII
asseyez [aseje] ey 90, 125, 159,
p. 49 XVI
asseyez-vous [aseje vu] ey 323,
p. 36 VIII
assez [ase] s 42; e 80; z 318; ss
267, 329; e p. 32 vii
assez aimable [asez emabl] z
358
assieds [asje] e p. 32 vn
-assion [as jo] a 60
assomption [asopsjo] p 248
aster [asteir] r 263
asterisque [asterisk] 419
asthma [asm] [azm] t 301
-at [a] a 51, 58; < 356, 380
ataqua [ataka] a 52
atelier [atolje] e 71, p. 30 v
-ates [at] a 15, 51, 58
athee [ate] th p. 156 lxiv
Athenes [ate:n] h p. 162 lxv
athenien [atenje] th 40
-atie [asi] / 281
-ation [asjo] a 60
Atlantique [atlatik] p. 162 lxv
atlas [atla(:)s] a 60, p. 156 lxiv;
s275
atmosphere [atmosfe:r] 44
atome [atom] [atoim] o 111, p.
156 lxiv
atone [aton] [ato:n] o 111
A-t-on-ete aimable [a 1 5 ete
ema(:)bl] n p. 141 lx
a tort et k travers [a to;r e a tra-
ve:r] t 356
attaque [atak] p. 18 ii
Attendez xm instant [atadez oen
esta] z, n p. 141 lix
-au [o] 97, 102, 112, 126, 320,
324; before r etc. [o] 104, 112,
126, 320, 325
aube [orb] au 102
Auber [obe:r] r 263, p. 104 l
au bout [o bu] ou p. 46 xiv
Auch [oS] Au 112
aucun [okoe] un 144
aucim ouvrage [okden uvrais] n
375
au-dessus [o dsy] e 394
audience [odja:s] ten p. 65 xxvi
au doigt et a I'oeil [o dwat e a
1 cc:j] t 354
auguste [ogyst] [ogyst] au 112
aujourd'hui [o5urd i{i] 387
-auld [o] I 223
-ault [o] I 223
-aulx [o] I 223
au moins [o mwe] oin p. 65
XXVI
aumone [omon] [omo:n] d 111
aiu'ai [ore] [ore] au 112, 126, p.
43 XI ; au, ai p. 49 xyi
aurais [ore] [ore] au 112, 126, p.
43 XI ; au, ai p. 49 xvi
aureole [oreol] [oreol] au 112; au,
o p. 43 XI
aiu-ont [oro] [oro] r 259
aurore [oro:r] au p. 49 xvi
Australie [ostrali] au p. 162 lxv
aussi [osi] au 102, 126, 324
Austerlitz [osterlits] z 319
autel [otel] au 102, p. 39 x
auto- [oto] au 109, 112
INDEX
173
autocratic [otokrasi] au, t p. 156
LXIV
autographe [otagraf] au p. 156
LXIV
automate [atomat] au p. 156
l^XIV
automnal [otonal] [jtonal] ovi
143; m234
automne [oton] [otan] om 143;
in 237; au, m p. 156 lxiv
automobile [otomobil] [otomobil]
o 109; au 112; o p. 43 xi
autorite [otorite] [otorite] au 112
autrefois [otrafwa] e 71, 393, p.
30 V
autrement [otroma] e 71
Autriche [otriS] au p. 162 lxv
Autun [otrje] un p. 56 xxi B
aux [o] 102; x 315
aux armes [oz arm] x 372
Auxerre [jscir] [oseir] Au 112;
X 267, 313, p. 156 lxiv
auxerrois [osenvu] x 267
aux habits [oz abi] h 208
aux haricots [o ariko] /t 210
aux heros [o cro] /t 210
aux heures [oz u;:r] h 208
aux hommes [oz om] /t 208
Auxois [oswa] x 267, 313
Auxomie [os.jn] [jsan] x 267, 313
aux soins de [o swe do] 423
avant Jesus-Christ [avu 3ezykri]
I). 161 XIV
avec [uvck] c 91, p. 36 viii; c 165,
p. 70 XXX
avec le chien [avek b SJ*^] «
394
Avenue de I'Opera [avny da
1 opera] 410
Avenue des Champs-Elysees
[avny de ^uzelize] C, £'410
avertie [averti] t 281
aveugle [avoegl] eu 127, 327, p.
45 XIII, p. 49 XVI
avez-vous [ave vu] 34
avions [avj5] ion p. 65 xxvi
avoir [avwair] 78, 112, 116, 126
a votre aise [a votr e\z\ e 73
A vous de tout coeur [a vu da tu
kce:r] 427
avril [avril] [avri:j] [a^Ti] il 228; I
p. 156 LXIV
-ay [c] [e] 84, 90, 122-124; 225;
320-322
ayant [cjci] [eja] ay p. 156 lxiv
ayez [cjc] [eje] ay 124, 322, p.
156 lxiv
ayons [ej5] [ej5] ay 124, 322
-azon [azo] a 60
azur [azy:r] u p. 46 xv
azure [azyre] z 316
B
b [Ijc] [}).')] 22, 24; final [b] 165,
171, 338, 339, 342; [p] 170,
246; silent 172
baba [baba] a p. 21 ui; 6 p. 68
XX VI I
babel [babel] b p. 68 xxvii
babiche [bubiSJ h p. 68 xxvii
babil [babil] [babi:j] [babi] il 228
babiller [babijc] h p. 68 xxvii
babine [ijabiii] b p. 68 xxvii
174
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
babouin [babwe] ouin 162
Babylone [babibn] o 111
bac [bak] a 54; c 178, 340, 341
Bacchus [bakky:s] ch p. 73 xxxiii
Bade [bad] a p. 162 lxv
bafouer [bafwe] one 156, p. 62
XXIV
Bagdad [bagdad] d p. 74 xxxv
bagne [baji] gn 207
baie [be] aie 90
baignoire [bejiwair] gn p. 81 xl
baU [ba:j] ail 226; il 329
bailie [ba:j] a 64
bain [be] ain p. 56 xxi B
baionette , [bajonet] io p. 60
XXIII ; p. 156 Lxiv
bal [bal] I 165
balai [bale] ai 90
balbutiement [balbysima] ti 293
balbutier [balbysje] H 293; b p.
68xxvii; t p. 117 liii, p. 150
LXIV
Bale [ba:l] d p. 162 lxv
baleine [bale(:)n] ei 90, 125, 323
ballast [balast] t 297
balsamine [balzamin] s 271
balsamique [balzamik] s 271
bambou [babu] b p. 68 xxvii
ban [ba] an p. 56 xxi B
banane [banan] n p. 96 xlvii
banc [ba] an 131; c 340
banc a dos [ba a do] c 340
bande [ba:d] an p. 56 xxi B
banlieu [baljo] eu p. 49 xvi
banquet [buke] t 295
bapteme [bateim] p 247, p. 156
LXIV
baptiser [batize] p 247, p. 156
LXIV
Baptiste [batist] p 247, p. 162
LXV -''
baptistere [batisteir] p 247
baquets [bake] e 92
baragouin [baragwe] o^dn 162
barbare [barbair] b p. 68 xxvii;
r p. 104 L
barbe [barb(a)] a p. 21 iii; e 69
barbier [barbje] b p. 68 xxvii
barbouiller [barbuje] ill p. 90
XLIV
Barcelone [barsobn] o p. 162
LXV
barU [bari] il 230; I 344, p. 156
LXIV
Bar-le-Duc [bairladyk] B, D
410
barriere de I'Etoile [barjeir da
1 etwal] E 410
Barthelemy [bartelmi] e p. 162
LXV
Baruch [baryk] ch p. 73 xxxiii
bas [ba] a 59; s 273
base [ba:z] a 60; s p. 109 li
bas-relief [ba roljef] / p. 162
LXVI
basse [ba:s] a 60
bastion [bast j 5] ti 290
bat [ba] d 58
bataille [bata(i)j] [bata(:)j] e 46,
a 61, p. 25 iv; aille 155, 226;
ill p. 90 XLiv; p. 156 lxiv
bataillon [batajo] ill 155
batelier [batolje] e 71
battu [baty] tt 42
INDEX
175
bavarda [bavarda] a 52
Bayard [bajair] a p. 162 Lxvi; d
J). 71 XXXIV
Bayeux [bajo] y 154
bayonette [bajonet] a p. 1G2
LXVI
Bayonne [bajon] a p. 162 lxvi;
y 154
bazar [baza:r] z 316
bb [h] 42, 168, 170
Beatrice [beatris] p. 162 Lxv
Beatrix [beatris] x 267, 313, p.
162 LXV
beau [bo] au 102, 126, 324
beaucoup [boku] p 249
beaucoup aime [bokiip eme] p
3:56, p. 141 Lix
beaucoup de monde [boku d
mo:d] e 73
beaucoup etudie [bokup etydje]
/> :!4")
beau-frere [bo freir] 34
Beaumarchais [Ijomar^e] au, ai
p. 49 XVI
bebe [Ijcbo] b p. 68 xx\ai
bee [bek] e91; c 178, 340, 341
bees Auer [bek oe:r] s 367, p. 141
LX
bedeau [hodo] e p. 30 v
bedouin [bcdvvC] ouin p. 65 xxvi
Beethoven [betaven] en 133, 241
begayer [Ix-ncjc] tn/ p. 49 xvi
beguin (begL] gu 195
bel [bd] e 91; / 221
bele |l)t:ll S 85
beler [Ixlr] S 86
Belfort [befjir] / 223
bel homme [bel om] I 344
beUe [bel] c 46, 91
Belt [belt] t 299
Bengale [begal] en 137, p. 156
LXIV, p. 162 LXV
bengali [begali] en 137
Benjamin [besame] en 137, p.
162 LXV
benzine [bezin] en 137, p. 156
LXIV
Beotien [beosje] [beosje] I 286
bequille [beki:j] ill 226
bequilles [beki(:)j] ill p. 90 xliv
Beranger [bera5e] r 262
berceuse [bersoiz] eu p. 44 xii
-berg [be:r] in proper names
♦. 205
berger [hcr^c] e 91; r 262
bergers [berse] r 262
Berlin [berle] p. 162 lxv
Berlioz [bn-lj.):z] z 319
Bernard [berua:r] r p. 104 L
Berthauld [berto] d p. 74 xxxiv
beryl [bcril] il 229
besoin [bozwe] oin 162, p. 65
XXVI
bestiaire [bestjeir] iai p. 60 xxiii
bestial [i)estjal] t 290
betail [l)(!fa:j] a 61, il p. 90 XLiv
bete [be:l] c 85
Bethleem [betleem] m 235
beurre [Ixrir] eu 118
bey [be] !> p. 152 lxiii
Biarritz [bjarits] z 319
bibelot [biblo] b p. 68 xxvii
bibliotheque de Paris [bibli,)-
te(!;k d.j pari] I' p. 153 LXiil
176
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
biceps [biscps] s p. 108 li
bien [bje] en p. 53 xix; ie 4, p.
GO XXIII ; ien 102
bien aimable [bjcn r mabl] n 375
Bien a vous [bjen a vu] 427
bien ennuyeux [bjtn anqo] n p.
141 ijx
bien heureux [bjen oero] n 375
biere [bjc:r] h p. 68 xxvii
biere de Munich [bjeir da mjTiik]
c394
biffer [bife]/ p. 76 xxxvi
bifteck [biftek] k 218
bijou [bi5u] o?i p. 45 xrv
billet [biCOJe] HI P- 90 xliv; t p.
117 LIV
billevesee [bilvoze] ill p. 156 lxiv
bUUon [bi(l)j5] ill 232
binde [beid] in p. 56 xxi B
bis [biis] s 275, p. 162 lxvi
bise [bi:z] s p. 109 li
bismuth [bismyt] Ih 299
bisulfate [bizylfat] s 269
bivouac [bivwak] oua 156; c p.
70 XXX
blame [bla:m] a 58, p. 25 iv
blanc [blu] c 179; an p. 51 xviii
blanche [bla:S] an p. 51 xviii
blason [blaz5] n 60
bleme [blc:m] e 15
bleu [bio] eu 114
bleuatre [bloaitr] eu 114
bleuet [bloe] eu 114
bloc [blok] c 178, 340, 341; o 105,
p. 43 xi; c p. 156 lxiv
bloc enorme [bbk enarm] c p.
141 LIX
blocus [blokyis] s 275, p. 162
LXVI
t
blond [bio] on 4
blonde [bl5:d] on 141
blouse [blii:z] ou p. 45 xiv; s p.
109 LI
bobine [bobin] ft p. 68 xxvii
bobo [bobo] 5 p. 68 xxvii
bceuf [boef] « 118, 127, 327; /
192, p. 156 LXIV
boeuf a la mode [boef a la mod] /
p. 76 xxxvi
bceufs [be] eu 114;/ 193, p. 156
LXIV
boire [lDwa:r].oi 56
bois [bwa] cri 62, 156, p. 62 xxiv
boise [bwcize] oi 64
boit [l)wa] oi 56
boite [bwa:t] [bvpa:t] oi 156, p. 21
III
bol [bol] I p. 87 XLiii
bombe [b5:b] h p. 68 xxvii
bon [bo] on p. 56 xxi B; n p. 96
XLVII
bon ami [b5n ami] n 375
bon a rien [bon a rje] [bon a rje]
47; n 337
bonde [bo:d] on p. 56 xxi B
bon enfant [bon afu] n 375
bonheur [bonceir] o 109; eu p. 45
XIII
bonne [lion] o 107, p. 43 xi; nn
146, p. 96 XLVII
bonnement [bonmu] e 70
bon sens [bo sais] s p. 157 lxiv
bonte [bote] 10; on p. 55 xx
borax [boraks] x 310
INDEX
177
bord [bo:r] d 189; r 166; o p. 43
XI
bord a bord [h.v.v a bo:r] d 380
Bordeaux est une belle ville
[bardoetyn bel vil] x p. 141 lx
Bossuet [bosqe] ue 159, p. 156
LXIV
bouc [buk] ou 119; c 178, 340,
341
bouche [Tki^j oh 119
boucher [bu^c] r 262
boucle [bukl] le 222
bouddhisme [budism] [budizm]
h p. 152 LXiii
boueux [bwo] oucu 156
bougie [bu5i] g 201
boulevard Montpamasse [biil-
va:r m.ljiania.s] M 410
Boulogne [bulop) gn p. 162 lxv
bourg [burr] [burik] g 205, 365,
p. 162 Lxvi
-bourg [bu:r] in proper names
205
Bourges, le 11 mai 1909 [l)ur5, b
;j:z iiic fliz nn'f su iKcf] 425
bourgmestre [Ijiirgnifsfr] g p.
162 LXVI
bout |i)ii] h 4, 170; on 128, 328
bout a bout [but a bu] 47; I 354
bouteille [buU:j] ill j). 90 xuv
bouvreuil [buvniij] it p. 90
xr.iv
brancard [brukair] r p. 104 L
bras I bra] a 59; s 273
bravo [bravn] o 99, p. 39 x
brebis (lir.tbi] /* p. (>S xxvii
bredouiller [bnjdujcji/i p. 90xLiv
bref [l)ref] / 191
Bresil [!)rezil] I p. 162 lxv
Brest [brr.st] / 297
Bretagne (la) [bratap] gn p. 162
lxv
brief [brief] / 192
briguer [brige] gu 195
broc [bro] c 180, p. 156 lxiv
brocard [brakair] r p. 104 l
brodeuse [brodoiz] eu p. 44 xii
Broglie [brojo] g 204
brosse [bros] o 107, p. 43 xi
brouillard [brujair] ill p. 90 xliv
brouter [l^rute] ou p. 49 xvi
bruine [brqin] ui p. 64 xxv
bruire [brqiir] ui p. 64 xxv
brun [bnJe] un 144, p. 56 xxi; n
p. 90 XLVii
brune [l)ryii] /; p. 96 XLvn
Brunswick [brasvik] un 142; w
307
brusquerie [bryskori] e 393
brut [l)rj-t] t 298, p. 117 Lii
Bruxelles [brj'sel] x 267, 313, p.
121 Lvii, p. 156 LXIV, p. 102
LXV
Bruxelles, ce 13 fevrier 1908
[brysel, so tre:z fevrie diz ncsf
so \\\\] 425
bruxellois [bryselwa] x 267
bubon [bybo] h p. 68 xxvii
Buenos-Ayres [bqenoz e:r] p. 162
LXV
buis [bqi] u 158; ui 160, p. 64
xxv
bulletin [l)yltt;] e 70, 393, p. 30
VI
178
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
Bulletin des lois [bylte de Iwa] B
404
Buloz [byloiz] z 319
bun [bd'] un p. 56 xxi B
bunde [bde:d] wn p. 56 xxi B
but [by(t)] t 298, 300; m 121; < p.
163 Ksvii
c [se] [s3l[ka]22, 24; 91; 110; 127;
300; [k] [s] 165, 173-175, 177,
178, 181, 219, 255, 267, 311,
340; 341; [g] 174; sUent 164,
175 Remark, 179-181 •
S [s] 176, 267
gk [sa] d 28, 50
cab [kab] 6 171
cable [ka:bl] d p. 25 iv
cacao [kakao] c p. 69 xxviu
cache [ka^] ch 182
cachot [ka^o] o 99
cadavre [kadavr] [kadavr] a 64
cadeau [kado] au 126, p. 49 xvi;
eau 324
Cadix [kadis] [kadiks] x 267, 313,
p. 162 Lxvi, p. 163 Lxvii
cadre [kaidr] a 63
caduc [kadyk] c 255
caduque [kadyk] qu 255
Caen [ka] a 57; e p. 162 lxv
cage [ka:3] a 49
cahler [kaje] e 80; h 209
cahiers [kaje] e 80, p. 32 vii
caille [ka(:)j] ill p. 90 xliv
Cain [kae] p. 162 lxv
Caire (le) [ke:r] ai p. 162 lxv
Calabre (la) [kalabr] p. 162 lxv
calamite [kalamite] m p. 9Ci
XLVII
calciiun [kalsjom] u p. 162 lxvi
calcul [kalkyl] I 221; u p. 46
XV
Caleb [kaleb] b 171
calef on [kalsS] 46
calembour [kalabuir] m p. 96
XLVII
calfeutre [kalfoitr] eu p. 44 xii
calice [kalis] c p. 69 xxviii
calif e [kalif] c p. 152 lxiii
caliner [kaline] n p. 96 xlvi
calme [kalm] a 54
calomnie [kabmni] om 143; m
234, p. 94 XLV
calvitie [kalvisi] t 281, p. 156
LXIV
camarade [kamara(:)d] e 69
camaraderie [kamaradri] p. 18 ii
CamiUe [kamiij] ill p. 162 lxv
Camoens [kamoeis] s p. 162
LXV
camp [ka] am p. 51 xviii, p. 56
XXI B
campagne [kapaji] gn 207, p. 162
LXV
campe [kd:p] am p. 56 xxi B
campement [kapma] am 131
Canada [kanada] p. 18 ii
canaille [kana(:)j] ill p. 60 xxiii
canal [kanal] p. 18 ii
cancan [kdku] an p. 51 xvni
cancer [kaseir] r 263
canif [kanif] / 192
canne [kan] a 54; n p. 57 xxii
INDEX
179
cantaloup [katalu] p 249, p. 162
LXVI
cantique [kutik] c p. 69 xx\^II
caoutchouc [kaut^u] c ISO, 340;
t, c p. 162 LXVI
cap [kap] a 54; p, 245, 250 p. 162
LXVI
Capetien [kapesje] t 286
capitaine [kai)iten] ai p. 156
LXIV
capital [kapital] p. 18 ii, p. 161
XIV
captieux [kapsjo] t 284; p p. 98
XLVIII
car [ka(:)r] c 4, 173; a 54; r 165
carat [kara] t p. 117 liv
carbone [karban] [karboin] o 111
careme [kare:m] c 85, p. 36 viii
caricature [karikatyir] c p. 69
XX viii
Carlsbad [karlsbad] d p. 74 xxxv
canne [karm] c.p. 152 lxiii
carnaval [kamaval] n p. 96 xlvi
carre [kare] rr 169
carrefour de I'Abattoir [karfu:r
d,» 1 ubat\va:r] A 410
carte [kart] r p. 104 l
cas [ka] a 59; s 273
case (k(i:z] a 60
cassation [kaHasjS] s p. 108 u
casse [ka:s] a 60
casser [kosc] .s.s 167, 267
cassis [kasi.s] .s 275
Castille (la) [ka.sti:j] ill p. 162
LXV
cataracte [katarakt] p. IS ii
cathedrale [katcdral] h 209
catholicisme Piatolisism] [kato-
lisizm] c 399
catholique [katolik] c 399
Caucase (le) [kokciiz] c p. 69
xxviii; a p. 162 lxv
cauchemar [ko^mair] [ko^mair]
au, e p. 156 Lxiv
causerie [kozri] e 70, 393, p. 30
VI
caustique [kostik] c p. 69 xxviii
caution [kosjo] au 102
cave [ka:v] a 13
Cayenne [kajen] ay p. 162 lxv
fa y est [sa ] c] y 153
cc [k] 173, 176, 219; [ks] 176
ce [so] e 66; c 267; 383, 385, 425
ce bien est a mon frere [sa bje et
a ma freir] n 377
ceci [sosi] c 267, p. 69 xxrx
cecite [sesite] c 175
cede [s?;(:)d] e 87
cederai [scdro] e 88
cedille [.sedi:j] 32
ceinture [sety:r] ein 135
cela [.s(;))hi] c p. 69 xxrx
cela m'est egal [sola m et egal] t
334
cele [scl] h 87
celebre [solebrc] e 79
celerai [scire] e 88
ceUe [scl] e 91
cellule (srlyl] I p. 87 xliii
ce musee s'appelle le Musee [sa
nnzo s upcl l.> inyzc;] M p. 153
LXIII
cens [.sd:s] s 275
cent [su] c 267; p. 69 xxix
180
FKENCH PRONUNCIATION
centaure [sato:r] au 112
centieme [sutjem] ti 293, p. 117
LII
centiemement [sat jcmma] ti 293
centime [satim] p. 161 XIV
centimetre [satime(:)tr] p. 161
XIV
cent neuf hiboux [sa noev ibu] /
p. 76 XXXVII
cent onze [sa oiz] t 355
centre [sa:tr] re 260; en p. 51
XVIII
cent un [sa ce] t 301, 355, 371, p.
156 Lxiv
cep [sep] p 250
ce palais de justice s'appelle le
Palais de justice [s9 pale da
3ystis s apel la pale da 3ystis]
P p. 153 Lxiii
cercler [serkle] 38
cercueil [serkoeij] il p. 90 xliv
cerf [seir] / 193
cerfs [se:r] / 193
cerf -volant [servolu]/ 193, p. 162
LXVI
cerise [sariiz] s 268
cerisier [sarizje] ie p. 60 xxiii
certain [serts] c p. 69 xxix
ces [se] [se] e 93
Cesar [sesa:r] r p. 162 lxv
cession [sesjS] c 175
c'est [s e] 384
c'est a dire [s et a di:r] p. 161
XIV
c'est aujourd'hm lundi le dix
aout [s et 03urdqi fedi la dis u]
I, a 398
c'est bon a manger [s e bo a
mase] ?i 378
c'est le huit [s e la qit] e p. 141
LX
c'est le six [s e la sis] x p. 122
LVII
c'est im enfant tres eveUle [set
den ufu tres evcje] t, n, s p. 141
LIX
c'est un franc etourdi [s et de frak
eturdi] t, c p. 141 lix
ce temple des protestants s'ap-
pelle le Temple des protes-
tants [sa ta:pl de protests s apel
la ta:pl de protesta] T p. 153
LXIII
cet hotel de ville s'appelle l'H6-
tel de ville [s et otel da vQ
s apel 1 otel da vil] H p. 153
LXIII
cette fenetre [set fane:tr] e 394
cette petite [set patit] e 394
cette phrase est facile a lire et a
comprendre [set fra:z e fasil a
li:r e a kopraidr] e 395
cette prison militaire s'appelle
la Prison militaire [set prizS
militeir s apel la priz5 milite:r]
P p. 153 LXIII
ceux [s0] eu 114, p. 44 xii; x 315
Ce vendredi matin [sa vadradi
mate] 425
Ceylan [selu] y p. 162 lxv
ch [k] 185, 186, 219; [$] 182-184,
329; silent 185
chacun [Sakue] un 144, p. 56
XXI
INDEX
181
chaine [Se:n] at p. 36 vm, p. 49
XVI
chair [Se:r] ai 84, 123, 321
chaise [^eiz] ai, 84, 123, 321; s p.
109 LI
Chaldee [kalde] ch p. 73 xxxiii
Chalons [Stilo] on p. 55 xx
Cham [kam] ch p. 73 xxxiii
Chambery [Sdbcri] p. 162 lxv
chambre [^fiibr] am 131; ch 182
chamelier [^amaljc;] e 71
champ [^u] am p. 51 xviii; ch p.
72 XXXII
champagne [Supaji] am 131; gn
207, p. 162 LXV
champs [^a] ps 164
Chanaan [kanaa] ch p. 73 xxxiii
chancelier [y'lsoljo] e 71, p. 30 v
changeant [Sa^a] an p. 51 xviii
changement [^usmu] ge p. SO
XXXIX
chanson [Sus5] on 141
chant [Su] ch p. 72 xxxii
chantais (Sute] ai 84, 123
chantait [Sate] ail p. 36 viii
Chanteclair [^utkleir] e p. 162
vxv
chanter [^uto] an p. 51 xviii
chantier [y'ltjc] li 293
chaos [kao] ch 186; s p. 162 lxvi
chaotique [kaotik] ch p. 73 xxxiii
chapelier lyipljc] 46; e 71, p. 30 v
chaperon ISapr.")] 46
chargee (Sarvl 423
chargera l^ir^.tra] c p. 30 v
Charlemagne |yirl.)iiiajil i; 71, y).
.0) v, p. 162 lxv; gn p. 81 XL
Charles [^arl] s p. 162 lxv
Charles-Quint [^arlo ke] e 71; qu
254
Charon [karS] ch, a p. 162 lxv
charpentier [yirpatje] ti 293
chars a bancs l^ar a ba] s 367
Chartres [^artr] r p. 104 l
chartreux [Sartre] c p. 152 LXin
Charybde [karibd] ch p. 73
xxxiii, p. 162 LXV
Chasles [^a:!] s 272
chasse [Sas] a G5; ch 182, 329, p.
72 XXXII
chastete [^astate] e 71
chat [Sa] ch 4, 182; o p. 21 iii
chat-huant [^a qa] t p. 162 lxvi
chatier [Satje] r281;<i293
chaud [So] d 189
chaussee des Minimes [^ose de
minim] .1/ 410
chef [Scf] c 91 ; / 165, 192, p. 156
LXIV
chef-d'oeuvre [^e d ceivr]/ 193, p.
156 LXIV
chef-lieu {^d Ijo] / p. 76 xxxvi,
p. 162 LXVI
chemin [S(o)me] 10
chene [Sr:n| c p. 36 viii
chenil (\,.)ni] / 344
chenille [S^niij] ill p. 90 xliv
Cheops [k('.)ps] ch p. 73 xxxiii
Cher [St!r] e 91; r 263, p. 156
I.XIV
Cherbourg [Scrbu:r] g 205, p. 162
LXV
chere [Stir] 426
Cher Georges [Se:r sorsj 426
182
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
Cher Monsieur [5e:r mosjo] 426
Cher Monsieur Belisle [5e:r
mosJG beli(:)l] 426
cherubin [^erybe] ch 184
chetive [Seti:v] i 94
cheval [Soval] a 54; Z 221
chevalier [S(9)valje] ch p. 72
XXXII
cheval ombrageux [Saval obraso]
I p. 141 LIX
chevaux [Savo] [S(9)vo] x 315; au
p. 39 X
cheville [Savi:j] ill p. 90 xliv
chevre [^eivr] e 87
Chez [Se] e 80, p. 32 vii; 423
chez eux [^ez o] z 335, 358
chien [5je] en p. 53 xix; ie p. 60
xxiii; ch p. 72 xxxii
chiens [^je] en 135
Chili (le) [$111] ch p. 72 xxxii; p.
162 Lxv
chimere [$lme:r] ch p. 72 xxxii
chimie [Simi] ch 184
Chine [Si(:)n] c/i 182
chirologie [kirolosl] ch p. 73
xxxiii
chiromancie [kiromasl] ch p. 73
XXXIII, p. 162 Lxvi
chirurgie [^Iryrsl] ch p. 72 xxxii
chirurgien [Slryrsje] ch 184
choc [Sok] c 178, 340, 341
choeur [koe:r] ch 186; ew p. 45 xiii
oeu p. 49 XVI
Choisy-le-Roy [$wazi b rwa] C,
72 410
cholera [kolera] c/i p. 73 xxxiii
chome [Soim] o 97
chomer [Some] o 98 '
choquer [Soke] ch p. 72 xxxn
chorus [kory:s] s 275
chose [So:z] o 101, p. 39 x; ch
182
chou [5u] 07/ p. 45 xiv
chouan [^wa] ouan p. 65 xxvi
chouette [^wet] owe 156
choux [Su] a; 315
chrestomathie [krestomati] t, th
p. 117 LII
Chretien [kretje] ch 185; ti 294; f
p. 117 Lii; en p. 162 lxv
chretienne [kretjen] ti 294
chretiente [kretjete] ten p. 65
XXVI
Christ [krist] ch 185; Z 297, 301;
st p. 156 Lxiv; t p. 117 lii
christianisme [kristjanlsm] [kris-
tjanlzm] c 399
Christiansand [kristjasaid] d p.
74 XXXV
Christiansfeld [krist jasf eld] d p.
74 XXXV
Christophe Colomb [kristof kol5]
• h 339
chronique [kronlk] ch p. 73
XXXIII
chronologie [kronobsl] ch 185
chrysantheme [krizateim] ch 185;
h p. 162 LXVI
chuchoter [Sy^ote] ch p. 72 xxxii
chuinter [Sqete] uin 162
chut [Syt] [S:t] t 279, 298; « p. 156
LXIV
ci [si] 311
Ciceron [siser5] p. 162 lxv
INDEX
183
del [sjel] e 91, p. 36 viii; c p. 69
xxrx
cieux [sjo] eu p. 44 xii
ci-git [si si] i 95
Ci-inclus, Trois cents francs
[si ekiy, trwa sa fra] 431
cU [sil] [sh]] il 224, 228; c p. 69
XXIX
cimetiere [simtjeir] 46; c p. 69
XXIX
cinq [se:k] q 165, 219, 252, p. 156
LXIV "•
cinq enfants [sek afa] q 346
cinq heros [se cro] q 346
cinq heures [sek oeir] q p. 141 lix
cinq hommes [sek om] q 346
cinq livres [se livr] q 346
cinq-mars [se ma:r] q, s p. 156
LXIV
cinq robes [se ro(:)b] q p. 156
LXIV
circonflexe [sirkjfitks] 29
circonspect [sirkospek] [sirkSspe]
[sirkospekt] ct 181, p. 162
Lxvi; t :>m; ret, 353
circonspect en tout [sirk5spek a
tu] [sirkSspekt u tu] ect 353
circonstance [sirkSstais] on 141
cire [.si:rj i 13; c p. 69 xxix
cirque [.sirk] i p. 37 ix
ciselure [sizlyir] e 70, p. 30 vi
Citeaux [sito] x p. 122 lvii
citoyen [sitAvaje] oij 156
citrouille |silni(:jjl ouillc 226
civil [sivil] il 229; c 267
classe [kla:s] [klas] a 60, 65; e 69;
p. 18 ii; o p. 25 IV
cle [kle] 193
clef [kle]/ 193, p. 162 Lxvi; e p.
32 VII
clefs [kle] e 80
Cleopatre [kleopa:tr] d p. 162
LXV
clerc [kle:r] r 166, 264; c 180, 340,
p. 156 LXIV
client [klija] ien 135
climat [klima] [klima] a 64
clouer [klue] ou p. 49 xvi
club [klyb] b 171
Clugny [kl^Tii] g 204
cobalt [kobalt] t 299
codiciUe [kodisil] ill 232
coeur [koe:r] eu 118, p. 45 xiii; r
261; CBU p. 49 xvi
cognac [kojiak] c 178, 340, 341
cogne [kjjic] gn p. 81 xl
cognition [k.)gnisj5] gn 200
coin [kwi'] in 136; oi p. 62 xxiv
coke [kjk] k 218
Colas [kola] a 59
colere [koleir] e 87, p. 36 viu
college [kole:^] e 87
collar [kjle] U 167, 220
Colomb [kol5] b 171, p. 156
LXIV, p. 162 lxv; om p. 55 xx
Colomb a erre longtemps [kal5 a
tre Ijtu] 6 J). 141 LX
colonel [kolonel] I p. 87 xliii
combien Ikobjf-] ien 162
combien en demande-t-il [kjbje
(1 d.)ina:(i t il] n p. 141 LX
combien y en a-t-il [kjbje i un
at 11] /( .'iTS
comble [kj:bl] oni p. 55 xx
184
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
combustion [kSbystjo] ti 290
comme [kom] o p. 43 xi
commenfons [komas5] q p. 69
XXIX
commotion [komosjo] [komosj5]
o 100
commun [komde] un 144, p. 56
XXI
compact [kSpakt] t 296
compagnie [kopajii] p. 161 XIV
compagnon [kapajio] gn p. 81 xl
compassion [kopasjo] a 60
compendium [kopedjjm] [k5pa-
djom] en 137; um 145
compose [kopoiz] o 101, p. 39 x
comprend-il [koprat il] d 362
comprend-il ce qu'on dit [k5-
pmt il sa k 5 di] d p. 141 Lix
comprenez [koprane] n p. 96
XLVI
comprenons [koprenS] e 71, p.
30 V
compte [k5:t] om 141 ; p 247
compter [kote] p p. 156 lxiv
comptons [kSto] om 141; om, on
p. 55 XX
concession [kSsesjS] s p. 108 li
congu [kosy] f p. 69 xxix
condamnable [kodanabl] m 237
condamnation [kodanasjo] m 237
condamner [kodane] am p. 162
LXVI
conditionnel [kSdisjonel] < p. 117
LIII
conduire [k5dqi:r] d 187
confiance [k5fja:s] ian 162
confidentiel [kofidasjel] t 283
conge [k53e] on p. 55 xx
congestion [kSsestjo] ti 290
congres [kogre] s p. 162 lxvi
conjuguant [kosygu] ua 156
conquerir [kokeriir] qu 254
conquiert [kokjeir] r 264
Conrad [korad] d p. 74 xxxv
consanguinite [kosagqinite] [k5-
suginite] gui 198
consciemment [kSsjama] em p.
156 Lxiv
conscience [k5sja:s] ien 135, p.
65 xxvi; p. 156 lxiv
conseil [koseij] e 91; eil 226
conseiller [koseje] ill p. 90 xliv
consequemment [kosekama] em
p. 156 lxiv
considerablement [kosiderabla-
mti] e 71
consideration [kosiderasjS] 428
Considerations sur I'histoire de
France [kosiderasjS syr 1 is-
tw-air da fra:s] C, F p. 152 lxiii
consolation [kosolusj5] t 162
consomptif [kSsoptif] p 248
comsomption [kSsopsjo] 38; p
248, p. 98 xlyiii
conspire [kospire] on 44
consul [kosyl] I 221; c p. 152
lxiii
contact [kotakt] t 296
conte [k5:t] on 141, p. 55 xx, p.
56 XXI B
content adj. [kSta] e 72
content verb [k5:t] e 72
contiguite [kStigqite] gui 198
convaincs [kove] c p. 71 xxxi
INDEX
185
convenable [kovnabl] e 70
coq [kokj q 4, 165, 219, 252, p.
156 Lxiv
coquin [kjke] in p. 53 xrx
cor (ko:r] c 173
corbeille [kjrbe:]] eille 226
cordelier [kjrdolje] c p. 152
LXIII
corps [kj:r] r 166; p 247
corps a corps [kor a ko:r] s 367
correct [korcktj [korrekt] t 296,
300, 353; ct p. 156 kxiv
cortes [kortes] s 275
Cortez [kjrtes] z 267, p. 122 lviii
cosinus [kosinyis] s 269
cote [ko:t] 6 4, 6, 29, 97, p. 39 x;
c 7
cote d'or [kot d j:r] c, o 418
cotele [kotlo] 6 98
cotignac [kotijia] c p. 71 xxxi
couenne [kwan] e 55
couenneux [kwano] c 55
couleuvre [kulceivr] eu p. 45 xiii
coup [ku] p 164, 249; ou p. 45 xiv
coupe Ikup] p p. 98 xlviii
cour |ku:r] r p. 101 l
courant [kura] p. 161 XIV
cour des Fontaines [ku:r de f5-
ivJ:)n\ /'■ 410
courez [kurc] ou p. 45 xiv
courir [kuri:r] 168
couronne [kiir.nil nn 167
courrai [kurre] rr 259
courrier |kiirjc] r 2(52
courroux [kuru] x p. 122 Lvii
Cours d'astronomie |kii:r d a.s-
tr.MijiiiiJ (' 104
court [ku:r] t 352
courtil [kurti] i7 230; I 344
coutelas [kutlci] a 59
coutelier [kutalje] e 71
couter [kute] aw p. 49 xvi
coutil [kuti] I 344
couvert [kuveir] ou p. 45 xiv
couvre-pieds [kuvrapje] d p. 74
xxxiv
crac [krak] c 178, 340, 341
craie [krc] ai 84, 123; aie 90, 321
craindre [kre:dr] ain 14
cravate [kravat] p. IS ii
crayon [krejo] iQ; ay 90; y 154
credo [kredo] e p. 162 lxvi
creee [kree] e 89
cresson [kras5] [kres5] e p. 163
LXVII
creuse [kroiz] eu 4, 14, 114
creux [kra] eu 114, p. 44 xii; x
315
crever [krave] e 4, 66, 67, p. 30 v
eric [kri] c 180, 340
cric-crac [krik krak] c p. 162
LXVI
Crimee (la) [krime] p. 162 Lxv
crin [krC] in p. 53 xix
crise |kri:z] i 94
crise de nerfs [kri:z do ne:r] / i).
7(5 XXXVII
cristal [kristal] s 267
croc [kiol r ISO, 340, p. 156 lxiv
croc-en-jambe [krok u 5a:b] c 341
crochets Ikr.j^c] 419
crocus lkr>)ky:s] « p. 108 li
croire |kr\v(i:r] |krwa:r] a 62
crois [krwdj ot 150
186
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
croix [krwa] [krwa] a 62; a; 315
croix de renvoi [krwa da ravwa]
419
Cromwell [kromvel] w 306
croup [krup] p 250, p. 156 lxiv
croyez [krwaje] oy p. 62 xxiv
Croyez a ma vive et sincere ami-
tie [krwaje a ma viv e sese:r
amitje] 427
crucifix [krysifi] x 315, p. 156 lxiv
ct final 296
cueillir [kocji:r] ue p. 49 xvi
cuiller (cuilliere) [kyjeir] [ki[i-
je:r] [kyljeir] u 121, uill 226; r
263; p. 156 lxiv
cuir [kqi:r] u 158; ui p. 64 xxv
cuisine [kqizin] ui p. 64 xxv
cuisinier [kqizin je] r 262
cuivre [kqi:vr] ui p. 64 xxv
cul [ky] I 223
culbute [kylbyt] u p. 46 xv
Curasao [kyraso] a 57
cure [ky:r] c 173
cuve [ky:v] u 120; c p. 69 xxviii
cyclone [sikloin] o 111, p. 39 x; c
267
cygne [siji] c 175; gn 207
cylindre [sUeidr] c 267
cymbale [sebal] c p. 69 xxrx
cypres [sipre] c p. 69 xxrx
cyr [si:r] c 175
czar [gza:r] [tsair] [tza:r] c 174,
p. 162 Lxvi
d [de] [d9] 22, 24; [d] 190; [t]
362-364, 381
dahUa [dalja] h 209
daim [de] aim 135, p. 53 xrx, p.
56 XXI B
Dalmatie [dalmasi] t 281
damas [dama] a 59
damasser [damase] a 59
dame [dam] m 4, 233; d 187; a p.
21 III
damner [dane] a 63, p. 25 iv, p.
156 lxiv; am 132; m 237
Damon [damo] m p. 96 xlvii
Danemark (le) [danmark] e, k
p. 162 Lxv
danger [dase] r 262
dans [da] an p. 51 xviii
dansant [dasa] ati p. 51 xviii
danse [du:s] s 4, 266
danseuse [dasoiz] eu 115, 127,
326, p. 44 XII
Dans les gardes frangaises [da
le gard fraseiz] D 401
dans ime tente [daz yn ta:t] s 335
dard aigu [da:r egy] d 380
David [david] d 190; a, d p. 156
LXIV
Dax [daks] x 310
dd [d] 42, 168, 187, 188
de [da] e 4, 17, 66, 383
de beaux boeufs [da bo bo] /p. 76
XXXVII
deblayer [debleje] ay p. 49 xvi
def a [dasa] d 50
decede [desede] e 79
decembre [desaibr] 425
decemment [desama] em p. 156
LXIV
decemvir [desemviir] m 235
INDEX
187
de ce que je ne te le demande
pas [do s ko 3 no t lo dmu:d pa]
e 75
dechu [de^y] ch p. 72 xxxii
declamer [deklame] [deklame]
a 64
declare [dekla:r] a p. 21 iii
de clerc a maitre [do klerk a
me:tr] c 341
decorum [dekorom] um 145
decret [dekre] et 92
defu [desy] g 176
dedalgneux [dedejio] gn p. 81 xl
de demain en huit [do dome a
qit] n p. 141 LX
dedier [dedjc] d 187
defaire [defe:r] / 191
defaut [defo] au p. 49 xvi
Defense du Genie du christia-
nisme [dofdis dy scni dy kris-
tjanism] D, G 406
deficit [defisi(t)] t 299; c, < 300;
p. 117 LII
de fond en corable [do fot a
k5:bl] p. 141 Lix
defunt [defd'l un 144, p. 56 xxi
defunte [deficit] un 14
degat [dt'gd] d p. 25 iv; I p. 117
LIV
degenere [dcsenero] e 79
degoiit [degu] oil p. 45 xiv, p. 40
XVI
de haut en bas [do o a ba] 47
deja [dfsa] 6i, 79; d 28, 50
dejeuner [dcsonc] cu 114; [d(v
^(I'nc] rii 1 18
de la [do la] c/, MIO
delabrer [dclcibre] [delabrc] a 64
de la deux sortes de devoir: les
uns negatifs [do la do sort do
dovwair: lez de negatif] 420
DeliUe [delil] ill 232
deliquescence [delik(q)esa:s] qu
257
demi [d(o)mi] i p. 37 ix
democratie [demokrasi] t 281, p.
162 Lxvi
demoiselle [domwazel] e 67
demon [domo] on p. 55 xx
Demosthene [demostem] h p.
162 Lxv
Denis [doni] s p. 162 lxv
dent [du] d i; en p. 51 xviii, p.
56 XXI B
de part en part [do pairt a pa:r]
t 382, I). 141 LIX
de part et d'autre [do pa:rt e
d otr] t 382
depens [depd] s p. 162 lxvi
de pied en cap [do pjet a kap] d
362
de plus en plus [do plyz a ply] s
366
de point en point [do pwet a pwe]
t 354
depot [depo] p 245; t p. 117 liv
de profundis [de prof5di(:)s] un
1 12, p. 162 lxvi
deraille [dcnije] ill p. 90 xliv
des [de] [do] e 28, 93; d 410
des [df] r 28
des bas reliefs [de ba roljef) / p.
76 XXXVI
desCallots[dekalo]Cp. 153 lxiii
188
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
Descartes [dekart] s 272
des cheveux epais [de 5av0z epe]
X p. 141 LIX
des dues et pairs [de dyk e pe:r]
s367
des Elzevirs [dez elzeviir] E p.
153 Lxiii
desert [deze:r] r 204; s p. 102
LXVI
deshabiller [dezabije] s 268, p.
109 LI
des habits [dcz abi] h 208
des haricots [de ariko] h 210, p.
150 Lxiv
des heros [dc ero] h 210
des heures [dez oe:r] h 208
des histoires etonnantes [dez
istwairz etomct] s p. 141 lix
des hommes [dez am] h 208
deshonneur [dezonoeir] s 268, p.
109 LI
desire [dezire] e 27
des maitres es arts [de meitr ez
a:r] s 367
des manteaiix ouates [de mato
wate] 371
Desmoiilins [demule] s 272
des oeufs [dez 0] s 319
des oignons [dez op5] s 319
desormais [dezorme] ais p. 49 xvi
des oui-dire [de wi diir] 371
des Plines [de plin] P p. 153
LXIII
des pores epics [de pork epik] s
367
des prix eleves [de priz elve] x
372
desquels [dekel] [dekel] s 272
des regards aimables [de ragairz
emabl] s 381
dessaisir [deseziir] e 81
desseeher [dese^e] e 81
dessein [dese] e 81; ein 135
desseller [desele] e 81, p. 32
VII
desserrer [desere] e 81
dessert [dese:r] e 81, p. 32 vii;
.S.S p. 162 LXVI
desservir [deservi:r] e 81, p. 32
VII
dessiUer [desije] e 81
dessin [dese] e p. 32 vii
dessouder [desude] e 81
dessous [d(9)su] [tsu] e 68, p. 30
v, p. 156 LXIV
dessus[d(a)sy] [tsy] e 68, 81, p. 30
V, p. 156 LXIV
desuetude [desqetyid] s 269
des vers a soie [de ve:r a swa] s
367
detail [deta:j] a 61
de temps en temps [da taz a ta]
47;s337, 360, 366
detroit [detrwa] t 295
dette [det] e 18, 91, p. 36 vin
deuil [doe:j] eu 118, p. 45 xiii;
euil 226; p. 90 xliv
deux [do] .r 315
deux a deux [doz a do] x 372
deux enfants [doz afa] x 319
deuxieme [dozjem] x 314, 317,
319, p. 122 Lvii
deuxiemement [d0zjem(m)a] x
p. 122 LVII
INDEX
189
deux-points [do pwe] 419
developper [devbpe] e 89
devenir [davniir] c 67, 70, p. 30
VI
deviner [davine] 16
devotieux [devosjo] t 284
devotion [devosjS] [devosjo] o
100
d'excellents exercices [d ekse-
laz egzersis] s p. 141 lix
dextre [dc(k)str] x 310
diable [dja:blj [dja(:)bl] a 64, p.
25 IV
diademe [djadeim] m p. 94 xlv
diagnostique [dj;ignjstik] [djag-
nostik] gfn200
Dialogue des morts [djala(:)g de
ni.j:r] D 404
Diaz [dja:z] z 319
Dieppe [djtp] p. 162 lxv
diete [dje(:)t] ih p. 60 xxiii
dieu [djo] ieu 152; eu p. 44 xu
dieux [djo] cu 114
differentier [difcrasjc] ti 293; I
J). 117 LIII
difficile [difisil] i p. 37 ix;/p. 76
XXXVI
digestion [disestjS] li 290
digne [diji] (jn \). HI XL
dignite [dijiito] (jn 40
digue [di(:)g| gn p. 79 xxxviu
diJenune [dilcm] mm p. 94 xlv;
//( [). 96 XI. VII
diligemment [dilisainfil mm p.
94 XLv; m j). 96 xlvii
dime (di'^ijrnl i 29, 95, j). 37 tx
Diocletien [di.jklcsjf] I 286
Diogene [dio5e:n] p. 162 lxv
diplomatie [dipbmasi] t 281, p.
156 Lxiv
diplome [diploim] 6 97, p. 39 x
diplomer [diplome] 6 98
dire [di:r] i 94
direct [direkt] t 296; cl p. 162
LXVI
disait-on [dizet 5] s 332
discipline [disiplin] i p. 37 ix
Discours sur I'histoire univer-
selle [diskuir syr 1 istwair yni-
verscl] Dp. 152 lxiii
dispenser [di.spasc] s p. 108 li
distUler [disti(ljle] ill 232, p. 156
lxiv
distinct [dist£:kt] [diste] t 300;
d J). 156 lxiv
distinctement [distektmu] c, t
300
distinctif [distCktif] c, t 300
distinction [distKksj5] c, t 300
distingua [disifga] ua 150
distinguons [distegu] gu, p. 79
XXXVIII
distribuons [distribqo] uun 162
district [di.stri] [distrikt] cl 300
Dites bien des choses de ma
part a [dit bjC de So:z da ma
I)a:rt a] 430
dit-il [dit il] 421
dito [dito] ]). 161 XIV
dix [(lis) X 21.3, 267, 313, 315,
372, p. !.')() LXIV
dix chevaux [di S(">)\'o] x p. 156
LXIV
dix enfants [diz ufu] x 372
190
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
dix heures un quart [diz ce:r ce
ka:r] s 370
dix-huit [diz qit] x 314, 319, 371,
p. 122 Lvii, p. 156 Lxiv
dix-huitieme [diz qitjem] x 314,
371
dixieme [dizjcm] x 314, p. 122
LVII
dix-neuf [diz noef] x 314, 319, p.
122 LVII, p. 156 LXIV
dix-neuvieme [diz noevjem] x
314
dix pommes [di pom] x 372
dix-sept [dis set] x p. 121 lvii, p.
156 LXIV
dix-septieme [dis setjem] x p.
121 LVII
dix soldats [di solda] x 315
dix sous [di su] x p. 156 lxiv
docteur [doktoeir] 415
dogue [dog] g 4
doigt [dwa] oi 56; g 205; t p. 117
LIV
doigte [dwate] g p. 162 lxvi
doigts [dwa] gts 164
doit et avoir [dwat e avwair] t
354
Domitien [domisje] t 286
dommage [doma:3] m 42
dompter [dote] om 45, p. 55 xx;
p 247, p. 162 LXVI
dompteur [dotoeir] p 247
Domremy [dSrami] om p. 55 xx
don [d5] di; on p. 56 xxi B
done [do] [d5:k] c 181
donnais [done] ais 90
donnas [dona] a 59
donnat [dona] A p. 21 iii
donne [don] o 18
donne-je [doneis] e 88
donnent [don] e 72
donner [done] n 42; nn 239
donnes [don] e 72
donnez-en [donez a] z 332
Dordogne [dordoji] gn p. 162
LXV
dort-elle [dort el] t 332
dortoir [dortwair] r 261
dos [do] o 100, p. 39 x; s 164, 273
dos a dos [doz a do] s 366
dossier [dosje] o 100, p. 39 x
dot [dot] 105, p. 43 xi; f 298,
p. 117 Lii, p. 156 LXIV
doua [dwa] o^m p. 62 xxiv
douane [dwan] ovm 156, p. 62
XXIV
Douay [due] ay 90
Doubs [du] h 172; 6s p. 162 lxv
douce [dus] c p. 69 xxix
douons [dwo] ovxm p. 65 xxvi
Douvres [du:vr] p. 162 lxv
doux [du] ou p. 45 xiv
douze [du!z] ou p. 45 xiv
doyen [dwaje] ?/ 154
drap [dra] r 4; a 53; p 249
Dresde [drezd] s 271, p. 162 lxv
drogue [dro(:)g] gue 197; gu p.
79 xxxviii
droite [drwat] oi p. 21 iii
druide [drqi(:)d] d p. 152 lxiii
du [dy] « 29; d 410
du [dy] u 29
du blanc au noir [dy blak o
nwa:r] c 341, p. 141 nx
INDEX
191
Dublin [dyblf] p. 162 lxv
du bceuf sale [dy boe sale] / 193
due [dyk] c 178, 340, 341; d p.
152 Lxiii
Ducis [dj'siis] s 274
Ducroc [dykro] c p. 71 xxxi
duel [dqel] ue j). 04 xxv
Dugas [dj'ga] a 59
Du Guesclin [dy gekle] s 272, p.
150 LXiv
du haut en bas [dy ot a ba] t 354
du marc de cafe [dy ma:r do
kafe] c 340
Dumas [dymd] a 59, p. 102 lxvi
du mithridate [dy mitridat] m p.
153 LXIII
Dumouriez [dymurje] z 318
d'un [d (!■] un p. 50 xxi B
d'un bout a I'autre [d de but a
1 otr] t 354
Duncan [dr^ku] nn 142
d'un enfant [d d-n dfu] 384
Dunkerque [dokerk] un 142, p.
102 Lxv
d'un moment a I'autre [d de
moma a 1 otr] t 354
duo [dyo] o 99, p. 39 x
du plomb argentifere [dy pl3
ar5ulifi::r] b \). 141 LX
Duprez [dj'pro] z 318
Duquesne [dykc:n] s 272
dur [dy:rl // 1.3
du riz au lait [dy ri o li:] z 359, p.
141 LX
dynastie [dimusti] li 290; I p. 117
dysenteric [disutri] s 269
E
e [e] [a] 22, 24; mute [a] 66-71,
89; 155; sUent 72, 73, 77, 78;
before a, o, u 202; silent and
mute 74, 75; final 70; without
written accent [e] 80, 81; [e]
91-93; elision 384-387, 393-
395.
e ferme [e] written e, e, ai 79
e [e] 84-88
e [e] 84-80, 98
e 197
eau p. 39 X
-eau [o] 97, 102, 112, 126, 320,
324
eau de Seltz [o da sels] z 207, p,
122 Lviii
eblouir [cbluiir] 36
ecaille [eka:]] a 61
ecart [ekair] t p. 117 liv
Echantillons sans valeur [e^atija
sa valoc!r] 431
echec [eSc(k)] c 181, p. 102 lxvi
echecs [e5c(k)] c p. 156 lxiv
echo [cko] o 99; ch 186, p. 162
LXVI
eclair [cklcir] r p. 104 l
eclate [cklate] e 27
eclipse [eklips] p 245
ecole [okol] o 100; c 173, p. 19 ii
econome [('k.)n,)m] o 111
Ecouen [ckwdj uuen 162
ecoutez [ekutc] ou 128, 328
ecraser jcknizc] .s 319; a p. 25 iv
ecrasons [ckniz.')] a 00
ecrevisse [oivrovis] e 89
192
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
ecriture anglo-normannique
[ekrityir agio normanik] a, n
408
ecriture normanno-saxonne
[ekrityir normano sakson] n, s
408
-ect 92, 353
ecueil [ekcp:j] iieil 226; ue p. 45
XIII
ecuelle [ekiiel] ue p. 64 xxv
ecureuil [ekyrrrij] euil 226
Edda [edda] f/ p. 74 xxxv
Eden [edcn] n 241, p. 156 lxiv
Edimbourg [edebu:r] fir 205, p. 162
LXV
Edouard [edwair] d 189; ova p.
62 XXIV
Edmond [edmS] d p. 74 xxxrv
-een [ee] en 136
effare [efare] e 81
effectuerent [efektqeir] Me p. 64
xxv
effemine [efemine] e 81
effet [efe] e 81, p. 32 vii
efficace [efikas] e 81
effigie [efisi] gi p. 80 xxxix
effleure [efioere] e 81
efflorescent [effloresa] ff 191
effluent [efflya] ff 191
effluve [efflyiv] ff 191
effort [efo:r] e81; o 105
effrayer [efreje] e 81; ?/ p. 60
XXIII
effrene [efrene] e 81
effroi [efrwa] e 81, p. 32 vn
effronterie [efrotri] e 81
egalite [egalite] 35
Eginhard [esinair] d p. 74 xxxiv
eglogue [egbg] gl, gu p. 79
XXXVIII
egrener [egrane] e 89
Egypt (1') [e5ipt] p. 162 LXV
egyptiaque [esipsjak] t p. 117
LIII
Egyptien [esipsje] t 286
Eh bien, je m'en vais [e bje 33
m a ve] ^ 397
-ei [e] 84, 90, 122, 125, 320, 323
-ei [e] 122, 125
eider [edeir] r 263
-eU [eij] il 226
-eUle [r:j] ill 226
-eim [c] 135
-ein [el 135
Elements de physique [elema da
fizik] E 404
eleve [eleiv] e p. 36 viii
elever [elve] 35; e 46, 70, p. 156
Lxiv; e 89
eleverais [elevre] e 88
Elisabeth [elizabet] th 299
Elise a una autre idee en tete
[eliiz a ya. otr ide a teit] e 395
eUe [d] 386
elle coud [el ku] r/ p. 74 xxxiv
elle est fort en peine [el e fort a
pen] / 350
elle meurt expres [el moe:r eks-
pre] t 380
elle part a regret [el pa:r a ragre]
t 356
elle part aujourd'hui [el pair
03urdqi] t 380
Elle raconte encore une histoire
INDEX
193
absurde [cl rak5:t ako:r jn
i.st\va:r apsyrd] e 395
elle recommence [el rakomais] e
394
elles aiment (clz c:m] e p. 30 w
elles seraient invitees [el soret
cvite] / 351
eloigner [elwajie] gn p. 81 xl
eloquemment [ebkama] em p.
156 Lxiv
-em [a] 131; [em] 134, 235
embeter [abete] e 86
embryon [abri5] yon p. 65 xxvi
emeraude [emro:d] au 102
emeute [omert] eu 326
eminemment [eminama] em p.
150 LXIV
emm- [um] 134
-emm- [am] 134
Emma [emma] m p. 57 xxn, p.
96 XL\ii; mm p. 94 lxv
emmagasiner [dinagazine] em
134; m p. 96 xlvii; m,m 147
emmailloter [amajote] m p. 96
XI. VII
Emmanuel [emanqel] mm p. 57
XXII, p. 94 XLv; m p. 96 xlvii
emmenager [amenaso] m p. 90
XLVII
emmener [unmej em 134, p. 156
lxiv
-emment [amd] r 55; cm 134
emotion [<rno.sjj| o 100, p. 39 x
empecher [di)e5f] em 131
empereur [rjpra*:r] e 70
empire (npiirj cm 131, p. 51
XVill
empire des Perses [api:r de pers]
1' p. 1.10 LXIII
empire frang ais [api:r frase] / p.
153 LXIII
emploi [uplwa] em p. 51 xviii
emprunt [aprde] un p. 56 xxi
emprunte [aprteit] un 14, 144
emprunter [aprcete] un p. 56 xxi
en [Q] 4, 17, 131, 383, p. 51 xviii,
p. 56 XXI B
-en [e] 135; [en] 133, 240
en allant a pied [an alat a pje] t
350
en avez-vous eu [on ave wiz y\
n, s p. 141 LEX
encens [asfiis] [asa] c p. 70 xxix
enchanter [fixate] en, an 45
encrier [dkrije] [dkrie] en 131
endosser [udose] o 100
en ete [an ete] n p. 141 lix
enfant [dfd] an, en 131, p. 51
XVIlI
enfer [dfeir] r 263, p. 156 lxiv
Enfin, comment vous dire . . .
nous avons peur! [dfe, kama
VM di:r . . . nuz av5 pa;!r] 421
Enfin, j'y suis, j'y reste [dfe, 3 i
sqi, 5 i rest I E 397
Enfin on arriva [dfe on ariva] n p.
Ill LX
enflammer [dflame] [aflame] a
01. [). 25 IV
enfouir [dfwiir] oui 156
Enghien [dge] ien p. 79 xxxviii
en haut [d oj /i p. 156 lxiv
en hiver (dn ive:r] n p. 141 lix
enigma [ciiit^iii] (jm j). 79 xxxviii
194
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
enivrer [anivre] en 133, 147
enjeux [050] eu p. 49 xvi
En mains propres [d me propr]
431
-enn [an] 134
ennemi [enmi] nn 146
ennoblir [anobliir] en 133, p. 156
LXIV
ennoblit [anobli] nn p. 96 xlvi
ennui [anqi] en 133, p. 156 lxiv;
nn 147
Enoch [enok] ch 185
enorgueillir [anorgoeji:r] en 133,
147
enorme [enorm] n 239
en plein air [a plen e:r] n 375
enquete [okcit] qu 254
enroler [arole] 6 98
enseigne [aseji] ci p. 49 xvi
enseigner [asEjie] gn p. 81 xl
ensemble [usaibl] en, em 131
ensus [cisys] s 275
-entof verbs t 351; e 391
entendant [atcida] an, en p. 51
XVIII
entend-on [atat 5] d 362
enthousiasme [utuzjasm] [atu-
zjazm] ia p. 60 xxiii
entier [atje] ti 293; ie p. 60 xxiii
entiere [atjeir] ti 293; ie p. 60
xxiii
entoure [atuir] ou 119
entr'acte [atrakt] 387
entrant [atra] an, en p. 51 xviii
entre [u:tr(8)] e 387
entrer [aire] en 131
entresol [atrasal] s 269
envers [ave:r] r 264
envers et centre tous [ave:r e
kotra tuis] s 367
envers eux [aveir 0] s p. 141
LX
En ville [a vil] 431
Envoi de [civwa da] 423
en voila neuf [d vwala noef] / p.
76 xxxvi
envoy ez I'y [avwaje 1 i] 384
epanouir [epanwiir] oui p. 62
XXIV
epargner [eparjie] gn p. 81 xl
epaules [epo:l] au 102
eperon [eprS] c 89
ephod [cfod] d 190
Ephraim [efraim] im 139; m 235
epicier [episje] r 262
epinard [epinair] d p. 74 xxxiv
epizooti [epizoosi] [epizooti] t 281
epopee [epope] p p. 98 xlviii
epoque [epok] o 106
epouse [epu:z] ou 119, p. 45
XIV
epoux [epu] <nt p. 45 xiv
Epsom [epsom] m 235
equateur [ekwatoeir] ua 156; qu
256; u p. 162 lxv, lxvi
equation [ekwcisjo] ua 156, p. 62
XXIV ; qu 256, p. 101 xlix; u,
a, t p. 162 lxvi
equestre [ek(ii)estr] qu 257; u p.
162 LXVI
equi- [ek(q)i] qu 257
equidistant [ek(q)idista] qu 257
equinoxe [ekinoks] u p. 156
LXIV, p. 162 LXVI
INDEX
195
equitable [ekitabl] qu 254, p. 101
XLIX
equitation [ek(ii)itasj5] qu 257;
II, a, t p. 162 Lxvi
equivalent [ekivala] qu 254, p.
101 XLIX; U p. 162 LXAT
equivoque [ekivok] qu 254, p. 101
XLix; u p. 162 LXVI
-er [e] r 262, 347-349; final [er]
263
Ernest [emcat] t 297
erratiun [e(r)rat3m] u 113
errer [erre] r 259
erreur [erra?;r] r 259
-ers [e] 262
-ert [err] I 356, 380
-es 391
es [fs] s 275
escalier [eskalje] 38
esclaflfer [csklaf (f)e] c p. 70 xxx
esclandre [eskludr] c 177; sc 276
esclavage [csklava:5] c p. 70 xxx
esclave [esklu:v] [esklaiv] a 64;
c 177; s 267
esclavon [esklavS] c p. 70 xxx
escrime [cskrim] c p. 70 xxx
escroc [eskro] c 180, 340, p. 156
LXIV
escroc intelligent [cskro etcli3u]
c -.iW
espace [espa:s] [cspas] a 14, 64,
65
esperance [tspcruis] 38; an 131
esperer [cspcn'] c 91, p. 36 viii
Espinasse [opinas] « 272
espionnage [r8pji»na:3] ifj p. 60
xxiu
esprit allemand [espri alma] t
360
esprit profond en tout [espri
profo a tu] d 363
essai [ese] e 81, p. 32 vii
essaim [ese] aim 135
Essai sur les mceurs [ese sy:r le
moers] E 404
essayer [cseje] y 154
essentiel [esasjel] t 283, p. 117
Liii; e p. 156 lxiv
essor [esoir] [esoir] e 81, p. 32 vii;
o 105, p. 43 XI
essouffle [csufle] e 81
essuie-main [esqimc] e 81, p. 32
VII
essuie-plume [esqi plym] e 81, p.
32 VII
essuyer [esqije] e 81, p. 32 vii;
uy 159, 160, p. 64 xxv
est [e] 92; s 272; [est] 92; t 297
est-ce [e:s] e p. 156 lxiv
est-ce vrai [e s vre] e 385
Esther [esteir] r 263
Estienne [etjen] s 272, p. 156
LXIV
estime [estim] s p. 109 li
estoc [cstrjk] c 178, 340, 341
estomac [cstjma] a 53; c 180, p.
156 LXIV
et [e] e 80, 92; t 355, p. 117 liv
-et 92
Etablissements Archambault-
Belanger [ctablismu arSabo
b(^la3c] 424
etape [cfaj)] f 69, p. 30 vi
etat [ctu] / 295, p. 117 liv
196
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
et caetera [et setera] t 299, p. 161
XIV
ete [ete] e 4, 6, 17, 27, 79; t 279
eteint [ete] ein p. 156 lxiv
eternite [etemite] e p. 32 vii
etes [et] e 15
etes-vous [et vu] 34
Ethelred [etelred] (/ p. 74 xxxv
ether [ete:r] r 263, p. 156 lxiv
Etienne [etjen] ti 294
etiez [etje] ti 294
etioler [etjole] ti 294
etions [etjo] ti 294
etoffe [etof] o 107
etoile [etwal] oi 156
etrennes [etren] nn 146
etroite [etrwdt] [etrwat] oi 62
etudiant [et.ydja] ian 162
-eu [y] e 78, 116; [0] [oe] 114, 115,
117, 118, 122, 127, 320, 326;
+ final pronounced consonant
[oe] 327; +il, ille [oe] 327; +s,
t [0] 115, 326
-eu [y] e 116; [0] [oe] 114, 117, 127
Eugene [osem] [y3e:n] Eu 116
Eugenie [oseni] [yseni] Eu 116
eue [y] eu 116
-euil [oe:j] 226
-euille [oe:j] 226
etimes [y(:)m] e 78, 116; eH 77,
78, 116.
-eun [(jb] eun 144
eurent [y:r] e p. 156 lxiv
Europe [oerop] Eu p. 162 lxv
europeen [oerjpee] en 136
europeenne [oerapeen] n p. 57
XXII
-eurt [ce:r] t 356, 380
-euse [0:z] eu 115
-eute [0t] eu 115
-autre [oitr] eu 115
evanoui [evanwi] oui p. 62 xxiv
evanouir [evanwiir] oui 156
evasion [evasjaj a 60
eveil [eve(:)j] e p. 36 viii
evenement [evenmu] e 89
eventail [evutaij] ail 226
ex- [eks] and popular [es] 310;
initial followed by ce, ci, s
[k(+s)] 311; before vowel, etc.
[egz] [egz] 312
exact [Egza(kt)] [egzakt] t 296,
300, p. 121 Lvii; ct p. 163 lxvii
exacte [egzakt] [egzakt] x 41
exactement [egzaktama] [egzak-
tonia] e 71, p. 30 V
examen [egzame] [egzame] [egza-
men] [egzamen] x 41, 312; en
137, p. 156 LXIV, p. 162 lxvi
excavation [ekskavasjo] a; p. 121
LVII
excedant [ekseda] a; 311
exceder [eksede] x p. 121 lvii
excellence [eksela:s] x p. 121
LVII
excellent adj. [eksela] x 41; e
72; X p. 156 lxiv; verb [eksel]
e 72; X p. 156 lxiv
exceller [eksele] x p. 121 lvii
excepts [eksepte] x p. 121 lvii
exception [eksepsjo] x 311, p. 121
lvii
exces [ekse] x 311
excessif [eksesif] x 311
INDEX.
197
exciser [eksize] x 311
excitant [eksita] x 311
excitation [eksitasjj] x p. 121 LVii
exclamation [e(k)skl;imasj5]x 310
exclamer [ekskUime] x p. 121 lvii
exclure [eksklyir] x p. 121 lvii
excursion [ekskyrsjo] x p. 121
LVII
exeat [pgzeat] [egzeat] I 299
executer [egzekj^te] [egzekyte] x
p. 121 LVII
exemple [rgzapl] [egzupljx 41, p.
121 LVII
exempt [egza] [egza] p 247; x
312; 'pi p. 156 lxiv
exempter [egzate] [egzatc] p 247,
p. lot) lxiv, p. 162 Lxvi
exemption [egzupsj.")] [ogzui)sj5]
p248
exequatur [egzakatyir] qa p. 101
XI.IX
exercise [cgzcrsis] [egzrrsis] x 312
exhibition [egzibi.sja] [egzibi.sj5] x
312
exhorter [cgznrte] [cgzorte] x 312,
p. 121 LVII
exhumer [egzyme] [egzyme] x p.
121 LVII
exiger [rgzisc] [(•gzi5('] x 312, p.
121 LVII
exiguite [egzigqite] [egzigqite] gui
19.S
exil [cgzil] [cgzil] il 229
exiler IcgziU-] [ogzilcl x 312, \^.
121 LVII
exotique (cgz.tlik] [cgzjtik] x p.
121 LVII
expansif [ekspcisif] x p. 121 lvii
expatrier [c(k)spatrie] x 310, p.
121 LVIII
expedier [8(k)spedje] x 310
explorer [e(k)splore] x 310
expres [ekspre] x 41
express [eksprcs] [espres] s p.
109 LI
exprimer [eksprime] x 41
exsangue [cksd:g] x p. 121 lvii
exsuder [cksyde] x 311
extenso [cksteso] en 137
extirper [r(k).stirpe] x 310
extraordinaire [ekstraordineir],
old [ekstrordineir] x 41
-ey [e] 84, 90, 122, 125, 320, 323
f [rf] [fa] 22, 24; [f] 91; final [f]
Itif), 312; [v] 305
fable [fahl] 46; a 63, 65, p. 25 iv
fabliau [fablio] [fabljo] [fablio]
[fubljo] i 153
fabrique [falirik] qu 254
Fabvier [favjc] h Y11
facade [fasa(:)d] q 32, 267, p. 70
XXIX
faces [fas] c. 72
facetie |f;is."si] I 281, j). 156
LXIV
facetieux [fasrsjo] I p. 117 liii
facheux Ifu^o) ch 1S2
facile |fasilir69;/191
facile a lire (fasil a li:r] c 392
fafon |fas:)l f p. 70 xxix
facteur Ifaktuuir] c \). 70 xxx
198
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
factiexix [faksjo] t 284
faction [faksjo] n62; c p. 70 xxx
faience [faja:s] a p. 156 lxiv
faille [fa:j] a 61
faim [fe] aim 135, p. 53 xix, p.
156 lxiv; m p. 96 xlvii
faire [fe:r] ai 68
Faire parvenir [fe:rparv8ni:r] 423
faisait [faze] o 68; ai p. 30 v
faisons [fazo] ai p. 156 lxiv
fait [fe] [fe] ai 4, 17, 84, p. 163
Lxvii; [fe(t)] ^300
faite [feit] ai 90, p. 36 viii
faites-le [fet h] e 385
faix [fe] X p. 162 lx\t
famille [fami:j] ill 46, p. 60 xxiii
faon [fa] o 103, p. 156 lxiv
farceur [farsoeir] eu p. 45 xiii
fat [fat] [fa] a 54; t 298, 300, p.
156 lxiv, p. 163 Lxvii
fatal [fatal] I p. 87 xliii
fatigua [fatiga] na 156
faubourg Poissonniere [fobuir
pwasonje:r] P p. 153 lxiii
faulx [fo] I 223
Faure [fo:r] au 112, p. 43 xi
fausse [fois] e 69
Faust [foist] aw p. 162 lxv
fauteuil [fotoeij] euil 226; U p. 90
XLIV
faux [fo] X p. 122 Lvii
Fayence [faja:s] y 154
feindre [feicir] ein p. 53 xix
feinte [fe:t] ein 14
Felix [feliks] x 310
Felix Faure [feliks fo:r] F 396
femme [fam] e 55; em 134, p. 21
III, p. 156 lxiv; m p. 96 xlvii;
mm 233
femmelette [famlet] e 55
fend [fu] en p. 56 xxi B
Fenelon [fen(9)l5] on p. 55 xix
fenetre [f (8)ne:tr] e 85, p. 36 viii
fenil [foni] [faniij] il 228
fenouil [fonuij] ouil 226
fer [fe:r] r 263
fera [fara] e 67
ferblanc [ferbla] c 340, p. 71
xxxi
fermete [fermate] e 393
fermez [ferme] e 80
fermier [fermje] r 262
Ferrare [fe(r)ra!r] r p. 104 l, p.
162 LXV
fete [fe:t] e 85, p. 36 viii
feter [fete] c 86, p. 36 viii
fetichisme [fetiSism] ch p. 72
XXXII
feu [fo] eu 114, p. 44 xii
feuiUe [foeij] eu 118; euille 226;
ill p. 90 XLIV
f autre [foitr] eu 115, 127, 326,
p. 44 XII
feux [fo] eu p. 44 xii
fevrier [fevo-ie] [fevrje] i 153
ff [f] 191
fiacre [fjakr] ia 152
fiance [fjase] ian p. 65 xxvi
fidele [fidel] d 187
fidelite [fidelite] p. 19 ii
fieffe [f jefe] / p. 76 xxxvi
fier adj. [fjeir] r 263, p. 156
lxiv; verb [fje] ie p. 60 xxiii,
r p. 156 LXIV
INDEX
199
Fiesque [fjesk] ie p. 162 LXV
figue [fig] gue 33
figure [figA'ir] « p. 46 xv
fil [fil] I 224; il 229
filigrane [filigran] i p. 37 rx
fiUe [fi(Oj] i 94; ill 226
filleul [fijoel] eu p. 49 x\t
fils [fi(:)s], old [fi]/ 191; I 223; s
275, p. 163 Lx\^, lxvii
fil unique [fil jTiik] I 344
fin [fc] in p. 53 xix, p. 56 xxi B;
n p. 96 XLVii
fine [fin] /i p. 96 xlvii
fini [fiiii] i p. 37 ix, p. 156 lxiv
finir [finiir] i 19; r 261
finirons [fuiirS] i 19
Finlande (la) [fflajd] p. 162 lxv
fiscal [fiskal] sc 276
flambeau [flabo] am p. 51 xviii;
m p. 96 XLVII
flamber [flabe] am 131
flamme [fla.-rn] a 14, 63, p. 25 rv
fianc [fla] c 179, j). 163 lxvi
flanelle [flanel] n p. 96 xlvi,
XLVII
flegme [flrgiu] (jm p. 79 xxxviii
fleur de lis [floe:r da li] e p. 30 v;
.s 273, p. 156 LXiv
fleurs [fla-ir] eu p. 45 xiii
fleuve [fl(c:v] en 118, p. 45 xiii
flot [flo] p. 30 x
flux [fly] X 315, p. 156 lxiv
foetus [fcty(:)s] ce 83, p. 32 vii
foi [fwu] [fwa] oi p. 62 xxiv
foin [fwf] oin 162, p. 53 xix
fois [fwa] (d 56
fol [f.>l]Z221;o 105
fol espoir [fol espwair] I 344
folle [fol] o 107
follicule [folikyl] I p. 87 xliii
fonction [foksjo] t 285; on p. 55
XX
fond [fo] on p. 55 xx, p. 56 xxi B
font [fo] on p. 55 xx
fonte [f5:t] on 14, 46
Fontenoy [fotnwa] oy 56
force [fors] o p. 43 xi
foret [fore] e 29
formation [fomiasjo] a 60
fort [fo:r] / 4; 76; r 264; t 352, p.
117 LIV
fort aimable [fo:rt ema(:)bl]
[fo:rt ema(:)bl] t 381
forte [fort] e 76, p. 30 \t; o 106
fort et actif [fo:r e aktif] t 355
fort et dur [fo:r e dy:r] t 381
fort et grand [fo:r e gra] t 380
fort instruit [fort estriji] t 336
fosse [fo:s] o 100, p. 39 x
fossette [foset] [foset] o 100
fou [fu] ou p. 45 XIV
fouace [fwas] ovm p. 62 xxiv
fouet [fwf] [fwa] owe p. 62 xxiv
fougere [fuscir] e 12
foulard [fula:r] oit, p. 45 xiv
Fould [fuld] d p. 74 XXXV
Foulenay-aux-Roses [fulcne o
roiz] /'', 72 410
foumU [furni] il 230; I 344
Fox [foks] X 310
foyer [fwajo] oy 56, p. 62 xxiv,
]). 163 Lxvi; y 154
frac [frak] c p. 70 xxx
fracas [fraka] a p. 25 IV
200
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
fraise [fre:z] s 268
fraisU [frezi] il 230; I 344
franc [fro] an 131, p. 51 xviii; c
164, 179, 340, p. 163 lxvi
franc(s) [fra] p. 161 XIV
frangais [frase] ais p. 49 xvi; g
p. 70 XXIX
franc alleu [frcik alo] c 341
France [frd:s] an 131
franc et net [frak e net] c 341
franc etourdi [frcik eturdi] c 341
Franche-Comte [fra^ kote] p. 162
LXV
frapper [frape] pp 167
frayeur [frejo^ir] eu p. 49 xvi
fredonner [frodone] e 67, 392, p.
30 V
frein [fre] ein p. 53 xix
Frejus [fresyis] s 274
frere [freir] e 28
freres [freir] e 72
fret [fre] t p. 163 lxvi
Friedland [friedlaid] d p. 74
xxxv; ie p. 162 LXV
Fritz [frits] z 319
froc [frok] c 165, p. 70 xxx
froid [fr^va] [frwa] oi 62; d 189
froisse [frwas] oi 156
froisser [frwase] ss 267
fromage [fr;)ma;5] a 12
frontiere [frotjeirl tih 293; < p. 117
LII
frotter [frote] tt 167
froufrou [frufru] ou p. 45 xiv
fruit [frqi] u 158; ui p. 64 xxv
fruitier [frqitje] ie 152; tie 293; ui
p. 64 xxv
fruitiere [frqitjeir] tih 293
fuchsia [fyksja] ch p. 73 xxxiii,
p. 163 LXVI
fumer du maryland [fyme dy
niarilu:d] m 400
fun [fa;] un p. 56 xxi B
fusil [fyzi] il 230; I 344, p. 163
LXVI
fut [fy] u 121
future [fyty:r] u p. 46 xv
g be] [38] [ga] 22, 24; 127; before
a, o, u or consonant [g] 195; be-
fore e, i, ?y [3] 77, 201; final [k]
[g] 205, 206; 365; silent 204,
205
gage [ga:5] a p. 21 iii
gageons [ga55] ge p. 80 xxxix
gageur [ga3oe:r] e p. 156 lxiv
gageure [gasyir] eu 77, 116; geu
202; u p. 46 xv; ge p. 80
xxxix
gagner [gajie] a 63; gn p. 81 xl
gai [ge] ai 82, 124, 322, p. 32 vii,
p. 49 xvi; ga p. 79 xxxviii
gain [ge] ain p. 56 xxi B
Galaad [galaad] d p. 74 xxxv, p.
162 LXV
Galatee [galate] p. 162 lxv
Galilee (la) [galilo] p. 162 lxv
galimatias [galimatja] [galimatja]
ti 294
galop [galo] p 249, p. 156 lxiv
galoper [galope] 109
gamme [gam] a 54
INDEX
201
gangrene [gugren] ga, gr p. 79
xxx\^II
gant [ga] g 4; an p. 56 xxi B; ga
p. 79 XXXVIII
gar£intie [garati] tie 292
gargon [garso] f 32, 176, 267; a
54; g 195
gardien [gardje] ien 162
gargotte [gargat] ga, go p. 79
XXXVIII
gargouille [gargu(:)j] ga, go p. 79
XXXVIII
gamir [garniir] r p. 104 L
gars [ga:i] [gti] r 265
Gascogne [ga.sk.jji] gn p. 81 xl,
p. 162 Lxv
gate [gate] g 195
gateau [gato] eau 102
Gaule (la) [go:l] au p. 162 lxv
gaz [ga:z] a 60, p. 25 iv; z 316,
319
gaze [ga:z] « 13, 60, p. 25 iv
gazon [gazj] a 60, p. 25 iv; z p.
122 LViii
ge before a, o, u [3] 202
geai [50] [5e] e 77; ai 82, 124,
322
geindre [sf.'dr] ein p. 56 xxi B;
ge p. 80 XXXIX
gele [5(.(:)1] e 87; ^c p. 80 xxxix
gelerais [sdrc] b 88
gemir [.ymi:r] gv p. 80 xxxix
gemme [strii] ?«m j). 94 xlv; in
p. 96 xi.vii
gendre [3ri:(lrl (it ]>. 51 .win
gene (.v :ti| n p. 96 xiaii
generation [sciierasj.")] a p. 25 iv
gens [3d] [3a:s] ? 201; s 275; n p.
90 xLvii
gent [3a] [3d:t] t 300
gentil (3dti] il 230; g p. 152 Lxiii;
I p. 156 Lxiv
gentilhomme [3dtijom] il 230; I
230, 329, p. 163 lxvi
gentilshommes [sdtizom] [3ati-
jom] il 230; I, s p. 163 lxvi
gentiment [3dtima] ge p. 80
XXXIX
Geoflfroy [soffrwa] e 77
geographic [seografi] p. 19 11
geole [50:1] gco 202
geolier [jolje] c 77, p. 163 lxvi;
geo 202
George [3jr3] e p. 30 vi
Georges [3.jr3] e 77; Geo 202, p.
80 XXXIX
George Sand [3Jr3 sa:d] d p. 74
XXXV
Georges est riche [5jr5 e ri^] s
368
geranium [3eranjjni] u 113, p.
43 XI, p. 163 LXVI
gerce [3fi\se] ge p. 80 xxxix
germaine [38rmcn] ge p. 80 xxxix
Gertrude [sertryd] Ge p. 80
XXXIX
Gerusez [seryze] z 318
gesir [3ezi:r] .s 269
gestes [3r.st] ge p. 80 xxxix
gg |gl 195; iK-fore e [g3] 203
gibbosite [siljozite] bb p. 08
XXVII
gibeciere [3ipHJi':r] gi p. SO
XXXIX
202
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
gibier [sibje] gi p. 80 xxxrs
gibus [5iby:s] s p. 109 li
gigantesque [sigatesk] gi p. 80
XXXIX
Gigogne [sigoji] Gi p. 80 xxxix
gigot [5igo] gi p. 80 xxxix; t p.
163 Lxvi
Gil Bias [5il bla:s] s 274
gilet [sile] et 92; gi p. 80 xxxix
gingembre [5e3a:br] gi, ge p. 80
XXXIX
Girault [5iro] I 223
girouette [sirwet] gi p. 80 xxxix
gisant [5iza] s 269
gisent [5i:z] s 269
gisons [5is5] [sizo] s 269
gite [3ii:)t] t 95; g 201; gi p. 80
XXXIX
Glascow [glazko] s p. 162 lxv
gloire [glwa:r] g 195
glorieuse [gbrjoiz] eu 115
glose [gloiz] 101
gn [ji] 195, 207, 329; [gn] 200,
207
gnome [gno:m] [gnoim] gn 200
gnostiques [gnostik] gn 200
gnou [gnu] gn 200
gobbe [gob] bb p. 68 xxvii
Goethe [go:t] p. 163 lxvi
gogo [gogo] go p. 79 xxxviii
golfe [golf] p. 43 XI
gomme [gom] go p. 79 xxxviii
gond [go] on p. 56 xxi B
gonfler [goflc] go p. 79 xxxviii
Gonzague [gozag] Go p. 79
XXXVIII
Goritz [gorits] z p. 122 lviii
gosse [gos] 107
Goth [go] t 301
gouache [gwa^] oua 156
gouleux [gulo] I p. 87 xliii
Gounod [guno] d p. 74 xxxiv, p.
163 LXVI
gout [gii] ou 119, 128; ? 195
gouvernail [guvernaij] a 61
grace [gra:s] a 58
Gracques (les) [grak] p. 162 lxv
graillon [grajo] a 63
graisse [gre:s] ai 84,. 123, 321
grammaire [grameir] mm 233
grammatical [gra(m)matikal]
inm 238; m p. 96 xlvii
grammaticalement [gramatikal-
ma] mm p. 94 xlv
grand [gra] c? 189; g- 195
grande [gra:d] an p. 51 xviii
grandement [gradmci] en 131
grand et bien fait [gra e bje fe] d
363
granit [granit] [grani] t 299, 300,
p. 117 LII, p. 163 LXVI, LXVII
grasse [gra:s] a 60
grasseyer [graseje] ey 90, 125,
159, 323, p. 36 viii, p. 49 xvi
gratis [gratiis] s 275, p. 156 ixiv
grave [gra:v] 28
grec [grek] c p. 70 xxx
greffier [grefje] ff 167
grele [greil] e 85
greler [grele] e 86
grenouille [granuij] ouille 226;
c p. 30 v; p. 156 lxiv
gresil [greziij] [grezi] [grezil] il
226, 228, 229
INDEX
203
grief [grief] /p. 76 xxxvi, p. 163
LXVI
gril [gri] il 230, p. 163 LXVI
Grimm [grim] im?n 139
Gringoire [gregwuir] p. 79
XXXVIII
grise [gri:z] p. 19 ii; i p. 37 rx
Greenland [groela], popular
[groenlu] d p. 74 xxxiv; p. 162
LXV
grog [gro(:)g] g 206
grognon [grojio] gn p, 81 XL
gros [gro] o 100
groseille [groze:j] ill p. 90 xliv
grosse [grois] [gras] o 100
grosseur [grosceir] eu p. 45 xiii
grossier [grosje] o 100
gu before e, i, y [g] 19.5, 196, 329;
before i [gqi] 198; before a [gw]
199
Guadalaxara [gwadalaksara] Gua
199
Guadalupe [gwadulyp] Gua 199
Guadalquivir [gw'adalkivi;r] ua
ir,V,; ],. 162 LXV
Guadeloupe [gwadluij] ua 156,
p. 162 LXV
Guam [gAvam] Gua 199
guano [gwano] ua 156
Guarda [gwarda] Gua 199
Guarini [gwarini] Gua 199
Guatemala [gwatemala] ua 156;
Gii'i 199
Guayaquil [gwajakil] Gua 199
gue [g('l gu 195, 329
guenille [g.)ni(:jj] c p. 30 v; gu p.
79 XXXVIII
guepe [ge:p]e85; gMp.79xxxviii
-guer [ge] u 197
guerilla [gerilla] ill p. 156 LXiv
guerir [geriir] gu p. 79 xxxviii
Guemesey [gernze] e p. 162 lxv
guerre [ge:r] gu p. 79 xxxviii
guet [ge] gu p. 79 xxxviii
guet-apens [get apa] t p. 163
LXVI
gueule [goel] [go:l] eu p. 156 lxiv
gueuse [go:z] eu 14, p. 44 xii, p.
49 XVI
gueux [go] eu p. 49 xvi, p. 156
LXIV
guichet [giSe] t p. 163 lxvi
guide [gi(:)d] gu 195, p. 79
xxxviii
Guillaume [gijo:m] ill 224
guillemets [gijme] 419
Guise [gi:z] gu 195
guitare [gita:r] gu p. 79 xxxviii
Guizot [gizo] [gwizo] gu 195,
p. 163 lxvi
gun [gtr] uri p. 56 xxi B
Gunther [g5te:r] un 142
guttural [gytyral] gu p. 79
xxxviii
Guy [gi] Gu p. 79 xxxviii
Guyane [gqijan] uy p. 162 lxv
Guyenne (la) [gqijen] uy p. 162
lxv
Guyot [gijo] gu 195
gymnase [jimimiz] ymn 140; gy
p. 80 XXXIX
gymnaste [^iinnjist] g 201
gymnastique [5iinna.stik] 7« 234;
yy p. 8U XXXIX
204
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
H
As neither h aspiree nor h muette are pronounced (210), they are
absent phonetically. But as neither elision nor linking take place
before h aspiree, this fact is shown by writing all words" containing h
aspiree with an inverted comma before the h, thus 'h.
Nevertheless an h more or less aspirate may be heard : 1° In cer-
tain interjections: ha! halte! han! hop la! hue! ohe! oho! 2o In
words of an onomatopoetic origin, particularly when expressive of
violent emotion : haleter, Han d'Islande, heler, hennir, hurler. 3° In
emphatic utterance: une haine effroyable; la houle s'enfle; c'est une
honte! 4o Even in some words where no h is written: Baal [bahal];
fleau [fleho]; geant [jehu]; monstrueux [mostryho], and sometimes in
le onze [h h3:z] most probably due to analogy of la honte. But such
cases do not appear to represent normal usages. Cf. Ivr. Nyrop:
Manuel phonetique dujranqais -parU, 2^ ed., traduite et remaniee par
Emmanuel Philipot, Pari.s, 1902.
h [aSl [(h)o] 22, 24; [h] 216, mute
and aspirate 208-215; 309,
312, 379, 390, 391
habillons [abij5] ill p. 90 xliv
habit [abi] / 295
•hache [a^] c/i 4; /i 211
'hachls [aSi] /i 211
•hagard [aga:r] h 211
'hale [r] A 211
'haillon [aj3] a 63, p. 25 iv
'haUlons [ojo] /i 211
'haine [en] h 211, p. 163 lxvi
'hair [ai:r] 33; /i 211; i p. 156
LXIV
haleine [ale(:)n] ci p. 49 xvi
'haler [ale] h 211
'haler [ale] A 211
'haleter [alte] /i2]l
'Halifax [alifaks] x p. 121 lvii
'halle [al] A 211
'hallier [alje] /i 211
'halte [alt] /< 211
'hamac [amak] c 178, 340, 341;
A 211
'Hambourg[abu:r]j?205; H 211
g p. 162 Lxv
'hameau [amo] h 211
'hanap [anap] p 250
'hanche [a^] h 211
'hangar [dga:r] h 211
'hanneton [anto] h211
'hanter [ate] h 211
'harangue [ara:g] h 211
'harasser [arase] A 211
'hardes [ard] h 211
'hardi [ardi] h 211
'hareng [arci]/* 211
'hargneux [arjio] h 211; gn p. 81
XL
'haricot [ariko] h 211
'harnais [iirne] h 211
'Harold [arold] d p. 74 xxxv
'harpe [arp] /i 211
'harpon [arp5] h 211
INDEX
205
•hart [a:r] A211
'hasard [aza:r] /i 211
'hate [a:t] /i 211; d p. 25 iv
'haubert [obeir] /t 211
'hausser [ose] /t 211
'haut [o] /i 211; < p. 117 liv
'Haute (parfaite) consideration
[o:t (ptirfet) kjsidcrusjj] 428
'hauteur [otce:r] eu p. 45 xiii
'Havane [avan] ^ 211; a p. 162
LXV
'have [a:v] /i 211
'Havre [a:vr] [a:vr] H 211
'havresac [avrasak] [avrasak]
h 211
'Hawai [awai] p. 162 lxv
'helas [ela:s], old [ela] a 60, p. 25
IV ; s 275; p. 163 lxvii; a, s p.
156 LXiv
Helvetien [elvesjc] I 286
'hennir [ani:r], ■popular [eni:r] e
55; en 134, p. 21 iii, p. 156
Lxiv, p. 163 Lxvi; h 211; nn
p. 96 XLVi
'hennissement [anismti], popular
Itriismfi] ill p. 163 lxvii
'Henri [ari] // 211
Herault [cro] I 223
'heraut fheraut) [ero] h 211;<295,
p. 117 Liv;
herbe [trl)] c 91, p. 36 viii
Herculanum [t:rkylan.>rn] m 235
hermes |(niicC:).s] .s j). 109 li
Hermione l(;niij.;ii] o 111
heroicomique ((•r.)ik.)iiiik] h 214
heroine [<T.)iri] /( 214
heroique [fr.)ik] h 214
heroiquement [eraikma] h 214
heroisme [eraism] [eroizm] h 214
'heron [ero] /i 211
'heros [ero] A 21 1,214, p. 163 kxvi
'hetre [e:tr] e 85; h 211
heure [oe:r] eu p. 45 xiii, p. 161
XIV
heureuse [oeroiz] eu 115
heureux [cero] [ore] [aro] eu 114,
127, 326, p. 44 xii, p. 156
lxiv; X 315
'heurter [certe] /i 21 1 ; cm p. 45 xiii
hex- 310, 312
hexagone [egzagon] [egzagoin]
[cgzugjii] [fgzagoin] [eksagoin]
o 111; X 312
hexametre [egzametr] [egzametr]
[eksametr] x 312
hiatus [jaty:s] s 21b, p. 156 lxiv,
p. 163 lxvi; linking or elision
optional
'hibou [ibu] h 211
'hideuse [idoiz] eu p. 44 xil
'hideux [ido] A 211
hier [jtir] [i(j)e:r] ie 152, p. 60
xxiii; r 263, p. 156 lxiv; link-
ing or elision o])tionul
'hierarchie [jerury] h 211
Himalaya [iinahija] i). 162 lxv
hippodrome [ii)j(lrjm] [ipodroiin]
o \\\
hippopotame [ipopotani] ;; [). 98
XLVIII
'hisser [ise] h 211
Histoires des croisades [i.stwair
di: krwuza(:)d] // 101
hiver [ivf:r] r 263, i). 156 lxiv
206
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
'hola [ola] a 50
'HoUande [olaid] H 211
'homard [oma:r] /i 211
homme [om]mm 233; mp. 57xxn
'Hongrie [ogri] H 2\l
honnetete [onette] 7in 146
honneur [onoe:r] nn 239; eu p. 49
XVI
honorable [onora(:)bl] n 146
'honte [5:t] h 4, 211, p. 163 lxvi
hopital [opital] 6 97, p. 43 xi
'hoquet [oke] h 211
Horatien [orasje] t 286
Horatius [orasjys] < p. 117 liii
horrible [orribl] rr IGS
'hors [o:r] h 211
'hors d'oeuvre [or d cbivt] ^211
'hors Ugne [or liji] /i 211
hosanna [oza(n)na] o 101
hospice [ospis] o 110, p. 43 xi
hostie [osti] ti 290
hostile [ostil] o 108, p. 43 xi
hotel [otel] o 97, p. 43 xi
'houblon [ublo] /t 211
•houille [uij] /i 211
'hourra [ura] /i 211
'housse [us] h 211
'houx [u] /i 211; ou p. 45 xiv;
X p. 122 LVii
'huant [qu] wan 162
'huche [yS] A 211
Hudson [ytso] d p. 162 lxv
♦Hugo [ygo] H 211
'huguenot [ygno] /i 211
'Hugues [yg] p. 162 lxv
huile [qi(:)l] ui 4, p. 64 xxv
huissier [qisje] wi p. 64 xxv
'huit {\\ii]h 31, 211, 213, 371; t
298, 302; p. 156 lxiv
'huitaine [ijiten] h 213
'huit enfants [qit afa] <p. 156 ixiv
'huit heures [qit a-ir] t 302
'huitieme [qitjem] h 31, 213, 215,
317, 371, 390
'huitiemement [qitjemma] h 213
'hmt jours [qi 3u:r] < p. 156 lxiv
'huit poires [qi pwair] t 302
Humbert [5be:r] um 142
humble [de:bl] um 4, 14, 144, p.
56 XXI
humblement [debbma] um 144,
1). 56 XXI
'huppe [yp] /i 211
'hurlement [yrbma] e 393
'hurler[yrle]/i211
'hussard [ysair] /i 211
'hussite [ysit] h p. 152 lxiii
'hutte [yt] /i 211
'hyacinthe [jaseit] ya 152; y 154;
/t211
'Hyacinthe [jaseit] p. 162 lxv
hygiene [i3Je:n] ie p. 60 xxiii
hymen [imen] [ime] en 133; n
241, p. 96 XLVi, p. 156 lxiv,
p. 162 lxv
hymne [imn] ymn 140, p. 156
LXIV
hypocrite [ipokrit] y 96
i [i] 22, 24; 94, 120; [j] 153; 383,
389
i [i] 94, 95
INDEX
207
-ia [ja] 152
-iai [je] 152
-ian [ju] 161, 162
-iau [jo] 152
ibidem [ibidem] p. 161 XIV
ibis [ibi:s] s 275
ici [isi] i p. 37 ix
idem [idem] em 134, p. 163 lxvi;
p. 161 XIV; m 235
idiome [idjo:m] o 14, 111
idiote [idjot] io 152
idyUe [idil] yll 232, p. 156 LXiv
-ie, -ie [je] [je] 152
-ieil [jc:j] il 226
-ieiUe [je:j] ill 226
-ien [je] en 135, 136, 161, 162;
[ja] en 135, Note
-ient of verbs I 351
-ieu [J0] 152
if [if]/ p. 76 XXXVI
ignoble [iji.)bl] gn p. 81 xl
ignorant [ijuru] gn p. 81 xl; o p.
43x1
(i)U [(i)j] il 226
(i)ille [(i)j] ill 226
U [il] [i] 31, 386, 389
-U [j] [il] 91, 118, 127, 150, 155,
224-227, 329; final [il] [i] [j]
22S-230
il conquiert une province [il
k5kje:r yn pr.)ve:.s] i 380
il court au feu [il kii:r o fo] I 356
(ilj coute [(ilj kilt] oil J). 45 xiv
lie [i(:)l]i29, 95
il ecrit une reponse [il ckrit yn
n-p.Ksj I 334
il en a dix [ilunadis] x p. 121 lvii
il est alle aux Arts et metiers [il
et ale oz a:rz e metje] A p. 153
LXIII
il est done arrive [il e d5k arive]
c341
il est fort et bien bati [il c fo:r e
bjc buti] ; 352
il est grand et beau [il e gra e
bo] d p. 141 Lx
11 est leger et etourdi [il e lese e
eturdi] r 347
il est suspect i son parti [il e
syspek a s5 parti] [il e syspe a
s5 parti] ccl 353
a est venu vendredi Ie trois mars
[il e vany vadrodi la trwa
mars] r, m 398
il etudie ie franjais [il etydi la
frase] / 399
il extravaguait [il ckstravage]
giat 197
il faut ecrire [il fot ekriir] t 333
il faut essayer [il fot eseje] t 350
il harangua [il arfiga] gua 197
ill- [il] 232
-ill [j] [il] 42, 168; 91, 118, 127,
150, 155, 224-227, 232, 329
U I'a [i 1 a] 384
il I'aime [il r:m] 388
illegal [illcKHlJ II 168; ill 231
illettre [ilktre] / 43
illimite [illiinitc] II 168
illisible [i(ljlizi(:)bl] I 43; ill 231;
i p. 37 IX
illusion [illyzj.")] // 168
illustre [illystrj // 168
illustrer [il.Oly.sIre] ill 231
208
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
II m'a dit: ((Faites-le toujours))
[il m a di: ((fet la tu3u:r))] /, F
39G
(il) meurt [(il) mcc:r] eu p. 45 xiii
il meurt avec courage [il moe:r
avek kurais] t 356
il ne salt pas [il no se p(i] e 394
il nous aime [il nuz c:m] s 332
il rompt [il r5] om p. 55 xx
lis [il] [i] 31, 389
ils aiment [ilz c:m] n 244; e 391
ils aimerent [ilz emeir] n 244
U salt [il se] [il se] ai 82, 124, 322,
p. 32 VII, p. 49 XVI
ils chantent [il la\\] n 244
ils chanterent [il ^utcir] n 244
ils content [il k5:t] e p. 30 vi
ils haissent [il ais] i p. 156 lxiv
il se conduit bien en classe [il
S9 k.j(Iqi bje u klu:s] n 378
ils entendent [il ata:d] n p. 96
XLVII
il s'en va [il s a va] 384
il serait bon qu'il arrivat au-
jourd'hui [il sare b5 k il ariva
osurdqi] t 356
ils se rendent en classe deux a
deux [ilsoraidtu kla:sdoz ado]
d, X p. 141 Lix
il s'est offert a le soigner [il s et
ofc:r a lo swajie] I 356
ils etudient bien [ilz etydi bje] s
p. 141 LIX
ils excellent [ilz eksel] e p. 30 vi
ils finirent [il fini:r] n 244
ils finissent [il finis] n 244
ils querront [il kerro] rr 168
il tient a cela [il tjet a sala] t 351
il vainc [il ve] c p. 71 xxxi
il vient a temps [il vjet a ta] t
351
il y a [il j a] 2/ 153
il y en a [il j an a] y 153
II y a cinq ans [il j a sek a] q p.
141 LIX
il y en a neuf [il j un a noef] / 194
il y en a sept, huit, vingt [il j a
a set, qit, veit] t 302
im [e] 135; [im] 138
image [iina:5] im 138; m p. 57
XXII
imbecile [ebesil] im 135
imbecillite [ebesi(l)lite] ill 232
imbroglio [ebroljo] g 204
-imes [im] i 15
imitable [imitabl] im 138
imite [imite] i p. 37 ix
imm- [im] 138, 168, 238
immacule [iinakyle] imm 138;
mm p. 94 XLv; m p. 96 xlvii
immanent [Lmmana] mm 168
immediat [i(m)medja] to 43; im
p. 163 LXVI, LXVII
immense [ima:s] imm 138; mm
168, p. 94 XLv; to p. 96 xlvii;
m p. 156 lxiv
immeuble [i(m)mce(:)bl] to p.
90 xlvii; im p. 156 lxiv
immigration [iinigrasj5]iTOTO 138,
146
imminent [i(m)mina] mm p. 57
XXII
immobile [immobil] toto 168; im
p. 156 LXIV
INDEX
209
inunodeste [i(m)modest] mm p.
Tu XXII ; im p. 156 i.xiv
iniinoler [imole] m p. 96 xlvii;
im p. 156 Lxiv
immonde [imm5:d] m 43
immoral [i(m)moral] vim 168,
238; im p. 156 lxiv
immortel [i(m)mortel] mm p. 94
XLv; m p. 96 xLAai
immune [immyn] mm 168
impartial [fparsjiil] t 282
impartialite [eparsjalite] I p. 117
1,111
impatiemment [cpasjama] t 287
impatience [tpasju:s] t 287
impatient [fpasja] t 287
impatientant [f-pasjatd] t 287
impatienter [ri)asjutej t 287
importun [eportft] un p. 56 xxi
imposant [rpozu] im 45
impot [(■))(>] I 295
Imprimes [?])rim('] 431
impromptu [Kpr5f)ty] p 248
in \v\ 135, 243, p. 56 xxi B; 161;
|iii] 138, 146, 242
inaction (inaksj.")] n p. 96 xlvi
inadequat [inadfkwa] p. 117 liv
inanime (inaniiiir'] n 146, 239
inaper?u [inapfrsj] in 138
inattentif (inatatif] n 146
incognito |rk.)jiitol gn 40
incomprehensibilite [f:k5prea-
hil.ilitfl 25
inconstant [ck.lstdl in 45
incorrect |rk.)nktl I 296
incroyable IfkrwdjaOjl)!] ny p.
156 LXIV
indemniser [edamnize] e 55
indemnite [cdamnite] c 55; m 234
index [cdcks] x 310; in p. 53 xix
indigo [edigo] o 99
indirect [edirekt] t 296
in-dix-huit [g diz qit] t 299
in-douze [£ du:z] in 243, p. 163
LXVI
indult [edylt] / 299
inegal [inegal] in 44
inerte [inert] in 138
ineptie [inepsi] ti 292; t p. 117
Liii; in, t p. 163 lxvi
inertie [incrsi] ti 292; < p. 117 liii;
in, t p. 163 LXVI
inexact [inegzakt] in 44; i 296
inexpugnable [in8(k)spygna(:)bl]
(jn 200
in extenso [in cksteso] n 242
in extremis [in ekstremis] n 242
infect [t-ffkt] t 296
in-folio [C f.jljo] w 243, p. 161
XIV
ingredient [cgredju] ien p. 65
XXVI
inhabile [inabil] h 39, 209; in 138;
n p. 96 XLVI
inhabitable [inahitahl] h 39
inherent [iiicru] // p. 96 xlvi
inhospitable [inospitabl] h 39
inhumain [inyine] h 39
inimitie [iiiiinitjc] /i 293; I j). 1 17
Ml
initial [ini.sjal] I 267, 282; in, t p.
156 LXIV
initiation [iiiisjasj.")] li 2',>3
initiative [iiiisjati:vj i p. 37 ix
210
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
initier [inisje] ti 293; t p. 117 liii
inn- [in] 138
inne [inne] n 43; inn 138, 168;
Nil 239, p. 57 XXII, p. 156 lxiv
innocemment [inosama] n p. 57
XXII
innocence [inosais] iii 44; nn 239
innocent [inosa] imi 138; nn 146
innombrable [innSbrabl] n 43;
in 44, p. 156 lxiv; inn 138; nw
p. 96 XLVi
innovation [inovasjS] n p. 96
XLvii; in p. 156 lxiv
innover [innove] nn p. 57 xxii
in-octavo [inoktavo] n 242; in p.
163 Lxvi
inodore [inodoir] n p. 57 xxii
inoui [inwi] n p. 57 xxii; in p.
156 LXIV
in pace [in pase] n 242
in partibus [in partibys] n 242
in petto [in jietto] n 242
in piano [in piano] n 242
in-quarto [ekwarto] in 243; qu
256; in, u p. 163 lxvi
inquiet [ekje] qu 254
in-seize [es8:z] in 243
insomnie [esomni] m 234
inspirer [esi^ire] in 44
instant [esta] in 38, 44
in statu quo [in staty kwo] n
242
instiller [Esti(l)le] il 232
instinct [este] in 135; ct 164, p.
163 lxvi; c p. 71 xxxi; n p.
96 XLVII
instruire [estrqiir] in 44
instrument [estryma] 38
intact [ttakt] t 296
intelligence [etelisais] I p. 87
XLIII
intelligent [etelisa] II 220
interet [etere] t 295
interim [eterim] m 235
inutile [inytil] in 44, p. 156
LXIV
invasion [evasjS] a 60
-io [jo] 152
-ion [j5] 161, 162
iris [iriis] s 275
irr- initial [irr] rr 168, 259
irraisonnable [i(r)rezona(:)bl] r
p. 104 L
irrationnel [irrasjonel] rr 168
irreconciliable [i(r)rek5silja:bl] r
p. 104 L
irregulier [i(r)regylje] r p. 104 l
irreparable [irreparabl] rr 168
irritable [irritabl] r 43
irritant [irrita] rr 168
irruption [irrypsj5] rr 168; r p.
104 L
Islam [islam] a 54
islamisme [islamism] i p. 152
LXIII
Islande (1') [isla:d] s p. 162 Lxv
Israel [izrael] s 271
isthme [ism] t 301; th p. 156
LXIV
italien [italje] ien p. 65 xxvi
item [item] m 235
-ites [it] i 15
-itie [isi] t 281
-iu [jy] 152
INDEX
211
j [31] M 22, 24; [3] 217, 338
Jacob [sakob] b 171
Jacob est venue [sakob e vany]
6 339
Jacques [3a:k] j p. 86 xlii
jadis [sadis] [sadis], old [3adi]
[3adi] o 64; s 275, p. 156 lxiv,
p. 163 Lxvii
j'ai [3 e] 31 ; ai 82, 124, 322, p. 49
XVI ;y p. 86 XLII
J'ai rhonneur d'etre, Madame,
votre tres devoue et respec-
tueux ami [5 o 1 jnoc:r d e:tr,
madam, votr tre devwe e re-
spcktqoz ami] 429
j'aime [5 e:m] 384
jais [5c] j p. 86 XLII
jalap [salap] p 250
j'allai [3 ale] ai 82
jalouse [3alu:z] ou p. 45 xiv
jaloux [3alu] ou p. 45 xiv; x p.
122 Lvii
jamais bame] ais 90; j 217; ai p.
3<) VIII
jambe [3u:l>] am 131
Japhet [safct] t 299
jardin [sardc] j p. 86 xlii
jardiner [janlinc] r 262
j'argue I5 argy] (jw; 197
jars [jair] j p. 86 xlii
jase [30:2] a 60
j'assieds (3 asjc] d p. 74 xxxiv
jatte Isat] J p. SO xlii
jaune [30:11] ,; 201
j'aurai [3 .jrf] [3 ore] ai 82; au,
112, 126, 325
je [39] e 66; 383, 385, 397
Jean [3a] j 4, 217; e 78, 116, p.
30 VI ; 071 p. 51 xviii, p. 56
XXI B
Jean est petit [3a e pati] n 377
Jean et Alexis [3a e aleksi] t p.
141 LX
Jeaime [3a!n] e 78, 116, p. 30 vi;
ea p. 163 lxvi
e chantai [3a Sate] ai 124, 321
e chanterai [33 ^atre] ai 322
e conduirai [33 kodqire] ai p. 49
XVI
e confonds [33 k5f5] d p. 74
XXXIV
e conjuguais [39 k55yge] gim 197
e courrai [33 kurre] rr 168
e distinguai [33 distegc] gua 197
e dois aller [33 dwaz ale] s 333
e donnerai [39 donrc] ai p. 32
VII
e faisais [33 fsze] ai p. 156 lxiv
e le crois [33 1 krw^a] e 73
e le doime [39 1 dan] e 73
e louerai [53 lure] e p. 30 vi
e mangeai [33 ma3e] ai 82
e m'assieds [33 m asjc] e 80
e mords [59 mo:r] d p. 74 xxxiv
e ne sais pas [33 n sc pa] c 394
Jenny Lind [3cni lind] [scnni
lind] d p. 74 xxxv
je paierai I3) pcjre] e p. 30 vi
je parlai [33 parle] ai 322
je parlerais [33 parlrt] ai 321,
1). 32 VII
je prevaux [3a prcvo] x p. 122
LVII
212
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
je repands [5a repa] d p. 74
XXXIV
je romps [39 r5] p p. 157 lxiv
Jersey [serze] s 271
Jerusalem [scryzalem] em 134,
235
Jerusalem est vaincu [seryzalem
e vfky] m 374
je sais [30 se] [39 se] ai 82, 124,
322, p. 32 VII
Jesus [3ezy(:s)] j p. 86 xlii, p.
156 lxiv
Jesus-Christ [sezy kri] [3ezy
krist]s272; i 301; s, st p. 156
lxiv, p. 161 XIV
jet be] j 217
jeu [50] j 201 ; cu p. 44 xii
jeudi [30di] eu 114, p. 44 xii, p.
49 XVI
jeun [3(t>] eun p. 56 xxi B
jeune [30011] eu 118, 127, 327, p.
45xiii;j 217
jefine [50:11] eu 114, 127
jeuner [3one] eiX 114, p. 49
XVI
jeunesse [scenes] eu p. 44 xii
jeuneur [sonoeir] cu p. 49 xvi
jeuneuse [30ii0:z] eil p. 49 xvi
(j')eus [3 y] u p. 46 xv
je verrai [30 verre] ai 82
je viendrai [50 vjedre] ai 82
Je vous embrasse tendrement
(affectueusement) [39 vuz
abras tadrama (afektq0zma)]
429
Je vous prie d'agreer I'expres-
sion de ma consideration dis-
tinguee [30 vu pri d agree
1 ckspresjS da ma k5siderasj5
distege] 428
Je vous prie de croire a I'expres-
sion de mes meilleurs senti-
ments [33 vu pri da krwair a
1 ekspresja da me mejoeir sa-
tima] 428
Je vous prie, Madame, d'agreer
['expression de meshommages
respectueux [30 vu pri, ma-
dam, d agree 1 ekspresjS da
mez oma:3 resp8ktii0] 429
Je vous serre cordialement la
main [3a vu se:r kordjalmu la
me] 427
Je vous souhaite une bonne et
heureuse annee [3a vu swet yn
b.jn e oer0:z ano] 430
j'irai [3 ire] ai p. 49 xvi
j'irais [3 ire] ai 321, 322
Joab [3oab] 5 171
Joab etait neveu de David [3oab
ete nav0 da david] b 339
Joad [3oad] tZ p. 74 xxxv
joaillerie [swajri] oaille 226
joaillier [swaje] oaille 226
Job [30b] b 171
jockey [soke] [soke] k 218
joindre [sweidr] in 136, p. 53 xix
ai p. 62 XXIV ; j p. 86 xlii
joint [swe] j p. 86 xlii
joli [3oli] [3oeli] j 201, 217
jonc [30] c 179, 340; on p. 56 xxi
B;i p. 86 XLII
jonquille [3oki(:)j] j p. 86 xlii
Joseph [3ozef] j p. 86 xlii
INDEX
213
Josephine [jozefin] j p. 86 xlii
jouai [jwe] oua p. 62 xxiv
jouant [3wfi] ouan p. 65 xxvi
jouer [3wel one lo6, p. 62 xxiv;
j p. 86 XLII
jouer aux echecs [3we oz e^e] c
p. 71 XXXI
jouet [swc] one 156
joueur [5W(r:rl oueu 156
joueuse [.^woiz] niieii 156
joug [5u] i3u(:)gl g 205, 206, 365,
p. 156 LXiv, p. 163 Lxvii
jouir (swiirl 36
joujou [511511] OH 128, 328, p. 45
xiv;;217
jouons [3w5] ouon 162
jour (5u:r] nii 110, p. 45 xiv
Journal des Savants [siirnal dc
savfi) J, .S' 106
joumee [surno] j ]). 86 xlii
joute [y\i]j p. 86 xlii
jouter [3Ut(] ou p. 40 xvi
joyeusement [5\vajozniri] e 303
Joyeuse Noel (3waJ0:z noel] 430
joyeux l3\vaj(>] j p. 86 xlii
judaisme (3ydai.sm] [sydaizin] j
300
Judas [3ydti] a 50
Judith [3y<litl th 209
juge |3y:3l >i 120
juif Isqifl/ 102; j p. 86 xlii
juillet (syjf^tJl |3yljt-ft)l [zqi-
j((f )] iiilU; 226, p. 1()3 lxvi
juin |3iif;| in 136, p. 53 xix; uin
162 ;i p. 86 XLii
julep (3ylrp] /; 250
Jules l3yl|./ p. 86 xi-ii
Julien [syljc] j P- 86 xlii
jumelles [3ym£'l] j p. 86 xlii
Jupiter [5ypitc:r] r 263
jus l3y] s 273
jusqu'a [3ysk a] 386
jusqu'a la mort de Henri IV
I5y.sk. a la mo:r d uri katr] H
212
jusqu'alors [3ysk aloir] 386
jusque |5ysk(3)] e 386
jusqu'en [5ysk d] 386
jusqu'ici [3ysk isi] 386
juste [5yst] j 217; u p. 46 xv
jute [5yt] j p. 86 xlii
k [ka] [ko] 22, 24; [k] 218, 255;
final [k] 165, 343
kepi [kepi] k 218
kilo I kilo] k 218 .
kilogramme [kibgram] k 218
kilometre [kilomrtr] 22; k 218
kiosque [kjosk] k 218
kirsch Ikhi] sch 278
Kleber [klclot-ir] r 263
knout [knut] t 299
KremUn [kremle] m 235
1 [rl] [lo]22, 24; 01; final [1] 165,
221, 344; liquid [j] 155, 221-
228, 320; .silent 223, 230
la |Ia| <i 31, 49, 385, 388, p. 21
III, p. S7 xMii; / 220; 110
Ik [la] a oO
214
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
I
La balle etait derriere une chaise
au salon [la bal ete derjeir yn
5e:z o salo] e 395
la basse Bretagne [la bas brataji]
B410
la BastiUe [la basti(:)j] B p. 153
LXIII
I'abbe de I'Epee [1 abe do 1 epe]
J© 411
la Beotie [la beasi] t 281
la Biographic Didot [la biografi
dido] B, D 403
laboureur [laburoe:r] ou p. 45
XIV
la Bruyere [la br^'jcir] B 410
lac [lak] a p. 21 in; c p. 70 xxx
I'Academie des sciences [1 aka-
demi de sja:s] .4 404
la caisse d'epargne [la ke:s
d eparji] c, e p. 153 lxiii
La campagne est belle et agre-
able en juin [la kapap e bel e
agrca(:jbl a 3\\t] e 395
la cathedrale d' Amiens est ma-
gnifique [la katedral d amje(n)
c majiifilc] s 368
lacet [lase] [lasc] a 64
la chambre des lords [la 5a:br de
b:r] I p. 153 lxiii
la chambre des pairs [la 5a:br de
pe:r] p p. 153 lxiii
la chancellerie de la Legion
d'honneur [la ^ciselri da la
le5Jo d onoe:r] L p. 153 lxiii
lache [la:S] ch 182
la Chevre et la Brebis [la Se:vr e
la brabi] C, B 407
la congregation de Saint-Lazare
[la kagregasjo da selazair] S,
L417
la cote d'Or [la kot d o:r] c, 418
la cour des Miracles [la ku:r de
miraikl] M 405
la Critique de I'Ecole des
femmes [la kritik da 1 ekol de
fam] C, E 406
lacs [lak] a 54; c 180
la demande [la dma:d] e 394
la Divine Comedie [la di\an kD-
medi] D, C 402
I'administration des domains
[1 administrasjo de dome(:)n]
p. 153 lxiii
I'administration des douanes
[1 administrasjo de dwan] p.
153 LXIII
I'administration des monnaies
[1 administrasjo de mone] p.
153 LXIII
I'administration des postes [1 ad-
ministrasjo de post] p. 153
LXIII
la dynastie merovingienne [la
dinasti merovc3Jen] d, m 408
la dynastie napoleonienne [la
dinasti napoleonjen] d, n 408
La Fayette [la fajet] y 154; ay p.
163 Lxvi
la fontaine des Innocents [la
f5te(:)n dez inosa] I 405
la Genisse [la senis] G 407
la Geographie de Crozat [la seo-
grafi da kroza] G, C 403
La Guar da [la gwarda] Gua 199
INDEX
215
la guerre eclate entre eux [la
ge:r eklat atr o] e 392
la hache [la a^] h 216
la haie [la e] h 216
la halle aux bles [la al o ble] h
p. 153 Lxiii
la halle aux cuirs [la al o kqi:r]
h p. 153 LXIII
la halle aux draps [la al o dra]
h p. 153 LXIII
la halle aux poissons [la al o
pwaso] h p. 153 lxiii
la harpe [la arjj] /j 216
la Haute-Mame [la o:t mam]
//, M -tlO
la Havane [la avan] H 410
la Haye [la e] // 211
la honte [la 5:t] h 216, 379
laid [If] r 76
laid animal [let animal] d 363
laide [k:d] c 76, p. 30 vi
I'aigle de Meaux (Bossuet)
[1 e(:)gl do mo (bosqe)] M, B
p. 153 LXIII
I'aigle de Patmos ("saint Jean)
lle(:Jgl do i)atmjs (se 5uj] P,
J p. 153 LXIII
Laissez la porte et la fenetre
ouvertes [Icse la port e la fntitr
inert] e 395
lait [le] I p. 87 xliii
laiterie [Irtri] 16
la Jeune Femme colere [la 500
f;im k..I(:rl ./, /•' 102
la legation russe k Berlin (la
Ifgfi.sj.j rys a IjLrlt] r j). 153
LXIII
la Mare au diable [la ma;r o
dja(:)bl] [la ma:r o dja:bl] M
401
I'ambassade turque a Paris
[labasa(:)d t>Tk a pari] t p.
153 LXIII
lame [lam] m 233
I'ame [1 a:m] 388
Lamennais [lamne] e p. 30 w
I'amirautee de Londres [1 ami-
rote do lo:dr] L p. 153 lxiii
lampe [lu:p] am 131, p. 51 xviii
la musee de Versailles [la mj'ze
do ^■t■r.su:j] V p. 153 LXiii
I'an [1 ci] an p. 56 xxi B; i p. 87
XLIII
I'Ancien Testament \\. asje tes-
laiim] A, T 402
I'Ange de I'ecole (saint Thomas
d'Aquin) W 0:3 da 1 ekol (se
toina d akr-)] -4, T p. 153 lxiii
I'ange des tenebres (le diable)
[1 0:5 dc tenf(:)br (lo dja:bl)] t
p. 153 LXIII
langue [laig] an p. 56 xxi B
langue d'ofl [la:g d oil] [la:g
d o(:)j] il 229
la Nouvelle-Ecosse [la nuvel
(•k.)sl 422
la Nouvelle Heloise [la nuvel
ebiiz] N, H 402
la Nouvelle-Orleans [la nuvel
.)rlcri] 422
lanteme [Idtcm] I 279
Laon llfi] a 103
la onzieme [la ozjnii] 390
la ouate [la wat] 215, 371
216
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
la petite [la ptit] e 394
la Petite Fadette [la patit fadet]
P, F 402
lapis [lapi:s] s p. 109 Li
la place Saint-Marc a Venise [la
plas se ma:r a vaniizj c 340
la porte Saint-Martin [la port se
niarte] 6' 409
laps [laps] p 248; s 275
I'archeveque Blanchet [1 ar^avek
blaSe] B 411
la reforme de Sainte-Therese [la
reform cb st:! terciz] »S', T 417
la regie des tabacs [la resi de
taba] r, t p. 153 lxiii
la reine d'Angleterre [la rem
d aglateir] .4 414
la reine d'Espagne [la rem d es-
paji] £'414
largement [larsama] e 393
largeur [larsa'ir] eu p. 45 xiii
la robe est rouge [la ro(:)b e
ru:5] c 392
La Rochefoucauld [la ro^fuko] I
223; d p. 74 xxxiv
la RocheUe [la roSel] R 410
1 'Arsenal [1 arsanal] A p. 153
LXIII
I'art oratoire [I a:rt aratwair] t
382
la rue de la Bruyere [la ry da la
bryjen] B 410
la rue de I'Ecluse [la ry do
1 ekly:z] E 410
larynx [lareiks] yn 135; x 310
las (la] a 59; s 273; I p. 87 xliii
la semaine [la sme(:)n] c 394
lasser [Icise] a 59
lasting [lasteig] g 206
Latium [lasjom] t 288
la tour de Babel (c'est a dire, de
la Confusion; [la tuir do babel
(s 8t a di:r do la kofyzjo)] B, C
p. 153 LXIII
la tour de Londres [la tu:r do
lo:dr] L p. 153 lxiii
la tour des Vents a Athene [la
tu:r de vaz a atem] V, A p.
153 LXIII
laudanum [lodanom] u 113; um
p. 163 Lxvi
Laure [lo:r] au 112, 126, 325, p.
43 XI, p. 49 XVI
laurier [lorjc] au 112, 126, 325
I'autocrate de toutes les Russies
[1 otokrat da tut le rysi] R 413
Lauzun [lo3oe] un p. 56 xxi
la vallee de la Vision [la vale da
la vizjo] V p. 153 LXiii
lave [la:v] a p. 21 iii
la Vieille roche [la vje(:)j ro^] V
402
la Vieille tante [la vje(:)j ta:t] V
402
la yole [la jol] 371
le [lo] e66, 383, 385, 391; Z 410
-le final 222, 260
I'eau [1 o] I p. 87 xliii
le bas Canada [lo ba kanada] C
410
le Beam [l^eair] n p. 96 xlvi
le bceuf gras [la boc gra] / 193
le bon et le mauvais [la bo e la
move] n 377
INDEX
217
le bon sens [la b5 sa] s 275
le bourg est en fete [la bu:rk et
a fc:t] g p. 141 lix
le Caire [b kp:r] C 410
le Camoens [la kamoe:s] C 410
le cap des Tempetes [la kap de
ta)>r:t] T 40r,
le Capitole a Toulouse trans-
forme en hotel de ville [la ka-
pitol a tuluiz trusforme on
ottl d,) vil] C, T p. 153 lxiii
le chant gregorien [la ^a gre-
gorje] g 399
le chapeau d'Henri [la Sapo d ari]
// 212
le Chatelet [la Satle] C p. 153
LXIII
le chemin est court et facile [la
^oiiit; f ku:r c fasil] / 352
le Chene et le Roseau [la Sein e
la rozo] C, R 407
le cheval d'Henri [la S(3)^"il
d urij // 212
le Cid [la si(:)d] d 190; C 410
le cinq mars [la .stik mars] q 346;
II, .S- ]). 15f) LXIV
le Cirque [la sirkj C p. 153 lxiii
Leclerc [lakleir] c p. 71 xxxi
le coing est un fruit [la kwe Kt (i;
fruij g 'M')'}
I'ecole |I ck.jl] 384
I'EcoIe des chartes |1 ck.)! di;
Sart) f: lot
le comptoir d'escompte |ia k.>-
t\va:r d r.sk.lM ] r, c p. 153 LXlti
le comte de la Guiche |la ka:! d.)
lagi\|r;410
le comte de Monte Cristo [la
k5:t da mate kristo] M, C 411
lefon [l(a)s5] on p. 55 xx; q p. 70
XXIX
le Conservatoire de musique [la
koservatwair da myzik] C 404
le Conservatoire des arts et me-
tiers [la kastrvatwair dtz a;rz
e metje] C 404
le consulat de Smyme [la kasyla
d.t smirn] ,S' p. 153 LXiii
le copeck est une monnaie russe
[la kapck et yn mane rj's] k 343
le convent des dominicains [la
kuvu dc doniinilvej c, d p. 153
LXIII
le cri des hiboux [la kri de ibu] h
379
lecture [Irktyn-j n p. 46 xv
le czar Nicholas [la tsa:r nikala]
A' 411
le desert aride [la deze:r arid] t
le deux points [la de pwe] Ze 420
le Dictionnaire de I'Academie
(la (liksjaueir da 1 akadciiii] I),
A 403
le dix avril [la dis avri(l)] x p.
156 Lxiv
le docteur -Allard [1.) daktcr:r
ala:r] .1 411
le due d'Enghien [la dyk d figC]
/■; 1 1 1
le due de Saint-Simon [la dyk da
.sf- siiiia) ,S' 409
le fait est reconnu |la fi t r ra-
kaiiyl I 354
218
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
le faubourg exterieur [b fobuir
eksterjoeir] g 365
Lefebvre [bfevr] b 172
le Flatteur et I'Envieux [la fla-
tcr:r e 1 avjo] F, E 407
le fleau [b fleho] /i 216
le Franfais [b frase] F 399
le froid et le chaud [la frwat e la
So] d 362
le general Boulanger [la seneral
bula3e] 5 411
leger [lese] r 262; Z p. 87 xliii
legerete [le.^crte] e 393
I'eglise de Saint-Pierre [1 egli:z
da se pje:r] S 409
I'eglise des penitents gris [I egli:z
de penita gri] e, p, g p. 153
LXIII
I'eglise Saint-Germain-des-Pres
I [1 egliiz se serme dc, pre] S 409
I'Sglise Sainte-Marie-aux-Neiges
[1 egliiz se:t mari o neis] S 409
I'eglise SaLnte-Marie-des-Fleurs
[1 egli:z se:t mari de Rccir] S
409
le Glossaire de du Cange [la
gbse:r da dy kd:3] G, C 403
Le grand ocean [b grat osea] d
p. 141 LIX
legs [Ic] [le(:)g] g 205, p. 156 lxiv,
p. 163 Lxvii
le guillemet fermant [la gijms
ferma] 420
le guillemet ouvrant [la gijme
uvra] 420
le harem attrayant [la arem
atreja] m 374
le haricot [la ariko] h 210
le hasard [la aza:r] h 379
le Havre [la aivr] [la a:vr] v 304;
H 410
le heraut [la ero] h 214
le heros [la ero] h 210, 214, 216
lehuit dumois[lai{itdymwa]371
le huit Janvier [la ijit savje] I 302
le huit mai [la i[it me] t p. 156
LXIV
le huit mars [la qit mars] h 213
Leibnitz [lebnits] z p. 122 lviii
Leipsick [lepsik] i p. 162 lxv
le Jerusalem delivre [la 3ery-
zalem delivre] [la zerysalem
deli\Te] J 401
le lion de Saint-Marc [la lj5 da
se mair] c 340
Le loup court encore [la lu ku:r
ukoir] t p. 141 LX
le Louvre en musee [b lu:vr a
myze] L p. 153 lxiii
le Luxembourg en senat [la lyk-
sabuir u sena] L p. 153 lxiii
le Maitre et le Valet [la me:tr e
b vale] M, V 407
le Malade imaginaire [la malad
imasineir] M 401
le Mans [la ma] M 410
le marc et le franc sont des
pieces d'argent [la ma:r e la
fra so de pjes d ar^u] c 340
le marche au charbon [la mar^e
o 5arb5] tn p. 153 lxiii
le marche airx fleurs [b mar^e
o floe:r] to p. 153 lxiii
le ministre de I'interieur [b mi-
INDEX
219
nistr da 1 eterjoeir] m, i p. 153
LXIII
le ministre des finances [la mi-
nistr de fina:s] m, J p. 153
LXIII
le mont Saint-Michel [la m5 se
mi^rl] .S lO'.t
I'empereur de la Chine [1 aproe:r
da la Si(:)n] C 411
Le nabab est un richard [la nabab
ft <I- ri\,:i:ii h, ^ p. 141 lix
I'Encyclopedie de Diderot [1 asi-
klopedi da didro] E, D 403
lendemain [ladmS] [lunme] p.
lotj LXIV
le neuf aout [la noef u] / p. 76
XXXVI
le neuf decembre [la noef de-
sfiibii / 194
le neuf de pique [la noef da pik]
/ p. 70 XXXVI
le neuf du mois [la na-f dy mwa]
/ p. 156 i.xiv
le neuf fevrier [la noef fevrie] /
J). 76 xxxvi
le Nil [lo nil] il 229
le notre [la no:tr] 6 97
le Nouveau-Brunswick [la nuvo
hr.lzvikj 422
lente (la:t] en p. 51 xviii
le onze [la 5:z] 215, 371
le onzieme |lo jzjrnij 215
Leopold llcoiMldj d 190
le oui |1.) \vi| 215
le palais de justice [la pale da
5y.Sti.sj yy, j |). 153 I.XIII
le Palais-Royal en tribunal [la
pale rwajal a tribynal] P, R
p. 153 LXiii
le Paradis perdu [la paradi perdy
P401
le parlement d'Angleterre [la
parlama d aglateir] A p. 153
LXIII
le pere de misericorde (Dieu)
[la pe:r da mizerikard (djo)]
D p. 153 LXIII
le pere du mensonge (Satan) [la
pe:r dy mas5:3 (sata)] S p. 153
LXIII
le preau [la preho] h 216
le premier [la pramje] 425
le premier enfant [la pramjer
afn] r 347
le premier et le deuxieme [la
pronijo e la dozjrui] r 347
le president Fallieres [la prezida
faljnrj /''411
le prince de Galles [la pre:s da
Kul] 6' 411
le prince de la Paix [la pre:s da
hi i.i] 7^410
le professeur Croizet [la prafe-
8oe:r krwaze] C 411
le Puy [la i)iii] P 410
le quai aux Fleurs |la ke o floe:r]
/'' 105
le renard et la cigogne [la ranarr
e la sif^.)ji] (/ 364
le rivage troyen [la riva:3 trwujf]
I 399
le roi Alfonse [la rwu alf 5:s] A 41 1
le roi d'Angleterre [la rwci d ugla-
te:r] A 411
220
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
I
le roi de Portugal [lo rwa da por-
tygal] P 414
le Royaume-Uni de Grande-
Bretagne et (d')Irlande [la
rwajonn yni da gra:d brataji
e d irlaid] 422
les [1e] [le] e 93; Z 410
le Sage (Salomon) [la sa:3 (sa-
lomo)] .S' p. 153 Lxiii
les Anglo-Saxons [kz agio sakso]
A, S 408
les Asiatiques [lez azjatik] A 399
les bacchanales [le bakanal] b
p. 152 LXIII
les Basses-Pyrenees We bas pi-
rene] B, F 410
les benedictins [le benedilvte] b
416
les bons enfants [le boz ufa] s
331
Lesbos [lesbojs] s 274
les calvinistes [le kalvinist] c 416
les catholiques [le katalik] c 416
les cheminees [le ^mine] e 394
les Commentaires de Cesar [le
komate:r da sezair] C 403
les cordeliers [le kordalje] c 416
les Deux ScEurs [le de soe:r] D,
S402
les dominicains [le daminike] d
416
le second et le troisieme [la saga
e la trwazjem] d 363, p. 141 lx
Les empereurs Marc Aurele et
Marc Antoine [lez cqjra-ir
mark orel e mark atwan] s, c, I
p. 141 LIX
le senat de Rome [la sena da
ram] R p. 153 lxiii
les enfants [lez afa] s 331
les ennemis en fuite [lez enmiz a
fqit] s 3()6
le sens comun [la sa kamde] s
275
le sentier escarpe [la satje es-
karpe] r 349
le sept mai [la set me] i 302, p.
157 Lxiv
les Essais de Montaigne [lez ese
da moteiji] E, M 403
les Etats-Unis [lez etaz yni] 422
les Europeans [lez a-rapee] E 399
les Fausses Confidences [le fos
kofidciis] F, C 402
les Francs Merovingiens [le fra
merovesjf-] F, M 408
les Gallo-Grecs [le gala grek] G
408
les habits [lez abi] h 208
les hardes [le ard] /i 216
les haricots [le ariko] h 210
les heures [lez oe:r] h 208
les hommes [lez am] h 208
les hommes, les femmes et les
enfants [lez am, le famz, e lez
afa] 420
les Huns [le op] un p. 56 xxi
les huttes des sauvages [le yt de
sova!3] h 379
le Sieur [la sjoeir] p. 161 XIV
lesion [Iczja] s p. 109 li
le six mars [la sis mars] a; p. 157
lxiv
les jansenistes [le sasenist] j 416
INDEX
221
les larmes aux yeux [le larm oz
J0] s 370
les legitimistes [le lesitimist] I
410
les lutheriens [le lytcrje] I 416
les Moldo-Valaques [le maldo
valak] .U, V 40S
les montagnes de la Lune [le
m5taji da la lyn] L 405
les nerfs de la guerre [le ne:r da
la ge:r] / p. 70 xxxvii
Les oiseaux chantent [lez wazo
Sa:t] L 396
les onze enfants [le 5:z ufa] 371
les orleanists [lez jrlcanLst] o 416
les Pays-Bas [le poi hu] 422
I'esplanade des Invalides [1 es-
plaua(:jd dez evali(:jd] / p.
153 LXiii
les Precieuses ridicules [le pre-
sj0:z ridikyl] P 401
les prisonniers du Mont-Saint-
Michel [le priz.jiijc dy in5 se
rniSel] ,S' 409
lesquels |lrkel] [lekel] .s 272
les republicains [le repyblike] r
410
les saturnales [le satymal] s p.
152 i.xni
Lesseps llcsips] p p. 98 xlviii
les socialistes [le sjsjali.st] s 410
Test [1 est] ni p. 156 lxiv
le steamer [I.i stinid-ir] rp. 104 l
les Turcs Osmanlis [le lyrk
:)smuli.s] T, O 408
le Styx [!.) sfiks] x p. 121 lvii
les uhlans (Ir via] 371
le Bund [la sde:d] d p. 74 xxxv
le surplomb en est visible [lo
syrpl.) tin c vizibl] b p. 141 lx
les Vieux gargons [le vjo garso]
F402
les voltairiens [le volterje] v 416
I'etang est tout pres [1 eta e tu
pre] g 305
le tender [la tudeir] r p. 104 l
le theatre de la Porte-Saint-
Martin [lo tcu:tr do la port se
martc] S 409
le Tintoret [la tetore] T 410
le trente et un octobre [la trait
e d' okt,)br] t, n p. 141 lx
le uhlan [lo yla] 371
leunge [Id^s] eun p. 56 xxi B
leur [l(r:r] r 201; eu p. 45 xiii; I
]). 87 XLiii
leur demande [leer damaid] e 394
leve [le:v] e 87
le velours [lo vlu:r] e 394
lever [love] c 67, p. 30 v
le Vieux celibataire [la vJ0 seli-
hateir] V 402
le Vieux fat [lo vjo fat] V 402
le Vieux neuf [lo vJ0 noef] V 402
le vin et I'eau [lo ve c 1 o] n 377
le vingt aout [lo vet u] t p. 157
LXIV
le vingt juin [la vet sqe] t 302
le vingt-sept mars [la ve set mars
/ |). 157 i-xiv
le votre (lo v(j:tr] n 97
I'exercice oral [1 cgzersis oral] c
392
le yacht |lo jak(t)] [lo jot] 371
222
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
I'habit [1 abi] h 208
I'heure [1 oe:r] h 208
I'histoire [1 istwa:r] 388
I'homme [1 om] h 208
I'hotel des Ambassadeurs [1 otel
dez abasadoeir] A 405
I'hotel de ville de Paris [1 otel da
vil da pari] P p. 153 lxiii
I'hymen actuel [1 imen aktqcl] n
376
liaison [Ijezo] iai 152
Uasse [Ijas] ia p. 60 xxiii
Librairie Gamier Freres [libreri
garnje fre:r] 424
lichen [liken] n 241; ch p. 73
XXXIII
Liebig [libig] g 206
liege [lje:3] e 87
lien [Ije] en 135; I p. 87 XLin
Uer [Ije] ie 152
lieu [1J0] eu 114, p. 44 xii; iew 152
lieutenant [Ijotnct] eu 114
lieux [1J0] eu 127, 326, p. 44 xii
lievre [Ijeivr] ie 152
ligne [liji] gn 207
I'ile de la Reunion [1 i(:)l da la
reynja] R 405
Liliputien [lilipysje] t 286, p. 117
LIII
Lille [lil] ill 232
limaille [limaij] a 61
limbes [le:b] im 135
limites [limit] i p. 37 ix
limon [limo] im 138
limpide [lepi:d] im p. 53 xix
lin [Ie] in p. 53 xix, p. 56 xxi B;
I p. 87 XLiii
linceul [lescE(:)j] [lesoel] I p. 163
Lx\ai
linge [lei3] in p. 56 xxi B
lingual [legwal] ua 156, p. 62
XXIV ; gua 199
linguiste [legqist] gui 198, p. 156
LXIV
lion [lj5] ion p. 65 xxvi
liquation [lik(w)asj5] qu p. 101
XLIX
liquefie [likefje] qu 255
Uquefier [likefje] qu 254
liqueur [likoeir] qu 254
Us [li:s] s 275, p. 156 lxiv
Lisbonne [lizbon] s 271
lisible [lizi(:)bl] s 319
lisse [lis] i 18
lit [li] n64; Z p. 87 xliii
litre [litr] i 94
livre [li:vr] I 220
11 [1] 43, 220
local [bkal] I p. 87 xliii
loch [lik] ch p. 73 xxxiii
loge [b:3] o 106, p. 43 xi; Z p. 87
XLIII
logement [lo3ma] e 393
loi [Iwa] [Iwa] oi 56, p. 21 iii
loin [Iwe] oin 162; in p. 53 xix;
oi p. 62 XXIV
I'Oint du Seigneur (Jesus-
Christ) [1 we dy sejioeir (sezy
kri)] 0, S, J, C p. 153 lxiii
Londres [l5:dr] on p. 55 xx
Londres, 19 juillet 1910 [l5:dr,
diz ncef 3qije diz noef sa dis]
425
long [15] 1 4, p. 87 xliii; g 164, 365
INDEX
223
longe [15:3] (*^ P- 56 xxi B
long hiver [lok iveir] [15 iv8:r] g
365
longue [l5:g] on 14, p. 55 xx
longuement [logma] c 393
loquace [lokwas] [bkas] qu 256;
u p. 103 LXVI
loque [bk] qu 254
loquele [lokijcl] qu p. 101 xldc
I'Orateur romain (Ciceron) [1 ora-
toc:r rome (sisero}] 0, C p. 153
LXin
I'ordre de I'Aigle de fer [1 ordr da
le(:)gl d.i fr:r] .1 404
I'ordre de la Jarretiere [1 ordr
da la 3artje:r] J 417
I'ordre de la Legion d'honneur
|1 ordr do la lo5Jod on(r:r] L404
I'ordre de la Toison d'or [1 ordr
da la twazo d o:r] T 404
I'ordre de la Visitation [1 ordr da
la vizitdsjo] V 417
I'ordre de I'Incamation [1 ordr
da 1 fkarnasjo] / 417
I'ordre de Saint-Benoit [1 ordr
da sC banwa] .S', B 117
I'ordre du Mont-Carmel [1 ordr
dy iiio kaniul] M, C 417
lord Ruthven |lo:r rytvcn] R Hi
lorgnon [lorpo] gn p. 81 XL
lorsque |brs(a)k(a)] e 69, 386,
p. :',() V
lorsqu'il [lonsk 11] 386
Loth [loll Ih 299
lotion [losjo] o 100
lotus (loty:.s| a ]). 109 M
Ton [loj OH p. 50 XXI B
louames [Iwam] oud 156
louange [Iwais] ouan 162; oti p.
02 XXIV
louche [lu$] I p. 87 xliii
loue [Iwe] oue 156
loueur [IwcBir] oueu 156; I p. 87
XLIII
Louis [\vA] oui 156, 159, p. 62
XXIV
Louise [lwi:z] oui 156, p. 62 xxiv
Louis XIV et Charles X celS-
brent [Iwi katorz e Sari dis se-
le(:)br] 415
louons [hv5] ouon 162
loup [lu] ou 119, 128, 328, p. 45
XIV ; p 249
loupe [lup] ou 328
lourd [lu:r] ou p. 45 xiv
Lourdes [lurd] ou 128, 328, p. 45
XIV
lourd et fort [luir e fo:r] d 380
lourd et indigeste [lu:r e edisest]
d364
louve [lii:v] ou 119, p. 45 xiv
loyal [Iwajal] oy 56; y p. 60 xxiii;
I p. 87 XLiii
loyer [Iwaje] oy p. 62 xxiv
lu [ly] '/ p. 46 XV
Lucas llykd] a 59
lueur |lqoe:r] ueu 160; I p. 87 xliii
lui [Iqi] ui 158, 159, 160, p. 64
XXV, ]). 156 Lxiv
lumbago [lobagoj um 142
I'un [1 de] un p. 56 xxi B
lunatique [lynatik] n p. 57 xxil
lundi llfi'di] nn p. 56 xxi; n p. 96
XLVII
224
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
lune [lyn] I 220; u p. 4G xv; n
p. 96 XLVii
I'un ou I'autre [1 ce u 1 otr] n 378
lut [lyt] t 298
luth ih-t] th 299
Luther [l\le:r] r 263
lutherien [lyterje] I 399
lutrin [Ij'tre] in 135
lutte [lyt] u 18
Luxembourg [lyksfibuir] g p. 162
LXV
Luxeuil [lysoe:]] x 267, p. 122
LVII
lyceen [lisee] en 136
Lydie [lidi] p. 162 lxv
lynx [lc:ks] x 310; yn p. 53 xix
lyre [li:r] y 96
Lys [liis] s p. 162 lxv
M
m [em] [ma] 22, 24, [m] 129, 132,
134, 139, 143, 233, 236, 373
final [m] 165, 233, 373, 374
followed by n 132, 143, 234
silent 237
ma [ma] a p. 21 iii
macadam [makadam] a 54; m p.
94 XLV
Ma chere Madame [ma Se:r ma-
dam] 426
Machiavel [makjavel] ch p. 73
xxxiii, p. 162 LXV
magon [maso] [maso] a 64, p. 25
iv; f 176
madame [madam] a 49, p. 21 in;
415, 423, 426, p. 161 XIV
madame De Vire [madam da vi:r]
e394
madame Leblanc [madam labia]
c 74, 393, 394
Madame V'e Laforet et Fils
[madam voeiv lafore e fis] 424
mademoiselle [madmwazel]
[mamzfl] 46; e 70, 394; m
415, 423, 426, p. 161 XIV
Madras [madrais] s p. 109 li
Madrid [madri(d)] d p. 74 xxxiv,
11. 162 LXV, p. 163 Lxvi
Maestricht [mastrik] e, t p. 162
LXV
mage [maij] m p. 152 lxiii
Magenta [maseta] en 137
magister [masisteir] r 263
magnanime [majianim] gn p. 81
XL
magnesie [majiezi] gn p. 81 xl
magnetisme [majietism] gn p. 81
XL
magnificat [magnifikat] gn 200
magnifique [majiifik] gn p. 81 xl,
p. 156 LXiv
magnolier [magnolje] [manolje]
gn 200
mahometan [maometa] m 399
mai [mc] ai 90
maigrir [mcgri:r] 37
maille [mu:j] a 61
main [me] ain p. 56 xxi B
mainte [me:t] ain p. 53 xix
maintenant [metna] ain 135; e
393
maintien [metje] ien 162; ti 294;
ain, en, p. 53 xix
INDEX
225
mais [mais] s 275, p. 156 Lxrv
maison [mfz5] s 268, p. 161 XIV
Maison Chagnon-Asselin [mezS
Sapo asle] 424
Mais oui [mp. wi] s p. 141 lx
maitre [mr:tr] i 29; p. 161 XIV
majordome [masardom] [ma-
53rdo:m] o 111, p. 43 xi
mal [null] a .54
malades [mala(:)d] e 72
Malaga [malaga] a p. 21 rn
malheur [malcr:r] h 39, 209; Ih
44; cu p. 45 xiii
malle [mal] r 69, j). 30 \T
malmener [malmone] m p. 94
XLV, p. 96 XLVII
malt [malt] I 299
malthusien [maltyzje] m p. 152
LXIII
maman [mama] [mania] m 233,
p. 96 XLVII
mammelle [mamel] m p. 96 xlvii
mammifere [ma(m)mifc:r] mm
]). 91 xi.v; //; p. 96 xlvii
mammouth [mamut] Ih 299; 7)U7i
p. 94 XLv; m p. 96 xlvii
manchette [md^ct] o/i 131
mandat [mndii] p. 19 ii
Mandchourie [mritlJiiri] il p. 162
LXV
mangeaille [mfiviO] " 61
mangeant jiiirj-^ri) dn p. 51 xviii;
e p. 156 LXiv
mangeons [md^.l] (/c p. KO xxxix
manoeuvre [manu-ivr] au j). 19
manquer de respect k quelqu'un
[make da respek a kelkde]
[make da respe a kelkde] ect
353
mansuetude [masqety(:)d] ue p.
64 XXV
manuscrit [manjskri] t p. 117
Liv, p. 161 XIV
marais [mare] ais p. 49 x\t
marc [ii)a:r] r 166; c 180, 340
Marc Antoine [mark atwan] c
340, 341
Marc Aurele [mark ord] c 341
marc d'argent [ma:r d arsa] c 340
marchand [niar^fi] p. 161 XIV
marcher [mar^e] p. 19 ii
Marengo [marego] en 137, p. 162
LXV
Marie coud a merveille [marl
ku a merv8(:)j] d p. 141 lx
marin [marf ] in p. 53 xix
marmite [marmit] p. 94 xlv; m
J). 9<) xlvii
marmotter [marmote] m p. 94
xlv
mars [mars] s 275, p. 156 lxiv
Marseille [marseij] i p. 162 LXV
Marseille, le l^"" mars 1912 [mar-
sr{:)j, 1.1 i)minjo mars diz naif
sa du:z] 425
marsouin [marswe] ouin 162
marteau [marto] can 102
martial [marsjal] t 282, p. 117
LIII, J). 1.56 LXIV
Martin [iiiartf-] in p. 53 xix
martyr [marliir] .3.8
masse [mas] d 65
masure [mazy:r] [mazy:r] u 64
226
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
mat [mat] / 298
mat [nui] d 58
matelas [matlu] [matla] a 59, p.
25 IV
m'a-t-elle vu [mat cl vy] 384
matelot [matlo] c 70
Maure [mo:r] an 112, 126, 325
mauvais [move] [move] au 112,
126, p. 43 XI, p. 156 Lxiv
mauvaise [moveiz] [moveiz] e 76
Mayence [maja:s] y 154
mayomiaise [majoneiz] y 154, p.
156 LXIV
maxillaire [maksileir] ill 232
maximum [maksimom] u 113,
p. 43 XI ; iim 145
M.Blondel [masjo Model] M 415
me [ma] c 66; 383, 391
Meaux [mo] eau p. 49 xvi
medaille [meda:j] a 61
medecin [metse] [mctse] 6 89
medecine [metsin] [metsin] e 89
mediocre [medjokr] io p. 60
XXIII
medire [medi:r] m p. 94 xlv
medium [medjom] m 113
Mehung [mde] p. 56 xxi
mele [me:l] e 85
meler [mele] e 86
Melun [malde] un p. 56 xxi
membre [ma:br] p. 51 xviii
meme [meim] c 85
memement [memma] m p. 94
XLV, p. 96 XLVII
memoire [memwair] m p. 94 xlv,
J). 96 XLVII
Memoires de la Societe de lin-
guistique [memwair da la so-
sjote da legqistik] M, S 406
Memoires de la Societe natio-
nale des antiquaires de France
[mcmwair da la sosjete nasjo-
nal dez atikeir da frais] M, S
406
Memphis [mefiis] em 137; s 274
m'en [m a] en p. 56 xxi B
menacer [manase] 16
menage [menais] o p. 21 iii
mendiante [madjait] ian p. 65
XXVI
mene [m8(:)n] h 28, 87
mener [mane] e 67
menerez [menre] e 88
menil [meni] il 230
menu [many] e p. 30 v; u p. 46 xv
menuisier [manijizje] e p. 30 v
mer [me:r] 91, p. 36 viii; r 263
mere [meir] e 87
meres [me:r] e p. 30 vi
merinos [merino (:)s] s 275, p. 156
LXIV
merle [merl] e 91
merveilleuse [mervejoiz] eu p.
44 XII
Mes amities chez vous [mez
amitje $6 vu] 430
mesdames [medam] [medam] s
272
mesdemoiselles [medmwazsl]
[medmwazel] s 272
messe [mes] e 91
messieurs [mesjo] [mesje] r 265,
415, 424; e, r p. 156 lxiv, p.
161 XIV
INDEX
227
Messieurs Favreau at Delrue
[mesjo favTO e dain-] 424
Messieurs Larousse & C'e [mesjo
hirus e kopajii] 424
Messieurs L. Tremblay Freres
[mesjo el trable freir] 424
metis [meti:s] s 275
mets [me] t p. 117 liv
Mettemich [metemik] ch p. 73
XXXIII
mettez le un avant le deux [mete
la db avu la do] 371
Metz [me:s] z 267, 319
meuble [mcebl] eu 127, 327, p.
49 XVI
meubles [mccbl] eu 118
meunerie [monri] eu p. 44 xii
Meung [mce] eun 144, p. oG xxi
B
meunier [monje] eu 114, p. 44 xii
meuniere [monjeir] eu p. 44 xii
meurtre [mccrtr] eu p. 45 xiii; r
J). 104 L
Meuse [moiz] eu p. 44 xii
meute [meit] eu 14, 115, p. 44
XII
Mexico [mek.siko] x 310
miauler [mjole] iau 152
Michel [riii^cl] ch p. 72 xxxii
Michel-Ange [mikel 0:5] ch p. 73
XXXIII, p. 156 LXiv, p. 162
LXV
midi [midi] i p. 37 ix
miel [rnjtl] I \>. 87 xliu
miemie [riijen] « p. 57 xxii
miette jrnjcf] u; [). W) xxiii
mieux [mjo] icu p. (X) xxiii
mil [mi:j] [mil] I 224; il 226, 228
milice [mills] i p. 37 ix
milieu [miljo] [mijo] ieu p. 60
xxiii; m p. 94 xlv
militaire [militeir] 16; i p. 37 rx
mille [mil] ill 232, p. 156 lxiv; i
p. 37 IX
Mille amities [mU amitje] 430
Millet [mile] ill p. 162 lxv
milliard [milja:r] ill 232
million [miljj] ill 232, p. 163
LXVI
milord [mib:r] d p. 74 xxxiv
Miltiade [milsjad] t p. 162 lxv
mince [me:s] in 14
minimum [minimom] u 113, p.
43 XI ; um 145
ministre [ministr] i p. 37 ix
minuit [iniuni] i p. 37 ix
minutie [minysi] t 281, p. 156
LXIV
minutieux [minysjo] I 284, p. 156
LXIV
miracle [mirakl] [mirakl] a 14, 64
mire [iiii:r] i 94
miroir [inir\va:r] oi 56
misere [mizc:r] s 268, p. 109 li
mitraille [mitraij] a 61
mixtion [mist j 5] [mikstjo] t 280;
U 290
mixtionner [mistjone] [mikstjone]
li 290
M^^ Blondel [madmwazcl hlo-
del] M 415
mm [(m)in] 43, 146, 168, 233, 238
M™^ Blondel [madam bladel]
M 415
228
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
mobile [mobil] I p. 87 xliii
modele [mode(:)l] c p. 36 viii;
VI p. 94 XLV
modelerai [modelre] e 88, p. 36
VIII
moelle [mwal] [mwcl] oe 156, p.
156 Lxiv
moelleux [mwalo] oe p. 62 xxiv
moellon [mwal5] oe p. 62 xxiv
mceurs [moers] [mceir] aeu 118; s
275, p. 163 Lxvii; oeu p. 49 xvi
moi [mwa] oi 56, 156, p. 21 iii
moins [mwe] in p. 53 xix
mois [mwa] [mwa] oi 62, 156, p.
62 XXIV
Moise [moi:z] p. 163 lxvi
moitie [mwatje] t 279; ii 293
Moloch [molok] ch 185
momerie [momri] m p. 94 xlv,
p. 96 XLVii
mon [mo] on p. 56 xxi B
mon ami [mon ami] [mon ami] n
375
monarchic [monar^i] ch p. 72
XXXII, p. 163 LXVI
monarchique [monar^ik] ch p. 72
XXXII
monarque [monark] n p. 57 xxii
(Monj cher ami [(mo) Se:r ami]
426
Mon cher Delille [mo Se:r dolil]
426
Mon cher Jean [mo Sc:r 36] 426
Mon cher Monsieur [mo Se:r
masje] 426
monosyllabe [monosilab] s 269
monotone [monoton] 111
mon petit [mo pti] e 74
Mons [m5:s] s 274
monseigneur [mosejioeir] 415
Monseigneur [m5sepcE:r] p. 161
XIV
monsieur [m(9)sJ0] [moesjo] on
68, 142; ieu 152; r 265; m 415,
423, 424, 426; on, r p. 156 lxiv
Monsieur [m(a)sJ0] p. 161 XIV
monsieur De Vire [masJ0 d vi:r]
e394
monsieur Ernest [masjo emest]
r 349
monsieur et cher confrere [ma-
sJ0 e 5e:r kofreir] 426
monsieur Leblanc [masi0 1 bla]
e 74, 393, 394
Monsieur le Directeur du Cre-
dit Lyonnais [masJ0 la direk-
toe:r dy kredi Ijone] 424
montagnard [motapair] gn p. 81
XL
montagneux [motap0] gn p. 81 xl
monte [mo:t] on p. 55 xx
Montreal [moreal] t p. 163 lxvi
monimient [mon>Tna] m p. 94
XLV, p. 96 xlvii
morceau [morso] p. 18 11
mortalite [mortalite] 16
mosquee [moske] 110
mot [mo] m 4, 233
mot a mot [mot a mo] 47; t 337
mot anglais [mo agle] t 360
motif [motif] / p. 76 xxxvi
motion [mosjo] [mosjo] 100
mots [mo] 99
motus [motyis] s p. 109 li
INDEX
229
mou [mu] ou p. 45 xiv
mouille [mu:j] ouille 226
moiirir [muri:r] 1(58
mousse [mus] ok 18, p. 46 xiv
moyen [inwaje] y 154; oy 156,
p. 156 Lxiv; yen 162; en p. 53
XIX
moyenne [mwajen] n p. 57 xxii
mu [my] u p. 46 xv
muant [mqa] tmn p. 65 xxvi
mue [mqe] ue p. 64 xxv
muet [mqe] ne 160
mugissement [mysisma] e 393
multitude [myltityd] ti p. 46 xv
Munich [m^Tiik] ch p. 73 xxxiii,
p. 162 Lxv
mur [myir] u 29, p. 46 xv; r 261
mur [my:r] H 29, 120
murmure [mjmiyir] u 121, p. 46
xv; m p. 94 xlv, p. 96 xlvii
murmurer [mjimyre] p. 156 lxiv
muse [mysk] r p. 70 xxx
muse (my:z] .s p. 109 li
museum [mj'zeom] u 113; um
145, p. 156 LXIV
myope (mj.ii)] ijo 152
myosotis (iiij.)z.)ti:s] s p. 109 li,
p. 156 LXIV
myrtille [mirtil] /// 232
mystere [misttir] y 96
N
n fen] [no] 22, 24; [n] 129, 210;
final [n] 129, 165, 234, 241,
375-378; mouille [ji] 207; wi-
lont in ~ent 244
nabab [nabab] 6 171
nagea [nasa] gea 202
naguere [nage:r] gu p. 79 xxxviii
naif [naif] i 33; / p. 76 xxxvi
nain [ne] ain p. 56 xxi B
naivete [naivte] e 70, p. 30 vi
nanan [nanfi] [nunu] n 239
Nantes [na:t] an p. 56 xxi B
Napoleon [napoleS] 36
nappe [nap] a 54; pp 245
Narbonne [narbon] 7in p. 96
XLVI
narguant [narga] gu p. 79 xxxviii
nasse [no:.s] [na:s] a 64
nation [ncisjo] [nasja] t 267, 285,
p. 117 Liii; a p. 25 iv
navrer [na\Te] a 63
ne [no] e 66, 383
Necker [nekeir] k 218; r 263
nee [ne] e 89
nef [lief] / p. 76 xxxvi, p. 156
LXIV
negligeons [negli55] ge p. 80
XXXIX
negociait [negosje] iai p. 60 xxiii
negociant [negosjfi] ian 162
neige [ne:5] ei 90, 125, 323; ge p.
80 XXXIX
Nemrod [ncmrad] m 235; d p. 74
XXXV
nenni [nani], popular [neni] en
55, 134; p. 163 lxvii; nh ]^. 96
XLVI
nerf [iir:r] [nerf]/ 193, p. 156 lxiv
nerf de boeuf (ne:r do bouf] / 193
nerfs (nc:r] / 193, p. 156 lxiv
Nesle |ne:l] .s 272
230
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
n'est-ce pas [n e s pa] 3S4
net [net] [ne] e9l;t 298, 300, p.
156 Lxiv
nette [net] tt 279
nettoyer [netwaje] [netwaje] oy
p. 62 XXIV
neuf [noDf]/4, 191, 192, 305, 342,
p. 156 lxiv; eu 118, 127, 327,
p. 45 XIII
neuf ans [noev ci] / p. 156 lxiv
neuf a table [noef a tabl] / 342
Neufbourg [ncebuir] / 193
Neuf Brisach [noe brizak] / 193
neuf cents francs [noe su fra] / p.
76 XXXVII
Neuf chateau [nooSato] / 193
Neu(f)chatel [noSatel] [noeSatel]
eu 114;/ 193
neuf enfants [ncEv of a] / 194, 305;
[noef afa] 342
neuf francs [noe fru] / p. 156
LXIV
neuf hameaux [noev amo] / p.
76 XXXVII
neuf heures [noev oe:r] / 305, p.
156 LXIV
neuf homards [noe omair] / 194
neuf hommes [ncjev om] / 194
neuf livres [noe liivr] / 194
neuf mille [noe mil] /p. 76 xxxvii
neuf personnes [noe person] / p.
76 xxxvii
neuf soldats [noe solda] / p. 156
LXIV
Neuilly [noeji] eu 118; euil 226
neutre [naitr] eu 115, 127, 326,
p. 44 XII
neuvieme [noevjem] eu p. 44 xii
New-York [noe jark] ew p. 163
LXVI
Ney [ne] ey 90, 125, 159, p. 36 viii
nez [ne] e 80, p. 32 vii; z 164, 318,
359
Nez a nez [ne a ne] z p. 141 lx
nez aquilin [ne akile] z 359
ni [ni] i 4, 94; n 4, 239
niais [nje] iai 152
Nicolas [nikola] a 59
niece [njes] ie 152
Niger [niseir] r p. 104 l, p. 162
LXV
Nil [nil] I 224
nn [n] 43, 239
noble [nobl] o 106
noble animation [nobl animasjo]
e73
noble ardeur [nobl ardoeir] e 73
noce [nos] o 106
Noel [noel] e 33; Z 221
noeud [no] eu 127, p. 44 xii; oeu
326, p. 49 XVI
noir [nwa:r] oi p. 21 iii
noire [nwa:r] oi p. 62 xxiv
noisette [nwazet] [nwazet] oi 64
noix [nwa] oi 62, p. 62 xxiv
nombrU [nobri] il 230; I 344
nominatif [nominatif] ti p. 96 XLVi
non [no] 07i p. 56 xxi B
nonante [nona:t] n p. 96 xlvi
nonnain [none] n p. 96 xlvi
nonobstant [nonopsta] re p. 96
XLVI
nonsens [nosa] [nosais] s p. 109
LI
INDEX
231
nord [no:r] r 166; d p. 74 xxxiv
nord-est [nor(d) est] t 297; d
363
nord-ouest [nor(d) west] t 297;
d363
nos [no] s 273
nos intentions [noz etasjo] t p.
117 LII
nostalgie [nastalsi] o 110
notiez [notje] ti 291
notion [nosjo] [nosjo] o 100
notions [notjj] ti 291
notre [notr] o 106; re 260
notre [no:tr] 5 p. 39 x
Notre-Dame [notr dam] ]). 161
XIV
notre oncle [notr 5:kl] e 73
Notre-Seigneur [natr sejioeir] p.
161 XIV
noueux [nwo] oueu 156
nouons [n\v5] ouori 162
nous aimames [nuz emam] d 51
nous aunons [nuz vm~)] s 332
nous attendons une lettre [nuz
atadoz yn Ictr] s 334
nous briguons [nu liriRo] gun 197
nous contractions [nu k5lruktj5]
t p. 117 LII
nous dimes [nu di(:)in] i 95
nous efimes [nuz yC:)ni] m 116
nous gations [nu gutjj] I p. 117
LII
nous irons ensemble [nuz irSz
Msfi:!)!! .s |). 11 1 i,ix
nous le savons [nu I savf)] c 73
nous ligudmes [nu ligam] gud
197
nous mangeames [nu masam] e
77
nous mangeons [nu maso] e 77
nous parlames [nu parlam] d 51
nous sommes a table [nu somz a
tabl] s 334
nouveau [nuvo] eau 102, 126,
324; ou p. 46 xiv
nouvel [nuvel] Z 221
nouvel an [nuvel a] I 344
novembre [novaibr] 425
noyau [nwajo] oy p. 62 xxiv
nuage [nqa:3] ua 4, 160
nuance [nqa:s] uan p. 65 xxvi
nuee [nqe] ue 160
nuit [nqi] t 295
nuit et jour [nqit e 3u:r] 47; t 354
numero [nymero] p. 161 XIV
nun [nde] un p. 56 xxi B
nuptial [nypsjal] t 282, p. 156
LXIV
nuque [nyk] q 254
Nuremberg [njrubeir] g p. 162
LXV
nymphe [ne:f] ym 135, p. 53 xix;
ph 191
O
o [o]22, 24; [o] [.)] 97-113; silent
103
6 [o] 97, 98; [o(:)] 397; [o] 97
-oaille [\v(i!J] ail 226
oasis [.xizi(:)s] [oazi(:)s] 36; s
275
obedience [.jbcdjuis] ien 135
obeissance [jbcisurs] 36
232
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
objet [obse] o 104; p. 43 xi; e p.
36 VIII
objet important [oh^e eporta] t
360
obliquite [oblik(q)ite] qu 257
Observations sur I'Esprit des
lois [jpscrvusjo sy.r 1 espri de
Iwa] 0, E 406
observer [opserve] h 170, p. 98
xLviii, p. 156 Lxiv; s 267
obstacle [opstakl] [opstciikl] h
170, p. 98 XLVIII ; c p. 70 xxx
obtenir [optoniir] h 170, 246, p.
98 XLVIII, p. 156 Lxiv
obus [oby(:)s] [oby(!)s] s p. 163
LX\^I
occasion [okasjS] a 60
occiput [oksipy(t)] t 299
ocean [osea] o 110, p. 43 xi
octobre [okto(:)br] o lOS, 425, p.
43 XI
Oder [ode:r] r p. 104 l
odeur [odoeir] eu p. 45 xiii
6 Dieu [o dj0] 6 397
odorat [odo:ra] ^ p. 117 liv
6 douleur [o duloeir] 6 397
-oe [e] 83; [0] [oe] 114, 117, 118,
122, 127, 320, 326; [wa] 156
-oe [wa] 156
oecumenique [ekymenik] 83
oedipe [edip] 83
oeU [oe(:)j] ce 127, 327, p. 45
XIII, p. 49 XVI ; il 226, p. 90
XLIV, p. 156 LXIV
-ceil [a-ij] il 226
ceil de boeuf [tt-:j da beef] (nil 226
ceil de chat [re:j da ^a] ceil 226
oeillade [oejad] oeill 226
-oeiUe [ce:j] ill 226
oeillere [oejc:r] (sil 226
ceillet [oeje] eu 127, 327, p. 45
xiii; oeil 226
oesophage [ezofais] (e 83
-oeu [o] [oe] 114, 117, 118,
122, 127, 320, 326
oeuf [cef] (£u 118, p. 45 xiii;/ 192,
p. 156 LXIV
ceuf a la coque [oef a la kak] /
342, p. 76 XXXVI, p. 141 lix
oeufs [0] (Bu 114, p. 44 xii; / 193,
p. 156 lxiv
oeufs d'autruche [0 d otry$] / p.
76 xxxvii
oeuvre [oe:vr] eu 118, p. 45 xin
officier [afisje] r 262
offrir [afri:r] 37
ohe [ohe] h 216
oho [ohof:)] h 4
oh que oui [o ka wi] 390
-oi [wa] [wa] 62, 156
-01 [wa] 156
oignon [oji5] i p. 156 lxiv
-oin [we] 136, 161, 162
-oir [wa:r] oi 56
-oire [wa:r] oi 56
Olympe [alc:p] ym p. 53 xix
-om [5] 141, p. 55 xx; [am] 143,
234, 237
6 ma jeunesse [o ma 3oenes] 6
397
ombre [a:br] om p. 55 xx
ombrelle [5brel] oyn p. 55 xx
-ome [o:m] [am] 106, 111
omnibus [amiiibys] om 143; s
INDEX
233
275, p. 163 lx\t; m p. 94 xlv,
p. 96 XLVii
omnipotent [amnipota] o 108, p.
43 XI ; om 143; m 234
omniscience [omnisjais] om 143;
« p. 109 LI
omniscient [omnisja] rn 234
omnivore [omnivjir] om 143
-on [o] [on] 141, 146, 161; [a]
142 •
on [5] 386; p. 56 xxi B
on accourt aussitot [5n aku:r osi-
to] t 380
oncle [5:kl] 46; on 141, p. 55
XX
onction [5ksj5] on p. 55 xx
-one [o:nl [.m] 106, 111
on en a assez [on un a ase] n p.
141 LIX
onereux [oncro] n yt. 57 xxii
onomatopee [onomatope] n 239
on perd [5 pe:r] d p. 74 xxxiv
on recommence [5 rkomais] e
:i94
onyx [.miks] x 310
onze (5:zl 31, 215, 371, 390; on
p. 55 XX, p. 56 XXI B
onzieme [azjtni] 31, 215, 371,
opiat (.)pja(t)] I 299
opium [.)pj.»iii] uin 145; m 235
oracle [jrakl] [.jrukl] a 64
orage [jraij] ge p. 80 xxxix
orageux (ini^o] (/ 201
orchestra [orkcslr) ch ISO
orchestral [.irktst ralj ch p. 73
XXXIII
orchestration [orkestrcisjo] ch p.
73 xxxiii
orchestre [orkestr] ch p. 163
LXVI
orchide [orkid] ch p. 73 xxxiii
-ord [o:r] 356, 364, 380
ordre [ordr] re 260
oreille [orc:j] ill 226, p. 90 xliv
orfevre [orfe:\T] o 108
orgue [org] o p. 43 xi
orgueil [orgoe(:)j] ue 118, 127,
327, p. 45 XIII ; il 226
orgueilleux [orgoejo] ill 226, p.
90 xliv; ue p. 49 xvi
orient [orja] ien 135, 162
-ort [o:r] t 356, 380
orteil [orte:j] it p. 90 xliv
ortie [orti] ti 292
OS [os] [o:s] s 275; (pi.) [o] [o:s]
s p. 163 LXVI
osciller [osile] [osije] ill 232, p.
156 LXiv
oseille [oze(:)j] o 101
oser [ozc] o 101, p. 39 x; s 319
Ostrogoth [ostrogo] t 301
ote [o:t] 6 97
oter [ote] 6 98, p. 39 x
-otie [osi] t 281
ou [u] p. 40 XIV
-ou [u] 28, 119, 122, 128, 320,
328; [w] 158
oiX [n\ 28, 119, 122, p. 46 xiv
-o(i [ii] ou 119, 122, 128
-oua [\v:i] 15()
-ouan [wuj Kil, 162
ouate [\v:it| oua 156, 215, 371,
390, p. 02 XXIV
234
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
-oue [wc] 156
-oue [we] 156
-ouen [wa] 161, 162
ouest [west] t 297, p. 156 lxiv
-oueu [w0] [wcc] 156
oui [wi] 4, 31, 156, 215, 371, 390,
p. 62 XXIV
oui-dire [wi diir] 215, 371, 390
-ouU [u:j] il 226
-ouille [u:j] ill 226
oui, madame [wi madam] m
415
oui, mademoiselle [wi madmwa-
zel] >n 415
oui, monsieur [wi mosje] m 415
-ouin [we] 161, 162
ouir [wi:r] out 156
-ouon [wo] 161, 162
-ourd [u:r] 356, 364, 380
ours [urs], old [uir] s 275, p. 163
LXVII
-ourt [u:r] t 356, 380
outU [uti] il 230, 344
ouvrier [uvrije] 37
oft y a-t-il [u j a t il] 7/ 153
Oxford [oksfo:r] d p. 74 xxxiv
oxygene [oksisen] x 310
-oy [wa] 56, 156
ozone [ozon] [ozom] [ozon] [ozoin]
olll
p [pe] [po] 22, 24; [p] 245, 248;
final 249, 250; 345; followed
by n, s, t 251; silent 247
pacha [pa^a] p p. 152 lxiii
paf [paf] a 54
paganisme [paganism] [paga-
nizm] p p. 152 lxiii
page soixante-neuf [pais swa-
sat noef] / p. 76 xxxvi
paillasse [pajas] ill 224
paille [paCOJ] a 61, p. 25 iv; ill
224, 225, 329, p. 156 lxiv
pain [pe] ain 135, p. 54 xix, p.
56 XXI B
(pain-)bis [pe bi] s 273
paix [pe] ai 84, 123, 321; x 315
paix universelle [pez yniversel]
X 372
pale [pa:l] d 19, 58
paleur [paloeir] d 19
palper [palpe] p p. 98 XLVin
palpitant [palpita] p p. 98 xlviii
pampre [puipr] p p. 98 xlviii
Panama [panama] p. 19 ii
Pandectes [padekt] c p. 70 xxx
panier [panje] [pajie] ni 207
panorama [panorama] an 146
paon [pa] o 103, p. 156 lxiv
papa [papa] a p. 21 iii; p p. 98
xlviii
pape [pap] p p. 98 xlviii
papier [papje] p 245
Papier d'affaires [papje d afe:r]
431
papillon [papij5] p p. 98 xlviii
paquets [pake] ets 92
paragraphe [paragraf] p. 19 ii
parapluie [paraplqi] p p. 98
xlviii
parasol [parasol] s 269
pare [park] c p. 70 xxx
parce que je ne me le demande
INDEX
235
pas [pars ka 3 no m b dma:d
pa] e 75
par-dessus [par dasy] e 394
pareil [pare:j] eil 226
pareiUe [pare(:)j] ei 90, 125, 323
parent [para] en 131
parenthese [parate:z] 419
parfum [parfde] 38; um 144, p.
5^ XXI
Paris [pari] i p. 37 ix
Paris est la capitale [pari 8 la
kapital] a p. 141 lx
Paris est une belle ville [pari et
jTi bel vil] s 368
parisien [parizje] ien 162
parla [parla] <i p. 21 iii
parlait [parle] 37; ait 90
parlement anglais [parlmat agle]
/ :i.'A
parler [parle] r 262
parler franc et net [parle frak e
net] c p. 141 Lix
paries [i)arl] e 72
paroisse [parwas] oi 156
part [pa:r] a 4, 19
partageons [partasS] ge p. SO
XX XIX
partial [parsjal] t 282, p. 156
LXIV
partialite [parsjalifo] t 282
partie Ijiarti] Ik 292
partiel [parsjf;!] I 267, 283
partir |parti:r] a 19, p. 19 11
partner [[)ar(n{:r] r 263
parvenu [|)arvi>nyj e 71, p. 30 v
pas [pdj p 4, 245; a 4, 59, p. 25
iv; a 273
pas a pas [paz a pa] 47; s 337,
360, 366
Pascal [paskal] sc 276
passage [pa.sa:5] p. 19 11
passage des Panoramas [pasais
de panorama] P p. 153 lxiii
passe [pais] a 60
passer [pase] a 59, 65; ss 267
passif [pasif] a 65
passion [pasjo] a 60
pate [pa:t] a 4, 58, p. 25 rv; e p.
30 VI
pater [pateir] r 263
pathos [patois] s 275
patiemment [pasjama] t 287
patience [pasjais] ien 135, 162;
t 280, 287, p. 117 Liii; en p.
51 xviii
patient [i)asja] t 287, p. 157 lxiv
patienter [pasjate] t 287
patriarchal [patriarkal] ch p. 73
XXXIII
patriarche [patriar^] ch 184
patrie [patri] c 69
patte [pat] tt 279; e p. 30 vi
Paul [pol] au 112, 126, 325, p.
49 xvi
Paul et Alice [pol e alis] t 355
pauvre [poivr] au 102, p. 39 x
pauvre animal [[lovr animal] e
73
pavot [pavo] t p. 117 liv
paye [pi'jc] [peje] y 224
payer [prjc] [p('j<'] 46; ay 90, 321,
1). 157 i.xiv; y 154
peau [po] eau 102
pecheur [po^a'ir] eu p. 45 xiii
236
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
pecheur [pr^crir] ch p. 72 xxxii
peigne [pcji] gn 4, 207
peine [pe(:)ni ei 90, 125, 323, p.
157 Lxiv
peinture [pety:r] cm 135, p. 54xix
pellicule [pclikyl] I p. 87 xliii
pendant [padu] en 45
pende [pa:d] en p. 56 xxi B
Pennsylvanie [prsilvani] [pasil-
vani] en 137; s 270
penser [pase] s p. 109 li
pensum [pesom] u 113; en 137;
um 145; en, um p. 157 lxiv
pente [pa:t] en 14; 46
penultieme [penyltjem] ti 293
perfa [pcrsa] f 176
perfait [perse] q p. 70 xxrx
perCevoir [persavwair] ce p. 70
XXIX
perd-U [pert il] d 362, 381
perd-il son temps [pert il s5 ta]
d p. 141 Lix
perdre [perdr] d 187; re 260
perdrix [perdri] x 315
perdrons [perdro] 38
perdront [perdro] 37
pere [pe:r] p 7; e 28, 87
peremptoire [peraptwair] p 248,
p. 98 XLViii
peres [jieir] e p. 30 vi
peril [peril] [poriij] il 228, 229;
I p. 157 LXIV, p. 163 Lxvii
peripetie [peripesi] t 281, p. 157
LXIV
Perrault [pero] I 223
persU [persi] il 230; I 344, p. 163
LXVI
Personnelle [pcrsonel] 431
persuader [persqade] s p. 109 li;
p. 157 LXIV
perte [pert] e 91
peser [pgze] e p. 30 v
petit [p(a)ti] e 74, 76
petit a petit [potit a poti] t 47,
337
petite [potit] e 76, p. 30 vi
peu [p0] eu 4, 17, 114, 127, 326
peuple [poepl] eu 118, 127, 327,
p. 45 XIII, p. 49 XVI ; le 222
peur [poeir] eu 4, 117, p. 45 xiii;
r 165, 261, p. 104 l
peureux [poero] eu p. 44 xii
Peveril du Pic [pevaril dy pik] P
410
ph [f] 191, 329; followed by n, s,
/251
Pharamond [faramS] dp. 74
xxxrv
phare [fa:r] a 13; j)h 191
pharisien [farizje] p 399
Phedre [fe:dr] Ph p. 76 xxxvi
phenix [feniks] x p. 121 lvii
philosophe [filozaf] -ph 191, 329,
p. 157 LXIV
Phoebe [febe] ce 83, p. 32 vii
phonographe [fonograf] ph 40
pht(h)isie [ftizi] ph 251
pht(h)isique [ftizik] ph 251
physiognomonie [fizjognomoni]
gn 200
physique [fisik] y 96
piano [pjano] o 99; ia 152
piauler [pjole] iau 152
piece [pjes] e 87
INDEX
237
pied [pje] e 80, p. 32 vii; ie 152
pied a terra [pjet a te:r] d 333,
362
pieds [pje] e 80; (h 164
pieu [pji»] iea j). 60 xxiii
pieux [pjo] eu 114, p. 44 xii
pigeon {\ny)] c 77 ; gc p. 80 xxxix
pin [pc] in p. 54 xix
pinacle [pinakl] n p. 96 xlvi
pince [pe:s] in p. 56 xxi B
pingouin [pegwe] ouiti p. 65 xxvi
pioche [pjoS] io p. 60 xxiii
pion [pj5] p p. 98 XLViii
pipe [pip] p p. 98 xlviii
piqure [piky:r] il p. 46 xv
pire lpi:r] i 4, 94
piste [pist] i 94
pistU [i)i.stil] il 229
pitie [pitje] ie 152; ti 293
pla^a [pUusa] f 176
place [i)hi.s] a 65; c 391
place de I'Estrapade [plas da
1 frttrapad] K, p. 153 LXiii
place de la Concorde [jjlas do la
kSkjrd] C 410
plage (pla:^] a 13
plaideur [pU(l(c:r] eu p. 45 xiii
plaisir [plczisr] r 261, p. 101 l
plante (plu:t] an p. 51 xviii
plat [jjla] a 53
platre |i)l(i:tr| d 58
plenipotentiaire [plenipjtusjtir]
/ p. 117 LI 1 1
plomb \\>\:,\ oin 111; h 171, 339,
J). 163 r.xvi
plongeons [|)1j33] yea 202
plonger [pl03c] on ]>. ^yT) xx
pluie [plqi] ui 160
plus [plys] [ply] s 275
plus ou moins [plyz ii mwe] s 337,
366
plus-que-parfait [plys ka parfe]
s p. 109 LI
pneu [pno] p p. 98 xlviii
pneumatique [pnomatik] p 251
pneumatologie [pnomatolosi] p
p. 98 XLVIII
pneumonie [pnom.mi] p 251
poele, poile [p\vu:l][p\va(:)l] 4; oe,
ai 62, 156, p. 25 iv, p. 163 lxvi
poelee [pwale] oc p. 62 xxiv
poelette [pwalet] oe p. 62 xxiv
poelier [jjwalje] oe p. 62 xxiv
poete [poeit] p. 19 ii
poids [pwa] [pwa] oi 62, p. 62
xxiv; d p. 74 xxxiv
poignard [pwajia:r] [pojiair] oi p.
157 LXiv
poignet [pwajie] [pojie] gn p. 81
XL
poing [pwe] oin 162
point [l)\vr] 419
point d'exclamation [pwe d eks-
klain(isjr)] 419
point d'interrogation [pwe d e-
lefr)r.>g(i.sjo] 419
pointe [pweit] oin 14, p. 65 xxvi
point et virgule (pwe e virgyl] 419
point exclamatif [pwet ekskla-
iiKilif] t 351
point interrogatif [i.>\vi;t etcroga-
(if) I 354
points suspensifs [i)we syspusif]
419
238
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
pointxire [pwetyir] in 136
poire [pwair] oi 56
pois [pwa] oi 62
poison [pwiizo] oi p. 21 in, p. 157
LXIV
poisson [pwasS] oi p. 157 lxiv
Poitiers [pwatje] ti 293; < p. 117
LII
poix [pwa] oi p. 62 xxiv
pole [po:l]-o 15
pollen [palen] n 241
Pollux [polyks] a; 310
poltron [poltro] 38
Polymnie [polimni] xjmn 140
polysyllabe [jwlisilab] s 269
pomme [pom] o 107
pompe [poip] om p. 55 xx; p p.
98 XLViii
Ponsard [posa:r] d p. 74 xxxiv
pont [p5] on p. 56 xxi B
pontile [potif] p p. 152 lxiii
Pont-Neuf [p5 noef]/p. 76 xxxvi
popularite [pji^ylarite] 35
pore [po:r] o 105; r 166; c 180
port [po:r] o 13; 76
porte [port] c 76, p. 30 vi; o 106
porte-feuiUe [port9 fcB(:)j] e 393
portez [porte] z 318
portez armes [porte arm] z 359
portier [portje] ti 293; < p. 117
LII
portiere [portjeir] ti 293
portiez [portje] ti 291
portion [porsjo] t 162, 285; ti 291
Port-Said [po:r said] d p. 74
XXXV
pose [po:z] o 101, p. 39 x
positif [pozitif] o p. 39 x
position [pozisjo] o 101, p. 39 x
possedera [posedra] e 88
poste [post] o 106; s 267
Poste restante [post restait] 431
postiche [posti$] o 110
post-scriptum [pos(ts) kriptom]
um 145; t 300; m p. 94 xlv, p.
96 XLVii; t, u p. 157 lxiv
pot [po] o 4, 6, 17, 97; t p. 117 liv
pot a eau [pot & o] t 354
pot a fleur [pot a floe:r] I 354
pot a I'eau [pot a lo] 47
pot au feu [i)ot o fo] t 354
pot au lait [pot o le] t 354
pot aux roses [pot o ro:z] t 354
poteau [poto] o 109
potentiel [potasjel] t 283
potion [posjo] o 100, p. 39 x
pouce [pus] ou 119
ponding [pude:g] g 206
poulailler [pulaje] [pulaje] a 64
pouls [pu] 1 223, 344, p. 157 lxiv;
OM p. 46 XIV
pour demain [pu(:)r dame] e 394
Pour la couronne [pu(:)r la ku-
ron] P 401
pour prendre conge [pu(:)r pra:dr
ko3e] p. 161 XIV
pour rendre visite [pu(!)r ra:dr
vizit] p. 161 XIV
pp [p] 42, 168, 245
Praslin [jirale] s 272
precedemment [presedama] em
p. 157 LXIV
precieuse [presjoiz] eu 127, 326,
p. 44 XIII
INDEX
239
preemption [preapsjo] p 248
prefere [prefere] e 79, p. 32 vii
prefix [prefiks] x 310
prendre [praidr] e 391; en p. 51
XVIII
prendre le voile (de I'ordre) de
Sainte-Claire [i)ra:dr b vwal
da 1 ordr do se:t kle.-r] S, C 417
prendre I'habit (de I'ordre) de
Saint-Franfois [pra:dr I abi
do 1 ordr do se fraswa] S, F 417
presbytere [prezbite:r] s 271
preseance [preseais] s 269
presence [prezais] en 131
presentez armes [prezate arm] z
359
presomptif [prezoptif] p 248, p.
98 XL VIII
presomption [prez5i)sj5] p 248
presomptueux [prezoptijol p 248
presque [presko] e 69, 387, p. 30 v
presqu'ile [presk ilj 387
F>resse [presp] 431
presupposer [presypoze] s 269
pret a partir [pret a partiir] t 337
prSte [prcit] e 85
preter [prcte] e 86
preterit [preteri(t)] t 299, p. 163
I.XVI
pretre [prc:tr] e 85, p. 36 viii; r
p. 104 L
pretrise [prctriiz] S p. 36 viii
preuve [i)ra:v) en j). 45 xiii
Priam (itriaiii] am 132; ?« 235
prier [prie] [prjc] i 153
(Priere dej faire suivre [pricir
do fc.T sninr] 123
prima tie [primasi] t p. 117 liii
primitif [primitif] i p. 37 ix
principaute d'Orange [presipote
d ora:5] p. 153 lxiii
printemps [preta] p 245
pris [i)ri] 76
prise [pri:z] e 76, p. 30 vi
prison d'Etat [prizo d eta] J$ p.
153 LXIII
Privas [priva] a 59
prix [pri] x 315
proces [prose] c p. 70 xxix
prochain [pro^e] ch 182
prochaine [proven] in 146
proclamer [proklame] [proklame]
a 64
profil [profil] il 229
Progne [progne] gn 200
pro jet [pro3c] et 92
prompt [pro] pt 164, p. 157 lxiv;
p247
prompte [jiroit] 46
promptitude [{)r5tityd] p 247;
om p. 55 XX
promulguant [promylga] gua 197
pronom [i)r.)iij] om p. 55 xx
prononciation [pronosjasjo] on
p. 55 XX
prophetic [profesi] t 281, p. 117
LIU
propitiatoire [propisjatwair] t p.
117 LIII
proprete [proproto] e 393
proscrire ||)roskri:r] c 177; sc 276
prose [proiz] o 101
prospectus (prospektyis] s 275,
p. 163 Lxvi
240
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
protestant [protesta] p 399
provenir [provniir] n p. 96 XLVI
providentiel [providusjcl] / 283
prudemment [prydama] e 55; cm
134, p. 21 III, p. 157 Lxiv
prune [prjoi] u p. 46 xv; 7i p. 96
XLVI
psalmiste [psalmist] p 251
psalmodier [psalmodje] p 251
psaume [pso:m] p 251
Psyche [psi^e] p 251; ch p. 72
XXXII
psycologie [psikobsi] p 251
psycologue [psikolog] p 251
Ptolemee [ptoleme] P 251
pu [py] u 4, 120
public [pyblik] c 255
publique [pyblik] qu 255
puer [pqe] ue 160
pueril [pqeril] il 229
puis [pqi] ui 159, p. 64 xxv; s
273; p. 157 lxiv
puisque [piiisk(8)] e 69, 386, p.
30 v; ui p. 64 xxv
puisqu'elle [pijisk el] 386
puits [pqi] s 273
puUuler [pyl3'le] II 220
pun [pde] un p. 56 xxi B
punch [p5:5] w« 142, p. 157 lxiv
pupille [pypil] ill 232, p. 157
Lxrv^
pur [py:r] ti 4, 120
puritain [pyrite] p 399
pusillanime [pyzi(l)lamm] ill232,
p. 157 LXIV
Puvis de Chavannes [pyvi d 5a-
van] 6- 274
pyramide [piranii(:)d] y, i p. 37
DC
pythagorien [pitagorje] p p. 152
LXIII
pythonisse [pitanis] p p. 152
q [ky] [ka] 22, 24; [k] 127, 219,
252, 254, 346; final 165
qu [k] [kw] [kq] 252-258, 329; be-
fore a [kw] 256; before a, o, u
[k] 255; before e and i [k] 255;
[kq] before e and i 257
quadragenaire [k(w)adra3ene:r]
(JU p. 101 XLIX
quadrangle [k(w)adra:gl] qu 256
quadrat [k(w)adra] q^i p. 101
XLIX
quadrille [kadriij] ill p. 90 xliv;
qu p. 101 XLIX
quadrup^de [k(w)adrype(:)d] qu
256; iia p. 62 xxiv
quadruple [kadrypl] u p. 163
LXVI
quadrupler [k(w)adr3']3le] qu 256,
J). 101 XLIX
quai [ke] [ke] ai 82, 124, 322, p.
163 lxyi; qu p. 101 xlix
quai aux fleurs [ke o floeir] 405
quai de rHorloge [ke da 1 orb:3]
H 410
qualite [kalite] qu 255
quand [ku] qu 219, 254; an p. 51
XVIII
quand irez-vous [kat ire vu] d
362, p. 141 Lix
INDEX
241
quantieme [katjem] ti 293
quantite [kutite] an 131
quarante [kara:t] qu p. 101 xlix
quart [ka:r] qu 254; < p. 117 liv
quarte [kart] qu 254
quartier [kartje] li 293; i p. 117
LII
quarto [kwarto] qu 256
quartz [kwairts] ua 156; qu 256
quasi [kazi] qu 254, p. 101 xlix
quatrain [katre] qu 254
quatre [katr] e 46; qu 254
quatre ennemis [katr enini] c
73
quatre-temps [katro ta] e 71 ; qu
]). 101 XLIX
quatre-vingt-cinq [katr ve se:k]
/, q p. 157 LXiv
quatre-vingt-dix [katro ve dis]
213
quatre-vingt-dix-huit [katr ve
diz ^\i\ t 303
quatre-vingt-onze [katro ve 5:z]
371; / p. Ml LX
quatre-vingt-sept [katro ve set]
t p. 141 LX
quatre-vingt-six [katr ve sis] t, x
J). 157 Lxiv
quatre-vingt-un [katro ve d'] I
303, 371, p. 157 Lxiv
quatrieme [katriem] [katrjem] i
1 :,:',
quatuor [k\va)q.):r] qu 256, j).
163 Lxvi
qu'avez-vous [k avo vu] 384
que [k..] >■ (iO, 75, 383; qu 219,
254
Quebec [kebek] c p. 70 xxx
que j'aie [ko 3 e(:)j] [ko 3 e] aie
90
quel [kel] qu p. 101 xlix
quelque [kclk(a)] e 387
quelques-uns [ke(l)k(o)z oe] p.
157 lxiv
quelqu'un [kelk de] 387; un p. 56
XXI
quel velours [kel volu:r] e 394
qu'entend-on [k atat 5] d p. 141
LIX
querir [keri:r] 168
questeur [kqestceir] qu 257
question [kcstj5] t 279, 280, 290
questure [kqestyir] qu 257
quete [ke:t| qu 254
que tu subjuguasses [ko ty syb-
3ygas] gua 197
queue [ko] cu 114, p. 44 xii, p.
49 XVI ; qu 254, p. 101 xlix
queussi-queumi [kesi komi] qu.
p. 101 XLIX
qui [ki] qu 219, 253, 254, 329
quibus [k(n)ibys] qu p. 101 xlix
quiddite [k(q)iddite] dd 188; qu
p. 101 XLIX
quietisme [kqictism] qu p. 101
XLIX
quietude [kqiotyd] qii 257, p. 101
XLIX
qu'il aimat [k il cma] d 51
(qu'il) eCit [k il y] m p. 46 XV
qu'il finit (k il fini] i 95
qu'il fit [k il fij i 95
quille [ki:j] qu 254
quillon [kij,")] qu p. 101 XLtx
242
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
qu'il parlat [k il parla] d 51
qu'il punit [k il pyni] i 95
qu'ils eussent [k ilz ys] eu 116
qu'il voguat [k il voga] giid 197
Quimper [kcpc:r] r p. 10-1 L
qu'in [ke] in p. 56 xxi B
Quinault [kino] / 223
quincaillerie [ktkajri] qu 254
quinine [kinin] u p. 163 lxvi
quinquennal [kiieki(enal] qu p.
101 XLIX
quinquet [keke] qii 254
quinquina [kekina] qu p. 101
XLIX
quinte [ke:t] qu 254, 255; in p.
56 XXI B
Quinte-Curce [kqet kyrs] Qu
257
quintette [k(q)etet] uin p. 65
xxvi; qu p. 101 xlix
quinteux [keto] qu 254
quintidi [k(n)8tidi] qu p. 101
XLIX
Quintilien [kqctiljs] Qu 257; iiin,
ien p. 65 xxvi
quintuple [k(ij)etypl] in 136; uin
p. 65 xxvi; qu p. 101 xlix
quiproquo [kiproko] qu 254
quoique [kwak(9)] e 386
quoiqu'on [kwak 5] 386
qu'on [k 5] on p. 56 xxi B
quotidian [kotidje] up. 163 lxvi
quotient [kosja] o 110, p. 43 xi;
t 287, p. 157 Lxiv; qu p. 101
XLIX
qu'un [k de] un p. 56 xxi B
qu'unze [k de:z] p. 56 xxi B
r [er] [ra] 22, 24; [r] 91, 94, 105,
112, 118, 126, 259, 265, 356,
380, 381; +consonant 166,
264; final 165, 261, 262, 295-
298, 347-349
rabbin [rabe] bb p. 68 xxvii
Rabelais [rable] ai p. 49 xvi
raccomoder [rakomode] cc p. 69
XXVIII
raccroc [rakro] c 340, p. 71 xxi;
cc p. 69 xxviii
raccrocher [rakroSe] cc p. 69
XXVIII
Rachel [raSel] eh p. 72 xxxii
rachitique [ra^itik] ch p. 72 xxxii
racier [rakle] a 63
radoub [radub] 6 171
raidir [redi:r] r p. 104 l
raille [ra:j] a 63
raillerie [rajri] a 63, p. 25 iv
railway [relwe] [relwe] w 308
raison [rezo] [rezo] s p. 109 li
ramener [ramne] e 70, p. 30 vi
rampant [rapa] am 131
rampe [ra:p] am p. 51 xviii
rang [ra] g 365; an p. 56 xxi B
rang eleve [rak elve] [ra elve] g
365
rang infime [rak gfim] g 365
Raoul [raul] I 221
rappelee [raple] e 89
rapt [rapt] p 248; < 299
rare [ra:r] [ra:r] r 4, 259; a 49
rarete [rarte] r p. 104 l
raser [raze] s 319, p. 109 li
INDEX
243
rasibus [razibys] s p. 109 li
rat [ra] a 53, p. 21 iii; t p. 117
LIV
ratelier [rcitolje] e 71
ration [rosjo] t 285
rationnel [lasjonel] t p. 117 liii
Ratisbonne [ratizbon] s 271
raviver [ravive] v p. 118 lv
rayon [rej5] ay 90; y p. 60 xxiii
-re final 2G0
reaction [reaksjo] c p. 70 xxx
rebus [rebyis] s 275
recemment [resama] em 134, p.
21 III
recent [rcsa] c p. 70 xxix
Recevez, Monsieur, les meil-
leures amities de votre bien
devoue [rosve, mosjo, Ic ine-
joe:rz amitje da votr bje de-
vwe] 428
recevoir [ros(o)v\va:r] c 175
recif [rcsif] / j). 76 xxxvi
recipient [rcsipja] c p. 70 xxix
reciter [rcsite] c p. 70 xxix
recognition [rokopnisj.")] gn 200
Reconimandee [rokonifKle] 423
recompense [rek5pa:s] 23
recu [rosy] g 32, 267
recueil [raka'fOJl ?i« 118
recueille [rakri'ij] ueille 226
reddition [rtddisja] dd 188
redempteur [rfdufpjfd-ir] p 248
redemption |r('du(i)j.sj.>] p 248
redingote [rodiKit] "' 135
refaisant.(r.)f3zu] at 68
reflux Ir.tfly] J* j). 163 lx\t
refrogne Injfrjjicl gn p. 81 xl
regard [roga:r] r p. 104 l
regardez [rogarde] p. 19 ii
regardez les cerfs-volants [ro-
garde le ser vola] / p. 76 xxxvii
regnait [rejie] gn p. 81 xl
Regnard [rona:r] g 204, p. 81 xl
Regnaud [rono] g 204
Regnauld [rojio] e, I p. 162 lxv
regne [rejie] e 79
regne [reji] gn 207, 329
regner [rejie] gn 4
regrets [rogre] e p. 30 v
Reims see Rheims
rein [re] cin p. 54 xix, p. 56 xxi
B
reine [rc:n] ei 20, p. 36 viii
reineclaude [rengloid] [renkloid]
r 174
reine de France [rem da frais] e
394
reitre [rr:tr] et 90, 125, p. 49 xvi
rejeter [roste] e 70, p. 30 vi
rejoindre [ro3we:dr] oin p. 65
xxvi; j p. 86 XLii
rejouir [ro3\vi:r] oiii 156; j 217
relaps [rolajw] s 275
relapse [rolaps] p 248, p. 98
XLVIII
relieur [rolj()L':r] e p. 30 v
reliure [roljyir] in 152
remarque [romark] r p. 104 l
remede [roiiif (:)d] (' 87
remerciait [roinrrsje] iai 152
rempart [r(]])a:r] r p. 104 l; t p.
117 LIV
remplir [ru|)]i:r] ini IIU
remuant [roiuiiu] nan 162
244
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
remuons [remqo] uon p. 65 xx\t
Renaud [rono] dp. 74 xxxiv
rendre [ruidr] r p. 104 l
rene [rem] e p. 36 viii
renfort [rafo:r] t 295, p. 117 liv
renne [ren] e 20, p. 36 \aii
repartie [raparti] t p. 117 lii
repete [repet] e 28
repete [repete] c 79, p. 32 \ai
repond-elle [repot cl] d 362, p.
141 LIX
Repondez, s'il vous plait [repSde,
s il ^'^l pie] p. 161 XIV
repondit-il [rejwdit il] 421
reps [reps] p 248
republique romaine [repyblik
romen] r p. 153 lxiii
requiem [rekqi(j)em] e 80; m 235;
qu 257
reserve [rezcn-e] p. 157 lxiv
resignation [rezijiasjo] a p. 157
LXIV
resoudre [rezu(:)dr] s 319
respect [respe(k)] [respekt] ect
92, 253, 353, p. 157 lxiv; ct
181; t 300; e p. 36 viii
respecter [respekte] 38
respect humain [respek jine] ect
353
respirer [respire] 38
ressemble [rosaibl] e p. 30 v
ressembler [rasuble] e 68, p. 157
LXIV
ressentir [rasutiir] e 68, p. 157
LXIV
ressortir [r9sarti:r] e 68
ressource [rosurs] e p. 157 lxiv
restaurant [restora] [restora] au
112, 126, 325, p. 43 xi, p. 49
XVI
rester [reste] 38; e 91
restez encore [restez ako:r] z 336
resultat [rezylta] t p. 117 liv
resume [rezjine] tyi 233
resumption [rez5psj5] um 142
rets [re] t p. 117 liv
revanche [r(8)va:S] ch p. 72 xxxii
reve [re:v] e 85, p. 36 viii
revenir [r9vni:r] 46; e 67
revenu [r(a)\Tiy] u p. 46 xv
rever [reve] e 86, p. 36 vin
revetir [r(a)v8ti:r] e p. 36 viir
revolver [revolveir] e 80, p. 32
vii; r 263; v p. 118 lv; e, r p.
163 i^vi
Reynauld [reno] d p. 74 xxxiv
rez [re] e SO
rez-de-chaussee [ret^ose] z p.
163 Lxvi
R(h)euns [re:s] eim 135, p. 54
xix; s 274; p. 157 lxiv, p. 162
LXV
Rhin [re] in p. 54 xix
rhinoceros [rinoserois] s 275
rhododendron [rododedro] en 137
rhum [rom] u 113; um 145; m
235; p. 163 lxvi
Richard [ri^air] rf p. 74 xxxiv
Richelieu [ri^aljo] e 71, p. 30 v
rien [rje] en 135; ie p. 60 xxiii
rien accepter [rjen aksepte] n 375
rire [ri:r] r p. 104 l
rive [ri:v] v 4; i 94:; v 304
riz [ri] z 318, 359
INDEX
245
robe [ro(:)b] o 4, 104, 106, p. 43
xi; h 4, 46, 170
roc [rak] o 105, p. 43 xi; c p. 70
XXX
Roch [r,)k] ch p. 162 lxv
roche [ro^] 46
Roger [ro3e] r 262
rognon [roji5] gn p. 81 XL
roi [nvu] [rwa] oi 62, p. 25 iv, p.
62 XXIV
roi de France [raa d fra:s] e 394
role [ro:l] u 97, p. 39 x
romance [rjinu:s] o 109
Rome [rom] o 111, p. 43 xi
rompre [r5:pr] om p. 55 xx
romps [r5] p 247
Romulus [rjinjlyis] s 274
rond [r5] d 164, p. 74 xxxiv; r
259; on p. 56 xxi B
ronde [r5:d] on p. 55 xx
ronron [r5r5] r p. 104 l
rosbif [rosbif] [rjzbif] / p. 76
xxxvi; s p. 157 lxiv
rose [ro:z] s 4, 268, 316, 317, p.
109 Li; o 13, 101, p. 39 x
rosier [rozje] a 101
Rosny [roni] s 272
rossignol [r.).sijiol] o 110
Rothschild [rotSild] d p. 74 xxxv
roti [r.Mi] 6 97, p. 43 xi; t 281, p.
117 LII
Rotterdam [roterdam] am 132;
m 235
Rouen [rwd] own p. 65 xxvi
rouet [rwc] one. 156
rouge [ru:.-^] gc 4, p. 80 xxxix;
vu 19, 119
rougeaud [ru3o] ou p. 49 xvi
rougeur [rujoc:/] 19
roux [ru] ou p. 46 xiv
royal [rwajal] 46; o(/ p. 62 xxiv
royaume [rwujoim] oij p. 62 xxiv
rr [[y)v] 43, 168, 259
made [rna(:)d] tui p. 64 xxv
Rubens [rybe:s] en 137; s p. 162
LXV
rude [ry(:)d] d 4; m 121
rue [ry] e 69, 391
rue [rqe] ue p. 64 xxv
rue de Rivoli [ry do rivoli] R 410
ruelle [rqel] ue 160, p. 64 xxv
rueuse [rijoiz] ueu 160, p. 64 xxv
mine [rqin] ui p. 64 xxv
Ruisdael [rqizdad] s, e p. 162 lxv
misseau [rqiso] ui p. 64 xxv
rumb [r5:b] h 171
run [nr] un \). 56-xxi B
rupture [rypty:r] u p. 46 xv
rural [ryral] r p. 104 l
mse [ry:z] s 26S, 319, j). 109 li
rustre [rystr] r p. 104 l
Ruyter [rqiteir] r p. 104 l
s [cs] [so] 22, 24; [s] 92, 93, 100,
110, 170, 266, 267, 269, 274,
280, 381; final [s] 275; silent
272, 273, 3C)S, 369; of final cs,
rs 367; [z( 101, 105, 106, 118,
26S, 270, 271 , 317, 319, 3()6, 370
sabbat [saba] hb p. 68 xxvii; / j).
117 LIV
sable [sa:bl] [sa(!)bl] o 64, p. 25 iv
246
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
sabre [stibr] [sa'ir] a 64
saccade [saka(:)f 1 cc p. 69 xxviii
saccader [sakade] cc 173
saccager [sakase] cc p. 69 xxviii
saccharin [sakare] cc p. 69 xxviii
sa fenetre [sa fneit.r] e 394
Sa Grandeur [sa gradoe:r] S, G
412, p. 161 XIV
Sa Grandeur I'eveque de Mar-
seille [sa gradneir 1 eve:k da
marseij] S, G, M 413
sain [se] ain p. 54 xix
saint [se] s 409; p. 161 XIV
Saint-Cloud [se klu] d 189
saint Denis [se doni] s 409
sainte [se:t] ain p. 56 xxi B; p.
161 XIV
saint Franfois [se fraswa] s 409
Saint-Gaudens [se godeis] s 274,
p. 162 Lxv
Saint-Germain-l'Auxerrois [se
3erme 1 okserwu] x 267
saint Luc [se lyk] c p. 70 xxx
saint Marc [se mark] c 178, 340,
341
Saint-Marc a Venise [se ma:r a
v(i))nHz] c p. 141 LX
Saint-Marc Girardin [se ma:r
3irarde] c 340
saint Martin [se marte] s 409
Saint-Ouen [set wu] ouen p. 65
XXVI
Saint-Petersburg [se peterzbuir]
(/ 205; s 271
Saint-Quentin [se kate] qu 254
Saint-Roch [se rok] ch p. 73
XXXIII, p. 162 LXV
saints [se] p. 161 XIV
Saint Thomas d'Aquin [se toma
d ake] qu 254
salade [sala(:)d] p. 19 ii
salete [salte] e 70, 393
salle [sal] p. 19 ii
Salut amical [salyt amikal] 427
samedi [samdi] e 70, 393, p. 30
VI
Sa Majeste [sa maseste] S, M
412; p. 161 XIV
Sa Majeste Britannique [sa ma-
Seste britanik] S, M, B 414
Sa Majeste Catholique [sa ma-
3este katolik] S, M, C 414
Sa Majeste Fidele [sa maseste
fidel] S, M, F 414
Sa Majeste imperiale [sa ma-
Seste eperjal] S, M413
Sa Majeste la reine [sa maseste
la rem] ^f, ilf 413
Sa Majeste la reine d'Angleterre
[sa maseste la rem d ugbteir]
S, M, A 413
Sa Majeste le czar [sa maseste
lo tsa:r] S, M 413
Sa Majeste I'empereur Napo-
leon III [sa maseste 1 aproeir
napoleS trwa] S, M, A'^ 413
Sa Majeste le roi [sa maseste la
rw(i] S, M 413
Sa Majeste le sultan Abdul
Medjid [sa mascste la syltci
abdyl medjid] S, M, A 413
Samson [saso] )7i 236
Sanchez [saje-s] [sajez] z p. 122
LVIII
INDEX
247
sanctifier [saktifje] c p. 70 xxx
sanctuaire [saktqeir] c p. 70 xxx
sandwich [sudwit5i],£'/iy/w/! [sand-
witS] w 157, 308, p. 62 xxiv;
d p. 74 XXXV
sang [su] an 131, p. 51 xviii, p.
56 XXI B; g 365
sang et eau [sd e o] ^ 365
sang humain [sak yme] g 365
sang impur [sak epy:r] [sa epj'ir]
,j 365
sanglier [suglio] glT^. 79 xxxviii
sangsue [sasy] g 204
sans date [sa <lat] p. 161 XIV
sans le chien [sa 1 ^jf] e 394
sans lieu ni date [su 1J0 ni dat]
p. 161 XIV
Saone [so:n] a 57, p. 162 lxv; ad
103, p. 39 x
Sa Saintete [sa sette] S 412; p.
161 XIV
Sa Saintete le pape Pie IX [sa
settc lo pap i)i noef] S, P 413
satiete [sasjete] ti 293; t p. 117
LlII
sauce [so:s] au 102, p. 39 x
saucisse [sosis] au 102
saucisson [sosisS] au 102
sauf [sof] / 165, 192
saurai [sore] [scjrc] au 112, 126,
p. 43 XI
saurais [sjre] [sore] au 112, 126,
)). lij XI
saussaie [.sose] au 102
saut [so] t 295; au j). 39 x
sauter [sotc] «i/ 102
savoir [savwair] 124, 322
savon [sav5] on p. 55 xx
sc [s] c 175, 277, 329; before e, i,
y [s] 277; before a, o, u and
consonants [sk] 276
scandale [skadal] sc 276
scarlatine [skarlatin] sc 276
sceau [so] eau p. 39 x; sc p. 71
XXXI
scelerat [selera] c 175; sc 277
sceleratesse [selerates] sc p. 71
XXXI
sceller [sele] sc p. 71 xxxi
scenario [senarjo] sc p. 71 xxxi;
ri \y. 96 xlvi
scene [se:n] c 175, 267; sc 277,
329; ep. 36 viii
scenique [senik] sc p. 71 xxxi
scepticisme [septisism] [septi-
sizm] sc 277, p. 71 xxxi
sceptique [septik] sc p. 71 xxxi
sceptre [septr] sc 111, p. 71 xxxi
sch \\\ [sk] 182, 185, 186, 278, 32.9
schah [5a] s p. 152 lxiii
schema [skema] sch 278
Schiller [Sik-:r] r 2()3
schisme [^isin] [^izm] sch 186,
278, 329
schiste [Sist] sch 186, 278
Schleswig [yrzvig] g 206
sc(h)olaire [sk.jlcir] sch 186, 278;
sc 276
scfhjolastique [skolastik] sch
ISO, 278
scholie [skjli] sch 186
scie [si] sc 211, p. 71 xxxi
sciemment [sjama] sc p. 71 xxxi;
//(//( J). 91 XLV
248
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
science [sja:s] ien 135, 162; c 175,
267, p. 157 Lxiv; s p. 109 li
scientifique [sjatifik] ien p. 65
XXVI ; sc p. 71 XXXI
scier [sje] sc p. 71 xxxi
scintillant [setija] sc p. 71 xxxi
scintille [setiij] sc 277
scintiller [seti(l)lc] [setije] ill
232
scion [sj5] sc p. 71 xxxi
sciure [sjy:r] iu 152; sc p. 71
XXXI
scrutin [skiytc] sc 276
sculpteur [skylta?:r] sc 276; p
247, p. 157 LXIV, p. 163 lxvi
ScyUa [silla] c 267, p. 162 lxv;
sc 277
Scythes [sit] c 175
se [so] e 66, 383
sec [sek] c p. 70 xxx
second [s9g5] [zg5] c 174, p. 157
LXIV
second etage [sagot eta:3] d 363
secundo [sagodo] un 142
seigle [se(:)gl] ei 90
seigneur [sejioeir] gji 207
sein [se] ein p. 54 xix
Seine [se:n] ei 20, 90, 125, 323,
p. 36 VIII
seize [se:z] ei 90, 125, 323
sel [sd] I 221
Selim [selim] im 139; m 235
selon eux [salo 0] n 335, 378
semblant [sabla] em 131
semble [sa:bl] em 14
sembliez [sablie] [sablje] i 153
s'en [s a] en p. 61 xviii
sens [sa] [sais] s 275, p. 157
lxiv; en p. 51 xviii ^
sens commun [sa komde] s p. 157
LXIV
sept [set] p 247; < 302
sept arbres [set arbr] t 302
septembre [se(p)ta:br] em 131; p
248, 425
sept enfants [set afa] pt p. 157
LXIV
septentrion [se(p)tatrj5] p 248
septentrional [se(p)tatrjonal] p
p. 98 XLViii
septieme [setjem] ti 293
sept plumes [se plym] t p. 157
LXIV
sept pommes [se pom] t 302
septuagenaire [septqa3ene:r] p
248
sera [sora] r 259
serail [seraij] il 224
serf [serf] / p. 76 xxxvi
serions [sorjo] e p. 30 v
sert-il [se:rt il] t 381
serviteur [servitoe:r] eu p. 45 xiii
ses [se] [se] e 93
Ses Majestes [se maseste] S, M
412
Seth [set] th 299
seuil [sce(:)j] eu 13, 118, p. 45
xiii
seul [soel] ew 4, 117; i 221
seul habit [soel abi] I 344
seve [se:v] v \). 118 lv
shako [Sako] /c 218
si [si] s 4, 31, 266; i 4, 94, 389
sibylle [sibil] ill 232
INDEX
249
sieur [sjoeir] eu 118; p. 161 XIV
Sieyes [sjcjes] s 274
sifflera [siflara] e 71
signal [sijial] gn p. 81 xl
signet [sine] [sipt] g 204
signifie [sijiifi] [sinifi] gn p. 157
LXIV
s'U [s il] 31
s'il en est ainsi [s il an et esi] I, n,
t p. 141 LIX
silex [silekx] .r 310
s'ils viennent [s il vjen] 389
s'U va [s il va] 389
s'il vous plait [s il xn pie] p. 161
XIV
simple [se:pl] im 135, p. 19 ii, p.
54 XIX, p. 157 LXIV
Sinai [.sinai] p. 163 lxvi
sine qua non [sine kwa nan] qu
p. 101 XLIX
sire [si:r] i p. 37 ix
sirop [siro] j) 249
six [sis] s 266; x 267, 313, 315,
372
sixain [size] x 314, p. 122 lvii
six amis [siz ami] x 319
six chaises [si ^fizj x p. 157 lxiv
six et dix [sis c dis] x p. 157 lxiv
six heros [si ero] a; 315
six heures [siz fr:r] x j). 157 lxiv
six heures et demie [siz a':r e
donii] .s- 370
six hommes [siz am] x 372
six-huit [sis qit] x p. 122 LVil
sixieme [sizjcin] x 314, p. 122
six ou sept [sis u set] 47
six pommes [si pom] x 315
six-quatre [sis katr] x p. 122 lvii
six soldats [si solda] x 372
sixte [sikst] x- 310
Sixte- Quint [siksto ke] e 71
social [sjsjal] o 110; ia 152; c 175
societe [sosjete] o 110
sceur [s(e:r] eu 118, p. 45 xiii
soi [swa] oi 56, 156, p. 21 iii
soie [swa] [swa] oi 56, 64
soif [swaf] / 192
soif ardente [swaf arda:t] / p. 76
XXXVI
soin [swe] in p. 54 xix
soir [swa:r] oi 56
soit [swat] [swa] t 300, p. 163
LXVII
soixante [swasuit] x 267, 313
soixantaine [swasatcn] x 313
soixante-dix [swaso:t dis] 213
soixantieme [swasatjem] x p.
122 LVII
soldat [s.)lda] a 53
soleU [s.)le(:)j] eil 226, p. 157
lxiv; ei p. 36 viii; il p. 90
XLIV
solennel [sjlanel] c 55; en 134
solennite [solanite] nn p. 96
XLVI
sommeil [s.)inr:j] c 91; il p. 90
XLIV
sommeiller [someje] ei p. 36 viii
sommets |s.)iiir] d>i 92
sommite [sjmito] m ]>. 57 xxii
somnambule [sainiiubyl] om 143;
m 234
somnolent [somnolfi] om 143
250
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
Son Altesse [s5n altes] S, A 412
Son Altesse I'electeur de Saxe
[s5n altes 1 elektoeir do saks] S,
A 413
Son Altesse royale [son altes
rwcijal] S, A 413; p. 161 XIV
sonde [sSid] on p. 56 xxi B
son dernier avis [s5 dernjer avi]
r 347
Son Eminence [son eminais] S, E
412
Son Eminence le cardinal de
Retz [son eminais b kardinal
do res] S, ^, 72 413
Son Excellence [son ekseluis] p.
161 XIV
songe [s5:3] on 14
songea [sosa] c p. 157 lxiv
sonnette [sonet] n p. 57 xxii
sonore [sonoir] n p. 96 xlvi
sort [so:r] r 166; o p. 43 xi; ^ p.
117 LIV
sortie [sorti] tie 292; < p. 117 lii
sot [so] [sot] t 300
sotie [soti] t 281
sotte [sot] 107, p. 43 xi; tt 279
sou [su] ou p. 46 XIV
souhait [swe] t 295, p. 117 liv
soul [su] I 223, 344; o-a p. 46 xiv
soulever [sulve] I p. 87 xliu
Soulier [sulje] p. 163 lxvii
souliers neufs [sulje noef] / p. 76
xxxvi
Soult [suit] t 299
soumission [sumisjo] m p. 94 xlv
sourcU [sursi] il 230; I 344, p.
163 Lxvi
sourd [su:r] ou p. 46 xiv; d p. 74
xxxiv
sourd a toutes les demandes
[suir a tut le domaid] d p. 141
LX
sourde [surd] ou p. 46 xiv
sourd et muet [su:r e mqe] d p.
141 LX
sous-entendu [suz atady] p. 161
XIV
sous le pont [su 1 po] e 394
sous un toit [suz de twa] s 335
soutenir [sutni:r] e 70
soutien [sutje] ti 294; I p. 117 lii
souvenir [suvni:r] e 46; n p. 96
XLVI
souverain [suvre] e 46, 70, p. 30
VI
spalt [spalt] t 299
specimen [spesimen] [spesime]
en 133; n 241, p. 157 lxiv
specimen a desirer [spesimen a
dezire] n 376
sphinx [sfe:ks] x 310
squale [skwal] qu 256, p. 101
XLIX
square [skwair] ua 156; qa 256
ss [s] 267, 329
st final 297
stabat mater [stabat mateir] r
263
stagnant [stagna] gn 200
stagnation [stagnasjo] gn 200
stathouder [statudeir] r p. 104 L
station [stasjo] a 60; < 285
Strasbourg [strazbuir] s 271; s, g
p. 157 LXIV
INDEX
251
strict [strikt] t 296
strontium [strosjom] t 288
Stuart [stqair] ua p. 64 xxv
stuc [stj-k] c p. 70 XXX
style [stil] y 96
su [sy] u p. 46 XV
sua [sija] ua IGO, p. 64 xxv
suaire [sqt:r] ua p. 64 xxv
suant [sqci] uan p. 65 xxvi
suave [.snii:\] ua 160, p. 64 xxv
subit (sybi(t)] t 299, 300, p. 163
LXVII
subordonner [sybordone] h 44
substantial [sj'pstasjel] t 283, p.
117 LIIl
sue [syk] c p. 70 xxx
successeur [syksesoe:r] cc 176, p.
70 XXIX
succinct [sykse] [syksekt] I 300;
c p. 71 XXXI, p. 163 Lxvi
succion [syksjS] cc p. 70 xxix
succulent [sykyla] cc 173
succursale [sykjrsal] u p. 46 xv,
p. 161 XIV
Sucre [sykr] u [>. 46 xv
sud l.sy(:)dl d 190, p. 157 lxiv,
p. 163 Lxvi
sud-est [syd est] I 297
sud-ouest (syd wr.st] I 297
suerent [siifir] u'c KiO
sueur [sqoL'ir] ucu KK), p. 64 xxv
Suez [sqe.s] [sqciz] z 316, j). 163
I,X VI
suggerer [.sygscre) [sygscrc] 38;
yg 203, i». 157 i.xiv
suggestion [syK.vsfjr)] gg 203; li
290; l\i. 117 i.ii
suif a vendre [sqif a vciidr] / p.
76 xxxvi
suinter [sqete] uin 136, 162
suis-je [sqiis] e 69
suivant [sqiva] p. 161 XIV
suivre [sqiivr] ui 160
sujetion [sysesjo] t 285
sun [see] w/i p. 56 xxi B
suons [sqo] uon 162
superbe [sj^^erb] p 245
supplice [syplis] pp 245
supputer [sji^jie] m p. 46 xv
suprematie [sypremasi] ^ p. 117
LIII, J). 157 LXIV
sur [sy:r] a p. 46 xv
sure [sy:r] ti p. 46 xv
sur le pont [s\t b p5] e 394
sur les une heure [syr le yn. oe:r]
371
sumom [sym5] om 141, p. 55
XX
sur-plomb [s>t plj] b 339
suspect [.sysjjekt] [syspck] [syspe]
ct 181; I 300; ccl 353; p. 163
LXVI
suspense [syspuis] s 267
Suzanne [syzan] z p. 122 lviii
suzerain [syzre] z p. 122 lviii
syUabe [sila(:)b] [silla(:)b] y 96;
// KiS; a p. 21 in
sympathie [sepati] yni 135; th
279, I). 117 Lii
S5rmpt6me [.sf-])to:ml p 24S, p. 98
.\i,\ III
syntaxe [setaks] yn 135
synthese fsr-fr:zl .'/" 135
systeme [sistnin] c 87
252
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
t[te][ta]22, 24;92;118; 170; [t]
[s] 162, 267, 279-303; final
29.5-303, 350-356, 381, 382;
silent 295, 300-303, 350-356
ta [ta] a p. 21 III
tabac [taba] a 53; c 180, p. 157
LXIV
table [ta(:)bl] a 65; e 69, 391; le
222
tableau [tablo] bl 37; eau p. 39 x
tac [tak] c p. 70 xxx
tache [ta:S] d 15, 19, 58
tacher [taSe] d 19
tachygraphe [takigraf] ch p. 72
XXXII
tact [takt] c p. 70 xxx; t 296, p.
117 LIT, p. 157 LXIV
taille [tu:j] a 61
tailleur [tajoe:r] [tajoeir] a 64
taire [teir] ai 84, 123, 321
TaUeyrand [ta(l)lera] ill 232
Talmud [talmyd] d p. 74 xxxv
tandis [tddi] ,s p. 157 lxiv
tandis que [tadi(s) k(9)] s p. 109
LI
tante [ta:t] an 4, 14, 131, p. 56
XXI B; e 46
taon [ta] [to] a 57; o 103
tape [tap] p 4, 245
tard [ta:r] d p. 74 xxxiv
tarii' [tarif] / p. 76 xxxvi
tas [ta] a 59, p. 25 iv; i 4, 279
tasse [ta:s] a 65, p. 25 iv
tasser [tase] a 59
tatons [tato] d p. 25 iv
taux [to] X p. 122 Lvii
te [to] e 66, 383, 391
technologie [teknobsi] ch 185,
p. 73 xxxiii
te deum [te deom] e 80, p. 32 vii;
um 145
teinte [te:t] ein 4, 135, p. 56
XXI B
tel [tel] I 221
telephone [telefon] [telefoin] o
111, p. 43 XI
teUement [telma] 46
tempete [tupeit] em 131
temple [ta:pl] em p. 51 xviii
temps [tci] em 131; t 279; ps p.
157 LXIV
tenacite [tonasite] e 67
tenir [toniir] e 67; r 261
tenture [tfityir] en 131
Terre-Neuve [teir noeiv] 422
terrible [teribl] rr 169; r 259
terrine [terin] rr 167
territoire [teritwair] oi p. 62
XXIV
tertio [tersjo] t p. 117 liii
tes [tc] [te] e 93
tete [te:t] e 4, 20, 29,84, p. 36 viii
tette [tet] e 20, p. 36 via
texte [tekst] x 310
th [t] h 209, 279, 329
thaler [talcir] r p. 104 l
the [te] h 209
theatre [tea:tr] e, d 30; th 279,
329
theatre de Paris [teaitr da pari]
P p. 153 LXiii
theme [te:m] th 279
INDEX
253
theocratie [teokra.si] I 2S1
Thiers [tje:r] r 264
Thomas [toma] a 59, p. 25 iv
thorax [toraks] x 310
thym [te] ym 135, p. 157 lxiv
-ti [sj] [tj] [ti] 110, 280, 281, 289-
291, 293, 294
-tia [tja] ti 294
-tial [sjal] t 280, 282
tiare [tja:r] ti 294
tic [tik] c p. 70 XXX
-tie [si] [ti] t 280, 281, 292
-tie [tje] t 293
-tie [tje] t 293
-tiel [sjel] t 280, 283
-tieme [tjcm] ti 293
-tiemement [tjcmma] ti 293
tien [tje] ti 294
-tien [sjf] / 280, 280; [tje] I 294
tieiine [tjcn] ti 294
tient [tje] en 135, p. 54 xrx, p.
157 LXIV
-tient [sje] t 280; [sjd] 287
-tier [tje] t 293
tiers [tje:r] r 166, 264
-tiers [tjo] t, ti 293
tiers etat [tje:rz eta] s 366
-ties [ti] t 281
-tieuse [sjoiz] t 280, 284
-tiez [tjo] ti 291
tige [li:3] i 94
tilleul [tijdl] / p. 157 lxiv
timidite [timidito] i p. 37 ix
tinssiez [tfsjc] in 45
-tio [tj.)] ti 294
-tion [Hjj] I 280, 285
-tions [tjo] li 291
-tium [sjom] t 280, 288
tirelire [tirli:r] i p. 37 ix
tiret [tire] 421
tiret (de separation) [tire da se-
parasjo] 419
Titien [tisje] t 286, p. 117 liii;
t, en p. 162 lxv
titiller [titi(l)le] ill 232
toast [tost] [to:st] 57; t 297; a p.
157 lxiv
tocsin [tokse] c p. 70 xxx
toi [twa] oi 56, 156
tombe [to:b] om 141
tombeau [tSbo] 07n p. 55 xx
tome [to:m] o 14, 111
tondre [to.-dr] on p. 56 xxi B
topaze [topa:z] [topa:z] a 64; z p.
122 LViii
tort [to:r] o 4, 104
toste [tost] o 1 10
tdt [to] o p. 39 X
total [total] o 109
tot ou tard [tot u fa:r] 47
Toulon, 7, rue Saint-Georges, le
18 aoiit 1911 [tul5, set, ry se
3or3, b diz ijit u diz nocf sa 5:z]
425
tour [tu:r] ou 4, 119; t 7
tournesol [turnosol] s 269
tournevis [tumovis] e, s p. 163
LXVI
tournez s'il vous plait [tume 8 il
vu pic] p. 161 XIV
tous [tuf:)s] [tu] .s- 275, p. 157
LXIV, on ]). 40 XIV
tousse [tus] ou 119, 128, 328, p.
46 XIV
254
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
tout [tu(t)] ou 4, 17, 119, p. 40
XIV
Tout a vous [tut a vu] 427
toute [tut] oil p. 46 XIV
tout le monde [tu 1 m5:d] e 73
toux [tu] X 315; ou p. 46 xiv
traine [trc:n] at 90, p. 49 xvi
traineau [treno] ai 90
trait d'lmion [tre d ynj5] 34, 419,
422
tramway [tramwe] [tramwe] w
157, 307
tranquille [trakil] ill 232, p. 157
Lxiv; i p. 37 IX
trans before a vowel [traz] 270
transaction [trazaksjo] s 270
transatlantique [trazatlatik] s
270
transept [trase(pt)] s 270; i 299;
p p. 98 XLViii
transi [trnsi] s 270
transiger [trazise] s 270
transir [trasiir] s 270
transit [trazi(t)] s 270; t 299
transitif [trazitif] .s 270
transition [trazisj5] s 270
transsubstantier [trasypstasje]
ti 293; t p. 117 liii
Transylvanie [trusilvani] s 270
travail [trava(:)j] a 13, 61; il 155,
225; ail p. 157 lxiv
travaille [travaij] a 12, 61, 65; e
46
travailler [travaje] ill 225
trema [trema] 33
tremper [trope] ein-lSl
trente-neuf [tra:t noef] / 194
tres habile [trez abil] s 336, p.
141 LIX
tresor [trezoir] s 268
triage [tria!3] [trija:3] i 153
tric-trac [trik trak] c p. 70 xxx
tril [tri] [tri:j] il 228
trimestre [triinestr] p. 161 XIV
triple [tripl] 37
triste [trist] i 94
tristement [tristoma] e 393
triumvir [triomvirr] [trijomvi:r]
m235
trois [trwa] oi p. 62 xxiv
trois un de suite [trwaz de da
sqit] 371
trompe [tro:p] om 4, 141
tromper [trope] om 141
tronc [tro] c 179, 340
tr6ne [trom] 6 97
troner [trone] 6 98
trop [tro] [tro] o 99; p 249
trop eclatant [trop eklata] p 345
trop en avant [trop an ava] p, n
336
trop etroit [trop etrwa] p p. 141
LIX
trop hardi [tro ardi] p p. 141 lx
trottoir [trotwa:r] r 261 ; U 279
trou [tru] ou p. 46 xiv, p. 49 xvi
trouvaille [truvoij] a 61, 65; aille
226
troyen [trwojc] oy p. 62 xxiv
Troyen [trwdje] en 135
true [tryk] c p. 70 xxx
tt [t] 42, 168, 279
tu [ty] u 17
tua [tqa] ua p. 64 xxv
INDEX
255
tu aimes [ty e:m] e 391
tuant [tqa] nan 162
tu argues [ty argy] gue 197
tube [tyb] « p. 46 xv
tubulaire [tybykir] u p. 46 xv
tu chatieras [ty ^atira] t 2S1
tu donnes [ty djii] c p. 30 w
tuer [tqe] we 160
tueur [tqoe:r] ucu, 160, p. 64
XXV
tueuse [tq0:z] ueu 160, p. 64
XXV
tu fatiguas [ty fatiga] gua 197
tuile [tqi(:jl] ui p. 64 xxv
tuileries [tqilri] ui p. 64 XXV
tulle [tyl] XL p. 46 xv
tumulte [tyniylt] u p. 46 xv
tuons [tqo] uon 162, p. 6o xxvi
tu paries [ty pari] e p. 30 vi
tu peux [iy po] x p. 122 lvii
turc [tyrk] a 121; c 255
turf [tyrf] / p. 76 xxx\t
turque (t\Tk] qu 255
tu sais [ty sf] [ty se] ai 82, 124,
322, 1). 32 VII
Tusculum [tyskylom] m 235
tu tords [ty to:r] d p. 74 xxxiv
tu t'y es mis [ty t i e mi] 384
tuyau [Iqijo] [tyjo] 46; uy 160,
p. 64 xxv
typhus [tify:s] s 275
U
u [y] 22, 21; [q] ir)S; pronoiinfcd
after g H)7; yilcnf after g 197;
silent 202
fi [y] <l 120, 121
-ua [wa] 156; -ua [qa] 158, 160
-uan [qci] 161, 162
ubiquite [ybikqite] qu 257
ue [tt'] [o] 117, 118, 122, 127; [qe]
[qe] 158, 160; after c and g [oe]
[0] 320, 326
-ue [qe] 158, 160
-ue [qe] 158, 160
-ueU [oc:j] il 226
-ueille [oc:j] ill 226
-ueu [qe] [qoe] 158, 160
-ui [qi] 158, 160; +i [qij] 159
-uiUe [y:j] [qi:j] ill 226
-uin [qc] 136, 161, 162
-um [5] 142; [de] 144; [om] 145,
235
-umes [yin] u 15
un [oe] 4, 17, 144, 146, 161, 386,
p. 56 XXI B
-un [5] 142, 161; [oe] 144; [on]
146
un ancien ami [ren asjen ami] n
375
unanime [^-naniim] n p. 57 xxii
xm arabe [d-n ara(:)b] a p. 153
LXIII
im arc-en-ciel [den ark a sjrl] h,
c \). 1 11 l>IX
un avis important [d'n avi eporta]
.s 3()9
un banc a dos \('v bo a do] c p.
Ill i.x
un beau manage [li' bo marja:3]
I ■ 102
un bel angora [<i' hv\ dgora] a
\m
256
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
un boulanger intelligent [re bii-
1050 ftelisd] r 349
un cerf dix-cors [de se:r di ko:r] /
p. 7G XXXVII
un charmant homme [ce Sarmat
,)ni] / 331
un cosaque [cie kozak] c p. 153
LXIII
un court espace [de kurt espais] t
352
un dedale [de dedal] d p. 153
LXIII
un demi-Iitre [de dmi litr] e 394
una [yn] u 121
une ancienne eleve [yn asjen
ele:v] e 392
une autre annee [yn otr ane] e
392
Une bonne annee [yn bon ane]
430
ime bouteille de cognac [yn bu-
te:j da kajiak] c 400
une cheminee [jti famine] e 394
une demi-livre [y-n dami li:vr] e
394
ime demoiselle [yn damwazel] e
394
vme dryade [yn dria(:)d] d p. 152
LXIII
line faim excessive [>ti fg ekse-
si:v] 711 373, p. 141 lx
une megere [yn meseir] m p. 153
LXIII
un enfant [oen ufd] n 375
une petite [yn patit]p 74, 393, 394
Une poignee de main [yn pwajie
(pojie) da me] 427
une robe de florence [yn ra(:)b
da flora :s] / 400
une robe de madras [yn ro(:)b
da madra:s] m 400
une semaine [yn same(:)n] e 394
une sirene [yn sire(:)n] s p. 152
LXIII
une statue en carrare [yn staty
a karair] c 400
un et deux font trois [de e do fa
trwa] n p. 141 lx
im etre actif [(pn e:tr aktif] e 73
Une VieUle maitresse [yn vje(:)j
metres] V 402
un excellent homme [den ekselat
am] t 350
un faime [& fo:n] / p. 152 lxiii
un fort argument en sa faveiu*
[de fa:rt argymat a sa favceir]
t p. 141 LIX
un fort athlete [de fart atlet] 1 352
un froid accueil [de frwat akoeij]
d 362
tm garfon indolent [de gars5
edold] n p. 141 lx
un grand homme [de grat am] d 362
un hermes [den erm8(:)s] h p. 153
LXIII
uniforme [ynifarm] n 239
un illustre Parisien [den ilystr
parizje] P 399
union [J^lja] ji. 19 11
un Irlandais [den irlade] / 399
univers [>Tiive:r] r 264
universite [yniversite] 16
im joug intolerable [de 3uk eta-
lera(:)bl] g p. 141 lix
INDEX
257
Un Manage dans le monde [de
marja:3 da b m3:d] M 402
un mentor [de meto:r] jn p. 153
LXIII
un metre d'angleterre [de me(!)tr
d agbte:r] a 400
un missel [de miscl] m p. 152
LXIII
un noble venitien [de nobl ve-
ni.sjt:-] V 399
im nom anglais [& n5 agle] m
p. 141 LX
im nom illustre [cb n3 iUystr] m
373
un oeuf dur [den oe dy:r] / 193
un oeuf frais [den oe fre] / 193
un oeuf gate [den cef gate] / p. 76
xxxvi
un OS [den o:s] [den os] s p. 156
Lxrv
un parfum exquis [de parfde ek-
.ski) III 373
un phaeton [de faet5] p p. 153
LXIII
im pore-epic [de pork epik] c p.
141 LIX
im pot de biere [de po d bjeir] e
394
un riche Americain [de rij ame-
rikP) .1 399
im satyre [de sati:r] s p. 152 lxiii
un savant allemand [de sava
aliiin] (/ 399
im succes inattendu [(Jb sykscz
inatddy] s 366
un tartufe [db tarty f] t p. 153
LXlIl
im triton [de trit5] t p. 152 Lxin
un un mal fait [cen de mal fe] 371
un verre de biere [de veir da
bje:r] e 394
un vieillard infirme [cfe vjejair
efirm] d 364
xmze [de:z] un p. 56 xxi B
-uon [qj] 161, 162
Urgent [jT3a] 431; t p. 117 ltv
Ursule [yrs\'l] m p. 46 xv
us [y:.s] [y] s 275
-utes [yt] il 15
-utie [ysi] t 281
utile [jiil] u p. 46 xv
UxeUes [ysd] x 267, 313
-uy [qi] 158, 160
V [ve] [v9] 22, 24; [v] 304, 338
vache [vaS] ch p. 72 xxxii
vaciller [vasilo] ill 232
vade-ir ecum [vade mekom] um
145
vaille [va:j] a 61
vaincre [ve:kr] cr 37; c 255
vaincrez [vekre] ain 135
vaincs [ve] cs 164, c 179
vaincu [vf:ky] c 255
vainquant [vfko] qu 255
vainquez [vtko] qu 255
vainquis [vcki] qu 254, 255
vainquons [vf-kj] qu 254, 255
valet [vak] v p. 118 LV
valse [vals] a p. 21 in
valu [valy] v p. 118 lv
valve [valv] ;; p. 118 lv
258
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
vanille [vani(!)j] ill P- 90 xliv
vase [vcKz] a 60
vasistas [vazistais] s 275, p. 157
LXIV
Vaud [vo] d p. 74 xxxrv
vaudeville [vodvil] ill 232
Vaugelas [vo3la] a 59
vaux [vo] au p. 49 xvi
veau [vo] emi 102, p. 39 x
veille [ve(:)j] ill p. 157 lxiv
veilleuse [vejo:z] e 91; ei p. 36
VIII ; ill p. 90 XLiv
veine [vein] ci 90
Velasquez [velaskes] z 267
vende [void] en p. 56 xxi B
vendeen [vadee] en 136
vendetta [vedetta] en p. 157
LXIV
vendredi [vadradi] en 131; e
393
venez [vane] z 318
Veniat [venjat] t p. 117 lii
Venise [voni:z] i p. 37 rx
Venitien [venisjc] t 286
vent [va] v 4, 304, p. 118 LV
Venus [venyis] s 274
ver [vc:r] e 13; r 263
Vera Cruz [vera kry:z] z 319
verdict [vedi(k)] [verdikt] t 300
verger [verse] r 262
verglas [vergla] a 59
vergogne [vergoji] gn p. 81 XL
vermeil [verme(:)j] il p. 90 xliv
vermput(h) [vermut] th 299; t p.
163 Lxvi
vers [ve:r] r 166, 264
Versailles [versaij] a 61; ill p. 90
xliv; V p. 118 Lv; aill p. 162
LXV
vers les una heure [ver le yn cEir]
s 369, 371
vers un endroit [ver ce(n) adrwa]
«367
vert [veir] r 166; t p. 117 liv
verte [vert] e 91, p. 36 viii
verveine [verve(:)n] v p. 118 lv
vestiaire [vestjeir] iai 152; ti 290
vete [ve:t] c 85
vetir [vetiir] e 86
veto [veto] e 80
veuf [voef] / p. 76 xxxvi
veuf en secondes noces [voef a
sagoid nas] / 342
veuille [vccij] euille 226; ill p. 90
XLIV
Veuillez accepter, Madame, I'as-
surance de ma parfaite et af-
fectueuse consideration [vce-
jcz akscpte, madam, 1 asjTais
do ma parfet e afektqoiz kosi-
derasjo] 429
Veuillez accepter, Madame, mes
salutations respectueuses [voe-
jez aksepte, madam, me saly-
tasj5 respektqoiz] 429
Veuillez agreer, cher Monsieur,
avec tons mes remerciements,
I'assurance de mes sentiments
bien devoues [vcejez agree,
Se:r masjo, avek tu me romer-
sima, 1 asyrais do me satima
bje devw'e] 428
Veuillez agreer. Monsieur, i'as-
surance de mes sentiments
INDEX
259
distingues [va?jez agree, mas-
jo, 1 as>Ta:s da me satima dis-
tege] 428
veuillez entrer [vcrjez at re] z 333
Veuillez me rappeler au bon sou-
venir de [voeje ma raple o bo
suvniir do] 430
veuve [vcr:v] cu 127, 327, p. 45
xiii; V 304; p. 161 XIV
veux [vo] cu p. 44 xii
viande [vja:d] ian p. 65 xx\t
vicomte [vikoit] p. 161 XIV
vicomtesse [vikotcs] p. 161 XIV
victoire [vikt\va:r] oi 56
vie [vi] c 69; i 94
vieil [vjc:j] itil 226
viellard [vjejair] d p. 74 xxxiv;
// J). 90 XLiv
vieille [vjt::j] tilU 226; ill p. 157
LXIV
vieillir [vjcjhr] ill p. 90 xliv
viendra [vjtdra] icn p. 65 xxvi
viemie [vjtn] v p. 118 lv
viens [vjt] en 135, p. 54 xix
vif [vif] i 94
vif-argent [vif ar5ri]/p. 76 xxxvi
vif eclat [vif ckla] / 342
vigoureux [viguro] (jo p. 79
xxxviii
vU [vil] I 165; il 229
vilain [villi] v p. 118 lv
village [viUl)a:3] ill 232
ville (vilj (7/ 2:'.2; i p. 37 ix
Villeneuve-le-Comte [vilii(i:v 1.)
k5:t] F, C 410
Villmain [vilrnf] ill 232
vin [vf] in 17, 135, f). 56 xxi B
vinaigre [vineigr] n p. 96 xlvi
vin de Champagne [ve d Sapaji]
c394
vindicte [vedikt] c p. 70 xxx
vingt [ve] g 205, 213; t 302; gl p.
157 LXIV
vingt chevaux [ve Jovo] t p. 157
LXIV
vingt-deux [vet do] I 303, p. 157
LXIV
vingt et un [vet e (c] t 303
vingt hommes [vet jin] I 302
vingt-huit [vet qit] t p. 157 lxiv
vingtieme [vetjem] li 293; t p.
117 LII
vingt-neuf [vetnoef] I 303, p.
157 LXIV
vingt soldats [ve solda] t 302
vingt-trois [\'et tnvu] t 303
vinssions [vesj5] in 45
violence [vjaluis] en 131
violette [vj.jlct] io 152
violon [vjolo] io p. 60 xxiii
virgule [virgyl] 419
vis [vis] ,s 275, p. 163 Lxvi
vis-^-vis [viz a vi] s p. 163 lxvi
Visigoth [vizigo] I 301
vitre [vitr] 37
vitrine [vitriii] i \>. 37 ix
vivace [viva-s] v 304
vivant [vivu] v p. llS lv
vivat [viva] [vivat] t 300
vivre [vi:vr] v p. 118 lv
vizir [vizi:r] 2 316
VCEU [v(»] en II. 44 Xll
vceux jvo] eu 114, 127; (i:xl 326
voguons [v.)gj] (j\i p. 79 xxxviii
260
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
voila [\'Tvala] a 50
voila le facteur [vwala 1 faktoeir]
c 73
voir [vwa:r] v 304
Voir tome III, chapitre IV de
I'ouvrage [vwa:r toim trwa,
Sapitr katr do 1 u\Tai3] 415
voisin [vwaze] oi 156
voix [vwa] a; 315
volaille [vola:j] aille 226; I p. 87
XLIII
volatil [volatil] il 229
volontiers [volatje] ii 293
volontiers a mes ordres [volStje
a mez jrdro] s 369
voltairien [volterje] v 399
volubilis [volybili:s] s p. 163
LXVI
vont [v5] on p. 56 xxi B;vp. 118
LV
Vosges [vo:3] [vo:3] s 272, p. 162
LXV, p. 163 LXVI
Vos Majestes [vo maseste] V, M
412
votre [votr] o 106; ?; p. 118 lv
votre [voitr] v p. 118 lv
Votre amie affectionnee [votr ami
afeksjone] 429
Votre ami sincere (fidele) [votr
ami sese:r (fidel)], 427
Votre bien sincere [votr bje se-
se:r] 429
Votre Majeste [votr maseste] V,
M 412
Votre tout devoue [votr tu
devwe] 427
vouloir [\ailwa:r] v 304
vouons [\Tv5] ouon p. 65 xxvi
vous aimates [\aiz ematj a 51
vous aimez a lire [vuz emez a
li:r] z 357
vous allez a Paris [vuz alez a
pari] z 357
Vous avez ete au pare [vuz avez
ete o park] s, z p. 141 lix
vous avez eu [vuz avez y] s, z 333
vous divaguates [vu divagat]
gua 197
Vous en avez assez [vuz on avez
ase] s, 11, z p. 141 lix
vous etes [vuz et] 15
vous le dites [vu 1 dit] e 73
vous mourrez [vu murre] rr 168
vous naviguates [vu navigat] gud
197
vous parlates [vu parlat] a 51
Voyage autour du monde [vwa-
ja:3 otu:r dy m3:d] V 404
voyageur [vwajasoe.-r] ge p. 80
xxxrx
voyelle [vwajel] ?/ 154
voyez-le [vwaje b] e 385
vrai [\T8] ai 82, 90, p. 36 viii; v
304
vraisemblable [vresablabl] s 269
vu [vy] u p. 46 XV
vun [vde] un p. 56 xxi B
W
w [dubl ve] [dubl vo] 22, 24; [v]
306, 307; [w] 157, 308
Wagner [vagneir] w, r p. 163
LXVI
INDEX
261
wagon [vag5] 22; w 307
Wagram [vagram] am 132; TF 307
Walker [valke:r] W, p. 119 lvi
Wallon [valo] TV p. 119 lvi
Walpole [valpol] TF p. 119 lvi
Walter Scott [valter skot] TF 307
warrant [vara] iv p. 119 l^t
Warwick [^arvik] TF 306
Washington [vazcgtS] [wo^inton]
W 307; p. 162 lxv
Waterloo [vaterlu] TF 306
water-proof [vater pruf] w 307
Watteau [vato] TT' p. 119 lvi
Weber [vebc:r] TT' 307; r p. 163
LXVI
Weimar [vema:r] TT^ p. 119 lvi
Wellington [vel£gt5] TF p. 119
LVI
Weser [ve2e:r] r p. 104 l; lu p.
119 LVI
wh [w] 157, 309, 329
Whig [wig] nVi 309
whiskey [wiskc-] [wlski] wh 157,
309
whist [wist] wh 157, 309, 329; t
297
Wiesbaden [visbaden] TF p. 119
LVI
wigwam [wiirwam] w 30S
Winkelmann [vekthnan] TF p.
119 lvi
Wisigoth [vizig(j] IF 307
Wissenbourg [visCljuir] IF p. 119
LVI
wolfram [v.)Ifrain] w p. 119 l\ i
Worms [v.)nii.sl ir p. 119 lvi
Wurtemberg [vyrluljtir] fj 205
X
X [iks] [ks9] [gza] 22, 24; 41; [ks]
[k] [gz] [s] [z] 267, 280, 310-
315, 317, 372; sUent 315
xaintrailles [setra:j] x 313
xanthe [gza:t] x 312
Xanthus [gzatyis] x 312
Xantippe [gzatip] X 312
Xavier [gzavje] X 312
Xenophon [gzenofjn] X 312
Xerxes [gzerseis] x 267, 312
y [igrek] [i] 22, 24; [i] 94, 96; 383;
[j] 152-154; i+i [j] 125, 159,
224; between vowels =t+i 154
-ya [ja] 152
yacht [jak(t)] [jot] 371; y p. 60
XXIII
-yen [jf] 136, 162
yeux [jo] y 4, 154, p. 60 xxiii;
eu 114
-ym [v] 135
-jrmn [iinn] 140
-yn [f] 135
Yolande [j.jlaid] y 154
yole [jjl] y 154, p. 60 xxiii
z [zed] [zo]4;22, 24; [s] 267; [z]
310; final [z] [s] 318, 319, 357-
3(11
Zacharie [zakari] ch p. 73 xxxui
262
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
zadig [zadig] g 206
zebre [zebr] z p. 122 lviii
zele [ze(:)l] z 4, 316
Zenith [zenit] th 299
zero [zero] o 99; z 316
zest [zest] t 297, 299
zigzag [zigza(:)g] g 206; z p. 122
LVIII
zinc [ze:k] [ze:g] c 179, p. 70 xxx,
p. 163 Lxvi
zone [zo:n]ol4, 111, p. 39 x;3316
Zurich [zyrik] c/i p. 73 xxxiii
Besides Nyrop's Manuel phonetique, mentioned in the Index under
the letter H, the following useful books bearing on the subject here
treated were received during the preparation of the present work:
DuMviLLE, Benj. Elements of French pronunciation and diction.
London (Dent & Sons), 1912.
ScHOLLE and Smith. Elementary phonetics: English, French, Ger-
man; 2d edition. London (Blackie & Son), 1907.
OXFORD FRENCH SERIES
BY AMERICAN SCHOLARS
General Editor: Raymond Weeks, Ph.D.
Professor of the Romance LanguagescSf Literatures in Columhia Univrrsify
A History of French Literature.
By Prof. C. H. C. Wright, Harvard University.
This is a convenient and comprehensive history of
French Literature, written in English, tracing the
literary development of the French people from the
Middle Ages to the present day. Prof. Wright has
produced a work which might truly be called "a
literary history of France," in which he throws
much light on many old themes in a bright and
unconventional way. There is a very complete
bibliography and index.
Cloth. 964 pages net, $3.00
" If admirable scholarship, painstaking thoroughness, and a
pleasing style may be cuusidcrcd prime requisites in any historical
work, then we are justified in according it the highest measure of
praise." — New York Times Saturday Review.
" A conscientious piece of work. ... It yields to none of its
American or English predecessors in soundness of scholarshij) or in
range of information." — The Dial.
"At last we have a comprehensive and up-to-date history of
French Literature." — The Outlook'.
" By far the best manual on this subject in the English language."
— Harvard Graduates' Magazine.
" Scholarly, clear, judicious and interesting . . • will render
excellent service in this country and England."
- — Prof. C. II. Crandgenl, Harvard University.
" A very conscientious and reliajjlc work."
— Prof. Adolphe Cohn, Columbia University.
"Such a book we have needed for many years."
— Prof. Hugo P. Thirmc, University of Michigan.
" We have certainly no work published on this side of the
Atlantic whi( h can ((lual it in any way."
— Prof. Murray Pcahndy Brush, Johns Iloffkins University.
"Has not In-en surpassed in Enj^lish."
—Prof. Colbert i>earlcs,Leland Stanford Junior University.
OXFORD FRENCH SERIES
BY AMERICAN SCHOLARS
General Editor: Raymond Weeks, Ph. D.
Projessorofthe Romance Lan^uag^es and Literatures in Columbia University
Just Published
Gobseck and Jesus-Christ en Flandre.
By Honore de Balzac. Edited by R. T. Holbrook.
Cloth net, 60c
Both these works are admirably suited to the needs of
studentsand are counted among their author's master-
pieces. Intended for the second or third year of study.
" The notes show great accuracy and scholarship and are
unusually helpful in their treatment of syntax."
— Prof. Edgar vonF in gerlin, University of Southern California.
" It is both edited and printed with accuracy and intelligence."
— Prof. Ken7ieth McKenzie, Yale University.
"The notes which I have examined are as close to my idea of per-
fection as possible. ' ' — Prof. Edward B. Schlatter, University of Wisconsin.
" The annotation especially is abundant, accurate and stimu-
lating — very different from the ordinary commonplace notes."
— Prof. W. P. Shepard, Hamilton College.
In Active Preparation
Abdallah, ou Le Trefle a Quatre Feuilles.
By Edouard Laboulaye. Edited with an intro-
duction and English notes by Albert Schinz, Pro-
fessor of French Literature at Bryn Mawr College.
And a vocabulary by Helen Maxwell King, A.B., and
M. A. Professor of French, Olivet College, Michigan.
French Pronunciation.
Principles and practice and a summary of usage in
writing and printing.
By James Geddes, Jr., Ph.D., Professor of Romance
Languages in Boston University.
Les Femmes Fortes.
Edited, with notes and vocabulary by Albert
Cohen McMaster, A.M., and Francis B. Barton,
Ph.D., Instructors in Williams College,
(Other volumes to follow shortly)
A NEW SERIES OF ELEMENTARY READERS
" The best suited to the needs of our American students that I
know. The grammatical and literary work at the end of the books
makes them invaluable for class use."
— Prof. Charles W.Benton, University of Minnesota.
Oxford Junior French Series
Intended to furnish simple, but not childish material, for
elementary reading. Besides a few brief notes in French
and a French-English vocabulary, each volume contains
a questionnaire and direct method exercises, which enable
the student to work up a lesson for himself, in preparation
for more thorough questioning in class or for conversation.
Stiff Cloth at 25c per copy, net.
Madame Therese.
By Erckmann-Chatrian. Edited by S. Tindall.
Gavroche.
By Hugo. From Les Miserables. Edited by Marc
Ceppi.
L'Enfant des Grenadiers, etc.
By Soulie. Edited by H. L. Hutton.
La Chasse au Chastre.
By Dumas. Edited by G. H. Wade.
Adventures du Capitaine Pamphile.
By Dumas. Edited by R. A. Raven.
Deux Contes.
By Mcry. Edited by T. R. N. Crofts.
Cosette.
By Hugo. From Les Miserables. Edited by Marc
Ccppi.
Le Chateau des Merveilles.
By Noussannc. ICdited 1)>' R. J. E. Bue.
Six Contes.
By Bazin. Edited by G. H. Clarke net, 50c
(Other volume! In preparation)
A NEW SERIES BASED ON THE DIRECT METHOD
Premieres Notions de Vocabulaire et de Lecture,
par J. E. Pichon. Crown 8vo, with many illustra-
tions net, 40c .
Ma premiere visite a Paris.
By A. E. C. Being a French reading-book, with
twenty-six illustrations. Crown 8vo net, 40c
Je sais un Conte, (Folk-tales.)
By Mrs. J. G. Frazer, With phonetic transcript
by L. Chouville ; . . . net, 40c
Trois Semaines en France.
By L. Chouville and D. L. Savory. An illustrated
French reading-book. Crown 8vo net, 50c
Dumas (Pere).
Pages choisies. By B. L. Templeton. Crown Svo,
net, 50c
Histoires Courtes et Longues, pour lecture ex-
pliquee et reproduction.
By L. Chouville. Edited by D. L. Savory. Crown
Svo, 60c; or Part I, 40c, net; Part II, net, 40c
LIFORNIA LIBRARY
ngeles
1
UNIVERSITY OF CA
Los A
This book is DUE on the last date stamped below.
1
1
J
DlS^h
FEB 2619-
1
1
1
RPC'D LD-URf
' J i
1
1
DEC 1 2 m?.
■ iJW^^^
i
^%iii%vii
L
I
1
315 1
3 1158 00479 2676
UC SOUTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY
AA 000 402 216 6